Ricoh mpc307 407 Service Manual

MP C307/C407
Machine Code: D296/D297/D298/D299

Field Service Manual
Ver 1.0
Latest Release: Nov, 2016

Initial Release: Nov, 2016
Copyright (c) 2016 Ricoh Co.,Ltd.
Important Safety Notices
Warnings, Cautions, Notes
In this manual, the following important symbols and notations are used.
• A Warning indicates a potentially hazardous situation. Failure to obey a Warning could result in death or
serious injury.
• A Caution indicates a potentially hazardous situation. Failure to obey a Caution could result in minor or
moderate injury or damage to the machine or other property.
• Obey these guidelines to avoid problems such as misfeeds, damage to originals, loss of valuable data
and to prevent damage to the machine.
• This information provides tips and advice about how to best service the machine.
General Safety Instructions
For your safety, please read this manual carefully before you use this product. Keep this manual handy for future
reference.
Safety Information
Always obey the following safety precautions when using this product.
Safety During Operation
In this manual, the following important symbols and notations are used.
[A]: ON
[B]: OFF
[C]: Push ON/Push OFF
[D]: Standby
Switches and Symbols

Where symbols are used on or near switches on machines for Europe and other areas, the meaning of each symbol
conforms with IEC60417.
Safety
Prevention of Physical Injury

1. Before disassembling or assembling parts of the machine and peripherals, make sure that the machine and
peripheral power cords are unplugged.
2. The plug should be near the machine and easily accessible.
3. Note that some components of the machine and the paper tray unit are supplied with electrical voltage even if
the main power switch is turned off.
4. Always unplug the power cord from the power source before you move the product. Before you move the
machine, arrange the power cord so it will not fall under the machine.
5. Disconnect all peripheral units (finisher, LCT, etc.) from the mainframe before you move the machine.
6. If any adjustment or operation check has to be made with exterior covers off or open while the main switch is
turned on, keep hands away from electrified or mechanically driven components.
7. The machine drives some of its components when it completes the warm-up period. Be careful to keep hands
away from the mechanical and electrical components as the machine starts operation.
8. The inside and the metal parts of the fusing unit become extremely hot while the machine is operating. Be
careful to avoid touching those components with your bare hands.
9. To prevent a fire or explosion, keep the machine away from flammable liquids, gases, and aerosols.
10. Do not use flammable sprays or solvent in the vicinity of the machine. Also, avoid placing these items in the
vicinity of the machine. Doing so could result in fire or electric shock.
11. To avoid fire or explosion, never use an organic cleaner near any part that generates heat.
12. Clean the floor completely after accidental spillage of silicone oil or other materials to prevent slippery
surfaces that could cause accidents leading to hand or leg injuries.
13. Never remove any safety device unless it requires replacement. Always replace safety devices immediately.
14. Never do any procedure that defeats the function of any safety device.
15. Modification or removal of a safety device (fuse, switch, etc.) could lead to a fire and personal injury. Always
test the operation of the machine to ensure that it is operating normally and safely after removal and
replacement of any safety device.
16. For replacements use only the correct fuses or circuit breakers rated for use with the machine. Using
replacement devices not designed for use with the machine could lead to a fire and personal injuries.
17. For machines installed with the ADF/ARDF:
When a thick book or three-dimensional original is placed on the exposure glass and the ARDF cover is
lowered, the back side of the ARDF rises up to accommodate the original. Therefore, when closing the
ARDF, please be sure to keep your hands away from the hinges at the back of the ARDF.
18. When using a vacuum cleaner around the machine, keep others away from the cleaner, especially small
children.
19. For machines installed with the anti-tip components:
The anti-tip components are necessary for meeting the requirements of IEC60950-1, the international
standard for safety. The aim of these components is to prevent the products, which are heavy in weight, from
toppling as a result of people running into or leaning onto the products, which can lead to serious accidents
such as persons becoming trapped under the product. (U.S.: UL60950-1, Europe: EN60950-1) Therefore,
removal of such components must always be with the consent of the customer. Do not remove them at your
own judgment.
20. NEVER touch the AC circuits on the PSU board to prevent electric shock caused by residual charge.
Residual charge of about 100V-400V remains in the AC circuits on the PSU board for several months even
when the board has been removed from the machine after turning off the machine power and unplugging the
power cord.
Health Safety Conditions
1. For the machines installed with the ozone filters:
• Never operate the machine without the ozone filters installed.
• Always replace the ozone filters with the specified types at the proper intervals.
2. The machine, which use high voltage power source, can generate ozone gas. High ozone density is harmful
to human health. Therefore, locate the machine in a large well ventilated room that has an air turnover rate of
more than 50m3/hr/person.
3. Toner and developer are non-toxic, but if you get either of them in your eyes by accident, it may cause
temporary eye discomfort. Try to remove with eye drops or flush with water as first aid. If unsuccessful, get
medical attention.
Observance of Electrical Safety Standards
1. The machine and its peripherals must be installed and maintained by a customer service representative who
has completed the training course on those models with exceptions on some machines where the installation
can be handled by the user.
Safety and Ecological Notes for Disposal
1. Do not incinerate toner bottles or used toner. Toner dust may ignite suddenly when exposed to an open flame.
2. Dispose of used toner, developer, organic photoconductors, and AIO unit in accordance with local
regulations. (These are non-toxic supplies.)
3. Dispose of replaced parts in accordance with local regulations.
4. When keeping used lithium batteries in order to dispose of them later, do not put more than 100 batteries per
sealed box. Storing larger numbers or not sealing them apart may lead to chemical reactions and heat build-
up.
5. The danger of explosion exists if a battery of this type is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same or
an equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer. Discard used batteries in accordance with the
manufacturer’s instructions.
Handling Toner
• Work carefully when removing paper jams or replacing toner bottles or cartridges to avoid spilling toner on
clothing or the hands.
• If toner is inhaled, immediately gargle with large amounts of cold water and move to a well-ventilated
location. If there are signs of irritation or other problems, seek medical attention.
• If toner gets on the skin, wash immediately with soap and cold running water.
• If toner gets into the eyes, flush the eyes with cold running water or eye wash. If there are signs of irritation
or other problems, seek medical attention.
• If toner is swallowed, drink a large amount of cold water to dilute the ingested toner. If there are signs of any
problem, seek medical attention.
• If toner spills on clothing, wash the affected area immediately with soap and cold water. Never use hot water!
Hot water can cause toner to set and permanently stain fabric.
• Always store toner and developer supplies such as toner and developer packages, cartridges, bottles
(including used toner and empty bottles and cartridges), and AIO unit out of the reach of children.
• Always store fresh toner supplies or empty bottles or cartridges in a cool, dry location that is not exposed to
direct sunlight.
• Do not use a vacuum cleaner to remove spilled toner (including used toner). Vacuumed toner may cause a
fire or explosion due to sparks or electrical contact inside the cleaner. However, it is possible to use a cleaner
designed to be dust explosion-proof. If toner is spilled over the floor, sweep up spilled toner slowly and clean
up any remaining toner with a wet cloth.
Handling the development unit cooling system
For the machines installed the development cooling system:
1. The development unit cooling system circulates propylene glycol from a sealed tank through hoses that pass
behind cooling plates on the sides of each development unit.
2. The coolant tank is located at the bottom of the cooling box on the back of the main machine.
3. Always obey local laws and regulations if you need to dispose of a tank or the propylene glycol coolant.
4. The tank must never be emptied directly into a local drainage system, river, pond, or lake.
5. Contact a professional industrial waste disposal organization and ask them to dispose of the tank.
Lithium Batteries for Taiwan
Laser Safety
The Center for Devices and Radiological Health (CDRH) prohibits the repair of laser-based optical units in the
field. The optical housing unit can only be repaired in a factory or at a location with the requisite equipment. The
laser subsystem is replaceable in the field by a qualified Customer Engineer. The laser chassis is not repairable in
the field. Customer engineers are therefore directed to return all chassis and laser subsystems to the factory or
service depot when replacement of the optical subsystem is required.
• Use of controls, or adjustment, or performance of procedures other than those specified in this manual
may result in hazardous radiation exposure.
WARNING FOR LASER UNIT
WARNING:
Turn off the main switch before attempting any of the procedures in the Laser Unit section. Laser beams can
seriously damage your eyes.
Safety Instructions for the Color Controller
Fuse
The color controller uses a double pole fuse. If this fuse blows, be sure to replace it with an identical fuse.
Batteries
1. Always replace a battery with the same type of battery prescribed for use with the color controller unit.
Replacing a battery with any type other than the one prescribed for use could cause an explosion.
2. Never discard used batteries by mixing them with other batteries or other refuse.
3. Always remove used batteries from the work site and dispose of them in accordance with local laws and
regulations regarding the disposal of such items.
Symbols, Abbreviations and Trademarks
Symbols and Abbreviations
This manual uses several symbols and abbreviations. The meaning of those symbols and abbreviations are as
follows:
Symbol What it means
Clip ring
Screw
Connector
Clamp
E-ring
Flat Flexible Cable
Timing Belt
SEF Short Edge Feed
LEF Long Edge Feed
K Black
C Cyan
M Magenta
Y Yellow
B/W, BW Black and White
FC Full color
[A] Short Edge Feed (SEF)

[B] Long Edge Feed (LEF)
Trademarks
Adobe, Acrobat, PageMaker, PostScript, and PostScript 3 are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe
Systems Incorporated in the United States and/or other countries.
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of
such marks by Ricoh Company, Ltd. is under license.
Firefox and Thunderbird are registered trademarks of the Mozilla Foundation.
Dropbox is a registered trademark or trademark of Dropbox, Inc.
Google, Android, Google Drive, and Chrome are trademarks of Google Inc.
Java is a registered trademark of Oracle and/or its affiliates.
JAWS® is a registered trademark of Freedom Scientific, Inc., St. Petersburg, Florida and/or other countries.
Kerberos is a trademark of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT).
Linux is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds.
Macintosh, OS X, Bonjour, Safari, and TrueType are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other
countries.
Microsoft, Windows, Windows Server, Windows Vista, Internet Explorer, Microsoft Edge, and Outlook are either
registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corp. in the United States and/or other countries.
PictBridge is a trademark.
QR Code is a registered trademark of DENSO WAVE INCORPORATED in Japan and in other countries.
"Red Hat" is a registered trademark of Red Hat, Inc.
The SD and SD logo are trademarks of SD-3C, LLC.
UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group.
UPnP is a trademark of UPnP Implementers Corporation.
This product includes RSA BSAFE® Cryptographic software of EMC Corporation. RSA and BSAFE are
registered trademarks or trademarks of EMC Corporation in the United States and other countries.
The proper names of Internet Explorer 9, 10, and 11 are as follows:

• Windows® Internet Explorer® 9
• Internet Explorer® 10
• Internet Explorer® 11
The proper names of the Windows operating systems are as follows:
• The product names of Windows Vista are as follows:
Microsoft® Windows Vista® Ultimate
Microsoft® Windows Vista® Business
Microsoft® Windows Vista® Home Premium
Microsoft® Windows Vista® Home Basic
Microsoft® Windows Vista® Enterprise
• The product names of Windows 7 are as follows:
Microsoft® Windows® 7 Home Premium
Microsoft® Windows® 7 Professional
Microsoft® Windows® 7 Ultimate
Microsoft® Windows® 7 Enterprise
Microsoft® Windows® 8
Microsoft® Windows® 8 Pro
• The product names of Windows 8.1 are as follows:
Microsoft® Windows® 8.1
Microsoft® Windows® 8.1 Pro
Microsoft® Windows® 8.1 Enterprise
Microsoft® Windows® 10 Home Premium
Microsoft® Windows® 10 Pro
Microsoft® Windows® 10 Education
• The product names of Windows Server 2008 are as follows:
Microsoft® Windows Server® 2008 Standard
Microsoft® Windows Server® 2008 Enterprise
• The product names of Windows Server 2008 R2 are as follows:
Microsoft® Windows Server® 2008 R2 Standard
Microsoft® Windows Server® 2008 R2 Enterprise
• The product names of Windows Server 2012 are as follows:
Microsoft® Windows Server® 2012 Foundation
Microsoft® Windows Server® 2012 Essentials
Microsoft® Windows Server® 2012 Standard
• The product names of Windows Server 2012 R2 are as follows:
Microsoft® Windows Server® 2012 R2 Foundation
Microsoft® Windows Server® 2012 R2 Essentials
Microsoft® Windows Server® 2012 R2 Standard
Other product names used herein are for identification purposes only and might be trademarks of their respective
companies. We disclaim any and all rights to those marks.
Microsoft product screen shots reprinted with permission from Microsoft Corporation.
Table of Contents
1. Product Information ......................................................................................................................... 12
Specifications .....................................................................................................................................12
Machine Configuration ........................................................................................................................13
Main Unit .......................................................................................................................................13
Controller Options ...........................................................................................................................14
Machine Overview ..............................................................................................................................16
Overview........................................................................................................................................16
Paper Path ......................................................................................................................................17
Drive Layout...................................................................................................................................18
2. Installation...................................................................................................................................... 19
Installation Requirements .....................................................................................................................19
Environment ...................................................................................................................................19
Machine Level ................................................................................................................................19
Machine Space Requirements............................................................................................................20
Machine Dimensions........................................................................................................................20
Power Requirements ........................................................................................................................21
Mainframe Installation.........................................................................................................................23
Installation Flowchart.......................................................................................................................23
Accessory Check.............................................................................................................................23
Installation Procedure.......................................................................................................................26
Language Selection..........................................................................................................................43
Brand Plate, Decals..........................................................................................................................44
Settings Relevant to the Service Contract............................................................................................45
Transporting the Machine .................................................................................................................49
Instructions for the Customers ...........................................................................................................50
Security Setting ..................................................................................................................................51
Security Function Installation............................................................................................................51
Data Overwrite Security ...................................................................................................................52
HDD Encryption .............................................................................................................................53
Paper Feed Unit PB1080 (D573-57), Paper Feed Unit PB1080TE (D573-13)..............................................59
Accessory Check.............................................................................................................................59
1-Bin Tray BN1030 (D574-58) .............................................................................................................62
Accessory Check.............................................................................................................................62
Optional Counter Interface Unit Type M12 (B870-21) .............................................................................75
Accessory Check.............................................................................................................................75
1
Anti-condensation Heater (Mainframe) ..................................................................................................79
Accessory Check.............................................................................................................................79
Anti-condensation Heater (for Mainframe Paper Tray).............................................................................84
Accessory Check.............................................................................................................................84
Anti-condensation Heater (Optional Paper Feed Unit)..............................................................................89
Accessory Check.............................................................................................................................89
Enhanced Security HDD Option Type M10 (D792-09) .......................................................................... 101
Accessory Check........................................................................................................................... 101
Installation Procedure..................................................................................................................... 101
IC Card Reader (External Option) ....................................................................................................... 105
Accessory Check........................................................................................................................... 105
NFC Card Reader Type M13 (D3AC-21) ............................................................................................. 110
Accessory Check........................................................................................................................... 110
Page Keeper Type M28 (D3DQ-17) .................................................................................................... 115
Accessory Check........................................................................................................................... 115
Controller Options............................................................................................................................. 125
Overview...................................................................................................................................... 125
SD Card Appli Move ..................................................................................................................... 125
PostScript3 Unit Type M28 (D3E6-26, -27, -28)................................................................................ 129
Camera Direct Print Card Type M26 (D3D8-13) ............................................................................... 130
OCR Unit Type M13 (D3AC-23, -24, -25)........................................................................................ 131
XPS Direct Print Option Type M28 (D3E6-02, -19, -20)..................................................................... 133
Data Overwrite Security Unit Type M19 (D3BS-03) .......................................................................... 133
File Format Converter Type M19 (D3BR-04).................................................................................... 136
IEEE 1284 Interface Board Type M19 (D3C0-17) ............................................................................. 138
IEEE 802.11a/g/n Interface Unit Type M19 (D3BR-01) ..................................................................... 139
USB Device Server Option Type M19 (D3BC-28, -29) ...................................................................... 143
Extended USB Board Type M19 (D3BS-01) ..................................................................................... 150
Check All Connections ................................................................................................................... 151
3. Preventive Maintenance ................................................................................................................. 152
Maintenance Tables........................................................................................................................... 152
PM/Yield Parts Settings ..................................................................................................................... 153
2
Replacement Procedure of the PM/Yield Parts................................................................................... 153
After Installing the New PM Parts ................................................................................................... 157
Preparation before Operation Check................................................................................................. 158
Operation Check............................................................................................................................ 159
4. Replacement and Adjustment .......................................................................................................... 160
Notes on the Main Power Switch ........................................................................................................ 160
Push Switch.................................................................................................................................. 160
Beforehand....................................................................................................................................... 162
Special Tools .................................................................................................................................... 163
Image Adjustment ............................................................................................................................. 164
How to Use the Color Charts........................................................................................................... 164
Scanning ...................................................................................................................................... 169
ADF Adjustment ........................................................................................................................... 170
Registration .................................................................................................................................. 172
Erase Margin Adjustment ............................................................................................................... 174
Color Registration ......................................................................................................................... 175
Printer Gamma Correction .............................................................................................................. 175
Color Skew Adjustment.................................................................................................................. 180
Exterior Covers................................................................................................................................. 182
Front Cover .................................................................................................................................. 182
Upper Left Cover .......................................................................................................................... 183
Left Cover .................................................................................................................................... 183
Rear Cover ................................................................................................................................... 184
Right Rear Cover........................................................................................................................... 184
Paper Exit Tray ............................................................................................................................. 184
Scanner Inner Cover ...................................................................................................................... 185
Ozone Filter .................................................................................................................................. 187
Operation Panel ................................................................................................................................ 188
Operation Panel............................................................................................................................. 188
Internal Parts................................................................................................................................. 191
ADF ................................................................................................................................................ 192
ADF Unit ..................................................................................................................................... 192
ADF Rear Cover ........................................................................................................................... 195
ADF Front Cover .......................................................................................................................... 196
Original Feed Unit ......................................................................................................................... 197
Pickup Roller, Feed Roller .............................................................................................................. 198
ADF Friction Pad .......................................................................................................................... 200
ADF Relay Board .......................................................................................................................... 200
Top Cover Set Sensor, Original Set Sensor ....................................................................................... 201
3
ADF Drive Motor .......................................................................................................................... 201
ADF Feed Clutch .......................................................................................................................... 202
ADF Registration Sensor ................................................................................................................ 202
ADF Feed Sensor .......................................................................................................................... 203
CIS Unit ....................................................................................................................................... 206
Scanner............................................................................................................................................ 212
Scanner Unit ................................................................................................................................. 212
Scanner Unit with the ADF ............................................................................................................. 213
ADF Set Sensor............................................................................................................................. 217
Scanner Front Cover ...................................................................................................................... 219
Scanner HP Sensor ........................................................................................................................ 219
Scanner Motor .............................................................................................................................. 221
Scanner Carriage ........................................................................................................................... 223
Laser Optics ..................................................................................................................................... 227
Caution Decal Location .................................................................................................................. 227
Laser Units ................................................................................................................................... 227
LD Unit Cooling Fan ..................................................................................................................... 229
PCDU, Toner Supply......................................................................................................................... 231
PCDU (Photo Conductor and Development Unit) .............................................................................. 231
Toner Bottle Detection Board.......................................................................................................... 232
Toner Supply Motors ..................................................................................................................... 233
Toner Transport Section ................................................................................................................. 234
Waste Toner..................................................................................................................................... 237
Waste Toner Bottle ........................................................................................................................ 237
Waste Toner Full Sensor ................................................................................................................ 238
Waste Toner Bottle Set Switch ........................................................................................................ 238
Image/Paper Transfer ........................................................................................................................ 240
ITB (Image Transfer Belt) Unit ....................................................................................................... 240
ITB Contact Motor ........................................................................................................................ 242
ITB Contact HP Sensor .................................................................................................................. 243
ID Sensor ..................................................................................................................................... 244
ID Sensor Shutter Solenoid ............................................................................................................. 246
Paper Transfer Roller Unit .............................................................................................................. 247
Drive ............................................................................................................................................... 249
Overview...................................................................................................................................... 249
Development Motor (CMY)............................................................................................................ 249
Drum Motor (CMY) ...................................................................................................................... 250
Drum Motor (K) ............................................................................................................................ 250
Development Clutch (K)................................................................................................................. 250
4
Drive Unit .................................................................................................................................... 251
Tray Lift Motor ............................................................................................................................. 252
Fusing Motor ................................................................................................................................ 253
Paper Transport Motor ................................................................................................................... 254
Duplex Clutch, Bypass Feed Clutch, Registration Clutch, Paper Feed Clutch ........................................ 255
Fusing ............................................................................................................................................. 257
Fusing Unit................................................................................................................................... 257
Fusing Upper Cover ....................................................................................................................... 257
Fusing Lower Cover ...................................................................................................................... 258
Fusing Entrance Guide Plate ........................................................................................................... 258
Fusing Thermostat ......................................................................................................................... 259
Fusing Thermistor (NC Sensor)....................................................................................................... 259
Fusing Pressure Roller Thermistors.................................................................................................. 260
Pressure Roller .............................................................................................................................. 261
Fusing Sleeve Belt Assembly .......................................................................................................... 261
Fusing Entrance Sensor .................................................................................................................. 266
Fusing Exit Sensor......................................................................................................................... 267
Fusing Thermopile......................................................................................................................... 267
New Fusing Unit Detection Fuse ..................................................................................................... 268
Actions When SC544-00 or SC554-00 Occurs................................................................................... 269
Paper Feed ....................................................................................................................................... 271
Paper Feed Roller, Friction Pad (Standard Tray)................................................................................ 271
Registration Sensor, Paper Feed Sensor ............................................................................................ 272
Tray Paper End Sensor................................................................................................................... 274
Tray Lift Sensor ............................................................................................................................ 275
Draw-in Unit................................................................................................................................. 275
Bypass ............................................................................................................................................. 277
Bypass Tray.................................................................................................................................. 277
Bypass Feed Unit .......................................................................................................................... 278
Bypass Paper End Sensor ............................................................................................................... 279
Bypass Paper Width Sensor ............................................................................................................ 281
Bypass Feed Roller ........................................................................................................................ 283
Bypass Lift Sensor......................................................................................................................... 288
Bypass Lift Clutch ......................................................................................................................... 289
Paper Exit ........................................................................................................................................ 291
Paper Exit Unit.............................................................................................................................. 291
Paper Exit Sensor .......................................................................................................................... 291
Exit Junction Gate Solenoid ............................................................................................................ 292
Paper Exit Clutch, Reverse Clutch ................................................................................................... 293
5
Duplex............................................................................................................................................. 296
Duplex Unit .................................................................................................................................. 296
Duplex Entrance Sensor ................................................................................................................. 300
Duplex Exit Sensor ........................................................................................................................ 301
Right Cover Switch........................................................................................................................ 303
Electrical Components ....................................................................................................................... 304
Electrical Components Overview..................................................................................................... 304
HDD ............................................................................................................................................ 305
Controller Board............................................................................................................................ 306
BiCU ........................................................................................................................................... 310
Controller Box .............................................................................................................................. 312
PSU (AC), PSU (DC)..................................................................................................................... 316
AC Detection Board....................................................................................................................... 319
Power Pack (Development)............................................................................................................. 319
Power Pack (Transfer).................................................................................................................... 320
PSU Fan ....................................................................................................................................... 321
PCDU Cooling Fan........................................................................................................................ 322
Fusing Fan.................................................................................................................................... 323
Temperature/Humidity Sensor......................................................................................................... 324
Image Creation Temperature Sensor................................................................................................. 324
Interlock Switches ......................................................................................................................... 325
DC Switch.................................................................................................................................... 326
5. System Maintenance ...................................................................................................................... 328
Service Program Mode ...................................................................................................................... 328
SP Tables ..................................................................................................................................... 328
Firmware Update (SD Card)............................................................................................................... 329
Overview...................................................................................................................................... 329
Firmware Type.............................................................................................................................. 329
Procedure ..................................................................................................................................... 331
Error Screens During Updating........................................................................................................ 334
Firmware Update (Remote Firmware Update)....................................................................................... 340
RFU Performable Condition ........................................................................................................... 340
Firmware Update (Smart Firmware Update) ......................................................................................... 341
Overview...................................................................................................................................... 341
Immediate Update ......................................................................................................................... 342
Update at the Next Visit (Reserve) ................................................................................................... 344
Update via SD card........................................................................................................................ 350
Firmware Update (Auto Remote Firmware Update) ............................................................................... 353
Overview...................................................................................................................................... 353
6
Downloading and Updating Process ................................................................................................. 354
Checking the ARFU Result ............................................................................................................. 358
Checking the Result Us ing the Logging Data .................................................................................... 358
Related SP .................................................................................................................................... 358
Updating JavaVM ............................................................................................................................. 362
Creating an SD Card for Updating ................................................................................................... 362
Capturing the Device Logs ................................................................................................................. 365
Overview...................................................................................................................................... 365
Retrieving the Device Logs via Operation Panel ................................................................................ 366
Retrieving the Device Logs via Web Image Monitor .......................................................................... 369
NVRAM Data Upload/Download........................................................................................................ 373
Uploading Content of NVRAM to an SD card................................................................................... 373
Downloading an SD Card to NVRAM.............................................................................................. 374
Address Book Upload/Download ........................................................................................................ 375
Information List ............................................................................................................................ 375
Download ..................................................................................................................................... 375
Upload ......................................................................................................................................... 376
SMC List Card Save Function ............................................................................................................ 377
Overview...................................................................................................................................... 377
Procedure ..................................................................................................................................... 377
File Names of the Saved SMC Lists ................................................................................................. 379
Error Messages ............................................................................................................................. 379
UP/SP Data Import/Export ................................................................................................................. 381
UP Data Import/Export................................................................................................................... 381
SP Data Import/Export ................................................................................................................... 383
Possible Solutions for Import/Export Problems.................................................................................. 385
Test Pattern Printing .......................................................................................................................... 388
Card Save Function ........................................................................................................................... 389
Overview...................................................................................................................................... 389
Procedure ..................................................................................................................................... 389
Error Messages ............................................................................................................................. 391
6. Troubleshooting ............................................................................................................................ 392
Self-Diagnostic Mode ........................................................................................................................ 392
Service Call Conditions .................................................................................................................. 392
SC Logging .................................................................................................................................. 393
SC Automatic Reboot .................................................................................................................... 393
SC Manual Reboot......................................................................................................................... 395
SC1xx: Scanning .............................................................................................................................. 397
SC2xx: Exposure .............................................................................................................................. 404
7
When SC285-00 (MUSIC error) Is Displayed ................................................................................... 408
SC3xx: Image Processing................................................................................................................... 411
SC4xx: Image Processing................................................................................................................... 417
SC5xx: Paper Feed and Fusing ........................................................................................................... 420
SC6xx: Communication ..................................................................................................................... 434
SC7xx: Peripherals ............................................................................................................................ 446
SC8xx: Overall System...................................................................................................................... 447
SC9xx: Others .................................................................................................................................. 478
Process Control Error Conditions ........................................................................................................ 483
Developer Initialization Result ........................................................................................................ 483
Process Control Self-Check Result................................................................................................... 483
Line Position Adjustment Result...................................................................................................... 486
Troubleshooting Guide ...................................................................................................................... 487
Line Position Adjustment ............................................................................................................... 487
Problem at Regular Intervals ........................................................................................................... 492
Blank Print ................................................................................................................................... 492
All-Black Print .............................................................................................................................. 492
Missing CMY Color ...................................................................................................................... 493
Light Print .................................................................................................................................... 493
Repeated Spots or Lines on Prints .................................................................................................... 493
Dark Vertical Line on Prints............................................................................................................ 494
White Horizontal Lines or Bands ..................................................................................................... 494
Missing Parts of Images ................................................................................................................. 494
Dirty Background .......................................................................................................................... 494
Partial CMY Color Dots ................................................................................................................. 494
Dark Irregular Streaks on Prints....................................................................................................... 495
CMY Color Irregular Streaks .......................................................................................................... 495
Ghosting....................................................................................................................................... 495
Unfused or Partially Fused Prints..................................................................................................... 495
Image Skew .................................................................................................................................. 495
Background Stain .......................................................................................................................... 496
No Printing on Paper Edge.............................................................................................................. 496
Image Not Centered When It Should Be ........................................................................................... 496
Jam Detection................................................................................................................................... 497
Paper Jam History.......................................................................................................................... 497
Jam Codes and Display Codes ......................................................................................................... 497
Electrical Component Defects............................................................................................................. 501
Sensors ........................................................................................................................................ 501
Fuse Location ............................................................................................................................... 503
8
Other Troubleshooting ....................................................................................................................... 505
When You Cannot Open the Right Door ........................................................................................... 505
When Fluorescent or LED Lamps Flicker ......................................................................................... 507
When Abnormal Noise Occurs ........................................................................................................ 508
7. Detailed Descriptions ..................................................................................................................... 511
Differences between MP C307/C407 and C306/C406 ............................................................................ 511
ADF Unit ......................................................................................................................................... 514
Overview...................................................................................................................................... 514
Original Transport Drive ................................................................................................................ 515
Original Set Detection .................................................................................................................... 515
Original Transport Path .................................................................................................................. 516
Double-feed Detection (Optional) .................................................................................................... 518
Scanner Unit .................................................................................................................................... 520
Overview...................................................................................................................................... 520
Light Source and Exposure ............................................................................................................. 520
Scanner Carriage Drive .................................................................................................................. 521
Improved Tolerance to Black Lines When Paper Passes through ADF .................................................. 522
Laser Unit ........................................................................................................................................ 524
Overview...................................................................................................................................... 524
Laser Synchronizing System ........................................................................................................... 525
Line Scanning Mechanism .............................................................................................................. 526
Image Skew Adjustment ................................................................................................................. 526
Dust Shield Glass .......................................................................................................................... 527
LD Safety Switch .......................................................................................................................... 527
PCDU.............................................................................................................................................. 529
Overview...................................................................................................................................... 529
OPC Drum.................................................................................................................................... 530
Development Unit ......................................................................................................................... 532
Drum/Development Drive............................................................................................................... 533
Toner Supply Section ........................................................................................................................ 534
Overview...................................................................................................................................... 534
Toner Supply and Transport Mechanism........................................................................................... 535
Toner Bottle Set Sensor Mechanism................................................................................................. 536
Toner Near End and Toner End ....................................................................................................... 536
Toner Supply Unit ......................................................................................................................... 537
ID Chip ........................................................................................................................................ 537
Waste Toner Collection ..................................................................................................................... 539
Waste Toner Transport Mechanism.................................................................................................. 539
Waste Toner Collection Mechanism................................................................................................. 540
9
Waste Toner Full Detection ............................................................................................................ 540
ITB/ Paper Transfer........................................................................................................................... 542
Overview...................................................................................................................................... 542
Differences from the Predecessor Models ......................................................................................... 542
Transfer Movement and Image Transport ......................................................................................... 543
Transfer Bias ................................................................................................................................ 544
ITB Contact .................................................................................................................................. 545
ITB Cleaning ................................................................................................................................ 546
Image Position Correction .............................................................................................................. 546
Process Control and MUSIC............................................................................................................... 547
Process Control ............................................................................................................................. 547
MUSIC ........................................................................................................................................ 553
Fusing ............................................................................................................................................. 555
Overview...................................................................................................................................... 555
Fusing Mechanism......................................................................................................................... 556
Fusing Temperature Control............................................................................................................ 557
Fusing Drive ................................................................................................................................. 557
Paper Feed and Registration ............................................................................................................... 560
Overview...................................................................................................................................... 560
Paper Feed, Registration, and Bypass Feed Drive............................................................................... 560
Tray Lift Mechanism ..................................................................................................................... 561
Bypass Tray Bottom Plate Lift Mechanism ....................................................................................... 562
Paper Size Detection and Paper End Detection .................................................................................. 563
Tray Auto-close Mechanism ........................................................................................................... 563
Paper Exit and Inverter ...................................................................................................................... 565
Overview...................................................................................................................................... 565
Paper Exit Operation ...................................................................................................................... 565
Inverter Operation ......................................................................................................................... 566
Duplex............................................................................................................................................. 567
Overview...................................................................................................................................... 567
Duplex Mechanism ........................................................................................................................ 568
Interleaving .................................................................................................................................. 569
Electrical Parts.................................................................................................................................. 570
Block Diagram .............................................................................................................................. 570
Board Outline ............................................................................................................................... 570
Machine Ventilation .......................................................................................................................... 572
Overview...................................................................................................................................... 572
Machine Ventilation ...................................................................................................................... 572
Operation Panel ................................................................................................................................ 574
10
Energy Save ..................................................................................................................................... 575
Energy Saver Modes ...................................................................................................................... 575
Power States of this Machine .......................................................................................................... 577
Verification of Up Time for each Energy Saving State........................................................................ 579
Checking the Up time by Device State.............................................................................................. 579
Recommendation........................................................................................................................... 580
Paper Feed Unit PB1080/PB1080TE (Optional) .................................................................................... 581
Overview...................................................................................................................................... 581
Paper Transport Drive .................................................................................................................... 583
Sensors and Friction Pad ................................................................................................................ 584
Tray Lifting up Mechanism............................................................................................................. 585
Preventing Theft of Paper (Only PB1080TE) .................................................................................... 585
1 Bin Tray BN1030 (Optional) ........................................................................................................... 587
Overview...................................................................................................................................... 587
Electrical Components ................................................................................................................... 587
Paper Exit from 1-Bin Tray Unit...................................................................................................... 588
11
1.Product Information
1. Product Information
Specifications
See "Appendices" for the following information:
• Specifications
• Supported Paper Sizes
• Software Accessories
• Optional Equipment
12
Machine Configuration
Main Unit
• NA = North America, EU = Europe, AA = Asia-Pacific, CHN = China, TWN = Taiwan, KOR = Korea
Item Machine Code Remarks New Option?
Mainframe D298 MP C307SP for EU/AA -
D297 MP C307SPF for NA/EU/AA/TWN -
D299 MP C407SP for AA/CHN/KOR -
D296 MP C407SPF for NA/EU/AA/TWN -
1 Bin Tray BN1030 [1] D574 - Yes
Page Keeper Type M28 [2] D3DQ Only for NA/EU Yes
Handset Type C5502 [3] D645 Only for NA No
Requires the Fax Option.
Paper Feed Unit PB1080 [4] D573 Up to 2 can be stacked No
Paper Feed Unit PB1080TE [4] D573 Only for NA Yes
13
Controller Options
Item Machine Code Remarks New

Option?
Fax Option Type M28 D3E7-02 (EU, Standard: NA, TWN Yes
[1] AA,KOR) Option: EU, AA, CHN, KOR
D3E7-03
(CHN)
Fax Connection Unit D3E7-00 Only for machines equipped with a fax unit. Yes
Type M28
Enhanced Security HDD D792-09 (NA, - No
Option Type M10 [2] EU)
IEEE1284 Interface D3C0-17 One from these cards can be installed at the same No
Board Type M19 [3] time.
IEEE 802.11a/g/n D3BR-01 (NA, No
Interface Unit Type M19 EU, AA)
[3]
File Format Converter D3BR-04 No
Type M19 [3]
USB Device Server D3BC-28 (NA) No
Option Type M19 [3] D3BC-29 (EU,
AA, KOR)
Extended USB Board D3BS-01 No
Type M19 [3]
Camera Direct Print D3D8-13 If multiple applications are required, merge all No
Card Type M26 [4] applications into one SD card with the SP mode.
XPS Direct Print Option D3E6-02 (NA) (SD Card Appli Move) Yes
14
Item Machine Code Remarks New

Option?
Type M28 [4] D3E6-19 (EU)
D3E6-20
(Other)
PostScript3 Unit Type D3E6-26 (NA) Yes
M28 [4] D3E6-27 (EU)
D3E6-28
(Other)
OCR Unit Type M13 [4] D3AC-23 (NA) No
D3AC-24 (EU)
D3AC-25
(Other)
Data Overwrite Security D3BS-03 No
Unit Type M19
NFC Card Reader Type D3AC-21 - No
M13
15
Machine Overview
Overview
Callout Item Callout Item

[A] ADF [H] Bypass feed tray
[B] Scanner unit [I] Paper feed tray
[C] Paper exit unit [J] Waste toner bottle
[D] Fusing unit [K] ITB unit
[E] Duplex unit [L] PCDU
[F] Paper transfer roller [M] Toner bottle
[G] Registration roller [N] Laser unit
16
Paper Path

[A] ADF transport path [E] Optional paper feed unit path (1st)
[B] 1-Bin tray path [F] Optional paper feed unit path (2nd)
[C] Duplex paper transport path [G] Standard paper tray path
[D] Bypass paper feed path
17
Drive Layout

[A] Scanner motor [I] Paper feed clutch
[B] Paper exit clutch [J] Bypass lift clutch
[C] Reverse clutch [K] Transport motor
[D] Development clutch (K) [L] Bypass feed clutch
[E] Drum motor (K) [M] Duplex clutch
[F] Drum motor (CMY) [N] Registration clutch
[G] Development motor (CMY) [O] Fusing motor
[H] Tray lift motor
18
2.Installation
2. Installation
Installation Requirements
Environment
1. Temperature Range: 10°C to 32°C (50°F to 89.6°F)

2. Humidity Range: 15% to 80% RH
3. Ambient Illumination: Less than 1500 lux (do not expose to direct sunlight)
4. Ventilation: 3 times/hr/person or more
5. Do not let the machine get exposed to the following:
1) Cool air from an air conditioner
2) Heat from a heater
6. Do not install the machine in areas that are exposed to corrosive gas.
7. Do not install the machine at any location over 2,000 m (6,500 ft.) above sea level. [NA: Can be installed up
to 2,500m (8,202 ft.)]
8. Install the machine on a strong, level base. (Inclination on any side must be no more than 5 mm.)
9. Do not install the machine in areas that get strong vibrations.
Machine Level
Front to back: Within 5 mm (0.2")

Right to left: Within 5 mm (0.2")
19
2.Installation
Machine Space Requirements
• This machine, which uses high voltage power sources, can generate ozone gas. High ozone density is
harmful to human health. Therefore, the machine must be installed in a well-ventilated room.
A: Over 70 mm (2.8") (Base machine) / 120 mm (4.7“) (with 1-Bin tray unit)
B: Over 100 mm (3.9")
C: Over 402 mm (15.8")
D: Over 420 mm (16.5")
Put the machine near the power source with the clearance shown above.
Machine Dimensions
W×D×H: 498 × 585 × 510 mm (19.6" × 23.0" × 20.1")
20
2.Installation
Callout mm (inch) Callout mm (inch)

[A] 546.2 mm (approx. 21.5") [F] 210 mm (approx. 8.3")
[B] 498 mm (approx. 19.6") [G] 554 mm (approx. 21.8")
[C] 425 mm (approx. 16.7") [H] 595 mm (approx. 23.4")
[D] 510 mm (approx. 20.1") [I] 510 mm (approx. 20.1")
[E] 280 mm (approx. 11.0")
Callout mm (inch) Note

[A] 808 mm With 1 Bin Tray Unit
(approx. 31.8")
[B] 893 mm [A] + ADF
(approx. 35.2")
[C] 149 mm Paper Feed Unit
(approx. 5.9")
Power Requirements
• Insert the plug firmly into the outlet.

• Do not use an outlet extension plug or cord.
• Ground the machine.
1. Input voltage level:
• 110 V, 60 Hz More than 11 A
• 120 to 127 V, 60 Hz: More than 11 A
• 220 V to 240 V, 50 Hz/60 Hz: More than 5.5 A
2. Permissible voltage fluctuation:
21
2.Installation
NA: 108 V (120 V-10%) – 138 V (127 V+8.66 %)

EU/AA: 198 V (220 V-10%) – 264 V (240 V+10 %)
Taiwan: 99 V (110 V -10%) – 121 V (110 V + 10%)
3. Do not put things on the power cord.
22
2.Installation
Mainframe Installation
Installation Flowchart
This flowchart shows the best procedure for installation.
Accessory Check
For D296/D297
Check the quantity and condition of these accessories.
23
2.Installation
Component List
No. Description Remark Q’ty

NA EU AA TWN
1 NFC Tag To be attached to the device. 1 1 1 1
2 Decal – Bluetooth 1 1 1 1
3 Decal – Emblem For the front cover and 2 2 2 -
operation panel
4 Decal – Paper Tray 1 1 1 1
5 CE Marking Traceability Information Only for EU - 1 - -
6 Ferrite Core - 1 1 1
7 Modular Cord with Ferrite Core 1 - - -
8 Power Supply Cord 1 1 1 1
9 CD-ROM (Printer and Scanner Drivers) 1 1 1 -
CD-ROM (Operating Instructions) - - 1 -
CD-ROM (Printer and Scanner Drivers/ - - - 1
Operating Instructions)
10 Safety Information Only for EU - 1 - -
11 Note to Using This Machine Safely 1 1 1 1
12 Note to Users in EU Countries - 1 - -
Note to Users in the USA 1 - - -
Note to Users in Canada 1 - - -
13 Notes to Users (NFC Tag Leaflet) Regarding the installation of 1 1 1 1
the NFC tag.
14 Software License Agreement 1 1 1 1
24
2.Installation

NA EU AA TWN
- Notes For Users For printing with AirPrint 1 - 1 1
- For Users of This Product Before using the wireless 1 - 1 -
function
- Manual: Read This First 1 - 1 1
- Manual: Start Guide 1 - 1 -
• An NFC tag is required for connecting this machine to an Android smart device that has the Ricoh
Smart Device Connector application installed. Give this NFC tag to the customer so that they can attach
it to the machine. Where the tag should be attached and how to set it up for using the smart-device
application are described in the help guide within the application. The setup procedure should be
performed by the customer.
For D298/D299
Check the quantity and condition of these accessories.
Component List

EU AA CHN
1 NFC Tag To be attached to the device. 1 1 1
2 Decal – Bluetooth 1 1 1
3 Decal – Emblem For the front cover and operation 2 2 -
25
2.Installation

EU AA CHN
panel
4 Decal – Paper Tray 1 1 1
5 CE Marking Traceability Information For EU only 1 - -
6 Power Supply Cord 1 1 1
7 CD-ROM (Printer and Scanner Drivers) 1 1 -
CD-ROM (Operating Instructions) - 1 -
CD-ROM (Printer and Scanner Drivers/ - - 1
Operating Instructions)
8 Safety Information For EU only 1 - -
9 Notes for Using This Machine Safely 1 1 1
10 Note to Users in EU Countries 1 - -
11 Notes to Users (NFC Tag Leaflet) Regarding the installation of the 1 1 1
NFC tag.
12 Software License Agreement 1 1 1
- Notes For Users For printing with AirPrint - 1 1
- For Users of This Product Before using the wireless - 1 -
function
- Sheet - TEL - - 1
- Manual: Read This First - 1 1
- Manual: Start Guide - 1 -
• An NFC tag is required for connecting this machine to an Android smart device that has the Ricoh
Smart Device Connector application installed. Give this NFC tag to the customer so that they can attach
it to the machine. Where the tag should be attached and how to set it up for using the smart-device
application are described in the help guide within the application. The setup procedure should be
performed by the customer.
Installation Procedure
Put the machine on the optional paper tray unit first if you install an optional paper feed unit at the same time.
Then install the machine and other options.
• Keep the shipping retainers after you install the machine. You may need them in the future if you
transport the machine to another location.
26
2.Installation
• Hold the specified positions as shown below when lifting the machine up or down.
Tapes, Retainers and Toner Bottles
1. Remove the tapes and the retainers from the machine.
2. Do the following steps:

• Open the ADF cover [A].
27
2.Installation
• Remove all the tapes and the retainer (protective paper) [B] from the exposure glass.
3. Remove the sheet [A] inside the ADF.
4. Remove the following items:

• Paper tray [A]
• Retainer [B]
28
2.Installation
5. Open the front door [A].
6. Pull out all protection seals [A] on the drums straight out towards the front.
• Do not remove the orange tape [B] at this time.
7. Remove the waste toner bottle [A].
29
2.Installation
8. Remove the orange tape [A] attached to the lever.
9. Set the lever [A] to the upright position.
10. Attach the waste toner bottle.

11. Shake each toner bottle [A] from eight to ten times.
30
2.Installation
12. Install each toner bottle [A] in the machine.
13. Close the front door.

14. Connect the power cord to the machine.
15. Attach the paper tray.
16. Connect the network cable, if the client IP addresses are automatically provided through a system such as
DHCP in the network settings. If a static IP address is provided to the client machines, contact the customer
(network administrator) to determine the appropriate timing for connecting the network cable.
17. Turn ON the main power.
18. The machine starts the initial settings automatically.
• A message “Turn the main power switch off then on” may appear during the initial settings.
However, DO NOT switch off the main power until the machine finishes the initial settings and
emits a beep sound. It takes about five minutes to finish the initial settings.
Important Notice on Security Issues
In order to increase the security of the MFP, and to ensure that the customer sets the administrator password, an
administrator set/change prompt display appears at the first power-up.
Overview
The following Program/Change Administrator screen appears at the first power-up.
When the customers set the administrator/supervisor login password, the screen disappears and the home display
appears. The customers, however, can erase this screen with the following procedure if they think there is no need
31
2.Installation
to set the password.

1. On the Program/Change Administrator screen, press [Change] next to Supervisor and then touch [OK]
without entering any password.
2. Touch [OK] again when the Confirm password display appears.
3. For Administrator 1, do the same procedure as steps 1 and 2.
4. Press [OK], then the home display appears.
5. Turn the main power OFF and ON.
SP5-755-002 allows you to skip this screen temporarily and continue the installation procedure without setting an
administrator password. However, the Program/Change Administrator screen appears every time you turn the
power OFF/ON, if the password is not set.
Password Setting Procedure
• For more details about this security issue, see “Notes on Using Multi-Function Printers Safely” supplied
with the MFP.
• When Supervisor / Administrator 1-4 passwords are configured via network, the “Change Supervisor
login password” window will not display.
• The passwords for Supervisor or Administrator 1 to 4 can be set via “System Settings”. But the
Program/Change Administrator screen appears every time the power switch is turned ON if the
passwords are input this way. So we recommend the customers to set the passwords via network or the
Program/Change Administrator screen.
1. Install the MFP.
3. Change the Supervisor login password.
32
2.Installation
4. Enter a password.
5. Press [OK].
6. Confirm the Password.
33
2.Installation
7. Press [OK].
8. Change the Administrator 1 login password.
9. Enter the password.
34
2.Installation
10. Press [OK].
11. Confirm the password.
12. Press [OK].
13. If necessary, set “Admin. Authentication” ON.

[User Tools] -> [Machine Features] -> [System Settings] -> [Administrator Tools] -> [Administrator
Authentication Management] -> [Admin. Authentication]
If this setting is OFF, [Login] for administrators is not displayed on the operation panel.
35
2.Installation
Checking the Image Quality
Checking Paper Setting

Do the following procedure after installing all the options.
1. Check that all tapes are removed. Then connect the power plug into the wall socket.
2. Pull out the paper feed tray [A] until it stops.
3. Release the side fence.

4. Load paper into the paper feed tray.
5. Set the side fence according to the paper size while pressing the unlock lever.
• To move the fences, first pull out the tray fully. Then push down the green lock at the front inside
the tray.
6. Set the end fence according to the paper size while pressing the unlock lever.
7. Set SP5-131 to set paper size for the main paper tray.
8. Adjust the registration setting for paper trays.
SP1-002-001 (Side-to-Side Registration By-pass Table)
SP1-002-002 (Side-to-Side Registration Paper Tray 1)
SP1-002-005 (Side-to-Side Registration Duplex)
• Refer to the “Image Adjustment” section in this manual for how to adjust the SP setting.
• If one or more optional paper trays is installed, do the following SPs as well:
Executing the Automatic Color Calibration (ACC)
• Be sure to do this procedure when installing the mainframe.

• Do not open the ADF while ACC is running.
• Settings must be made before you can login as Administrator. (Refer to "Before You Begin the
Procedure".)
1. Login as Administrator.
2. Press [User Tools] icon on the operation panel.
3. Press [Machine Features].
36
2.Installation
4. Press [Maintenance].
5. Press [Auto Color Calibration]
6. Press [Start] for the Copier function.
7. Press [Start Printing].
8. Take the sheet that was just printed, and put it on the exposure glass. Press [Start Scanning].
9. Do the same procedure for the Printer function.
• Be sure to check the four resolution-based items for the printer function.
Checking the Copy Image with Test chart
Check the copy image quality with a test chart.
For SP models, check that the printer can print out in the customer’s environment. For SPF models, check that the
fax can output a received image as well.
Color Skew Adjustment
The skew adjustment of this machine should be performed manually.
The adjustment procedure is as follows:
1. Execute ‘MUSIC’ (SP2-111-002) and check the result for each color with the following SPs.
• SP2-117-004 (K)
• SP2-117-002 (C)
• SP2-117-001 (M)
• SP2-117-003 (Y)
2. The color skew adjustment (Color Skew Adjustment) should be executed if one or more of the above SP
values is not within ±5. No skew adjustment is required if all SP values are within ±5.
Auto Remote Firmware Update (ARFU) Settings
Specify ARFU settings as required.
Operating Conditions:
• ARFU requires connection to the Internet. Be sure to get permission from the customer before setting
ARFU up. Otherwise, it may cause an incident.
• ARFU is available only for machines that contain a HDD. If the machine does not have a HDD, an
option HDD must be installed.
• The connection is one-way, so the user’s data cannot be accessed from the firmware server.
Procedure:
1. ARFU enable setting

2. Server connection check
3. Prohibited date and time setting
37
2.Installation
(1) Enable ARFU
1. Set SP5-886-111 (Auto Update Setting) to "1 (ON)".

1: ON / 0: OFF (Default)
To download the firmware only using SFU (Smart Firmware Update), and not by ARFU, specify the settings
as follows:
- SP5-886-111(Auto Update Setting) to "0 (OFF)"
- SP5-886-115 (SFU Auto Download Setting) to "1 (ON)"
(2) Server connection check
1. Enter the SP mode.

2. Press [Firmware update] > [Update] > [Execute update].
3. Check if one of the following messages appears: "Will you download the latest package Ver *** and
update?" or "The installed package is the latest version.".
If the message appears, it is possible to execute ARFU. Press “No” and close SP mode to complete the
configuration.
The update will run immediately if you press “Yes” at the message "Will you download the latest package
Ver *** and update?" The update cannot be canceled if it is run by SFU. (The update can be canceled if
ARFU is used.)
SP5-886-116 (Auto Update Prohibit Term Setting) displays the scheduled date and time of the next ARFU.
If error code 71: [Network connection error] appears when you click “Execute update”, see troubleshooting
below.
(3) Prohibited date and time setting
Ask the customer for the prohibited times and days of the week for ARFU execution and set the following as
needed. The default prohibited time is from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m. and there is no prohibited day.
• SP5-886-112 (Auto Update Prohibit Term Setting) Default: 1 (ON)
• SP5-886-113 (Auto Update Prohibit Start hour) Default: 9
38
2.Installation
• SP5-886-114 (Auto Update Prohibit End hour) Default: 17

• SP5-886-120 (Auto Update Prohibit Day Of Week Setting) Default: 00000000 [00H]
Set the bits for the days of the week to prohibit updating.
Prohibited (Monday - Sunday): bit 7, Monday: bit 6, Tuesday: bit 5
Wednesday: bit 4, Thursday: bit 3, Friday: bit 2, Saturday: bit 1, Sunday: bit 0
e.g.) Prohibited on Mon., Fri., Sat., and Sun.: 01000111 [47H]
They can be specified also via Web Image Monitor if logged in as the machine administrator from the device if
SP5-886-111(Auto Update Setting) is set to "1 (ON)". For details, see Specifying the Time and Day of the Week to
Prohibit Updating via Web Image Monitor.
Troubleshooting: If error code 71: [Network connection error] appears
If error code 71: [Network connection error] appears when you click [Firmware update] > [Update] > [Execute
update] in SP mode, check the following.
• 4-1. IPv4 address, Subnet mask of the machine and Gateway IPv4 address
• 4-2. IPv4 address of the DNS server
• 4-3. Proxy server settings
• 4-4. Encryption level setting SP
4-1. IPv4 address, Subnet mask of the machine and Gateway IPv4 address
Check the machine’s IPv4 address, subnet mask, and gateway IPv4 address.
(In User Tools > Machine Features > System Settings > Interface Settings)
39
2.Installation
4-2. IPv4 address of the DNS server

Check the DNS IPv4 address and check the connection.
(In User Tools > Machine Features > System Settings > Interface Settings > DNS configuration)
How to find the IP address:

Ask the customer to tell you the IP address of the DNS server. If the customer does not know it, ask the customer
to check the IP address by one of the following ways:
1. Run "ipconfig / all" at the command prompt on the computer, then check the IP address of the DNS server.
2. Open the IPv4 properties dialog box on the computer, then check whether the IP address setting of the DNS
server is manual or automatic.
• If the setting of the DNS IP address is automatic, select [Auto-Obtain (DHCP)] at the MFP machine's
DNS settings.
• If the setting of the DNS IP address is manual, select [Specify] and specify the DNS server 1 to 3.
• Press [Connection Test] to check the connection with the input address. Make sure that it is connected
successfully.
40
2.Installation
4-3. Proxy server settings

Check the user’s network environment and, as required, specify the proxy server settings in the following SPs:
• SP5-816-062 (Use Proxy)
1: Used / 0: Not used
• SP5-816-063 (Proxy Host)
• SP5-816-064 (Proxy PortNumber)
• SP5-816-065 (Proxy User Name)
• SP5-816-066 (Proxy Password)
If access to the external server is restricted, request the network administrator (customer) to permit the following
FQDN name for communication.- FQDN: p-rfu-ds2.support.ricoh.com
They can be specified also via Web Image Monitor if logged in as the machine administrator from the device if
SP5-886-111(Auto Update Setting) is set to "1(ON)". For details, see Specifying the Time and Day of the Week to
Prohibit Updating via Web Image Monitor.
4-4. Encryption level setting SP

Check SP5-816-087 (Remote Service: CERT:Macro Ver) and make sure the encryption level is [2]: 2048 bit.
If SP5-816-087 is [1]: 512 bit, specify the settings as follows:

1. Initialize the encryption level by executing SP5-870-003 (Common Key Info Writing: Initialize)
2. Rewrite as 2048 bit in SP5-870-004 (Common Key Info Writing: Writing 2048 bit).
3. Turn the main switch off and on.
Make sure to check the conditions before changing the encryption level and do the corresponding workaround.
ARFU uses the same certificate as @Remote to communicate with the Global Server. This may cause failure in
connecting with the Center Server, if the device is to be installed in the following conditions.
Conditions
41
2.Installation
1) Customer uses RC Gate Type BN1.

RC Gate Type BN1 does not support 2048 bit encryption level communication with Ricoh devices (HTTPS
Managed device). Therefore, the device cannot be registered under RC Gate Type BN 1.
2) Ricoh device (HTTPS Managed) that supports only 512 bit encryption level is registered as an external
appliance.
Only one encryption level can be set for an external appliance for its communication with imaging devices. If a
512 bit encryption level Ricoh device (HTTPS Managed) is registered, the external appliance as well as other
devices must also use 512 bit encryption even if 2048 bit encryption is supported on those devices.
Workaround
For Condition 1:
Advise your customer to change to the latest appliance that supports 2048 bit encryption level communication.
For Condition 2:
1. Manage the device with embedded RC Gate (2048 bit)
2. Exclude non-supported devices (i.e., those devices that cannot be changed from 512-bit to 2048-bit) from the
external appliances, then change the encryption level of external appliances and all managed devices (from 512 bit
to 2048 bit).
Specifying the Time and Day of the Week to Prohibit Updating via Web Image Monitor
1. Start Web Image Monitor.

2. Log in as the machine administrator.
3. Point to [Device Management], and then click [Configuration].
4. Click "Auto Firmware Update".
42
2.Installation
Turn the main power OFF and back ON again after setting SP5-886-111 (AutoUpdateSetting) to "1 (ON)".
"Auto Firmware Update" will appear in the menu list of Web Image Monitor.
5. Specify the times and days of the week to prohibit updating.
Select the check boxes of the applicable days of the week to prohibit updating on that day
Language Selection
1. Press [User Tools] on the operation panel.

2. Press [Screen Features].
43
2.Installation
3. Press [Language & Input].

4. Press [Change Language].
The machine shows the preset language list.
• If the language you want is listed, press the language, and then go to Step 9.
• If the required language is not in the list, go to the next step.
5. Press [Select Switchable Language] and select the language you want.
6. Press [Language & Input], and then press [Change Language].
7. Select the language you set in Step 6.
8. Make sure that the language is changed successfully.
9. Exit [User Tools].
Brand Plate, Decals
1. Attach the brand plates to the front door and the operation panel, if the brand plates are not attached.
2. Attach the correct paper tray number and size decals to the paper trays.
3. Attach the NFC tag and the Bluetooth decal to the operation panel.
[1]: NFC tag, [2]: Bluetooth decal
Storing Unnecessary Decals

If the IC card reader option or NFC reader option are not to be installed immediately, store the decals for these
options in the specified area as shown below:
1. Pull out the paper feed tray.
2. Remove the front lower cover [A]. ( × 1)
44
2.Installation
3. Open the front cover.

4. Remove the inner cover [A] ( × 1) and then store the decal in the area [B].
Settings Relevant to the Service Contract
Change the necessary settings for the following SP modes if the customer has made a service contract.
• You must select one of the counter methods (developments/prints) in accordance with the contract (SP5-
045-001).
Counting method
SP No. Function Default
SP5-045-001 Specifies if the counting method used in meter charge mode is based on "1":
developments or prints. Prints
NOTE: You can set this one time only. You cannot change the setting after you
have set it for the first time.
Service Tel. No. Setting
SP No. Function Default
SP5-812-001 SP5-812-002 programs the service station fax number. The number is printed on -
45
2.Installation
through 004 the counter list when the meter charge mode is selected. This lets the user fax the
counter data to the service station.
Settings for @Remote Service
• Prepare and check the following check points before you visit the customer site. For details, ask the
@Remote key person.
Check points before making @Remote settings
1. The setting of SP5-816-201 in the mainframe must be "0".
2. Print the SMC with SP5-990-002 and then check if a device ID2 (SP5-811-003) must be correctly
programmed.
• 6 spaces must be put between the 3-digit prefix and the following 8-digit number (e.g.
xxx______xxxxxxxx).
• ID2 (SP5-811-003) and the serial number (SP5-811-001) must be the same (e.g. ID2:
A01______23456789 = serial No. A0123456789)
• Make sure to shut down and reboot the machine once before printing the SMC. Otherwise, the latest
settings may not be collected when the SMC is printed.
3. The following settings must be correctly programmed.
• Proxy server IP address (SP5-816-063)
• Proxy server Port number (SP5-816-064)
• Proxy User ID (SP5-816-065)
• Proxy Password (SP5-816-066)
4. Get a Request Number
Execute the @Remote Settings
2. Input the Request number which you have obtained from @Remote Center GUI, and then enter [OK] with
SP5-816-202.
3. Confirm the Request number, and then click [EXECUTE] with SP5-816-203.
4. Check the confirmation result with SP5-816-204.
Value Meaning Solution/ Workaround
0 Succeeded -
3 Communication error (proxy Check the network condition.
enabled)
disabled)
5 Proxy error (authentication error) Check Proxy user name and password.
6 Communication error Check the network condition.
8 Other error See "SP5816-208 Error Codes" below this.
9 Request number confirmation Processing… Please wait.
46
2.Installation

executing
11 Already registered -
12 Parameter error -
20 Dial-up authentication error * These errors occur only in the modems that support
21 Answer tone detection error @Remote.
22 Carrier detection error
23 Invalid setting value (modem)
24 Low power supply current
25 unplugged modem
26 Busy line
5. Make sure that the screen displays the Location Information with SP5-816-205 only when it has been input at
the Center GUI.
6. Click [EXECUTE] to execute the registration with SP5-816-206.
7. Check the registration result with SP5-816-207.
0 Succeeded -
1 Request number error Check the request number again.
2 Already registered Check the registration status.
enabled)
disabled)
5 Proxy error (Authentication error) Check Proxy user name and password.
8 Other error See "SP5-816-208 Error Codes" below this.
9 Request number confirmation Processing… Please wait.
executing
11 Already registered -
12 Parameter error -
20 Dial-up authentication error * These errors occur only in the modems that support
21 Answer tone detection error @Remote.
22 Carrier detection error
23 Invalid setting value (modem)
24 Low power supply current
25 unplugged modem
26 Busy line
8. Exit the SP mode.
SP5-816-208 Error Codes
47
2.Installation
Caused by Operation Error, Incorrect Setting

Code Meaning Solution/ Workaround
- Inquiry, registration attempted without acquiring Obtain a Request Number before
12002 Request No. attempting the Inquiry or Registration.
- Attempted registration without execution of a Perform Confirmation before attempting
12003 confirmation and no previous registration. the Registration.
- Attempted setting with illegal entries for certification Check ID2 of the mainframe.
12004 and ID2.
- @Remote communication is prohibited. The device has Make sure that "Remote Service" in User
12005 an Embedded RC gate-related problem. Tools is set to "Do not prohibit".
- A confirmation request was made after the confirmation Execute registration.
12006 had been already completed.
- The request number used at registration was different Check Request No.
12007 from the one used at confirmation.
- Update certification failed because mainframe was in Check the mainframe condition. If the
12008 use. mainframe is in use, try again later.
- The ID2 in the NVRAM does not match the ID2 in the Check ID2 of the mainframe.
12009 individual certification.
- The certification area is not initialized. Initialize the certification area.
12010
Error Caused by Response from GW URL
Code Meaning Solution/ Workaround
-2385 Other error
-2387 Not supported at the Service Center
-2389 Database out of service
-2390 Program out of service
-2391 Two registrations for the same mainframe Check the registration condition of the mainframe
-2392 Parameter error
-2393 External RCG not managed
-2394 Mainframe not managed
-2395 Box ID for external RCG is illegal.
-2396 Mainframe ID for external RCG is illegal.
-2397 Incorrect ID2 format Check the ID2 of the mainframe.
-2398 Incorrect request number format Check the Request No.
48
2.Installation
Transporting the Machine
• Do not lift the machine together with one or more paper feed unit(s):
If there is already a machine with one or more optional paper feed unit(s), be sure to disconnect the
machine and paper feed unit(s), and lift them up separately when moving/transporting. Otherwise, the
handle of the paper feed unit will break due to the machine’s weight, and it can cause an injury.
The following should be done before transporting the machine.
1. Remove the paper tray and waste toner bottle, and then move the ITB contact lever [A] down to the shipping
position. This moves the ITB away from the PCDU (K).
2. Hold the lever [A] in this position with tape.
3. Do SP4-806-001 to move the scanner carriage from the home position. This prevents dust from falling into
the machine during transportation.
4. Remove the toner bottles. This prevents toner flow into the toner supply tube, which is caused by vibration
during transport. This can also cause the tube to be clogged with toner.
5. Make sure that there is no paper left in the paper trays. Then fix down the bottom plates with a sheet of paper
and tape.
6. Attach securing tape to stop the waste toner bottle from coming out.
7. Do one of the following:
• Attach shipping tape to the covers and doors.
• Shrink-wrap the machine tightly.
49
2.Installation
• Hold the specified positions as shown below when lifting the machine up or down.
Instructions for the Customers
The following items should be advised when the machine is installed. These items are explained in more detail in
the operating instructions.
• How to add paper to the paper feed unit and the by-pass feed unit.
• How to install a toner bottle
• How to handle paper jams
50
2.Installation
Security Setting
Security Function Installation
• If the “Enhanced Security HDD Option Type M10” is installed at the same time as the main machine’s
installation, do not execute these settings described below. When the “Enhanced Security HDD Option
Type M10” and security functions (Data Overwrite Security and HDD Encryption Unit) are activated in
the same machine, the function of the “Enhanced Security HDD Option” is not guaranteed.
The machine contains the security functions (Data Overwrite Security and HDD Encryption unit) in the controller
board.
If you are installing a new machine, it is recommended to activate Data Overwrite Security and HDD Encryption
by selecting "Format All Data" from “System Settings” on the operation panel.
• This method is recommended because there is no user data on the hard drive yet (Address Book data,
image data, etc.).
If the customer wishes to activate the Data Overwrite Security and HDD Encryption unit on a machine that is
already running, it is recommended to activate the unit by selecting "All Data" from “System Settings” on the
operation panel.
• Selecting "All Data" will preserve the data that has already been saved to the HDD. (If "Format All
Data" is selected, all user data saved to the HDD up to that point will be erased).
Immediately after encryption is enabled, the encryption setting process will take several minutes to complete
before you can begin using the machine.
• If encryption is enabled after data has been stored on the HDD, or if the encryption key is changed, this
process can take up to three and a half hours or more.
The machine cannot be operated while data is being encrypted.
Once the encryption process begins, it cannot be stopped.
Make sure that the machine's main power is not turned OFF while the encryption process is in progress.
If the machine's main power is turned off while the encryption process is in progress, the HDD will be damaged
and all data on it will be unusable.
Print the encryption key and keep the encryption key (which is printed as a paper sheet).
Keep the encryption key in a safe place. If the encryption key is lost and is needed, the controller board, HDD and
NVRAM must all be replaced at the same time.
• "NVRAM" mentioned in here means the NVRAM on the Controller Board.

• "NVRAM" or EEPROM on the BCU has nothing to do with this.
Please use the following procedures when the Data Overwrite Security and HDD Encryption must be reinstalled.
51
2.Installation
Data Overwrite Security
Before You Begin the Procedure
1. Make sure that the following settings (1) to (3) are not at their factory default values.
(1) Supervisor login password
(2) Administrator login name
(3) Administrator login password
If any of these settings is at a factory default value, tell the customer these settings must be changed before
you do the installation procedure.
2. Make sure that “Admin. Authentication” is on.
[User Tools] > [Machine Features] > [System Settings] > [Administrator Tools] > [Administrator
Authentication Management] > [Admin. Authentication]
If this setting is off, tell the customer this setting must be on before you do the installation procedure.
3. Make sure that “Administrator Tools” is enabled (selected).
Authentication Management] > [Available Settings]
If this setting is disabled (not selected), tell the customer this setting must be enabled (selected) before you
do the installation procedure.
Using Auto Erase Memory
The Auto Erase Memory function can be enabled by the following procedure.
1. Log in as the machine administrator from the control panel.
2. Press [User Tools].
4. Press [System Settings].
5. Press [Administrator Tools].
6. Press [Next] three times.
7. Press [Auto Erase Memory Setting].
8. Press [On].
9. Select the method of overwriting.
52
2.Installation
If you select [NSA] or [DoD], proceed to step 10.

If you select [Random Numbers], proceed to step 12.
10. Press [Change].
11. Enter the number of times that you want to overwrite using the number keys, and then press [#].
12. Press [OK]. Auto Erase Memory is set.
13. Log out.
14. Check the display and make sure that the overwrite erase icon appears.
15. Check the overwrite erase icon.
The icon [1] is lit when there is temporary data to be overwritten, and blinks during overwriting.
The icon [2] is lit when there is no temporary data to be overwritten.
Icon This icon is lit when there is temporary data to be overwritten, and blinks during
[1] overwriting.
Icon This icon is lit when there is no temporary data to be overwritten.

[2]
HDD Encryption
1. Make sure that the following settings (1) to (3) are not at the factory default settings.
(1) Supervisor login password
(2) Administrator login name
(3) Administrator login password
2. Confirm that "Admin. Authentication" is on:
If this setting is off, tell the customer that this setting must be on before you can do the installation procedure.
53
2.Installation
3. Confirm that "Administrator Tools" is selected and enabled.

Authentication Management] >[Available Settings]
"Available Settings" is not displayed until step 2 is done.
If this setting is not selected, tell the customer that this setting must be selected before you can do the
installation procedure.
Enable Encryption Setting
Machine Data Encryption Settings can be enabled by the following procedure.

Setting Up Encryption
• When setting up encryption, specify whether to start encryption after deleting data (initialize) or encrypt
and retain existing data. If data is retained, it may take some time to encrypt it.
8. Press [Machine Data Encryption Settings].
54
2.Installation
9. Press [Encrypt].
10. Select the data to be carried over to the HDD and not be reset.
To carry all of the data over to the HDD, select [All Data].
To carry over only the machine settings data, select [File System Data Only].
To reset all of the data, select [Format All Data].
11. Select the backup method.
If you have selected [Save to SD Card], load an SD card into the media slot on the side of the control panel
and press [OK] to back up the machine's data encryption key.
If you have selected [Print on Paper], press the [Start] key. Print out the machine's data encryption key.
12. Press [OK].
13. Press [Exit].
14. Press [Exit].
15. Log out.
16. Turn OFF the main power, and then turn the main power back ON.
The machine will start to convert the data on the memory after you turn on the machine. Wait until the
message "Memory conversion complete. Turn the main power switch off." appears, and then turn the main
power OFF again.
Check the Encryption Settings
55
2.Installation
6. Confirm whether the encryption has been completed or not on this display.
Backing Up the Encryption Key
The encryption key can be backed up. Select whether to save it to an SD card or to print it.
• The encryption key is required for data recovery if the machine malfunctions. Be sure to store the
encryption key safely for retrieving backup data.
8. Press [Print Encryption Key].
9. Select the backup method.

If you have selected [Save to SD Card], load an SD card into the media slot on the side of the control panel
and press [OK]. After the machine's data encryption key is backed up, press [Exit].
If you have selected [Print on Paper], press the [Start] key. Print out the machine's data encryption key.
10. Press [Exit].
56
2.Installation
11. Log out.
Encryption Key Restoration
How to restore the old encryption key to the machine

The following message appears after the controller board is replaced. In such a case, it is necessary to restore the
encryption key to the new controller board.
To do this, follow the procedure below.

1. Prepare an SD card that has been initialized in FAT16 format.
2. Using a PC, create a folder in the SD card and name it "restore_key".
3. Create a folder in the “restore_key” folder and name it the same as machine’s serial number, “xxxxxxxxxxx”
(11 digits).
4. Create a text file called "key_xxxxxxxxxxx.txt" and save it in the "xxxxxxxxxxx“ folder. Write the
encryption key in the text file.
/restore_key/xxxxxxxxxxx/key_xxxxxxxxxxx.txt
• Ask an Administrator to enter the encryption key. The key has already been printed out by the user
and may have been saved in the "key_xxxxxxxxxxx.txt" file.
6. Confirm that a message is displayed on the LCD telling to insert the SD card that contains the encryption
key.
7. Turn OFF the main power.
8. Insert the SD card that contains the encryption key into SD card slot 2 (the lower slot).
• The machine will automatically restore the encryption key to the flash memory on the controller
board.
10. Turn OFF the main power when the machine has returned to normal status.
11. Remove the SD card from SD card slot 2.
How to do a forced start up with no encryption key
If the encryption key back-up has been lost, follow the procedure below to do a forced start-up.
• The HDD will be formatted after the forced start-up.

• Encrypted data will be deleted.
• User settings will be cleared.
57
2.Installation
1. Prepare an SD card.
2. Create a directory named “restore_key” inside the root directory of the SD card. Then, save the
“nvram_key.txt” file using the following name:
/restore_key/nvram_key.txt
3. Create a text file and write "nvclear".
• Write this string at the head of the file.

• Use all lower-case letters.
• Do not use quotation marks or blank spaces.
• It is judged that a forced start has been selected when the content of "nvclear" is executed and the
machine shifts to the alternate system (forced start).
4. Confirm that a message is displayed on the LCD telling to insert the SD card that contains the encryption
key.
5. Turn OFF the main power.
6. Insert the SD card that contains the encryption key into SD card slot 2 (the lower slot).
7. Turn ON the main power and the machine automatically clears the HDD encryption.
8. Turn OFF the main power when the machine has returned to normal status.
9. Remove the SD card from SD card Slot 2.
11. Memory clear SP5-801-xx (Exclude SP5-801-001: All Clear and SP5-801-002: Engine), and clear SP5-846-
046: address book.
12. Set necessary user settings with the User Tools key.
58
2.Installation
Paper Feed Unit PB1080 (D573-57), Paper Feed Unit PB1080TE

(D573-13)
Paper Feed Unit PB1080TE is only for NA.
Accessory Check
Confirm that you have the accessories listed below.

No. Description Q’ty
1 EMC Address 1
2 Name Plate 1
3 Decal Size Indication 1
4 Decal CHN 10mm 1
5 Decal CHN Date 40mm 1
• Turn OFF the main power and unplug the power cord from the wall socket. If installing without turning
OFF the main power, an electric shock or a malfunction may occur.
• You need two or more persons to lift the mainframe. The mainframe is highly unstable when lifted by
one person, and may cause injury or property damage.
handle of the paper feed unit will break due to the mainframe’s weight, and it can cause an injury.
59
2.Installation
• Be sure to hold the following positions when lifting the mainframe.
1. Remove the tapes and the paper (EMC address) on the paper feed unit.
2. Set the copier on the paper feed unit.
• When installing a second paper feed unit, place it on the first paper feed unit. Then place the copier
on the pair of paper feed units.
3. Attach the appropriate paper tray number decal [A] and paper size decal [B] above and below the line [C] on
60
2.Installation
each tray of the paper feed unit.
4. Load paper into the paper tray(s) and set the side fences and end fence(s).
5. Adjust the registration for each tray (Image Adjustment).
• For tray 2, use SP1002-003
• For tray 3, use SP1002-004
6. Check the paper feed unit operation and copy quality.
61
2.Installation
1-Bin Tray BN1030 (D574-58)
Accessory Check
Check the quantity and condition of the components against the following list.
1 1-Bin Tray Unit 1
2 Tray 1
3 Binding Screw (M3×6) 2
4 Screw (M3×10) 18
5 Grounding Plate 1
6 Front Right Cover 1
7 Left Upper Cover 1
8 Right Upper Cover 1
9 Rear Upper Cover 1
10 Mounting Frame 1
11 Mounting Frame Junction 1
12 Ferrite Core Cover 1
13 Ferrite Core 2
- Ground Wire 1
- Name Plate 1
- Decal 1
- Label 1
62
2.Installation
Remove the ADF and scanner unit
1. Remove the left upper cover [A] ( × 1).
2. Remove the rear cover [A].
3. Open the right cover, and then remove the right cover [A] ( × 3).
63
2.Installation
4. Remove the front right cover [A] and the hinge cover [B].
5. Remove the scanner rear cover [A] and scanner rear small cover [B].
6. Release two screws and three tabs for attaching the relay board [A] and FFC, to release the FFC.
7. Remove the FFC fixing bracket [A] on the back side of the FFC.
64
2.Installation
Remove the FFC fixing bracket while turning it counterclockwise and releasing the tab.
8. Release the clamp for fixing the I/F cable [A].
65
2.Installation
9. Remove the grounding plate [A].
10. Disconnect the FFC [A] from the relay board.
Disconnect the FFC for the relay board while pulling it out straight, because it does not have a lock
mechanism.
11. Remove the harnesses and FFC from the scanner unit on the BiCU [A].
When lifting the scanner unit, move the harnesses out of the frame so that they do not interfere.
Disconnect the scanner FFC for the BiCU while pressing the lock release button.
66
2.Installation
12. Remove the screws, and then remove the scanner unit [B] with the ADF [A].
Install the 1-bin Tray Unit
1. Remove the orange tapes on the 1-bin tray unit.

2. Remove the two clamps of the USB cable [A] of the control panel, bundle the excessive cable, and fasten
with the clamps again.
3. Attach the small frame [B].
67
2.Installation
4. Attach the mounting frame [A]. (M3×10: × 8)
• Install the screws in this order: .

5. Route the USB cable [A] on the mounting frame and fasten with the two clamps.
6. Attach the 1-bin tray unit [A]. (M3x10: 4 screw, and blue screw [D])
Fasten the grounding wire [B] included in this kit with one screw as shown below. Fasten the other end of the
grounding wire with the screw [C].
68
2.Installation
7. Connect the connector of the 1-bin tray unit to CN527 on the BiCU, and then fasten the harness [A].
Route the harness with the hook (marked by the dashed circle).
8. Install the 1-bin tray [A].
69
2.Installation
9. Install the scanner unit [A] with the ADF.
When installing the scanner unit, make sure that the harnesses are not pinched between the scanner unit and
the 1-bin tray unit (marked by the dashed circle).
10. Attach the grounding plate [A] and clamp the harness [B] to the ADF. (Upper: blue screw ×1, Lower: M3x10
70
2.Installation
(existing))
11. Connect the relay board [A] and FFC [B].

Turn over twice to spread the FFC that was folded, and connect it.
Connect the FFC by pushing it straight, because it does not have a lock mechanism.
When reassembling, the FFC must be connected straight.
12. Attach the FFC fixing bracket [A].
13. Attach the relay board [B] with the three hooks [A] on the FFC fixing bracket.
71
2.Installation
14. Attach the FFC with the screw [C].
15. Set two ferrite cores [B] in the ferrite core holder [A] included in this kit.
16. Route the FFC of the scanner unit through the two ferrite cores in step 15.
Align the ferrite core holder [A] with the reference ribs on the back of the unit, and attach it with double-
sided tape.
17. Route the FFC [A] in step 16 through one ferrite core [B] attached to the control box, and connect it to the
BiCU.
72
2.Installation
18.
• The FFC should be routed under the USB cable.

• Do not connect the FFC at an angle. Otherwise, the scanner unit may be damaged.
• Connect the scanner FFC for the BiCU while pressing the lock release button.
19. Attach the following items:

• Hinge cover [A]
• Front right cover [B] (from the accessories, not the original cover)

• Right rear cover [A] (from the accessories)
• Rear upper cover [B] (from the accessories)
• Left upper cover [C] (from the accessories, not the original cover)
73
2.Installation

• Scanner rear small cover
• Scanner rear cover
• Right rear cover
• Rear cover
22. Turn ON the main power and check the 1-bin tray unit operation.
74
2.Installation
Optional Counter Interface Unit Type M12 (B870-21)
Accessory Check

1 Counter interface board 1
2 Harness 1
3 Stud 4
4 Clamp 1
5 Harness band 1
6 Screws (Not used) 4
7 Screws (Not used) 2
- Caution Chart 1
1. Remove the rear cover. (Rear Cover)
75
2.Installation
2. Install the four studs [A] in the controller box.
3. Install the key counter interface board [A] shown below on the four studs.
4. Connect the harness included in this kit to the connector [A] on the interface board.

• Route the harness through the rear of the interface board, and then connect it to CN570 [A].
• Bind the harness at the point [B] with the harness band included in this kit to prevent interference with
other harnesses.
76
2.Installation
• Insert the clamp included in this kit at [C], and clamp the harness with the clamp to prevent interference
with other harnesses.
6. Remove the scanner rear cover [A].
7. Cut out the hole for the counter device cable to pass through the scanner rear cover [A].
8. Reattach the scanner rear cover.

9. Connect the harness from the counter device to CN4 [A] on the key counter interface board and route the
harness.
10. Route the harness through the scanner rear cover [B] as shown below.
77
2.Installation
11. Reassemble the machine.
78
2.Installation
Anti-condensation Heater (Mainframe)
Accessory Check
All the accessories required to install the anti-condensation heater for mainframe are available as the following
parts. Order these separately from the heater.
• These part numbers are correct as of November, 2016. Refer to the “Option” section in the mainframe’s
parts catalog to check the latest part numbers.
• The shape of the actual parts may differ from the photo.
No. Description Q'ty Part Number

1 Junction Harness 1 D1965265*1
2 Heater Power Switch 1 12042570
3 Clamp 1 11050511
4 Screw 1 08010231
5 Heater kit 1 D1175097: EU/AA/KOR/CHN
D1175091: NA/TWN
• *1 This harness (P/N: D1955265) is also used as a harness for Anti-condensation Heater for optional
paper feed unit, and Anti-condensation Heater for mainframe paper feed tray. If you have already
ordered this harness for these heaters, it is not necessary to order this harness again at this time.
79
2.Installation
1. Remove the following items.
• Paper tray
• Waste toner bottle (Waste Toner Bottle)
• Left cover (Left Cover)
• Rear cover (Rear Cover)
• PSU fan (PSU Fan)
• Insert the heater harness into the hole [A].
• Fit the bosses of the heater into the holes [B] to install the heater [C] ( (M3×6) × 1)
• Use a short screwdriver to secure the screw.
Junction harness connections:
80
2.Installation
A: To the heater
B: To the power switch
C: To the optional PFU heater (if installed)
D: To the PSU
• Remove the cover [E], and then pull out the heater harness [F].
• Connect the heater harness to the connector of the junction harness [A]. ( × 1)
• Connect the heater power switch to the connectors of the junction harness [B]. ( × 2)
4. Store the connector [A] in the connector holder, then push the power switch [B] into the switch hole until you
feel it click into place.
81
2.Installation
5. Cut out the switch hole [B] in the switch cover, and then attach the cover [A]. (Hooks × 2)
6. Route the junction harness as shown below.

• Connect the connector [A] to CN600.
• Attach the clamp and route the harness. ( × 1)

• Only when the heater for optional paper feed tray will not be installed, store the connector [B] in the
82
2.Installation
holder.
7. When the optional PFU tray heater will be installed: Pull out the connector [A] and its harness to the lower
part of the machine. Then uncap the connector isolation cap in the optional PFU and connect the connector
[A] to the uncapped connector. (Anti-condensation Heater (Optional Paper Feed Unit))
• The mainframe and the optional paper feed unit should be joined to each other if the anti-
condensation heater of the optional paper feed unit is installed. See Anti-condensation Heater
(Optional Paper Feed Unit) for details.
83
2.Installation
Anti-condensation Heater (for Mainframe Paper Tray)
Accessory Check
No. Items Q’ty Remarks See Note *2

1 Screw M4 x 6 2 A: Heater Kit
2 Harness 1
3 Heater 1
4 Harness 1 *1 B: Harness
5 Clamps 5 A: Heater Kit
6 Bracket 1 C: Bracket Set
7 Bracket 1
8 Bracket 1
9 Locating pin (Long) 1 E: Pin Set
10 Locating pin (Short) 1
11 Base 1 D: Base Set
• *1 This harness (P/N: D1955265) is also used as a harness for Anti-condensation Heater for optional
paper feed unit, and Anti-condensation Heater for mainframe. If you have already ordered this harness
for these heaters, it is not necessary to order this harness again at this time.
• *2 All the accessories required to install the anti-condensation heater for mainframe paper tray are
available as the following kits or components. Order these separately from the heater:
A: Heater Kit (D5730400 for NA/TWN, D5730401 for EU/AA/CHN)
B: Harness (D1965265)
C: Bracket Set (D1965093)
D: Base Set (D1965098)
E: Pin Set (D1965092)
• These part numbers are correct as of November, 2016. Refer to the “Option” section in the mainframe’s
parts catalog to check the latest part numbers.
84
2.Installation
• Do the following procedure to prevent the harnesses from being damaged.
• Check that harnesses are not damaged or pinched after installation.
1. Attach the two locating pins [A] [B] on the table.
2. Attach the heater bracket [A]. ( × 2)
• Pass the connector through the hole in the table.

3. Connect the heater harness [A] to the anti-condensation heater and route it as shown below. ( × 1, ×
3)
85
2.Installation
• A: For the anti-condensation heater

• B: For the junction harness
• C: For the isolation cap (Not used)
• D: Isolation cap
• The connector [C] is not used. Put the connector into the opening.
4. Put the mainframe on the table.

6. Remove the left cover. (Left Cover)
7. Remove the PSU fan. (PSU Fan)
8. Connect the connector to CN600 on the PSU and route the junction harness along the red dotted line in the
86
2.Installation
photo. ( × 1)
• A: Not used (For the drum heater: If installing the anti-condensation heater for the mainframe)
• B: Not used
• C: For the heater harness
• D: For the PSU (CN600)
• If the anti-condensation heater for mainframe is not going to be installed, put the connector [A] and
the connector [B] into the area as shown below.
9. Install the PSU fan.

10. Connect the junction harness [A] to the heater harness and route the junction harness along the red dotted line
87
2.Installation
in the photo.
11. Reattach the rear cover.

12. Attach the two securing brackets [A] [B] at the rear of the machine. ( × 5)
• Use the screws which are holding the rear cover.

13. Attach the securing bracket [A] at the left of the machine. ( × 2)
14. Reattach the left cover.
88
2.Installation
Anti-condensation Heater (Optional Paper Feed Unit)
Accessory Check
Check the quantity and condition of the accessories against the following list. Other components included in this
kit are not used for installation on this machine.
• The following junction harness (P/N: D1965265) is required to install the anti-condensation heater for
optional paper feed unit. If you have already ordered this harness for installing the other anti-
condensation heaters for mainframe or mainframe paper tray, it is not necessary to order this junction
harness again at this time.
For Installing the Heater:

No. Description Q’ty Remark
1 Anti-condensation heater 1
2 Harness with the isolation cap 1
3 M4 × 10: Screw 2
89
2.Installation
For Joining the Mainframe and Another Paper Feed Unit:

4 Joint bracket (Front left) 1
5 Joint bracket (Front right) 1
6 Joint bracket (Front center) (only for the optional paper feed unit) 1
7 Joint bracket (Rear) 4
8 Joint bracket (Frame) (only for optional paper feed unit) 1
9 M3 x 6: Screw 11
10 M3 x 12: Screw 1
11 Tapping screw 3
90
2.Installation
• Do the following procedure not to damage any harnesses.
• Check that harnesses are not damaged or pinched after installation.
91
2.Installation
For Installing the Tray Heater on the 1st Paper Feed Unit
1. Pull out the tray [A] in the optional paper tray.
2. Remove the rear cover [A] ( x 2)
92
2.Installation
4. Slide in the tray heater [A], and pass the heater harness [B] through the square hole [C].
5. Install the tray heater [A] in the paper feed unit. ( × 2)

• Connect the connector [A] to the tray heater connector (attached in step 4). ( × 1)
• Connect the harness [B] to the junction harness (mainframe).
• Attach two clamps [E] and route the harness through them. ( × 4)
93
2.Installation
• A: For this tray heater

• B: For the mainframe
• C: For another optional tray heater
• D: Isolation cap (uncap if installing the heater for 2nd paper tray)
7. Reattach all the covers removed.
For Installing the Tray Heater on the 2nd Optional Paper Feed Unit
1. Do the same procedure for the 1st optional paper feed unit from step 1 to step 6.
• Connect the harness [A] and heater connector for the 2nd tray.
• Remove the cap on the 1st tray harness.
• Connect the 2nd tray harness [B].
• Attach three clamps [E] and route the harness through them. ( × 5)
94
2.Installation
• A: To the 2nd tray heater

• B: To the 1st tray heater harness
• C: Not used
• D: Cap
3. Reattach all the covers removed.
For Joining the Mainframe with the Optional Paper Feed Unit
The mainframe and the optional paper feed unit should be joined with joint brackets after the anti-condensation
heater installation, because the heater harness may be damaged when the mainframe is removed accidentally.
95
2.Installation
1. Remove the upper cover [A] of the paper feed unit. ( × 3)
2. Remove the rear cover [A] of the paper feed unit. ( × 2)
3. Attach the joint bracket (frame) [C] ( :Tapping × 1 [A], M3×6: × 1 [B]) and the upper cover of the
96
2.Installation
paper feed unit. ( × 3)
4. Put the mainframe on the paper feed unit.

5. Do the following steps.
• Remove the paper trays from the mainframe and the optional paper feed unit.
• Remove two screws [A] on the rear panel of the mainframe. Keep these screws until the joint brackets
(rear) are installed.
• Remove the left cover [B] of the mainframe. ( × 2)
1: Rear
97
2.Installation
2: Front
3: Left
6. Join the mainframe with the optional paper feed unit with four joint brackets [A] (front right), [B] (front left)
and [C] (rear) (×2). These brackets are secured with the following screws.
1: Front right
2: Left
3: Rear
[A]: M3×12 (included in this kit)
[B]: M3×6 (included in this kit)
[C] (Upper): Existing screws (×2)
[C] (Lower): M3×6 (included in this kit)
7. Reassemble the mainframe and the paper feed unit.
Joining Two Optional Paper Feed Units
1. Attach the joint bracket (front center) [A] to the paper feed unit that will be installed at the lowest position.
98
2.Installation
( :Tapping × 2 (included in this kit))
2. Put the optional paper feed unit on the paper feed unit that was fitted with the bracket [A] in step 1.
3. Remove the paper trays.
4. Join the two paper feed units with two joint brackets (rear) [A] and one screw [B]. (M3×6: × 3 (included
in this kit))
99
2.Installation
1: Rear
2: Front center
5. Reassemble the mainframe and the paper feed units.
machine and paper feed unit(s), and lift them up separately when moving/transporting. Otherwise,
the handle of the paper feed unit will break due to the mainframe’s weight, and it can cause an
injury.
• When installing the mainframe with two paper feed units, join the two paper feed units first, and
then join the mainframe with the paper feed units.
100
2.Installation
Enhanced Security HDD Option Type M10 (D792-09)
Accessory Check

1 Enhanced Security HDD 1
- EMC Address 1
1. Remove the standard HDD installed. (HDD)
2. Separate the standard HDD from the bracket.
101
2.Installation
3. Disconnect the cables from the standard HDD. ( × 2)
4. Remove the enhanced security HDD from its protective pack.
5. Connect the two cables to the enhanced security HDD. ( × 2)
102
2.Installation
6. Fasten the HDD to the bracket. ( × 4)
7. Install the HDD bracket in the mainframe. ( × 3, × 2)

After Installing the HDD
1. Connect the power cord and turn the machine on. A message prompts you to format the hard disk.
2. Touch [Format].
3. Wait for the machine to finish formatting the hard disk.
• Do not touch the power switch while the hard disk format is in progress. Wait for the machine to
tell you that the formatting is finished.
103
2.Installation
4. Cycle the machine off/on after the message tells you formatting is finished.
5. Ask an administrator to register an HDD authentication code in the machine.
• If the HDD Authentication Code is not registered, the function of the enhanced security HDD is not
activated.
104
2.Installation
IC Card Reader (External Option)
Accessory Check
Check the quantity and condition of the components against the following list.
No. Description Q'ty

1 IC Card Reader 1
2 Bracket* 1
3 Screw 1
*The IC card reader attaching bracket has two types. One is for the base machine. The other is for machines that
have the 1-Bin Tray Unit. This bracket [2] is for the base machine.
• Consult your supervisor to obtain the bracket for machines that have the 1-Bin Tray Unit.
When Installing in a Machine That Does Not Have the 1-Bin Tray Unit
1. Remove the scanner unit and the ADF. (Scanner Unit with the ADF)
2. Attach the IC card reader [A] to the rear of the front right cover [B] with the bracket [C]. ( × 1 included in
105
2.Installation
this kit)
3. Route the USB cable [A] from the IC card reader as shown below, and then pull out the USB cable from the
rear of the machine.
4. Cut out the hole for the USB cable to pass through the scanner rear cover [A].
5. Pass the USB cable from the IC card reader through the hole in the scanner rear cover, and then reassemble
the machine.
• Attach the clamps [A] to prevent the cable from sagging.
• Connect the USB cable to the USB connector at the left of the mainframe as shown below. Either
106
2.Installation
connector can be used.
• Obtain these clamps [A] in advance, because they are not included in this kit.
When Installing in a Machine That Has a 1-Bin Tray Unit
1. Remove the following items.

• Scanner unit and ADF. (Scanner Unit with the ADF)
• 1-bin tray unit (1-Bin Tray BN1030 (D574-58))
2. Attach the IC card reader [A] to the rear of the front right cover [B] with the bracket [C]. ( × 1 included in
this kit)
107
2.Installation
• The bracket [C] is different from that of the base machine. The bracket for the base machine cannot
be used. Consult your supervisor to obtain the correct bracket.
3. Route the USB cable [A] from the IC card reader as shown below, and then pull out the USB cable from the
108
2.Installation
4. Cut out the hole for the USB cable to pass through the scanner rear cover [A].
5. Pass the USB cable from the IC card reader through the hole in the scanner rear cover, and then reassemble
the machine.
6. Attach the clamps [A] to prevent the cable from sagging.
7. Connect the USB cable to the USB connector at the left of the mainframe as shown above. Either connector
can be used.
• Obtain these clamps [A] in advance, because they are not included in this kit.
109
2.Installation
NFC Card Reader Type M13 (D3AC-21)
Accessory Check
No. Description Q'ty

1 Cable Cover 2
2 USB Cable 1
3 NFC Reader 1
4 Ferrite Core 1
- Caution Chart 1
- EMC Address 1
- Fastener 2
- Decal 2
- Label 1
• Two types of cable cover are included:

[A]: For a machine that has no 1-Bin tray unit.
[B]: For a machine that has a 1-Bin tray unit installed, the cable cover is inscribed "1 BIN".
110
2.Installation
This section includes the procedure for a machine that has no 1-Bin Tray Unit option. However, this procedure can
be used for a machine that has a 1-Bin Tray Unit installed.
1. Open the right cover.
2. Remove the front right cover [A] and hinge cover [B].
3. Remove the connector cover [A] on the operation panel.
111
2.Installation
4. Make a loop with the USB cable of the NFC reader, and then attach the ferrite core [A].
5. Connect the USB cable to the operation panel.
6. Attach the cover removed in step 3.
• Fit the cable into the slit [A] in the cover.
7. Attach the hinge cover [A].
112
2.Installation
• Fit the cable into the slit.
8. Attach the fasteners to the front side of the NFC reader [A].
9. Attach the NFC reader [A] to the back side of the front right cover with adhesive tape.
113
2.Installation
• Make sure that the cable fits in the slit [B].

10. Reattach the front right cover with the NFC reader.
11. Push the USB cable into the covers.
• Again, make sure that the cable fits in the slit.

12. Slide the cable cover [A] into the front right small cover as shown below.
13. Secure the cable cover together with the front right cover. ( × 1)
14. Attach the decal to the area [A] as shown below.
114
2.Installation
Page Keeper Type M28 (D3DQ-17)

This option is only for NA/EU.
Accessory Check
No. Description Q’ty Remark

1 Double-feed sensor: Receiver 1
2 Ground plate: Receiver 1
3 Double-feed sensor: Emitter 1
4 Ground plate: Emitter 1
5 Tapping Screws: 3x10 4
6 Screw: M3x6 1
7 Harness: Receiver 1 Long harness
8 Harness: Emitter 1 Short harness
9 Harness: Ground wire 1
Removing the ADF rear cover
1. Open the ADF top cover [A].
115
2.Installation
2. Remove the screw, and lift up the original tray [B].
3. Open the ADF [A], and release the five tabs of the ADF rear cover by using a thin screwdriver.
4. Remove the ADF rear cover [A].
5. Close the ADF.

116
2.Installation
Removing the ADF front cover

3. Open the ADF, then release the three tabs of the ADF front cover [A].
4. Close the ADF slightly, then remove the ADF front cover [A] while releasing the two tabs with a thin
screwdriver.
117
2.Installation
Installing the double-feed sensor (emitter)
1. Slide the shaft [A] of the original feed unit toward the rear to remove it.
2. Remove the ADF inner cover [A].
• Lift the back of the ADF inner cover [A] while swinging up the original tray [B], and then slide the
ADF inner cover toward the back of the ADF unit.
118
2.Installation
3. Remove the guard [A].
4. Put the grounding plate [A] on the double-feed sensor (emitter) [B].
5. Attach the double-feed sensor (emitter) [A] and grounding plate [B] as a set. (Tapping screw: 3x10)
119
2.Installation
Installing the double-feed sensor (receiver)
1. Disconnect the harness [A] of the ADF top cover [B] from ADF relay board (CN5), and release the clamp.
2. Remove the harness [A] from the harness guide.
3. Remove the ADF top cover [A].
120
2.Installation
4. Remove the five screws and release the four tabs, and then remove the inner cover [A].
5. Attach the grounding plate [A] and the grounding wire [B], and insert the grounding wire in the notch.
(Tapping Screw: 3x10)
6. Connect the long harness to the double-feed sensor (receiver) [A].
7. Attach the double-feed sensor (receiver) [A]. (Tapping screw: 3x10)
121
2.Installation
8. Route the harnesses [B].
9. Reattach the inner cover ( x5), and then reattach the ADF top cover ( x1).
• Make sure the ADF top cover is set correctly so that the two tabs fit into the holes.
10. Attach the clamp while the top cover is open, and attach the ground wire while putting it on the guide
(marked by the blue arrow). (Screw: M3x6)
Connecting the harnesses
1. Connect the harness to the connector of the double-feed sensor (emitter) [A] and ADF relay board [B] (CN3),
and then route it.
Connect with attention to the connector colors.

- Double-feed sensor: White connector
122
2.Installation
- ADF relay board: Black connector
2. Connect the harnesses [A] from the ADF top cover to the connectors of the ADF relay board [B] (CN5,
CN6).
3. Reattach the covers and original feed unit.
When reattaching the ADF inner cover, make sure that the shaft [A] fits into the groove (this is the shaft of
the lock lever for the friction pad on the back side of the cover). If the shaft does not fit, the ADF top cover
will not be closed.
When reattaching the ADF inner cover [A], move it under the coupling shaft (marked by the dashed circle) of
the original feed unit, and then you can install the ADF inner cover correctly.
123
2.Installation
After installing the double-feed sensor
1. Connect the power cord and turn ON the main power.

3. Set the SP6-040-001 (Page Keeper: Mount Select) to “1(ON)”.
4. Press [END] twice.
6. Login as Administrator.
7. Press the "User Tools" icon.
8. Press [Machine Features] > [System Settings] > [Administrator Tools].
9. Check that [ADF Optional Double Feed Detection] is displayed.
124
2.Installation
Controller Options
Overview
• Always touch a grounded surface to discharge static electricity from your hands before you handle SD
cards, printed circuit boards, or memory boards.
This machine has I/F card slots for optional I/F connections and SD card slots applications.
After you install an option, check that the machine can recognize it (See Check All Connections at the end of this
section).
Callout Slots Options

[A] I/F slot This is used for one of the optional I/F connections (only one can be installed):
File Format Converter, IEEE 1284 Interface Board, IEEE 802.11a/g/n Interface Unit,
USB Device Server Option, Extended USB board
[B] SD card Slot 1 (upper) is used for optional applications (PostScript3 Unit, Camera Direct Print
slot 1 Card, XPS Direct Print Option, Data Overwrite Security Unit, OCR Unit).
[C] SD card Slot 2 (lower) is used for service only (for example, updating the firmware).
slot 2
[D] USB I/F These ports (right and left) [B] are used for the IC Card Reader.
SD Card Appli Move
Overview
The service program "SD Card Appli Move" (SP5-873) allows you to move application programs from one SD
card to another SD card.
If more than one application is required, the applications must be moved to one SD card with SP5-873-001.
Be very careful when you do the SD Card Appli Move procedure:
• The data necessary for authentication is transferred with the application program from an SD card to another
SD card. Authentication fails if you try to use the SD card after you move the application program from one
card to another card.
• Do not use the SD card if it has been used before for other purposes. Normal operation is not guaranteed
125
2.Installation
when such an SD card is used.

• The original application SD card should be stored using the following procedure.
1. Remove the paper tray.
2. Remove the cover [A]. ( × 1)
3. Open the front door.
126
2.Installation
4. Remove the cover [A]. ( × 1, hook × 1)
5. Insert the SD card into either socket [A] or [B].
• The place [C] on the cover is for storing the SMC list.
• The original application SD card should be kept in a safe place, for the following reasons:
127
2.Installation
• The SD card can be the only proof that the user is licensed to use the application program.
• You may need to check the SD card and its data to solve a problem in the future.
Move Exec
"Move Exec" (SP5-873-001) lets you move application programs from the original SD card to another SD card.
• Do not turn ON the write protect switch of the system SD card or application SD card on the machine. If
the write protect switch is ON, a download error (e.g. Error Code 44) occurs during a firmware update
or application merge.
1. Turn OFF the power.
2. Remove the SD card slot cover [A].
3. Make sure that a target SD card is in SD card slot 1 (upper). The application program is moved to this SD
card.
4. Insert the source SD card with the application program in SD card slot 2 (lower). The application program is
copied from this source SD card.
5. Turn ON the power.
7. Select SP5-873-001 "Move Exec".
8. Follow the messages shown on the operation panel.
10. Remove the source SD card from SD card slot 2 (lower).
11. Attach the slot cover.
13. Check that the application programs run properly.
Undo Exec
"Undo Exec" (SP5-873-002) lets you move back application programs from an SD card in SD card slot 1 (upper)
to the original SD card in SD card slot 2 (lower). You can use this program when, for example, you have
mistakenly copied some programs by using Move Exec (SP5-873-001).
128
2.Installation
• Do not turn ON the write protect switch of the system SD card or application SD card on the machine. If
the write protect switch is ON, a download error (e.g. Error Code 44) occurs during a firmware upgrade
or application merge.
2. Insert the original SD card in SD card slot 2 (lower). The application program is copied back into this card.
3. Insert the SD card with the application program in SD card slot 1 (upper). The application program is copied
back from this SD card.
5. Start the SP mode.
6. Select SP5-873-002 "Undo Exec."
7. Follow the messages shown on the operation panel.
9. Remove the SD card from SD card slot 2 (lower).
11. Check that the application programs run normally.
12. Make sure that the machine can recognize the option (see Check All Connections at the end of this section).
PostScript3 Unit Type M28 (D3E6-26, -27, -28)
2. Insert the SD card in SD slot 1 (upper) with its label face to the front of the machine.
Merge the SD card contents if necessary. (SD Card Appli Move)
3. Attach the SD card slot cover.
129
2.Installation
4. Stick the "Adobe PostScript3" decal [A] on the front face of the MFP.

6. Make sure that the machine can recognize the option. (see Check All Connections at the end of this section)
• The PDF firmware installed as standard contains a program required to print PS3 data as default.
However, this PS3 program is normally disabled.
• The PS3 firmware is a dongle (key) which enables PS3 data printing functions. When the PS3
firmware is installed, the PS3 program in the PDF firmware is enabled. Due to this specification,
the self-diagnosis result report shows the ROM part number/software version of the PDF firmware
contained in the PS3 program.
Camera Direct Print Card Type M26 (D3D8-13)
2. Insert the SD card (PictBridge) in SD slot 1 (upper) with its label face to the front of the machine.
130
2.Installation
OCR Unit Type M13 (D3AC-23, -24, -25)
1. Remove the SD card slot cover [A] from the SD card slots.
2. Insert the SD card in SD slot 1 (upper) with its label face to the front of the machine.
4. Enter the SP mode, and then press “Enter” in SP5-878-004 (Option Setup: OCR Dictionary).
The SD card ID is saved in the NVRAM, and the ID of the MFP is saved on the SD card. The MFP and SD
card are thereby linked.
5. When “operation complete” is displayed, press "Close”.
• If installation fails, "Failed" is displayed.

• If installation fails, perform the following steps:
1. Check whether it is a used SD card.
2. Turn the main power OFF, and repeat steps 2-5.
6. Cycle the power OFF and ON.
7. Press “Enter” in SP5-878-004 (Option Setup: OCR Dictionary).
Dictionary data is copied to the HDD.
• On the first run, SP5-878-004 links the SD card, and on the second run, copies dictionary data.
8. Turn OFF the power, and remove the SD card from the SD card slot.
• Keep the SD card in the SD card storage location of the MFP. The original SD card is needed in the
event of a HDD malfunction.
9. Return the SD card slot cover to the original position.
131
2.Installation
11. Press [Send File Type / Name] on the [Scanner] screen.
12. Check if [OCR Settings] is displayed on the [Send File Type / Name] screen.
• After installation, the OCR setting can be changed on the "OCR setting" screen.
• When setting up OCR, set [OCR setting] to [Yes]. (Default setting: [No])
Recovery Procedure
When this option is installed, a function is saved on the HDD, and ID information on the SD card is saved in the
NVRAM. Therefore, when replacing the HDD and/or NVRAM, this option must be reinstalled.
When storing the original SD card and;
• When only the HDD is replaced;

Reinstall using the original SD card.
• When only the NVRAM is replaced;
When performing upload/download of NVRAM data, reinstall using the original SD card.
When not performing upload/download of NVRAM data, order and reinstall a new SD card (service part).
• When the HDD and NVRAM are replaced simultaneously;
Reinstall using the original SD card.
If the original SD card is lost;
Order and reinstall a new SD card (service part).
132
2.Installation
• Perform reinstallation in the same way as installation.
XPS Direct Print Option Type M28 (D3E6-02, -19, -20)
2. Insert the SD card (XPS) in SD slot 1 (upper) with its label face to the front of the machine.
Data Overwrite Security Unit Type M19 (D3BS-03)
Overview
This option should be installed only for the customer who requires the CC certified Data Overwrite Security
function.
The machine’s hard disk stores all document data from the Copier, Printer, and Scanner functions. It also stores
the data of users’ Document Server and code counters, and the Address Book. To prevent data on the hard disk
being leaked before disposing of the machine, you can overwrite all data stored on the hard disk (Erase All
Memory). You can also automatically overwrite temporarily-stored data (Auto Erase Memory).
The function of this option is completely the same as the Data Overwrite Security in Security Functions, which is
standard on this machine.
1. Confirm that the Data Overwrite Security unit SD card is the correct type for the machine. The correct type
for this machine is "Type M19".
133
2.Installation
• If you install any version other than "Type M19", you have to replace the NVRAM and do this
installation procedure again.
2. Make sure that the following settings are not at their factory default values:
• Supervisor login password
• Administrator login name
• Administrator login password
3. Make sure that “Admin. Authentication” is ON.
If this setting is OFF, tell the customer this setting must be ON before you do the installation procedure.
4. Make sure that “Administrator Tools” is enabled (selected).
Authentication Management] > [Available Settings]
If this setting is disabled (not selected), tell the customer this setting must be enabled (selected) before you
do the installation procedure.
Seal Check and Removal
• You must check the box seals to make sure that they are not removed after the items have been sealed in
the box at the factory before you do the installation.
1. Check the box seals [A] on each corner of the box.
• Make sure that a tape is attached to each corner.
• The surfaces of the tapes must be blank. If you see “VOID” on the tapes, do not install the components
in the box.
2. If the surfaces of the tapes do not show “VOID”, remove them from the corners of the box.
3. You can see the “VOID” marks [B] when you remove each seal. In this condition, they cannot be attached to
134
2.Installation
the box again.
2. Insert the SD card (DataOverwriteSecurity Unit) in SD slot 1 (upper) with its label face to the front of the
machine.
3. Reattach the SD card slot cover.
6. Do this step only if you are installing the option on a machine that is already in use (not a new machine):
• If the customer wishes to continue using the same hard disk, execute all three SP modes below.
• SP5-801-014 (Clear DCS Setting)
• SP5-832-001 (HDD Formatting (ALL))
135
2.Installation
• SP5-832-002 (HDD Formatting (IMH))

• If customer wishes to replace the hard disk with a new one, execute SP5-801-014 only.
If the customer continues using the same hard disk, the overwriting of the data stored on the disk before the
option is installed cannot be guaranteed. It is highly recommended to replace the hard disk with a new one.
7. Set SP5-836-001 (Capture Function (0:Off 1:On)) to a value of 0 (disabled).
8. Execute SP5-878-001 ([Option Setup: Data Overwrite Security).
If the installation fails, "Installation failed" is displayed when this SP is executed.
9. Print out the System Settings List and make sure that the option was installed successfully.
10. Reconnect the network cable.
11. Execute SP5-990-005 (SP print mode Diagnostic Report).
Make sure to shut down and reboot the machine once before printing the SMC. Otherwise, the latest settings
may not be collected when the SMC is printed.
12. Make sure that ROM number "D3BC5757A" and firmware version "1.02" appear in both of the following
areas on the report (they must match):
• "ROM Number / Firmware Version" - "HDD Format Option"
• "Loading Program"
Configuring "Auto Erase Memory" (Performed by the Customer)
Refer to "Using Auto Erase Memory."
File Format Converter Type M19 (D3BR-04)
You can only install one of the following network interfaces at a time:
• File Format Converter
• IEEE 1284 Interface Board
• IEEE 802.11a/g/n Interface Unit
• USB Device Server Option
• Extended USB board
136
2.Installation
1. Remove the slot cover [A].
2. Install the file format converter [A] into the slot and then fasten it with screws.
3. Plug in and turn on the main power switch.

4. Check or set the following SP codes with the values shown below.
SP No. Title Setting
SP5-836-001 Capture Function (0:Off 1:On) "1"
SP5-836-002 Panel Setting "0"
137
2.Installation
IEEE 1284 Interface Board Type M19 (D3C0-17)
2. Install the interface board [A] into the slot. (Knob-screw × 2 [B])
138
2.Installation
IEEE 802.11a/g/n Interface Unit Type M19 (D3BR-01)
1. Remove the slot cover [A] from the board slot.
139
2.Installation
2. Install the wireless LAN board [A] (Knob × 2) into the board slot.
4. Do the following steps.
• Peel off the double-sided tapes on the Velcro fasteners [A], and then attach them [A] at the front left and
• Attach "ANT1" (having a black ferrite core) [B] to the rear of the machine.
• Attach "ANT2" (having a white ferrite core) [C] to the front left (forward) of the machine.
• "ANT1" is a transmission/reception antenna and "ANT2" is a reception antenna. Do not attach

them at the wrong places.
• Attach the clamps [D] as shown below.
140
2.Installation
1: Rear
2: Left
5. Wire the cables and clamp them. ( × 4)
• Make sure that the cables are not slack. Keep them wired tightly along the covers.
You may have to move the machine if the reception is not clear.
• Make sure that the machine is not located near an appliance or any type of equipment that generates strong
magnetic fields.
• Put the machine as close as possible to the access point.
User Tool Settings for Wireless LAN
Enter the UP mode. Then do the procedure below to perform the initial interface settings for IEEE 802.11a/g/n.
These settings take effect every time the machine is powered on.
• You cannot use the wireless LAN if you use Ethernet.

1. Press the "User Tool" icon.
2. Press "Machine Features" > "System Settings".
• Select "Interface Settings"> "Network" > "LAN Type". The "LAN Type" (default: Ethernet) must
be set for either Ethernet or wireless LAN.
3. Select "Interface Settings" > "Wireless LAN". Only the wireless LAN options show.
4. Set the “Communication Mode”.
5. Enter the SSID setting. (The setting is case sensitive.)
6. Set the “Ad-hoc Channel”. You need this setting when Ad Hoc Mode is selected. The allowed range for the
channel settings may vary for different countries.
Region A (mainly Europe and Asia)
Range: 1-13, 36, 40, 44 and 48 channels (default: 11)
141
2.Installation
In some countries, only the following channels are available:

Range: 1-11 channels (default: 11)
Region B (mainly North America)
Range: 1-11, 36, 40, 44 and 48 channels (default: 11)
7. Set the “Security Method” to specify the encryption of the Wireless LAN.
• The WEP (Wired Equivalent Privacy) setting is designed to protect wireless data transmission. The
same WEP key is required on the receiving side to unlock encoded data. There are 64 bit and 128 bit
WEP keys.
Range of Allowed Settings:
- 64 bit: 10 characters
- 128 bit: 26 characters
• Specify “WPA2” when “Communication Mode” is set to “Infrastructure Mode”. Set the “WPA2
Encryption Method” and “WPA2 Authent. Method”.
WPA2 Encryption Method: CCMP (AES) is fixed.
WPA2 Authent. Method: Select either “WPA2-PSK” or ”WPA2”.
If you select “WPA2-PSK”, enter the pre-shared key (PSK) of 8 -63 characters in ASCII code. When
“WPA2” are selected, authentication settings and certificate installation settings are required.
8. Press "Wireless LAN Signal" to check the machine’s radio wave status using the operation panel.
Press "Restore Factory Defaults" to initialize the following settings:

• Transmission mode
• Channel
• WEP
• SSID
• WEP Key
SP Mode and UP Mode Settings for IEEE 802.11a/g/n
The following SP commands and UP modes can be set for IEEE 802.11a/g/n:
SP No. Name Function
SP5-840- WEP Key Used to select the WEP key (Default: 00).
011 Select
UP mode Name Function
SSID Used to confirm the current SSID setting.
WEP Key Used to confirm the current WEP key setting.
WEP Mode Used to show the maximum length of the string that can be used for the WEP
Key entry.
142
2.Installation
USB Device Server Option Type M19 (D3BC-28, -29)
Interface Board Surface
No. Item Description

1 Switch Used to reset to the factory settings.
2 Ethernet port Used to connect the Ethernet cable.
3 USB port Used to connect this option to the main machine.
Do not use this port with other options.
When installing the USB device server option, make sure that the labels 'USB-A' and 'Ethernet' are upside down.
143
2.Installation
• When you install this option on the main machine for the first time, the interface board must be
connected directly to your PC to set up the IP address and other network settings.
1. Remove the upper left cover [A].
2. Open the front cover, and then remove the left cover [A].
3. Cut off the USB port cover [A] with nippers or other such tool.
144
2.Installation
4. Reattach the left cover and upper left cover.

5. Remove the interface slot cover [A].
6. Insert the interface board [A] in the interface slot and then fasten it with screws.
7. Insert the USB cable into the USB port (Type A) [A] on the main machine, and insert the other side of the
USB cable into the USB port (Type B) [B] on this option.
8. Attach the ferrite cores to the Ethernet cable, while looping the cable at 3 cm (approx. 1.2 inch) [A] from the
145
2.Installation
each end of the cable.
9. Only for installing this option in North America, bind both cores with cable ties [A] as shown below.
146
2.Installation
10. Insert the Ethernet cable [A] into the Ethernet port on this option.
11. Insert the other end of the Ethernet cable to a PC for network setting.
12. Plug the power cord and turn ON the power.
• Do not unplug the USB cable while the machine is recognizing this option. It may take between 30
seconds to 1 minute to finish recognizing it (the LEDs on the Ethernet port of this option light up
after recognizing this option; see below). If unplugged, connect the cable again.
13. Make sure that the machine recognizes this option correctly by doing one of the following:
1. Access the option’s IP address from a web browser.
2. Ping the option’s IP address from a command prompt on a Windows PC in the same network as the
mainframe.
If the IP address cannot be found (DHCP server), use the MAC address. This is the number printed on
the seal attached to the printed circuit board for the USB server.
3. Use “RX” + the option’s MAC address and access a web browser.
Example: http://RX0080926A3264
147
2.Installation
4. Ping the “RX” + “MAC address” from the command prompt, on a windows PC which is on the same
network as the mainframe.
• When installing the USB Device Server Option Type M19, the installation status is not shown on
the Configuration Page.
What Do the LED Indications Mean?
When this option is properly installed and recognized by the main machine, the LED indicators light up under the
following conditions.
No. Light Color Lights Up When:

1 Green and Yellow 1000BASE-T operates
2 Green 10BASE-T operates
3 Yellow 100BASE-TX operates
Notes for Energy Save Mode Setting
If the machine which has this option enters into the energy save mode, you cannot print because there will be a
communication error. Follow the instructions below to disable the machine’s entering the energy save mode.
1. Press [Features Settings] on the operation panel.
2. Press [Administrator Tools] in [System Settings].
3. Press [Energy Saver Mode to Disable Print Server].
148
2.Installation
4. Press [Disable Mode].

5. Press [OK].
6. Press [Features Settings].
IP Address Setting
This section describes how to set an IP address on this option manually. Note that you can set an IP address which
is not only on the same network segment but also on a different network segment to share a single printer with
devices in multiple networks.
• You cannot change the IP address for this option from the operation panel of the main machine. The
setting must be done from a web browser on your PC.
• The network setting of this option is initially assigned as follows:
IP address: 192.168.100.100 / Subnet mask: 255.255.255.0
• The network setting of your PC must be in the same network segment to change the network setting of
this option.
1. Make a note of the current network settings of your PC.
2. Change the IP address on your PC to [192.168.100.xxx (*0 - 255)].
3. Change the subnet mask on your PC to [255.255.255.0].
4. Open a web browser.
5. Type [http://192.168.100.100/] in the address bar.
6. Press the “Enter” key.
• The setting screen for this option appears.

7. Click [Network Setting].
8. Enter “root” in the user name textbox and click [OK].
149
2.Installation
9. Input [IP Address], [Subnet Mask] and [Default Gateway].
10. Set other items if necessary.

11. Press [Set].
12. Close the web browser.
13. Disconnect the Ethernet cable from the PC.
14. Connect the Ethernet cable to a network device (e.g. switching hub).
15. Set the IP address of this option in the printer driver which you use.
Extended USB Board Type M19 (D3BS-01)
• Extended USB Board
150
2.Installation
2. Install the interface board [A] into the slot and then fasten it with screws.
3. Make sure that the machine can recognize the option on Web Image Monitor.
1. Start Web Image Monitor.
2. Log in as the machine administrator.
3. Click [Device Management] > [Configuration] > [Interface Setting].
4. Check that the [USB] is "Active".
Check All Connections
1. Plug in the power cord.

3. Enter the printer user mode. Then print the configuration page.
[User Tools] > [Machine Features] > [Printer Features] > [List Test Print] > [Configuration Page]
All installed options are shown in the "System Reference" column.
151
3.Preventive Maintenance
3. Preventive Maintenance
Maintenance Tables
• Maintenance Tables
152
PM/Yield Parts Settings
Replacement Procedure of the PM/Yield Parts
There are two ways to reset the PM counter for this machine.
• Method 1: Reset by SP3-701 (New Unit Detection). This is the conventional method
• Method 2: Reset by [PM Counter / New Unit Set] Menu
Method 2 is recommended for its ease of operation.
For the following units, there is a new unit detection mechanism. It is not necessary to reset PM counters.
• Fusing unit
• PCDU
• Waste toner bottle (When the bottle is replaced AFTER a waste toner full or near-full message appears
on the operation panel)
Method 1: By SP3-701 (New Unit Detection)

2. Output the SMC log data using one of the following ways:
a) Execute SP5-990-001 to print SMC log data.
b) Execute SP5-992-001 to save SMC log data to an SD card. (Refer to "SMC List Card Save Function")
You can print out the PM counter list as follows.

1. In the SP mode menu, press [PM Counter / New Unit Set].
2. Press [Counterlist print out].
153
3.Press [EXECUTE] to output the PM counter list.
4. Press [Exit].
3. In the SMC data, check the values of the counters in SP7-621-002 to 208, to determine what parts should be
replaced. (Refer to the SP table in the appendix.)
4. Set the following SPs (New Unit Detection) to "1" to reset the PM counter.
Item SP
Fusing sleeve belt assembly SP3-701-116
Pressure roller SP3-701-118
ITB unit SP3-701-093
Paper transfer roller unit SP3-701-109
Waste toner bottle SP3-701-142
(When the bottle is replaced BEFORE a waste toner full or near-full message
appears)
Tray paper feed Feed roller:SP3-701-147
Friction pad: SP3-701-
148
Bypass feed roller SP3-701-169
ADF Friction pad: SP3-701-
206
Pickup roller: SP3-701-
207
154
Item SP
Feed roller: SP3-701-208
Toner transport section K: SP3-701-220
C: SP3-701-221
M: SP3-701-222
Y: SP3-701-223
The PCDU and fusing unit detect a new unit automatically.
5. Turn OFF the main power, and unplug the power cord.
6. Replace the PM parts and turn ON the power.
The machine will reset the PM counters automatically. In the case of the development unit, developer
initialization will also be done automatically.
Method 2: By [PM Counter / New Unit Set] Menu

2. Output the SMC log data using one of the following ways:
a) Execute SP5-990-001 to print SMC log data.
b) Execute SP5-992-001 to save SMC log data to an SD card. (Refer to "SMC List Card Save Function")

155
3. Press [EXECUTE] to output the PM counter list.
4. Press [Exit].
3. In the SMC data, check the values of the counters in SP 7-621-002 to 208, to determine what parts should be
replaced. (Refer to the SP table in the appendix.)
156
5. Press [All PM Parts List : New Unit Set].
6. Set the PM part that you want to replace to "YES" under "New Unit Set".
After pressing "YES", the [Exit] key will not be available.
7. Turn OFF the power and unplug the power cord.

8. Replace the PM parts and turn ON the power.
The machine will reset the PM counters automatically. In the case of the development unit, developer
initialization will also be done automatically.
After Installing the New PM Parts
1. Turn the main power ON, and enter the SP mode.

2. Make sure that the PM counters for the replaced units are "0" with SP7-621-002 to 208.
If the PM counter for a unit was not reset, then execute the new unit detect setting with SP3-701 again and
turn the main power OFF/ON.

1. Press [PM Counter / New Unit Set].
157
3. Press [EXECUTE] to output the PM counter list.
Preparation before Operation Check
1. Clean the exposure glasses (for DF and book scanning).

2. Enter the user tools mode.
3. Do the "Automatic Color Calibration (ACC)" for the copier mode and printer mode as follows:
• Print the ACC test pattern (User Tools > Maintenance > ACC > Start).
• Put the printout on the exposure glass.
158
• Put 10 sheets of white paper on the test chart. This ensures a precise ACC adjustment.
• Close the ADF or the platen cover.
• Press "Start Scanning" on the LCD. Then, the machine starts the ACC.
4. Exit the User Tools mode, and then enter the SP mode.
5. Do the "Forced line position adjustment" as follows.
• First do SP2-111-3 (Mode c).
• Then do SP2-111-1 (Mode a).
• To check if SP 2-111-1 was successful, watch the screen during the process. A message is displayed at
the end. Also, you can check the result with SP 2-194-10 to -12.
Operation Check
Check if the sample image has been copied correctly.
159
4.Replacement and Adjustment
4. Replacement and Adjustment
Notes on the Main Power Switch
Push Switch
The main power button of this machine has been changed to a push-button switch from the conventional rocker
switch. The push switch has characteristics and specifications different from the rocker switch. Care must be taken
when replacing and adjusting parts.
Characteristics of the Push Switch (DC Switch)
Power is supplied to the machine even when the main power switch is turned OFF.
The push switch in this machine uses DC (direct current). Therefore, if the AC power cord is connected to an
electrical outlet, power is supplied to the controller board, the operation unit and other modules even when the
main power is turned OFF. When replacing the controller board and the operation unit in this state, not only these
boards, it will damage other electrical components.
So, when performing maintenance work such as replacing parts, in addition to turning off the main power with the
push switch, always unplug the AC power cord after the LED on the operation panel is turned off.
• If you unplug the power cord before turning off the LED, some icons on the operation panel will not
appear at the next start-up. Restarting the machine again will solve this issue.
When you disconnect the power cord from the AC wall outlet, inside the machine there is still residual
charge.
When you disconnect the power cord from the AC wall outlet, there is still residual charge inside the machine for
a while. Therefore, if you remove boards in this state, it can cause a blown fuse or memory failure.
• How to remove the residual charge inside the machine
After you unplug the power cord from the AC wall outlet, in order to remove the residual charge from inside
the machine, press the main power switch. The charge remaining in the machine is released, and it is possible
to remove boards.
When you reconnect the AC power cord into an AC wall outlet, the machine will start automatically.
In order to remove the residual charge, push the main power switch after you disconnect the AC power cord. At
that time, the power ON flag inside the machine is set. Therefore, after you finish work on the machine and
reconnect the power cord to the AC, even if you do not press the main power switch, the machine will start
automatically and the moving parts will begin to move. When working on moving parts, be careful that fingers or
clothes do not get caught.
• Automatic restart deals with cases when you accidentally unplugged the AC power cord or unexpected
160
power outages. By keeping the power flag ON, after the resumption of power, the machine will start up
automatically.
In rare cases, when you reconnect the AC power cord to a power outlet, the machine does not start automatically.
In this case, the machine has not failed. The cause is due to the timing of releasing the residual charge. If you
press the main power switch when the residual charge was already released, the power ON flag will not be set. At
this time, start the machine manually by pressing the main power switch.
Shutdown Method
1. Press the main power switch [A] on the machine.

2. The shutdown message appears. After the shutdown process, the main power is turned off automatically. The
LED on the operation panel is turned off when the machine completes the shutdown.
Before removing and adjusting electrical boards, do the following procedure. Otherwise, the board can be
damaged by the residual charge inside the machine and must be replaced.
3. Take out the power cord after shutdown.
4. Press the power switch for a second to remove the residual charge inside the machine.
Forced Shutdown
In case normal shutdown does not complete for some reason, the machine has a forced shutdown function.
To make a forced shutdown, press and hold the main power switch for 6 seconds.
In general, do not use the forced shutdown.
• Forced shutdown may damage the hard disk and memory, and can cause damage to the machine. Use a
forced shutdown only if it is unavoidable.
161
Beforehand
• Before installing options, please do the following:

If there is a fax unit in the machine, print out all messages stored in the memory, the lists of user-
programmed items, and the system parameter list.
If there are printer jobs in the machine, print out all jobs in the printer buffer.
Turn OFF the main switch and disconnect the power cord, the telephone line, and the network cable.
• Always touch a grounded surface to discharge static electricity from your hands before you handle SD
cards, printed circuit boards, or memory boards.
• Before you start to remove components from the machine, do the following:
• Turn OFF the main power switch.
• Make sure that the shutdown process has finished and that the LED on the operation panel has turned
OFF.
• Unplug the power cord.
• After the main power switch of the machine has been turned off, the power relay board (SDB) keeps the
power supply to the controller until the HDD unit has been shut down safely.
162
Special Tools
Part Number Description Q'ty
B645 5010 SD Card 128MB 1
B645 5020 SD Card 1GB 1
B645 5030 SD Card 2GB 1
B645 5040 SD Card 8GB 1
5203 9502 Silicone Grease G-501 1
A257 9300 Grease Barrierta – S552R 1
C401 9503 20X Magnification Scope 1
VSST 9003 C-5Y Color Chart (3 pcs/set) 1
B132 9700 Lubricant Powder 1
• C-5Y Color Chart is a set of two A4 size charts and looks like this.
163
Image Adjustment
How to Use the Color Charts
Here is an introduction of how to check the image quality using the color charts.
No. Check Area Check Item Description

1 Frame line Registration Check the registration amount of the leading edge and trailing edge
amount (sub scan direction). Overlay the chart and the copy, then check
that the frame lines of the side [A] and leading edge [B] do not
deviate.
Margin length Check the margin length of the leading edge and trailing edge (sub
scan direction). Overlay the chart and the copy, then check the
erased length [A] (margin length).
Perpendicularity Fold the paper, and check the deviation of the superimposed frame
lines. If deviations in the main scan direction and sub scan
164

direction are the same, it is a right angle.
1. Check the lengths between the leading edge and front end
frame line at measuring positions [A] and [B].
2. Check the lengths between the side edge and lateral frame line
at measuring positions [C] and [D].
At this time, position [D] is equivalent to position [A], when
making the fold line as shown in the above figure.
3. Check the difference between 1 and 2.
If each deviation is different, it is a parallelogram image (non-
right angle).
If the deviations are the same, it is a right angle. If there are
deviations, check the feed mechanism for errors such as skewing.
Example:
1: Right angle, correct feeding

2: Right angle, incorrect feeding (Oblique feeding)
3: Non-right angle, correct feeding (Parallelogram)
4: Non-right angle, incorrect feeding (Oblique
feeding+Parallelogram)
Linearity Check the linearity with a scale. Check in both the main scan
direction and sub scan direction.
Overlay the scale on any frame line, adjust to a position where the
frame line is not hidden, and measure the most distant position. If
difficult to check, draw an auxiliary baseline in position with no
165

distortion to the frame line, and measure the deviation length from
the baseline with the scale.
A: Measuring length, B: Base line, C:Copy

If meandering, measure the maximum amplitude. If difficult to
measure, draw an auxiliary baseline, measure the deviation length
from the baseline with the scale, and sum it up.
A: Measuring length, B: Base line, C:Copy

2 Cornfield Resolution Check the number next to the finest set of lines that can be
pattern distinguished from each other clearly, and do not blur into each
other. The intervals between lines in the chart are the following,
in 15 steps. A higher number means a finer image (higher
resolution).
2.0/2.2/2.5/2.8/3.2/3.6/4.0/4.5/5.0/5.6/6.3/7.1/8.0/9.0/10.0
[lines/mm]
3 Colored L- Color registration Check the distances [A] between the colors making up the RGB
shaped lines errors lines (Y+M/ Y+C/ C+M), using a loupe.
4 Solid color Solid density Check the density of each color patch between the chart and the
patches copy .
166

5 13 Halftone density Check that the density of each color patch in the 3rd row in the
gradations chart and the copy are the same.
scale Gray balance Check that the K density of the 3rd and 5th rows in the chart and
the copy are the same.
Gradation On the copy, check that the densities of each color patch in the 11th
and 12th rows are different.
Equal Check that the magnification is equal in the chart and the copy
magnification using the scale under the gradation patches.
(main scan The scale is 10mm per row. Check 10 consecutive rows.
direction)
6 Halftone Gray color Check that the density in the chart and the copy is the same. There
area difference must be no unevenness in density between the front, rear, and
middle.
7 Solid area Solid filling Check that there is no density unevenness in solid color. There
should be no color unevenness in density between the front, rear,
and middle.
8 Low contrast Reproducibility of Check that "C0.4" is readable in the copy when using the center
characters low contrast notch (notch 5). In addition, "E0.2" must be deleted.
9 Six sizes Character Check the minimum size of characters that are readable, and that
of characters reproducibility (no have no broken lines or blurred characters.
broken lines or
blurred characters)
10 Gray patches Gray color Check that the color and density of the 3rd row in the chart and the
difference and copy are the same.
density
11 Color patch Color Check that the density of each color (KCMYRGB) in the chart and
reproducibility the copy are the same.
167

Color Check that the density in the chart and a 2nd generation copy are
reproducibility of the same.
2nd generation
12 Radial lines Jagged slanting Check that the lines in the copy are not rough or jagged.
lines
Broken slanting Check that the lines in the copy are not broken.
lines
13 Color bold Solid color filling Check that there is no missing color and no unevenness in RGB
text (YM/YC/CM) solid colors.
14 Color text Color text Check that the reproduced image is the same as the chart.
reproduction The following diagram shows examples of errors.
15 Horizontal Image position in In the copy, check the distance between the center line made by
scale the main scan folding the paper and the line at the center of the chart.
direction Trim pattern adjustment for each paper feed tray must be
(Whether the completed before checking.
image is at the
center of the paper)
A: Center line, B: Fold line, C: Distance between the center line

and the fold line
16 Vertical Equal Check the magnification error in the sub scan direction using the
scale magnification (Sub crossed lines 100mm away from the leading and trailing edges of
scan direction) the paper
168
17 Lot number - Shows the lot number of the test chart.

18 Chart name Reproduction of Check that the reproduced image is the same as the chart.
black characters
19 Portrait Reproducibility of Make a copy after setting the document type to photo mode, and
photograph the skin, hair, and check the reproducibility of the photo.
clothes Check the reproducibility of the granular state, and tone of color in
the skin, hair, and clothes. Also check for overexposure and
underexposure.
20 Landscape Reproducibility of Make a copy after setting the document type to photo mode, and
photograph sky blue check the reproducibility of the photo.
Check that the color tone of the chart and the copy are the same.
21 Notes Check the Check the reproducibility, such as the presence of breaks in frame
reproducibility (for lines and characters.
example, there There is a place for writing down the output settings when you
should be print the image samples and/or compare adjustments.
no breaks in frame
lines and
characters).
Scanning
Check the printing registration/side-to-side adjustment and the blank margin adjustment before you do the
following scanner adjustments.
• Use C-5Y color chart to do the following adjustments.
169
Scanner Sub-Scan Magnification
A: Sub-scan magnification
1. Put the test chart on the exposure glass. Then make a copy from one of the feed stations.
2. Check the magnification ratio. Adjust with SP4-008-001(Sub Scan Magnification Adj.) if necessary.
Standard: ±1.0%.
Scanner Leading Edge and Side-to-Side Registration
A: Leading Edge Registration

B: Side-to-side Registration
1. Put the test chart on the exposure glass. Then make a copy from one of the feed stations.
2. Check the leading edge and side-to-side registration. Adjust the following SP modes if necessary.
Standard: 0 ± 2mm for the leading edge registration, 0 ± 2.5mm for the side-to-side registration.
What It Does SP Code
Leading Edge Registration SP4-010-001
Side-to-Side Registration SP4-011-001
ADF Adjustment
ADF Side-to-Side and Leading Edge Registration
Use A4/LT paper to make a temporary test chart as shown above.

1. Put the temporary test chart on the ADF. Then make a copy from one of the feed stations.
170
2. Check the leading edge and side-to-side registration. Adjust the following SP modes if necessary.
Standard: 4.2 ± 2.0 mm for the leading edge registration, 2.0 ± 1.0 mm for the side-to-side registration.
The following diagram shows how the image is affected when you adjust in the + or -. direction.
1: Feed direction
SP Code What It Does Adjustment Range
SP6-006-001 Side-to-Side Regist: Face ± 3.0 mm
SP6-006-002 Side-to-Side Regist (1-pass): Back ± 2.0 mm
SP6-006-010 Leading Edge Regist (1-pass): Face ± 5.0 mm
SP6-006-011 Leading Edge Regist (1-pass): Back ± 5.0 mm
ADF Trailing Edge Erase Width
Use A4/LT paper to make a temporary test chart as shown above.

2. Check the trailing edge erase width. Adjust the following SP modes if necessary. The following diagram
shows how the image is affected when you adjust in the + or -. direction.
1: Feed direction
SP Code What It Does Adjustment Range
SP6-006-014 Trailing Edge Erase Width (1-Pass):Face ± 5.0 mm
SP6-006-015 Trailing Edge Erase Width (1-Pass):Back ± 5.0 mm
171
ADF Sub-scan Magnification
2. Check the magnification ratio. Adjust with SP6-017-001(ADF Adjustment L-Edge Mag) if necessary.
• Standard: ±5.0%
• Reduction mode: ±1.0%
• Enlargement mode: ±1.0%
Registration
Adjustment Standard
Image Area
[1]: Feed direction, [2]: Image area

Make sure that the registration is adjusted within the adjustment standard range.
After doing the registration adjustment, do the Erase Margin Adjustment in the next section.
Adjustment standard
• Leading edge (sub-scan direction):

B = 3.25 ± 2.75 mm
• Trailing edge (sub-scan direction):
D = 3.25 ± 2.75 mm
• Side to side (main-scan direction):
A = C = 2.25 ± 1.75 mm
Registration Standard
Side to side
Adjusts the side-to-side registration for each paper feed station. Use SP mode (SP1-002) to adjust the side-to-side
registration for the optional paper feed unit and duplex unit.
SP No. SP Name Range
SP1-002-001 Side-to-Side Registration: By-pass Table ± 4.0 mm
172

SP1-002-002 Side-to-Side Registration: Tray 1 ± 4.0 mm
SP1-002-005 Side-to-Side Registration: Duplex ± 4.0 mm
Leading edge, Trailing edge
Adjusts the leading edge registration for each paper type and process line speed. Use SP mode (SP1-001) to adjust
the leading edge registration.
SP1-001-001 Leading Edge Registration: Tray: Plain ± 9.0 mm
SP1-001-002 Leading Edge Registration: Tray: Middle Thick ± 9.0 mm
SP1-001-003 Leading Edge Registration: Tray: Thick ± 9.0 mm
SP1-001-005 Leading Edge Registration: Tray: Plain: 1200 ± 9.0 mm
SP1-001-006 Leading Edge Registration: Tray: Middle Thick: 1200 ± 9.0 mm
SP1-001-007 Leading Edge Registration: By-pass: Plain ± 9.0 mm
SP1-001-008 Leading Edge Registration: By-pass: Middle Thick ± 9.0 mm
SP1-001-009 Leading Edge Registration: By-pass: Thick ± 9.0 mm
SP1-001-012 Leading Edge Registration: By-pass: Plain: 1200 ± 9.0 mm
SP1-001-013 Leading Edge Registration: By-pass: Middle Thick: 1200 ± 9.0 mm
SP1-001-014 Leading Edge Registration: Duplex: Plain ± 9.0 mm
SP1-001-015 Leading Edge Registration: Duplex: Middle Thick ± 9.0 mm
SP1-001-016 Leading Edge Registration: Duplex: Thick ± 9.0 mm
SP1-001-017 Leading Edge Registration: Tray: Special 1 ± 9.0 mm
SP1-001-018 Leading Edge Registration: By-pass: Special 1 ± 9.0 mm
SP1-001-019 Leading Edge Registration: Duplex: Plain: 1200 ± 9.0 mm
SP1-001-020 Leading Edge Registration: Duplex: Middle Thick: 1200 ± 9.0 mm
SP1-001-021 Leading Edge Registration: Duplex: Special 1 ± 9.0 mm
SP1-001-022 Leading Edge Registration: Tray: Special 1: 1200 ± 9.0 mm
SP1-001-023 Leading Edge Registration: By-pass: Special 1: 1200 ± 9.0 mm
SP1-001-024 Leading Edge Registration: Duplex: Special 1: 1200 ± 9.0 mm
SP1-001-041 Leading Edge Registration: Tray: Plain: Std Speed 2 ± 9.0 mm
SP1-001-043 Leading Edge Registration: By-pass: Plain: Std Speed 2 ± 9.0 mm
SP1-001-045 Leading Edge Registration: Duplex: Plain: Std Speed 2 ± 9.0 mm
SP1-001-047 Leading Edge Registration: Tray: Special1: Std Speed 2 ± 9.0 mm
SP1-001-048 Leading Edge Registration: By-pass: Special1: Std Speed 2 ± 9.0 mm
SP1-001-049 Leading Edge Registration: Duplex: Special1: Std Speed 2 ± 9.0 mm
173
Adjustment Procedure
1. Enter SP2-109-003.
2. Print out the test pattern (14: 1-dot trimming pattern) with SP2-109-003.
• Registration can change slightly as shown on the previous page. Print some pages of the 1-dot
trimming pattern for steps 3 and 4. Then average the leading edge and side-to-side registration
values, and adjust each SP mode.
3. Do the leading edge registration adjustment.
1) Check the leading edge registration and adjust it with SP1-001.
2) Select the adjustment conditions (paper type and process line speed).
3) Input the value. Then press [#].
4) Generate a trim pattern to check the leading edge adjustment.
4. Do the side-to-side registration adjustment.
1) Check the side-to-side registration and adjust it with SP1-002.
2) Select the adjustment conditions (paper feed station).
3) Input the value. Then press [#].
4) Generate a trim pattern to check the side-to-side registration adjustment.
Erase Margin Adjustment
• After adjusting the Leading Edge Registration and Side Registration settings (see the previous section),
do the Erase Margin Adjustment. To do this, check the values of Margins A and B.
• If they are not within the specifications (see below), then adjust A and B with SP2-103-001 to -004 as
explained below. Then check Margins C and D again.
[1]: Feed direction, [2]: Image area

2. Print out the test pattern (14: 1-dot trimming pattern) with SP2-109-003.
3. Check the erase margin A and B. Adjust them with SP2-103-001 to -004 if necessary.
• Leading edge: 0.0 to 9.9 mm (default: 4.2 mm)
• Side-to-side: 0.0 to 9.9 mm (default: 2.0 mm)
174
• Trailing edge: 0.0 to 9.9 mm (default: 4.2 mm)
Color Registration
Line Position Adjustment
The automatic line position adjustment usually is done for a specified condition to get the best color prints.
Do the following if color registration shifts:
• Do "Auto Color Registration" as follows to do the forced line position adjustment.
1. First do SP2-111-003.
2. Then do SP2-111-001.
To check if SP2-111-001 was successful, watch the screen during the process. A message is displayed at the
end. Also, you can check the result with SP2-194-010 to -012.
• You should also do the line position adjustment at these times:
• After you transport or move the machine (you should do the forced line position adjustment if you
install the machine at the user location) if the machine is pre-installed at the workshop and moved to the
user location,
• When you remove or replace the motors, clutches, and/or gears related to the
drum/development/transfer sections
• When you remove or replace the image transfer belt, image transfer belt unit or laser optical housing
unit
Printer Gamma Correction
• The ACC is usually sufficient to adjust the color balance to get the best print output. You only need the
printer gamma correction to fine-tune to meet user requirements.
Use SP modes if you want to modify the printer gamma curve created with ACC. You can adjust the gamma data
for the following:
• Highlight
• Middle
• Shadow areas
• IDmax.
The adjustable range is from 0 to 30 (31 steps).
Copy Mode
- KCMY Color Balance Adjustment -

The adjustment uses only "Offset" values.
• Never change "Option" values (the default value is 0).

Highlight (Low Levels 1 through 6 in the C5-Y chart 13-level scale
175
ID)
Middle (Middle Levels 3 through 10 in the C5-Y chart 13-level scale
ID)
Shadow (High Levels 7 through 12 in the C5-Y chart 13-level scale
ID)
ID max Level 13 in the C5-Y chart 13-level scale (affects the entire image density)
Offset The higher the number in the range associated with the low ID, middle ID, high ID, and ID
max, the greater the density.
There are four adjustable modes (can be adjusted with SP4-918-009):
• Copy Photo mode
• Copy Letter mode
• Copy Letter (Single Color) mode
• Copy Photo (Single Color) mode
- Adjustment Procedure -
1. Copy the C-5Y chart in the mode that you want to adjust.
3. Select "System SP."
4. Select SP4-918-009.
5. Adjust the offset values until the copy quality conforms to the standard (see the table below).
• 1. Never change the "Option" value (the default value is "0").

• 2. Adjust the density in this order: "ID Max", "Middle", "Shadow", "Highlight".
- Photo Mode, Full Color -
Item to Adjust Level on the C-5Y chart Adjustment Standard
1 ID max: Adjust the offset value so that the density of level 13
(K, C, M, and matches that of level 13 on the C-5Y chart.
Y)
176
2 Middle (Middle Adjust the offset value so that the density of level 7
ID) matches that of level 7 on the C-5Y chart.
(K, C, M, and
Y)
3 Shadow (High Adjust the offset value so that the density of level 11
(K, C, M, and
Y)
4 Highlight (Low Adjust the offset value so that dirty background does not
ID) show on the copy and the density of level 3 is slightly
(K, C, M, and lighter than that of level 3 on the C-5Y chart.
Y)
5 K Highlight Adjust the offset value so that the color balance of black
(Low ID) scale levels 3 through 5 in the copy is seen as gray (no C,
(C,M, and Y) M, or Y should be visible). If the black scale contains C,
<on the full M, or Y, do steps 1 to 4 again.
color copy>
- Photo Mode, Single Color -
Item to Level on the C-5Y chart Adjustment Standard
Adjust
1 ID max: (K) Adjust the offset value so that the density of level 13
matches that of level 13 on the C-5Y chart.
2 Middle Adjust the offset value so that the density of level 7
(Middle ID) matches that of level 7 on the C-5Y chart.
(K)
3 Shadow Adjust the offset value so that the density of level 11
(High ID) (K) matches that of level 11 on the C-5Y chart.
4 Highlight Adjust the offset value so that dirty background does not
(Low ID) (K) show on the copy and the density of level 3 is slightly
lighter than that of level 3 on the C-5Y chart.
- Text (Letter) Mode, Full Color -
Adjust (K)
1 ID max: (K, Adjust the offset value so that the density of level 13
C, M, and Y) matches that of level 13 on the C-5Y chart.
(K, C, M, and
177
Y)
3 Shadow (High Adjust the offset value so that the density of level 11
(K, C, M, and
Y)
(Low ID) show on the copy and the density of level 3 is slightly
(K, C, M, and lighter than that of level 3 on the C-5Y chart.
Y)
- Text (Letter) Mode, Single Color -
Adjust (K)
1 ID max: (K) Adjust the offset value so that the density of level 13
matches that of level 13 on the C-5Y chart.
(K)
3 Shadow Adjust the offset value so that the density of level 11
(High ID) (K) matches that of level 11 on the C-5Y chart.
(Low ID) (K) show on the copy and the density of level 3 is slightly
lighter than that of level 3 on the C-5Y chart.
• Text parts of the test pattern cannot be printed clearly after you adjust "shadow" as shown above. At this
time, check if the 5 line/mm pattern at each corner is printed clearly. If it is not, adjust the offset value of
"shadow" again until it is.
Printer Mode
There are six adjustable modes (select these modes with printer SP1-102-001):
• 1200 x 1200 photo mode (1bit/4col)
• 1200 x 1200 text mode (1bit/4col)
K C M Y
Highlight SP1-104-001 SP1-104-021 SP1-104-041 SP1-104-061
178
K C M Y
Shadow SP1-104-002 SP1-104-022 SP1-104-042 SP1-104-062
Middle SP1-104-003 SP1-104-023 SP1-104-043 SP1-104-063
- Adjustment Procedure -
1. Execute ACC for the printer mode.
3. Select "Printer SP".
4. Select SP1-102-001. Then select the necessary print mode to adjust. Then select "2" that is used by default
printing as priority.
0: 1200 x 1200 photo mode (1bit/4col)
2: 600 x 600 photo mode (2bit/4col) (Default)
4: 1200 x 1200 text mode (1bit/4col)
5. Execute SP1-103-001 to print out a color grayscale chart sheet if you want to examine the image quality for
these settings.
6. Adjust the color density with SP1-104. Compare the color grayscale chart sheet with the C-5Y chart.
1. Adjust the density in this order: "Shadow", "Middle", "Highlight".

2. Check that the following reference patches on the grayscale chart are within the following range of
the C-5Y chart.
Item to adjust Reference patch on the grayscale Level on the C-5Y chart
chart (13 rows scale)
(related to the half tone area)
Shadow (High ID) 12th patch from the lighter density C,M,Y: 6 to 10, Center is the 8th
row
K: 8 to 12, Center is the 10th row
Middle (Middle 8th patch from the lighter density C,M,Y: 3 to 7, Center is the 5th
ID) row
K: 5 to 9, Center is the 7th row
Highlight (Low 4th patch from the lighter density C,M,Y: 1 to 4, Center is the 2nd
ID) row
K: 1 to 5, Center is the 3rd row
7. Use SP1-105-001 to keep the adjusted settings.
179
Color Skew Adjustment
The skew adjustment of this machine should be performed manually. The adjustment procedure is as follows:
1. Open the front door [A] and then remove the paper exit tray [B]. ( x 1)
2. Close the front door and execute MUSIC (SP2-111-004).

3. Check the result for each color with the following SPs.
• SP2-117-004 (K)
• SP2-117-002 (C)
• SP2-117-001 (M)
• SP2-117-003 (Y)
• If all of the SP values are within ±5, go to Step 5.

• If any of the SP values are not within ±5, go to Step 4.
4. Rotate the knob(s) shown in the diagram [A] to [D] at 90 degree intervals until the SP value for the affected
180
color(s) is within ±5 (target: 0).
• There are two knobs on each of the two LD units. A click is felt every 90 degree rotation.
• Turning the knob clockwise by 90 degrees changes the SP value by -1.
• Turning the knob counter-clockwise by 90 degrees changes the SP value by +1.
• Example:
SP value for magenta in Step 4 was “+6” Turn knob [C] 6 clicks (1 1/2 rotations) clockwise.
• SP value for yellow in Step 4 was “-7” Turn knob [D] 7 clicks (1 3/4 rotations) counter-
clockwise.
5. Reattach all parts that you removed in the above steps.
• Do not touch the LD units while installing the Paper Exit Tray. Otherwise, the LD unit may move,
and you may have to adjust the color skew again.
181
Exterior Covers
Front Cover
1. Pull out the paper tray.
2. Remove the front lower cover [A] ( × 1)

4. Remove the front cover [A] ( × 2, pins × 2)
182
Upper Left Cover
1. Remove the upper left cover [A]. ( × 1)
Left Cover
1. Remove the upper left cover (Upper Left Cover)

3. Open the front cover and remove the left cover [A]. ( × 2)
183
Rear Cover
Right Rear Cover
2. Remove the right rear cover [A] ( × 3)
• Remove the right rear cover while pushing it downward.
Paper Exit Tray

184
2. Remove the paper exit tray [A]. ( × 1)
Scanner Inner Cover
1. Remove the ADF and scanner unit (Scanner Unit with the ADF)
2. Remove the operation panel (Operation Panel)
3. Remove the bracket [A].
4. Remove the cover [A] under the operation panel.
185
5. Remove the bracket [A].
6. Disconnect the harness [B] to remove the inner cover [A].
186
7. Remove the scanner inner cover [A].
Ozone Filter
1. Remove the filter cover [A].
2. Remove the ozone filter [A] from the filter cover.
187
Operation Panel
The replacement procedures for the other parts are included in the FSM for the Smart Operation Panel, because
these parts are also used with other models.
Operation Panel
2. Remove the front right cover [A] and hinge cover [B].
3. Remove the screws fixing the operation panel [A].
• Spread a cloth or service mat [A] on the paper exit tray to protect the display. Place the operation
188
panel on the paper exit tray so that the display faces down.
4. Remove the small rear cover [A].
5. Disconnect the connector [A].
189
7. Remove the hinge base cover [A].
8. Remove the hinge base [A].
Check before Installing the New Operation Panel
There is a DIP switch [A] on the sub board in the operation panel unit.
190
The switch setting to use depends on the model.

For the C307/C407 series, make sure that switches 3 and 7 are ON. Otherwise, SC672-11 occurs when starting the
machine.
Internal Parts
Refer to the FSM for the Smart Operation Panel.
191
ADF
ADF Unit

3. Release the two screws and three tabs for attaching the relay board [A] and FFC to release the FFC.
192
5. Disconnect the harness [A] from the ADF.
Disconnect the FFC for the relay board by pulling it out straight, because it does not have a lock mechanism.
193
7. Remove the shoulder screw for fixing the ADF.
8. Remove the ADF unit [A] from the machine.
When Installing the ADF
1. Open the ADF.

• Place the platen sheet [A] on the exposure glass.
• Align the platen sheet with Velcro tape [C], with the rear left corner [B] on the exposure glass as a
194
reference.
3. Close the ADF.

4. Reopen the ADF.
5. Press the surface of the platen sheet gently to fix it on the ADF firmly.
Adjustment after ADF Unit Replacement
See "Adjustment after CIS Unit Replacement".
ADF Rear Cover
1. Open the ADF top cover [A] and remove the screw.
2. Lift the original tray [B].
195
3. Open the ADF [A], and release the five tabs of the ADF rear cover by using a thin screwdriver.
4. Remove the ADF rear cover [A].
ADF Front Cover
196
3. Open the ADF, then release the three tabs of the ADF front cover [A].
4. Close the ADF slightly, then remove the ADF front cover [A] while releasing the two tabs with a thin
screwdriver.
Original Feed Unit
1. Open the ADF top cover.
197
2. Slide the shaft [A] of the original feed unit toward the rear to remove it.
Pickup Roller, Feed Roller
Before Replacing the Pickup Roller and Feed Roller
Before replacing the pickup roller and feed roller, reset the PM counter.
1. Turn the power ON.
2. Reset the PM counter. (Refer to Replacement Procedure of the PM/Yield Parts)
3. Turn the power OFF.
Replacing the Pickup Roller
1. Remove the original feed unit. (Original Feed Unit)

2. Release the hook [A].
198
3. Slide the shaft [A], and then remove the pickup roller [B].
Replacing the Feed Roller

2. Remove the clip [A].
3. Slide the shaft [A], and then remove the pin [B].
199
4. Slide the shaft [A], and then remove the feed roller [B].
ADF Friction Pad
Before Replacing the Friction Pad
Before replacing the friction pad, reset the PM counter.

Replacing the Friction Pad

2. Push the lever [A] and then remove the friction pad [B].
ADF Relay Board
1. Remove the ADF rear cover. (ADF Rear Cover)
200
2. Remove the ADF relay board [A] while releasing the hook.
Top Cover Set Sensor, Original Set Sensor
1. Remove the ADF front cover (ADF Front Cover)

2. Remove the top cover set sensor [A].
3. Remove the original set sensor [A].
ADF Drive Motor
201
2. Remove the ADF drive motor [A].
ADF Feed Clutch
1. Remove the ADF front cover. (ADF Front Cover)

2. Release the hook while swinging up the original tray [A], and then remove the harness guide [B].
3. Remove the ADF feed clutch [A].
ADF Registration Sensor

2. Open the ADF [A].
3. Slide the hook [B], and then remove the white plate [C].
202
4. Remove the ADF registration sensor holder [A].
5. Remove the ADF registration sensor [A] from the holder.
ADF Feed Sensor
203
2. Disconnect the harness [A] from the ADF top cover [B], and release the clamp.
3. Remove the harness [A] from the harness guide.
4. Remove the ADF top cover [A].
204
5. Remove the five screws and release the four tabs, and then remove the inner cover [A].
6. Remove the ADF feed sensor [A].
• When reattaching the ADF top cover, make sure it is set correctly so that the two tabs fit into the holes.
205
CIS Unit

4. Remove the ADF inner cover [A].
Lift the back of the ADF inner cover [A] while swinging up the original tray [B], and then slide the ADF
inner cover toward the back of the ADF unit.
206
5. Disconnect the FFC [A].
6. Release the hook while swinging up the original tray [A], and then remove the harness guide [B].
207
7. Remove the gear bracket [A].
8. Remove the two gears [A].
Do not remove the gear [B], to prevent the inner pin [C] from dropping into the machine.
9. Open the ADF unit [A] while holding the gear [B] by hand, and open the scanning guide plate (rear side) [C]
by pulling the release lever [D].
• Hold the gear [B]. It is not fixed, and may drop into the machine.
• Open the scanning guide plate (rear side) [C] before replacing the CIS unit. Otherwise, the surface
could be damaged.
208
10. Pull out the CIS unit [A] from the ADF unit.
The CIS unit can be easily removed by pushing it from behind.
When reattaching the ADF inner cover, make sure that the shaft [A] fits into the groove (this is the shaft of
the lock lever for the friction pad on the back side of the cover). If the shaft does not fit, the ADF top cover
will not be closed.
When reattaching the ADF inner cover [A], move it under the coupling shaft (marked by the dashed circle) of
the original feed unit, and then you can install the ADF inner cover correctly.
209
Adjustment after CIS Unit Replacement
Correct the color deviation of the CIS after replacing the ADF unit or CIS unit.
1. Perform the registration adjustment of the ADF (back side). (ADF Side-to-Side and Leading Edge
Registration)
2. Print an ACC test pattern.
[User Tools] icon > [Machine Features] > [Maintenance] > [Auto Color Calibration] > [Copier Function] >
[Start] > [Start Printing]
3. Press [Stop].
An error screen will be displayed if [Start Scanning] is pressed.
4. Turn over the ACC test pattern [A] and set it on the ADF. (Set the arrow position of the test pattern in
210
accordance with the arrow position of the photograph below.)
5. Exit the User Tools mode, and then enter the SP mode.
6. Execute SP4-958-001 (Read/Restore Std: Rear: Read New Chart).
7. When the correction is completed successfully, [A] is displayed.
If it failed, [B] will be displayed. Repeat steps 4 to 6.
The causes of the failure may be as follows.

• The test pattern was not set correctly.
• A jam occurred at the time of reading.
• The ACC test pattern is abnormal (e.g. a pattern is missing).
• The reading position has deviated (4mm or more) due to skewing for example.
211
Scanner
Scanner Unit
1. Remove the ADF. (ADF Unit)

2. Remove the right rear cover. (Right Rear Cover)
3. Remove the upper left cover. (Upper Left Cover)
4. Remove the front right cover [A].
6. Disconnect the harnesses and FFC from the scanner unit.

212
• When disconnecting or connecting the FFC, push the lock button to unlock it as shown below.
• If the FFC is not connected correctly, SC101 may occur.

7. Remove the scanner unit [A].
Scanner Unit with the ADF

3. Remove the upper left cover. (Upper Left Cover)
213
4. Remove the front right cover [A].
6. Release two screws and three tabs for attaching the relay board [A] and FFC, to release the FFC.
214
8. Release the clamp for the harness [A] to the ADF.
215
Disconnect the FFC for relay board by pulling it out straight, because it does not have a lock mechanism.
11. Disconnect the harnesses and FFC for the scanner unit.
When disconnecting or connecting the FFC, push the lock button to unlock it as shown below.
216
If the FFC is not connected correctly, SC101 may occur.
12. Remove the scanner unit [B] with the ADF [A].
ADF Set Sensor
1. Remove the scanner unit. (Scanner Unit)
217
2. Remove the scanner front cover [A].
3. Remove the scanner upper cover [A].
4. Remove the ADF set sensor [A].
218
Scanner Front Cover
1. Open the right cover, and then remove the front right cover [A].
2. Open the ADF.

3. Remove the scanner front cover [A]. Use a short screwdriver.
There are five tabs on the back of the scanner front cover.
Scanner HP Sensor
1. Remove the ADF unit. (ADF Unit)

2. Remove the scanner front cover. (Scanner Front Cover)
219
4. Move the scanner carriage to the right.
• To move the carriage, hold the carriage belt and move it carefully.
• Never hold the carriage itself.
220
5. Remove the brackets [A][B].
6. Remove the scanner HP sensor [B] while lifting up the bracket [A] slightly.
Scanner Motor

221
4. Remove the shield plate [A]. ( × 2)
5. Remove the scanner motor with the bracket [A]. ( × 3, belt × 1)
222
6. Remove the scanner motor [A]. ( × 1, × 2)
Scanner Carriage

4. Move the carriage to the right.
223
• To move the carriage, hold the carriage belt and move it carefully.
• Never hold the carriage itself.
5. Remove the brackets [A][B].
224
6. Slide the bracket [A] and then detach the carriage belt [B] from the pulley.
7. Disconnect the FFC [B] while lifting up the scanner carriage [A]. ( x1)
• In the area [C], the FFC is attached with double-sided tape. Do not try to strip the FFC [B] off by
force.
• When reassembling, be sure to align the tape position where originally attached.
8. Remove the shaft [B] from the carriage [A].
• Never wipe off the grease on the shaft of the scanner carriage.
Reinstalling the Scanner Carriage
Make sure that the FFC of the carriage is correctly connected and routed referring to the following points.
• The FFC [A] must be connected straight, and not at an angle.
225
• Never connect the FFC to the carriage connector at an angle. Otherwise, the BiCU or the SBU may be
damaged.
• The FFC must not be sagging and must not drag on the bottom of the scanner unit [B].
• The FFC must be hooked at part [A] of the carriage.
226
Laser Optics
• Turn off the main power switch and unplug the machine before beginning any of the procedures in this
section. Laser beams can cause serious eye injury.
Caution Decal Location
The caution decal is attached as shown below.
Laser Units
• The machine has two laser units. This procedure describes replacement of laser unit 1. Replacement of
laser unit 2 can be done in the same way.
1. Remove the paper exit tray (Paper Exit Tray)
2. Remove the screw and connector. Disconnect the stopper of the FFC of the laser unit 1 [A]. ( × 1, ×
1, × 2)
Repeat this procedure with the laser unit 2 [B].
227
• Be sure to install the washer under the screw when assembling.
3. Pull the laser unit [A] out slightly, open the connector cover, and then disconnect the FFC [B]. ( × 1)
228
• Unlock the FFC [A] by lowering the white tab.
• Never touch the shield glass under the laser units when replacing them.
Adjustment after Laser Unit Replacement
Do the following settings after replacing the laser unit.
Initializing the D-Phase data and shading data
1. Plug in and turn on the main power switch of the machine.

3. Execute SP2-110-006 to upload the data for new laser unit to the MFP.
If failed, execute SP2-110-006 again. Otherwise the machine cannot print normally.
4. Exit SP mode.
5. Cycle the main power off/on.
7. Execute SP3-011-001 (Manual ProCon: Exe, Normal ProCon).
Executing Skew Adjustment
Do the skew adjustment manually.

Refer to “Color Skew Adjustment”
LD Unit Cooling Fan
1. Remove the scanner inner cover. (Scanner Inner Cover)

2. Remove the paper exit tray (Paper Exit Tray)
229
3. Remove the LD unit cooling fan [A]. ( × 1)
230
PCDU, Toner Supply
PCDU (Photo Conductor and Development Unit)
• The PCDU (K) for MP C307 is different from the one for MP C407. Make sure that you use the correct
part number when ordering a PCDU (K).
1. Remove the waste toner bottle. (Waste Toner Bottle)
2. Only when removing the PCDU (K), release the ITB contact lever [A].
• This step is not required for removing the PCDU (CMY).

3. Check that the ITB has no tension before removing the PCDU. Otherwise, the ITB may be damaged. To
release the tension of the ITB, turn the ITB contact cam's screw [A] counterclockwise, until the flat part of
the half moon on the screw points to the right.
4. Remove the PCDU [A] ( × 2, × 1, × 1)
231
• Before putting the PCDU back in the machine, check that the ITB has no tension. See step 3 for
how to do this.
5. Put the removed PCDU on a flat surface with a sheet of paper under it.
• After replacing the PCDU, set the ITB contact lever released in step 2.
• A new unit detection mechanism for the PCDU clears the PM counters automatically.
• After replacing the PCDU, do the skew adjustment manually. See “Color Skew Adjustment”.
Toner Bottle Detection Board
1. Remove the power pack (Development). (Power Pack (Development))
232
2. Remove the toner bottle detection board [A]. ( × 4, × 3, × 9)
Toner Supply Motors
• The following is the replacement procedure for Y. The motors for the other three colors can be replaced
with the same procedure as Y.
1. Remove the toner bottle detection board. (Toner Bottle Detection Board)
2. Remove the toner supply motor unit [A]. ( × 3 each)
3. Remove the gear [A]. ( × 1 each)
233
4. Remove the shaft [A], bearing [B], and gear [C]. ( × 1 each)
5. Remove the toner supply motor [A]. ( × 2 each)
Toner Transport Section
Before Replacing the Toner Transport Section
Before replacing the toner transport section (the toner sub-hopper), reset the PM counter and execute the forced
toner supply.
3. Set the following SPs (Manual New Unit Set) to “1” depending upon the color of the replaced unit to reset
the PM counter.
• SP3-701-220 (Manual New Unit Set: Toner Sub Hopper:Bk)
• SP3-701-221 (Manual New Unit Set: Toner Sub Hopper:C)
• SP3-701-222 (Manual New Unit Set: Toner Sub Hopper:M)
• SP3-701-223 (Manual New Unit Set: Toner Sub Hopper:Y)
4. Set the following SPs (Toner supply flag) to “1” depending upon the color of the replaced unit.
• SP3-510-031 (Image Quality Adj.: Exec Flag Init Toner Replenishment: Bk)
• SP3-510-032 (Image Quality Adj.: Exec Flag Init Toner Replenishment: C)
• SP3-510-033 (Image Quality Adj.: Exec Flag Init Toner Replenishment: M)
• SP3-510-034 (Image Quality Adj.: Exec Flag Init Toner Replenishment: Y)
5. Exit from the SP mode.
234
Replacing the Toner Transport Section
1. Remove the toner supply motors (All colors). (Toner Supply Motors)
• After removing the toner supply motor, secure four screws [A] on the toner transport section to
prevent toner from flying off.
2. Remove the toner bottles (all colors).

3. Remove the PCDU (all colors). (PCDU (Photo Conductor and Development Unit))
4. Remove the toner supply unit. ( × 8)
• Pull out the toner supply unit upward at an angle.
235
5. Remove the toner transport section [A]. ( × 1)
236
Waste Toner
Waste Toner Bottle
Before Replacing the Waste Toner Bottle
When you replace the waste toner bottle AFTER a waste toner full or near-full message appears on the operation
panel, the PM counters are automatically cleared after turning the main power ON.
When you replace the waste toner bottle BEFORE a waste toner full or near-full message appears on the operation
panel, do the following procedure to reset the PM counter.
Replacing the Waste Toner Bottle

3. Pull out the waste toner bottle [A].
237
4. Install the five waste toner bottle caps on the waste toner inlets. The examples [A] in the photo are for black.
Waste Toner Full Sensor

2. Remove the waste toner full sensor [A]. ( × 1, hook × 2)
Waste Toner Bottle Set Switch

2. Remove the waste toner bottle set switch [A]. ( × 1)
238
• Release the tab with a jeweler’s screwdriver to remove the switch.

3. Remove the harness from the waste toner bottle set switch [A]. ( × 1)
239
Image/Paper Transfer
ITB (Image Transfer Belt) Unit
Before Replacing the ITB Unit
Before replacing the ITB unit, reset the PM counter.

Replacing the ITB Unit
1. Remove all the PCDUs (PCDU (Photo Conductor and Development Unit))
2. Remove the fusing unit. (Fusing Unit)
3. Remove the tension spring cover [A]. ( × 1)
4. Release the tension spring [A]. ( × 1)
5. Release the tension belt [A]. ( × 1)
240
6. Put a sheet of paper [A] on the duplex unit with the short edge of the paper pointing towards the ITB unit.
• This is to protect the paper transfer unit from toner when removing the ITB unit.
7. Remove the ITB unit securing bracket [A]. ( × 1)
8. Pull out the ITB unit [A].
After Replacing the Image Transfer Belt Unit
Do the following after replacing the ITB unit.

2. Set SP1-001-031 (Leading Edge Registration Std. Measure: On/Off) to “1”.
3. Execute SP2-111-004 (Forced Line Position Adj. Mode d).
4. SP values from SP1-001-033 to 040 (Leading Edge Registration Offset Standard: 1 to 8) are updated by the
above steps.
241
5. Reset SP1-001-031 to “0”.

6. Exit from the SP mode.
7. Turn the main power off and on.
ITB Contact Motor
1. Remove the drive unit. (Drive Unit)

2. Remove the ITB contact unit [A]. ( × 3, × 1)
4. Remove the gear [A] and ITB contact motor [B]. ( × 2)
242
ITB Contact HP Sensor

2. Remove the ITB contact unit [A]. ( × 3, × 1)
3. Remove the ITB contact HP sensor with the bracket [A]. ( × 1, × 1)
243
4. Remove the ITB contact HP sensor [A]. (Hook × 2)
ID Sensor
1. Remove the ITB unit. (ITB (Image Transfer Belt) Unit)

2. Remove the guide plate [A]. ( × 2)
3. Remove the ID sensor [A] with the bracket. ( × 1)
4. Remove the ID sensor [A]. ( × 4, × 1, × 1)

244
• When cleaning the ID sensor, wipe the parts [A] with a damp cloth.
• Do not wipe it with a dry cloth, or the ID sensor may attract dirt because of static electricity. Let it
dry naturally if necessary.
After Installing a New ID Sensor Board
Do the following adjustment after installing a new ID sensor board.

1. Plug in and turn on the main power.
3. Enter all correction coefficients [A] for the ID sensor with the SP modes, referring to the barcode sheet
provided with the new ID sensor board.
245
• For example, enter “1.2” with SP3-331-046.

ID Sensor Shutter Solenoid
1. Remove the ITB unit. (ITB (Image Transfer Belt) Unit)

2. Remove the guide plate [A]. ( × 2)
3. Remove the ID sensor [A] with the bracket. ( × 1)
246
4. Remove the ID sensor shutter solenoid [A]. ( × 2, × 1, × 1, × 1)
Paper Transfer Roller Unit
Before Replacing the Paper Transfer Roller Unit
Before replacing the paper transfer roller unit, reset the PM counter.
Replacing the Paper Transfer Roller Unit
1. Open the right door.
• If you find paper dust on the registration section when you open the duplex unit, remove the dust.
Otherwise, the dust causes lines on the image.
2. Remove the paper transfer unit [A] while holding the knobs on both ends of the paper transfer roller with
247
your fingers.
248
Drive
Overview
1. Development motor (CMY)

2. Drum motor (CMY)
3. Drum motor (K)
4. Development clutch (K)
5. Tray lift motor
6. Fusing motor
7. Paper transport motor
8. Registration clutch
9. Duplex clutch
10. Bypass feed clutch
11. Paper feed clutch
12. Bypass lift clutch
13. Reverse clutch
14. Paper exit clutch
Development Motor (CMY)
1. Remove the power pack (Transfer) with the bracket. (Power Pack (Transfer))
249
2. Remove the development motor (CMY) [A]. ( × 4, × 1)
Drum Motor (CMY)
2. Remove the drum motor (CMY) [A]. ( × 4, × 1)
Drum Motor (K)
2. Remove the drum motor (K) [A]. ( × 4, × 1)
Development Clutch (K)
1. Remove the drum motor (K). (Drum Motor (K))
250
2. Remove the development clutch cover [A] by rotating it counterclockwise. ( × 1, × 1, × 1)
3. Remove the development clutch [A].
Drive Unit
1. Remove the toner transport section. (Toner Transport Section)

2. Remove the development motor (CMY). (Development Motor (CMY))
3. Remove the drum motor (CMY). (Drum Motor (K))
4. Remove the drum motor (K). (Drum Motor (K))
5. Remove the development clutch (K). (Development Clutch (K))
6. Remove the gear cover [A], belt [B], and grounding plate [C]. ( × 3, × 1)
251
7. Remove the drive unit [A]. ( × 6)
Tray Lift Motor

2. Remove the tray lift motor unit [A]. ( × 2, × 2, × 1)
3. Remove the motor cover [A]. ( × 2)
4. Remove the tray lift motor [A]. ( × 2)
252
Fusing Motor
1. Remove the PSUs with the bracket. (PSU (AC), PSU (DC))
2. Remove the DC switch cover [A]. ( × 2, × 1)
3. Remove the power pack (Development). (Power Pack (Development))

4. Release the harness and remove the harness guide [A]. ( × 4, × 1)
5. Remove the fusing motor [A]. ( × 4)
253
Paper Transport Motor
1. Remove the fusing motor. (Fusing Motor)

2. Remove the fusing motor bracket [A]. ( × 2)
3. Remove the harness guide [A]. ( × 3, × 14)
• There are connectors behind the harness guide. Remove the guide carefully.
254
4. Remove the paper transport motor [A].
Duplex Clutch, Bypass Feed Clutch, Registration Clutch, Paper Feed Clutch
1. Remove the paper transport motor. (Paper Transport Motor)

3. Remove the gear cover [A] and gear [B]. ( × 1, × 1)
4. Remove the grounding plate [C]. ( × 2)
5. Remove the paper transport unit [D]. ( × 3)
255
6. Remove the paper transport unit cover [A]. ( × 4)
7. Remove each clutch. ( × 1 each)
[A]: Duplex clutch

[B]: Bypass feed clutch
[C]: Paper feed clutch
[D]: Registration clutch
256
Fusing
Fusing Unit
• Turn off the main switch and wait until the fusing unit cools down before beginning any of the
procedures in this section. The fusing unit can cause serious burns.
• Basically, the entire fusing unit must be replaced when SC544-00 or SC554-00 occurs.
• In some cases, the fusing unit need not be replaced if SC544-00 or SC554-00 occurs. See “Actions
When SC544-00 or SC554-00 Occurs” for these cases.
1. Release the left and right lock levers, then pull out the fusing unit [A].
Fusing Upper Cover

2. Remove the fusing upper cover [A]. ( × 4)
257
Fusing Lower Cover

2. Remove the fusing lower cover [A]. ( × 4)
Fusing Entrance Guide Plate

2. Remove the fusing entrance guide plate [A]. ( × 2)
• There are two screw holes for each screw on the entrance guide plate. Use the outer holes when
tightening the entrance guide plate.
• Different types of screws are used for [A] and [B]:
[A]: Shoulder screw
[B]: Double sems screw (a screw with a washer)
258
Fusing Thermostat
1. Remove the fusing upper cover. (Fusing Upper Cover)

2. Remove the fusing thermostat [A]. ( × 2)
• Never re-use a thermostat that has activated. Use a new thermostat for replacement.
Fusing Thermistor (NC Sensor)
• If the hook of the fusing thermistor is broken, the fusing thermistor cannot be attached. Replace the
entire fusing unit in that case.
2. Push the hooks and remove the fusing thermistor [A]. ( × 1).
259
Fusing Pressure Roller Thermistors
1. Remove the fusing upper cover (Fusing Upper Cover)

2. Raise the fusing lever.
3. Remove the bracket [A]. ( × 4)
• Lift the fusing lever while removing the upper screws.
4. Remove the pressure roller thermistors [A], [B] or [C].

A: Pressure roller thermistor (Front)
B: Pressure roller thermistor (Center)
C: Pressure roller thermistor (Rear)
260
Pressure Roller
Before Replacing the Pressure Roller
Before replacing the pressure roller, reset the PM counter.

Replacing the Pressure Roller
1. Remove the fusing sleeve belt assembly. (Fusing Sleeve Belt Assembly)
2. Remove the pressure roller [A].
Fusing Sleeve Belt Assembly
Before Replacing the Fusing Sleeve Belt Assembly
Before replacing the fusing sleeve belt assembly, reset the PM counter.
261

Replacing the Fusing Sleeve Belt Assembly
1. Remove the fusing lower cover. (Fusing Lower Cover)

2. Remove the fusing entrance guide plate. (Fusing Entrance Guide Plate)
4. Raise the fusing exit guide plate [A].
Place a cloth or sheet of paper under the fusing unit when removing the fusing lower cover. Otherwise, the
screw(s) and gear(s) exposed after removing the cover will scratch or transfer grease to the work surface.
5. Remove the springs [B], which are on both ends of the separation plate [A], from the holes in the frame.
( × 2)
6. Remove the springs [B], which are on both ends of the separation plate [A], from the holes in the separation
262
plate. ( × 2)
7. Rotate the separation plate [A], and remove it from the frame.
Do not apply excess force to the separation plate when removing it, to prevent the separation plate from
deforming.
When reattaching the separation plate, make sure that the plate is firmly attached to the frame hole.
8. Remove the fusing lamp harnesses. ( × 2)
9. Remove the screws on the rear frame [A]. ( × 6)
263
When reattaching the harness, route the harness exactly the same way as before removal.
10. Remove the screws of the frame [A] at the right.
11. Remove the screws of the frame [A] at the left. ( × 2)
12. Pull out the rear frame [A], and take out the fusing sleeve belt assembly [B].
264
Do not touch the surface of the fusing sleeve belt assembly.

When reattaching the rear frame, do not let the fusing sleeve belt hit the projection of the thermostat and the
frame.
When reattaching the fusing sleeve belt assembly, do not let the fusing sleeve belt assembly hit the projection of
the sensor or the screws on the stay.
Make sure that both side plates fit right into the locating bosses of the frame before securing the screws.
The new fusing sleeve belt assembly has a jig [A], which must be removed. Set the fusing sleeve belt assembly
first, tighten the screws, then remove the jig.
265
Fusing Entrance Sensor
• If you find paper dust in the registration section when you open the right door, remove the dust.
Otherwise, the dust can cause lines on the image.
266
2. Remove the fusing entrance sensor [A]. ( × 1, × 1)
Fusing Exit Sensor
1. Remove the paper exit unit. (Paper Exit Unit)

2. Remove the fusing exit sensor [A]. ( × 1, × 1)
Fusing Thermopile
267
2. Remove the fusing thermopile with the bracket [A]. ( × 1, × 1)
3. Remove the fusing thermopile [A]. ( × 1)
New Fusing Unit Detection Fuse
268
2. Remove the new fusing unit detection fuse [A] if the old blown fuse is attached. ( x 1)
3. Connect the fuse connector, and insert the fuse into place from the upper side.
• Refer to the flow chart below when SC544-00 or SC554-00 occurs. (Actions When SC544-00 or
SC554-00 Occurs)
Actions When SC544-00 or SC554-00 Occurs
Basically, the entire fusing unit must be replaced when SC544-00 or SC554-00 occurs. However, it is possible to
continue to use the old fusing unit when there is no damage found when you inspect the fusing unit in accordance
with the flow chart shown below.
269
*1:
Do not open the door when doing the procedure in this flow chart (“SC reset failure” will be shown.). The SC
reset will be successful if the fuse for new fusing unit detection is blown if the machine door is open during the
SC reset, and it will not be successful if it is not blown. The SC reset should be performed again if it fails.
“SC reset failure” will be shown when this SP (SP5-810-002) is executed if an SC other than SC544-00/SC554-00
occurred.
*2: If there is no fuse for new unit detection (such as in the fusing unit that comes with the machine from the
factory), install a fuse.
• Never use a damaged fusing unit.

• Inspect the entire fusing unit carefully if you will continue to use this unit.
270
Paper Feed
Paper Feed Roller, Friction Pad (Standard Tray)
Before Replacing the Paper Feed Roller and Friction Pad
Before replacing the paper feed roller and friction pad, reset the PM counter.
Replacing the Paper Feed Roller and Friction Pad

2. Pull out the bearing. ( × 1)
3. Lift up the shaft, then remove the sub paper feed roller [A]. ( × 2)
271
4. Remove the paper feed roller. (Hook × 1)
5. Remove the friction pad [A]. (Hooks × 2)
Registration Sensor, Paper Feed Sensor
• If you find paper dust in the registration section when you open the duplex unit, remove the dust.
Otherwise, the dust can cause lines on the image.
272
2. Pull down the guide plate [A].

3. Remove the sensor cover [B]. ( × 2)
4. Remove the sensor bracket [A]. ( × 2, × 2)
5. Remove the registration sensor [A]. (Hook × 2)
273
6. Remove the paper feed sensor [B]. (Hook × 2)
Tray Paper End Sensor

2. Remove the tray paper end sensor [A]. ( × 1, hook × 2)
When reattaching the tray paper end sensor, make sure that the shaft of the feeler is hooked onto the bracket
[A].
274
Tray Lift Sensor

2. Remove the tray lift sensor [A]. ( × 1, hook × 2)
Draw-in Unit

3. Remove the screw. ( × 1)
4. Remove the draw-in unit [A] with bracket. ( × 2)
275
5. Remove the bracket [B] and grounding plate [C] from the draw-in unit [A].
• When installing the draw-in unit, fit the bracket’s holes onto the bosses on the mainframe. ( ×
4)
276
Bypass
Bypass Tray
1. Open the bypass tray [A].
2. Remove the stopper [A], and E-rings. ( × 2, Stopper × 1)
277
3. Close the bypass tray [A] slightly and pull it out upwards.
Bypass Feed Unit
1. Remove the duplex unit. (Duplex Unit)

2. Disconnect the connector. ( × 1)
278
3. Remove the two screws. ( × 2)
4. Remove the bypass feed unit [A].
• Lift up the left side of the unit and remove it while pulling it out forward.
Bypass Paper End Sensor
1. Remove the bypass feed unit. (Bypass Feed Unit)
279
3. Remove the bypass paper end sensor with the holder [A]. ( × 1)
280
4. Remove the sensor holder [A]. (Hook × 2)
5. Remove the bypass paper end sensor [A]. ( × 1)
Bypass Paper Width Sensor
281
3. Remove the bypass paper width sensor with the holder [A]. ( × 1)
282
4. Remove the bypass paper width sensor [A]. (Hooks × 4)
Bypass Feed Roller
Before Replacing the Bypass Feed Roller
Before replacing the bypass feed roller, reset the PM counter.

Replacing the Bypass Feed Roller
283
3. Remove the E-ring [A] and bearing [B] at the front of the bypass feed unit. ( × 1, bearing × 1)
284
4. Remove the E-ring and the gear at the rear of the bypass feed unit. ( × 1, gear × 1)
5. Bearing (bearing × 1)
285
6. E-ring at the front of the bypass feed unit ( × 1)
7. E-ring at the rear of the bypass feed unit ( × 1)
286
8. Move the front cam and rear cam [B] inward while pushing down the bottom plate [A].
9. Remove the bypass feed roller with the shaft from the front side.
287
10. Bypass feed roller [A] (Hook × 1)
Bypass Lift Sensor

2. Remove the sensor holder [A]. ( × 2, × 1)
288
3. Remove the gear [A] and bypass lift sensor [B]. (Hooks × 4)
Bypass Lift Clutch

289
3. Disconnect the connector of the clutch. ( × 1)
4. Remove the bypass lift clutch [A]. ( × 1)
290
Paper Exit
Paper Exit Unit
1. Remove the scanner inner cover. (Scanner Inner Cover)

2. Remove the paper exit unit [A].
Paper Exit Sensor

2. Remove the sensor holder [A].
291
3. Remove the paper exit sensor [A]. ( × 1)
Exit Junction Gate Solenoid

2. Remove the exit junction gate solenoid [A] with the bracket.
3. Remove the bracket from the exit junction gate solenoid [A].
292
When reattaching the exit junction gate solenoid, make sure that the solenoid works in conjunction with the
exit junction gate.
Paper Exit Clutch, Reverse Clutch
293
2. Remove the cover [A].
3. Pull out the bearing [A].
4. Remove the paper exit clutch and reverse clutch with the bracket [A].
294
5. Remove the paper exit clutch [A] and reverse clutch [B].
295
Duplex
Duplex Unit
2. Push the lever and reduce the tension of the belt [A], then remove the belt.
When reattaching the duplex unit, make sure that the belt [A] is attached firmly. If the belt is not attached, the
right door will not be opened even if the opening/closing lever is operated. For details, please refer to When
you cannot open the right door _JP.
296
3. Remove the two screws on the paper transport unit [A]. ( × 2)
4. Lift the paper transport unit [A].
5. Remove the tension spring cover [A]. ( × 1)
297
6. Lift the duplex unit, then remove the tension spring [A].
7. Release the tension wire [A] from the roller [B].
298
8. Restore the paper transport unit [A].
9. Remove the connector cover [A].
299
10. Disconnect the connectors. ( × 2, × 1)
11. Release the belt [A] and then remove the duplex unit [B].
• Belt [A] ( × 1)
• Duplex unit [B] ( × 4)
Duplex Entrance Sensor
300
2. Remove the sensor cover [A]. (Hooks × 3)
3. Remove the duplex entrance sensor [A]. ( × 1)
Duplex Exit Sensor
1. Remove the paper transfer roller unit. (Paper Transfer Roller Unit)
2. Remove the cover [A]. (Hook × 1)
301
4. Remove the registration roller unit [A].
5. Remove the sensor bracket [A]. ( × 1)
6. Remove the duplex exit sensor [A]. ( × 1)
302
Right Cover Switch

2. Release the tab of the right cover switch [A] with a jeweler’s screwdriver.
3. Remove the right cover switch [A]. ( × 1)
303
Electrical Components
Electrical Components Overview
1. BiCU
2. Controller Board
3. HDD
4. FCU (if the machine has the fax unit)
5. PSU (AC)
6. PSU (DC)
7. Power Pack (Development)
8. Toner Bottle Detection Board
9. AC Detection Board
10. Power Pack (Transfer)
304
HDD
• Before replacing the HDD, copy the address book data to an SD card with SP5-846-051 if there is no
problem.
• If the customer uses the Data Overwrite Security, IC card reader, or OCR unit, these applications must
be installed again after replacing the HDD.

3. Remove the HDD with the bracket [A].
4. Remove the bracket from the HDD [A].
Adjustment after Replacement
1. Do SP5-832-001 to initialize the HDD.

Initialization should be performed for the HDD which was already formatted before.
2. If applicable, do SP5-846-052 to restore the address data from SD card to the HDD.
305
3. Cycle the power Off/On.
Controller Board
• Keep NVRAMs away from any objects that can cause static electricity. Static electricity can damage
NVRAM data.
3. Remove the FCU (if the machine has the fax unit) (Refer to the FSM for Fax Option)
4. Remove the controller box cover [A] with the HDD [B].
5. Pull out the controller board [A].
6. Remove the guide rails [A] from the old controller board, and install them on the new controller board.
7. Remove the two used NVRAMs from the old controller board, and install them on the new controller board.
306
• Make sure the NVRAM [A] is installed at the correct mounting location and orientation. Install the
NVRAM so that the indentation on the NVRAM corresponds with the mark [B] on the controller
board.
• Incorrect installation of the NVRAM will damage both the controller board and NVRAM.
NVRAM on the controller board
• SC195 (Machine serial number error) will be displayed if you forget to attach the NVRAM.
• If you mounted the NVRAM in the wrong direction, each component needs to be replaced because a
short circuit was caused in the controller board and the NVRAM.
• Installing a new NVRAM initializes SPs and issues an SC. Reset the SC with the procedure below.
1. Make sure that you have the SMC report (factory settings). This report comes with the machine.
2. Output the SMC log using one of the following methods:
To print SMC log data, execute SP5-990-001.
To save SMC log data to an SD card, execute SP5-992-001 (SMC List Card Save Function).
3. Turn off the main power switch.
4. Insert a blank SD card in the SD slot 2, and then turn on the main power switch.
5. Use SP5-824-001 to upload the NVRAM data from the controller board.
6. Make sure the customer has a backup of their address book data. If not, obtain the backup by referring to
SP5-846-051.
• The address data stored in the machine will be discarded later during this procedure. So be sure to
obtain a backup of the customer’s address book data.
• Note that the counters for the user will be reset when doing the backup/restore of the address book
data.
• If they have a backup of the address book data, use their own backup data for restoring. This is
because there is a risk that the data cannot be backed up properly depending on the NVRAM
condition.
7. Do the following steps if the machine has the fax unit. If not, skip this step:
1. Print the Box List with the User Tools/Counter.
307
• [User Tools/Counter] - [Facsimile Features] - [General Settings] - [Box Setting: Print List]
2. Print the Special Sender List by pressing these buttons in the following order.
• [User Tools/Counter] - [Facsimile Features] - [Reception Settings] - [Program Special Sender: Print
List]
3. Write down the following fax settings.
• [Receiver] in [User Tools/Counter] - [Facsimile Features] - [Reception Settings] - [Reception File
Settings] - [Forwarding].
• [Notify Destination] in [User Tools/Counter] - [Facsimile Features] - [Reception Settings] -
[Reception File Settings] - [Store].
• [Specify User] in [User Tools/Counter] - [Facsimile Features] - [Reception Settings] - [Stored
Reception File User Setting].
• [Notify Destination] in [User Tools/Counter] - [Facsimile Features] - [Reception Settings] - [Folder
Transfer Result Report].
• Specified folder in [User Tools/Counter] - [Facsimile Features] - [Send Settings] - [Backup File TX
Setting].
• [Receiver] in [User Tools/Counter] - [Facsimile Features] - [Reception Settings] - [Reception File
Settings] - [Output Mode Switch Timer].
• [Store: Notify Destination] in [User Tools/Counter] - [Facsimile Features] - [Reception Settings] -
[Output Mode Switch Timer].
• All the destination information shown on the display.
• In the fax settings, address book data is stored with entry IDs, which the system internally
assigns to each data. The entry IDs may be changed due to re-assigning in backup/restore
operations.
4. Make sure that there is no transmission standby file. If any standby file exists, ask the customer to delete
it or complete the transmission.
8. Turn the main power OFF and unplug the power supply cord.
9. Push the main power switch ON again to discharge the residual charge.
10. Replace the NV-RAM with a new one.
• SC673 appears at start-up, but this is normal behavior. This is because the controller and the smart
operation panel cannot communicate with each other due to changing the SP settings for the
operation panel.
1. Change the SP settings for the operation panel.
• SP5-748-101: (OpePanel Setting: Op Type Action Setting): Change bit 0 from “0” to “1”.
• SP5-748-201: (OpePanel Setting: Cheetah Panel Connect Setting): Change the value from “0” to
“1”.
12. Cycle the main power OFF/ON with the SD card where the NV-RAM data has been uploaded in SD slot 2.
308
• SC992 appears at start-up, but this is normal behavior. This is because information written to the
NV-RAM and on the hard disk do not match due to replacement of the NV-RAM. Go to Step 13.
13. Download the NV-RAM data stored in the SD card to the brand-new NV-RAM using SP5-825-001 (NV-
RAM Data Download).
• The download will take a couple of minutes.

14. Turn the main power OFF and remove the SD card from SD slot 2.
15. Turn the main power ON.
16. Restore the original settings of the following SPs, referring to the SMC data obtained in step 2.
• SP5-825-001 does not download the following SP data to the new NV-RAM. So you must set them
manually.
a. SP5-985-001(Device Setting: On Board NIC)
b. SP5-985-002(Device Setting: On Board USB)
17. If the security functions (HDD Encryption and HDD Data Overwrite Security) were applied, set the functions
again.
18. Ask the customer to restore their address book. Or restore the address book data using SP5-846-052 (UCS
Setting: Restore All Addr Book), and ask the customer to ensure the address book data has been restored
properly.
• If you have obtained the backup of the customer’s address book data, delete the backup
immediately after the NV-RAM replacement to avoid accidentally taking out the customer’s data.
19. Output the SMC log using one of the following methods:
To print SMC log data, execute SP5-990-001.
To save SMC log data to an SD card, execute SP5-992-001 (SMC List Card Save Function).
• Check that the counters are reset.

20. Make sure that the list output in step 7-1 through step 7-3 matches the destination information in step 7-4. If
not, set it to the setting before replacement.
21. Execute the process control (SP3-011-001).
• Try all the items below if NVRAM upload (SP5-824-001) or download (SP5-825-001) cannot be
done.
• Check the SP values that changed on the SMC you printed out in step 2. Adjust the values
manually. Make sure that the values of SP5-045-001 and SP5-302-002 are the same as before
replacing.
• Replace all PM parts because all PM counters will be reset.
309
• If a message tells you need an SD card to restore displays after the NVRAM replacement, create a
“SD card for restoration” and restore with the SD card. Refer to “Encryption Key Restoration”
BiCU

2. Slide the BiCU [A] in the direction of the blue arrow below and remove it.
There are three kinds of FFC connectors.

A: Disconnect the FFC while pushing the lock lever.
B: Disconnect the FFC while lifting up the lock lever.
C: Disconnect the FFC while pulling it out straight. It does not have a lock mechanism.
3. Remove the NVRAM from the old BiCU and attach it to the new BiCU.
310
• Attaching the used NVRAM to the new BiCU allows users to use old data such as SP settings.
• SC995 occurs when replacing the BiCU. Execute SP5-811-004 then turn the main power off and
on.
• Install a new NVRAM [A] so that the indentation [B] on the NVRAM corresponds with the mark
on the BiCU. Incorrect installation of the NVRAM will damage both the BiCU and NVRAM.
Replacing the NVRAM (EEPROM) on the BiCU
• The following shows the procedure for replacing the NVRAM on the BiCU with a new NVRAM.
1. Make sure that you have the SMC report (factory settings). This report comes with the machine.
2. Output the SMC data (“ALL”) using SP5-990-001/SP5-992-001.
3. Turn off the main switch.
4. Insert a blank SD card in the SD slot #2, and then turn on the main switch.
5. Use SP5-824-001 to upload the NVRAM data from the BiCU
6. Turn off the main power switch and unplug the power cord.
7. Replace the NVRAM on the BCU with a new one.
• Install a new NVRAM [A] so that the indentation [B] on the NVRAM corresponds with the mark
on the BiCU. Incorrect installation of the NVRAM will damage both the BiCU and NVRAM.
8. Plug in, and then turn on the main switch.
• When the power is turned ON, SC195-00 appears. Continue with the following steps.
311
9. Select the destination setting (SP5-131-001 - JPN: 0, NA: 1, EU/AA/TWN/CHN: 2).
• After changing the EEPROM, some SPs do not have the correct values.
• Because of this, steps 10 to 12 must be done.
10. Set the machine serial number SP5-811-001, Area selection SP5-807-001, CPM set SP5-882-001.
• For information on how to configure the above SPs, contact the supervisor in your branch office.
11. Cycle the power off/on.
12. Use SP5-801-002 “Memory Clear Engine”.
13. Turn off the machine, and then turn it back on.
14. From the SD card where you saved the NV-RAM data in step 5, download the NV-RAM data with SP5-825-
001.
15. Turn off the machine, and then remove the SD card from SD slot 2.
16. Turn on the main power switch.
17. Check the factory setting sheet and the SMC data printout from step 2, and set the user tool and SP settings
so they are the same as before.
18. Execute ACC (Copy and Printer).
Controller Box
• If the optional counter interface unit is installed, remove the optional counter interface unit before
removing the controller box.
5. Release two screws and two tabs for attaching the relay board [A] and FFC, to release the FFC.
312
313
7. Release the clamp of the harness to the ADF [A].
9. Remove the controller box cover [A] with the HDD [B].
10. Disconnect all the connectors on the BiCU [A].

Remove the clamps to make room for removal of the BiCU [A].
314

• Remove the grounding wire [A] and connector [B] from the left side of the controller box.
• Remove the harness guide [C] while releasing the harnesses on it.
315
12. Remove the brackets ([A] and [B]), and two screws from the right side of the controller box.
13. Remove the controller box [A].
PSU (AC), PSU (DC)
• Do not touch the areas outlined in red in the following diagrams when replacing the PSU. Residual
charge on the board may cause electric shock.
• For 100V:
316
• For 200V:
1. Remove the controller box. (Controller Box)

3. Disconnect the harness and remove the harness guide [A]. ( ×3, ×2, Hook ×1)
4. The next step varies according to the parts that you want to remove.
• For removing the PSUs with the bracket, disconnect the connectors on the PSU (AC) [A] and PSU
317
(DC) [B].
• For removing the PSU (DC) alone, remove the PSU (DC) [A]. ( ×4, ×5, Locking wire saddle
×1)
• For removing the PSU (AC) alone, remove the PSU (AC) [A].
318
AC Detection Board
1. Remove the PSU with the bracket. (PSU (AC), PSU (DC))
2. Remove the AC detection board with the bracket [A]. ( × 1, × 1)
3. Remove the AC detection board [A]. ( × 2, × 1)
Power Pack (Development)
2. Disconnect the harness and remove the harness guide [A]. ( × 1, hook × 3)
319
• Release the harness guide [A] as shown below.
3. Remove the power pack (Development) [A] with the bracket. ( × 5, hook × 1)
4. Remove the power pack (Development) [A]. ( × 5, × 1)
Power Pack (Transfer)
2. Disconnect the harness attached to the power pack’s bracket, and then remove the power pack [A] with the
320
bracket. ( × 3, × 1)
Removing the Power Pack (Transfer) Alone
2. Remove the power pack (Transfer) [A]. ( × 5, × 1)
PSU Fan

3. Remove the screws of the fan cover [B]. ( × 4)
321
4. Disconnect the connectors and pull out the PSU fan [A] with the cover.
5. Remove the cover from the PSU fan [A]. ( × 2)
• Install the PSU fan with its label facing the inside of the machine.
PCDU Cooling Fan

2. Remove the PCDU cooling fan [A] with the duct. ( × 2, × 1)
3. Remove the PCDU cooling fan [A]. ( × 2, hook × 4)
322
• Install the PCDU cooling fan with its label facing the inside of the machine.
Fusing Fan

2. Remove the fusing fan [A] with the cover. ( × 2, × 1)
3. Remove the cover from the fusing fan [A].
• Install the fusing fan with its label facing the outside of the machine.
323
Temperature/Humidity Sensor

3. Remove the temperature/humidity sensor [A]. ( × 1, × 1)
Image Creation Temperature Sensor
1. Remove the toner transport section. (Toner Transport Section)

2. Remove the image creation temperature sensor [A] while releasing the harness of the image creation
324
temperature sensor from the harness guide [B]. ( × 1, × 1)
Interlock Switches

325
4. Remove the interlock switch cover [A]. ( × 3)
5. Remove the Interlock switches [A]. ( × each 2)
DC Switch
2. Remove the DC switch cover [A]. ( × 2, × 1)
326
3. Remove the DC switch [A] with the bracket. ( × 2)
4. Remove the DC switch [A]. ( × 1, × 1)
327
5.System Maintenance
5. System Maintenance
Service Program Mode
SP Tables

• Service Program Mode
• SP Tables - SP1-XXX
• Printer SP Mode
• Scanner SP Mode
• Input and Output Check
328
Firmware Update (SD Card)
Overview
In order to update the firmware of this machine, it is necessary to download the latest version of firmware on a SD
card.
Insert the SD card in SD card slot 2 beside the left rear of the controller box.
Types of firmware update files, supported update methods:
Individual firmware N/A Available Available N/A

Package firmware Available Available Available Available
SFU SD Card RFU ARFU
Firmware Type
Firmware type Firmware location

System/Copy Controller Board
Engine BiCU
Operation Panel Smart Operation Panel
ADF ADF
Bank Bank
FCU FCU
Network Support Smart Operation Panel – CPU board
Bank2 Bank
BIOS BiCU
HDD format option Controller Board
RPCS Controller Board
PS Controller Board
RPDL Controller Board
R98 Controller Board
RPGL Controller Board
RTIFF Controller Board
PCL Controller Board
PCLXL Controller Board
MSIS Controller Board
PDF Controller Board
PictBridge Controller Board
PJL Controller Board
329
Firmware type Firmware location

MediaPrint: JPEG Controller Board
MediaPrint: TIFF Controller Board
XPS Controller Board
FONT Controller Board
FONT1 Controller Board
FONT2 Controller Board
Copy apl Smart Operation Panel – CPU board
NetworkDocBox Smart Operation Panel – CPU board
Fax apl Smart Operation Panel – CPU board
Printer apl Smart Operation Panel – CPU board
Scanner apl Smart Operation Panel – CPU board
Remote Fax apl Smart Operation Panel – CPU board
MIB Smart Operation Panel – CPU board
Websupport Smart Operation Panel – CPU board
WebUapl Smart Operation Panel – CPU board
CSPF Smart Operation Panel – CPU board
What is Included in the Firmware Package
Modules included in the firmware package are indicated by ticks ( ).

Firmware not included in the package require updating by SD cards, etc.
Included Firmware
- aics
animation
Application Site
BluetoothService
CheetahSystem
- CSPF
- Data Erase Onb
- EcoInfoWidget
Engine
- External Auth
Fax
- FaxInfoWidget
GWFCU3.8-9(WW)
330
Procedure
• A SD card is a precision device, so when you handle an SD card, respect the following.
• When the power is switched ON, do not insert or remove a card.
• During installation, do not switch the power OFF.
• Since the card is manufactured to high precision, do not store it in a hot or humid location, or in direct
sunlight.
• Do not bend the card, scratch it, or give it a strong shock.
• Before downloading firmware on an SD card, check whether write-protection of the SD card is
canceled. If write-protection is enabled, an error code (error code 44, etc.) will be displayed during
download, and the download will fail.
• Before updating firmware, remove the network cable from this machine.
• If SC818 is generated during software update, switch the power OFF -> ON, and complete the update
which was interrupted.
• During software update, network cables, remove interface cables, wireless boards, etc., (so that they are
not accessed during update).
Update procedure
1. First download the new firmware to the SD card.

3. Remove the SD card slot covers [A].
4. Insert the SD card into SD card slot 2 [A: Lower Slot].
331
• Check whether the card is properly in the SD card slot. When a SD card is inserted, a click is heard,
and it is locked.
• To remove the card, release by pressing once.
6. Wait until the update screen starts (about 45 seconds).
When it appears, "Please Wait" is displayed.
7. Check whether a program installation screen is displayed. (English display) When the SD card contains two
or more software modules, they are displayed as follows.
<<When two or more software names are displayed>>

1. Press the module selection button or [1] - [5] on the 10-key pad.
2. Choose the appropriate module. (If already selected, cancel the selection)
Operation of keys or buttons
Keys or buttons to press Contents
[Exit] or 10-key pad [0] Returns to normal screen.
[Start] Key Select all modules.
[Clear/Stop] key Cancel all selections.
Display contents
On the above screen, two programs, i.e., engine firmware and printer application are displayed. (The screen
may change depending on the firmware or application).
The display contents are as follows:
Display Contents
ROM: Display installed module number / version information.
NEW: Display module number / version information in the card.
332
The upper row corresponds to the module name, the lower row corresponds to the version number.
8. Select the module with the module selection button or 10 key pad operation. The selected module is
highlighted, and [Verify] and [Update] are displayed.
• Depending on the combination of modules to update, it may not be possible to select all of them
simultaneously.
<<Key or button operations>>

Keys or buttons to press Contents
[Update] or [#] key Update the ROM of the selected module.
[Verify] button or [./*] key Perform verification of the selected module.
9. Press the [Update] or [#] key, and perform software update.
10. During firmware update, a "firmware update/ verification progress screen" is displayed. When firmware
update is complete, a "firmware update end screen" is displayed.
• In the middle row, the name of the module currently being updated is displayed. (in this case, the printer
module is being updated)
• In the lower row, a progress bar is displayed in ten steps. (The more *, the more the progress.)
<<Firmware update end screen>>
• This screen is displayed when all selected firmware modules are to be updated. "Printer" in the second
row shows that the module updated last is the printer. (When more than one were updated
simultaneously, only the module that was updated last is displayed.)
333
• When Verify has completed normally, the Update done display of the above screen is "Verify done." If
"Verify Error" is displayed, reinstall the software of the application displayed in the lower row.
11. After turning the main power OFF, remove the SD card.
12. Turn the main power ON again, and check whether the machine is operating normally.
13. Return the SD card slot cover to the original position.
• When the power supply is switched OFF during firmware update, update is interrupted, and the power is
switched ON again, normal operation cannot be guaranteed.
• To guarantee operation, an update error continues to be displayed until update is successful.
• In this case, insert the SD card again, switch the power ON, and continue download of firmware from
the SD card automatically.
• The PS3 firmware program is included in the preinstalled PDF firmware. In the default state, although
the PS3 firmware program is hidden in the disabled state, the function is enabled by installing the PS3
card. (The program installed in the PS3 card is a dongle (key) for enabling the PS3 function).
• Due to the above specification, the self-diagnosis result report shows the ROM module number /
software version of the PDF firmware at the PS location.
Preparation
• If the SD card is blank, copy the entire "romdata" folder onto the SD card.
• If the card already contains the "romdata" folder, copy the "D296" folder onto the card.
• If the card already contains folders up to "D296", copy the necessary firmware files (e.g. D296xxxx.fwu) into
this folder.
• Do not put multiple machine firmware programs on the same SD card. Copy the only model firmware
you want.
Error Screens During Updating
EXX shows an error code.

For error codes, refer to the following table:
Error Code List
334
Code Contents Solutions

20 Physical address mapping cannot be • Switch the main power supply off and on to try
performed. again.
• Re-insert the SD card to reboot it.
• Replace the controller board if the above solutions
do not solve the problem.
21 Insufficient memory for the download • Switch the main power supply off and on to try
again.
• Replace the controller board if the updating cannot
be done by switching the power off and on.
22 Decompression of compressed data failed. • Switch the main power supply off and on to try
again.
• Replace the SD card used for the update.
24 SD card access error • Re-insert the SD card.
• Switch the main power supply off and on to try
again.
• Replace the SD card used for the update.
32 The SD card used after download suspension • Insert the SD card containing the same program as
is incorrect. when the firmware update was suspended, and
SD cards are different between the one which then switch the main power supply off and on to
was inserted before power interruption and try again.
the one which was inserted after power • There is a possibility that the SD card is damaged
interruption. if the update cannot be done after the correct SD
card has been inserted. In this case, try again with
a different SD card.
Replace all relevant boards if the update is done
for the BiCU and FCU.
Replace the operation panel unit if the update is
done for the operation panel.
33 Card version error. • Install the correct ROM update data for each
The wrong card version is downloaded. version in the SD card.
34 Destination error. • Install the correct ROM update data for each
A card for the wrong destination is inserted. destination (JPN/ EXP/ OEM) in the SD card.
335

35 Model error. • Install the correct ROM update data for each
A card for the wrong model is inserted. model in the SD card.
36 Module error. • Install the program to be updated in advance.
The program to be downloaded does not • There is a possibility that the SD card containing
exist on the main unit. the program to be updated has not been mounted.
The download destination specified by the Check to confirm that the SD card has been
card does not match up to the destination for correctly mounted.
the main unit’s program. • The SD card is incorrect if the program to be
updated has been correctly installed. In this case,
insert the correct SD card.
38 The version of the downloaded program has • Make sure that the program to be overwritten is
not been authorized for the update. the specified version.
40 Engine download fails. • Switch the main power supply off and on to try
again.
• If the download fails again, replace the controller
board and the BiCU.
41 Fax download fails. • Switch the main power supply off and on to try
again.
board and the FCU board.
42 Control panel / language download fails. • Switch the main power supply off and on to try
again.
board and the operation panel unit.
43 Printing download fails. • Switch the main power supply off and on to try
again.
• The SD card media is damaged if the update fails
again. Replace the SD card media.
44 The data to be overwritten cannot be • Switch the main power supply off and on to try
accessed when controller-related programs again.
are downloaded. • Install the correct ROM update data in the SD
card.
• Replace the controller board if the data to be
overwritten is contained on the controller board.
49 Firmware updates are currently prohibited. • The setting of Update Firmware in the
Administrator Tools has been set to [Prohibit] by
an administrator. Amend the setting to [Do not
Prohibit] and try again.
336

50 The results of the electronic authorization • Install the correct ROM update data in the SD
check have rejected the update data. card.
57 @Remote is not connected at the date/time • Check the @Remote connection.
reserved for receiving the package firmware
update from the network.
58 Update cannot be done due to a reception • Check the @Remote connection.
route problem.
59 HDD is not mounted. • Check the HDD connection.
60 HDD could not be used during the package • Try again.
firmware update. • Replace the HDD if the download fails again.
61 The module ID for the package firmware • Prepare the correct package files.
update is incorrect.
62 The configuration of the package firmware • Prepare the correct package files.
update files is incorrect.
63 Reception fails due to the power off at the • Update is to be done automatically when the next
reserved date/time of the remote firmware reception time has elapsed.
64 Reception fails due to the power off at the • Reset the reservation date/time for the remote
reserved date/time of the package firmware update.
65 Reception fails due to the status error of the • Update is to be done automatically when the next
machine at the reserved date/time of the reception time has elapsed.
remote firmware update from the network.
66 Reception failed due to the status error of the • Reset the reservation date/time for the remote
machine at the reserved date/time of the update.
package firmware update from the network.
67 Acquisition of the latest version information • Check that the network is connected correctly.
from the Gateway fails at the reserved
date/time of the remote firmware update
from the network.
from the Gateway fails.
69 Download fails at the reserved date/time of • Check that the network is connected correctly.
the remote firmware update from the
network.
70 Package firmware download from the • Check that the network is connected correctly.
network fails.
337

71 Network communication error occurs at the • Check that the network is connected correctly.
reserved date/time of the package firmware
72 The setting of @Remote is invalid at the • Set the setting of @Remote Service in the
reserved date/time of the package firmware Administrator Tools to [Do not Prohibit].
57 @Remote is not connected at the date/time • Check the @Remote connection.
reserved for receiving the package firmware
58 Update cannot be done due to a reception • Check the @Remote connection.
route problem.
59 HDD is not mounted. • Check the HDD connection.
60 HDD could not be used during the package • Try again.
firmware update. • Replace the HDD if the download fails again.
61 The module ID for the package firmware • Prepare the correct package files.
update is incorrect.
62 The configuration of the package firmware • Prepare the correct package files.
update files is incorrect.
63 Reception fails due to the power off at the • Update is to be done automatically when the next
reserved date/time of the remote firmware reception time has elapsed.
64 Reception fails due to the power off at the • Reset the reservation date/time for the remote
reserved date/time of the package firmware update.
65 Reception fails due to the status error of the • Update is to be done automatically when the next
machine at the reserved date/time of the reception time has elapsed.
remote firmware update from the network.
66 Reception failed due to the status error of the • Reset the reservation date/time for the remote
machine at the reserved date/time of the update.
package firmware update from the network.
from the Gateway fails at the reserved
date/time of the remote firmware update
from the network.
from the Gateway fails.
69 Download fails at the reserved date/time of • Check that the network is connected correctly.
338

the remote firmware update from the
network.
70 Package firmware download from the • Check that the network is connected correctly.
network fails.
71 Network communication error occurs at the • Check that the network is connected correctly.
reserved date/time of the package firmware
72 The setting of @Remote is invalid at the • Set the setting of @Remote Service in the
reserved date/time of the package firmware Administrator Tools to [Do not Prohibit].
• The PDF firmware installed as standard contains a program required to print PS3 data as default.
However, this PS3 program is normally disabled.
• The PS3 firmware is a dongle (key) which enables PS3 data printing functions. When the PS3 firmware
is installed, the PS3 program in the PDF firmware is enabled. Due to this specification, the self-
diagnosis result report shows the ROM part number/software version of the PDF firmware contained in
the PS3 program.
339
Firmware Update (Remote Firmware Update)

In this machine, software can be updated by remote control using @Remote.

RFU Performable Condition
RFU is performable for a device which meets the following conditions.

1. The customer consents to the use of RFU.
2. The device is connected to a network via TCP/IP for @Remote.
340
Firmware Update (Smart Firmware Update)
• A HDD unit must be installed on the machine to enable the SFU or the package firmware update via SD
card.
Overview
Each firmware module (such as System/Copy, Engine, etc) used to be updated individually. However, an all-
inclusive firmware package (package_ALL) is now available.
There are two ways to update using the firmware package.
• Package Firmware Update via a network: SFU (Smart Firmware Update)
• Package Firmware Update with an SD card
Package Firmware Update via a network: SFU (Smart Firmware Update)
• There are two methods for SFU.

• Immediate Update: To update the firmware when visiting
• Update at the next visit: To set the date and time for downloading. The firmware will be automatically
downloaded beforehand and updated at the following visit.
• “Update at the next visit” is recommended since firmware download may take some minutes due to the
network condition.
• SFU requires the connection to @Remote via a device which has the embedded @Remote
communicating function. When a machine is connected to @Remote via an intermediate device (RC
Gate), the SFU function is disabled.
Other than SFU, package firmware update can also be performed by using the following three methods.
• Package Firmware Update via a network: ARFU (Auto Remote Firmware Update)
• Package Firmware Update via an SD Card
• Package Firmware Update via a network: RFU (Remote Firmware Update)
341

Immediate Update
Enter the [Firmware Update] menu in the SP mode and update the package firmware.
• The [Firmware Update] button will appear even when a machine is connected to @Remote with a
device which does not have an embedded @Remote communicating function.
• If an error code is displayed, refer to Error Screens During Updating (Error Screens During Updating).
2. Touch [Firmware Update].
3. Touch [Update].
342
4. Touch [Execute Update].
5. Touch [YES].
6. The following display will be displayed.
• If the error code E66, which indicates that the download of the firmware has failed, is displayed,
implement this procedure from step 1.
• Update will be started automatically after the download is finished.
• When the machine is in the update mode, the automatic update is suspended if a print job is
implemented. After the print job is finished, touch [YES] on the display shown with the following
343
picture to restart updating.
7. [Update done] is displayed.

• The machine will automatically reboot itself.
• The figures at the lower right of the display indicate “Number of updated items/ All items to be
updated”.
Update at the Next Visit (Reserve)
It is possible to set the machine to download the package firmware which is necessary for SFU in advance, and
then perform the actual installation at the next service visit. This saves waiting time for the firmware to download
at the service visit.
344
How to Set the Machine to Download Firmware Later (RESERVE)
Enter the [Firmware Update] menu in the SP mode and update the package firmware.
• The [Firmware Update] button will appear even when a machine is connected to @Remote with a
device which does not have an embedded @Remote communicating function. If an error code is
displayed, refer to Error Screens During Updating (Error Screens During Updating).
3. Touch [Reserve].
4. Touch [Reservation setting].
5. Enter the dates and times of next visit and start of receiving data.
• ”Next time to visit this customer”: The package firmware will be automatically downloaded by this
345
time/date.
• ”When to receive? (1-7)”: The download of the package firmware will begin this number of days before
the next visit.
Successful Download
In the two diagrams below, the firmware is set to be downloaded by the day before the next scheduled visit. In the
first diagram, the download is successful on the first try. In the second diagram, the download fails three times and
is successful on the fourth try.
• If the firmware download fails or cannot be completed due to the network settings/condition, no power to the
machine, or other reason, the machine will continue retrying every six hours until the scheduled deadline (up
to a maximum of four tries). For example, if the download is set for the day before the next visit, the machine
will attempt the download at 24 hours before the visit, and then continue trying every six hours (max. four
tries total).
• The retry is only performed in cases when the firmware download has failed.
• If the machine is in Energy Saver mode when the download is scheduled to begin, the download will be
performed in the background and the machine/panel will stay in Energy Saver mode.
• The download will continue uninterrupted even if the customer initiates a print job, copy job, fax receiving or
other operation while the download is in progress.
• The download will be terminated if the customer turns the power off while the download is in progress.
• If the download cannot be completed successfully by the time of the next scheduled visit, the machine will
stop trying to download the firmware.
346
How to Check if the Firmware Downloaded with RESERVE

3. Touch [Reserve].
4. Touch [Reserve and received package information].
5. Check the information displayed.

When the package firmware is downloaded successfully, the details of the download result are displayed as
the following picture shows.
347
• This information will only be displayed if the reserved firmware has already been downloaded. If
not, all the data items are indicated with “-”.
How to Install Firmware Downloaded with RESERVE

3. Touch [Update].
348
4. Touch [Execute Update].
5. Check the version of the received package firmware, and then touch [YES].
• Update is started.
• If the version of the reserved package in the HDD is older than the latest version, the messages
shown in the following picture are displayed.
• If you wish to download the latest version, touch [Execute] beside the message “Download and
update the latest package.” Then update of the package firmware will be started.
• If you wish to update using the firmware in the HDD (old version), touch [Execute] beside the
message “Update to the received package.”
6. [Update done] message is displayed.
349
• The machine will automatically reboot itself.
updated”.
Update via SD card
Update with an SD card, which is the conventional method, is available if you write the package firmware
to the SD card.
• If an error code is displayed, refer to Error Screens During Updating (Error Screens During Updating).
1. Create a new folder in the SD card, and then name it “package”.
2. Copy the package firmware (xxxxxxxx.pkg) to this folder.
• If you copy the package firmware into the conventional “romdata” folder, the update will not work.
350
• Only one version of the package firmware should be copied into the folder. If you copy multiple
versions of package firmware to the SD card, the machine will select only one version of the
firmware randomly.
4. Insert the SD card which contains the package into SD card slot 2 (for service).
5. Turn the power ON and touch [Update].
• When the SD card contains both a firmware package and one or more modules, the following
display may show up. Select [Package] and touch [OK] to move to step 4 above.
6. Update is started automatically after the package firmware download to the HDD has been completed.
351
7. When update is completed, “Update done” is displayed.
updated”.
8. Turn the main power switch OFF, and then pull out the SD card from SD card slot 2.
352
Firmware Update (Auto Remote Firmware Update)
• Auto remote firmware update (ARFU) requires connection to the Internet. Be sure to get permission
from the customer before setting up this feature.
Overview
By Auto Remote Firmware Update (ARFU), the firmware is updated by checking the global server every 76 hours
and downloading the latest package if it is newer than the one installed on the machine.
Function Overview

What is Included in the Firmware Package
Modules included in the firmware package are indicated by ticks ( ) in the firmware download web site.
Firmware not included in the package require updating by SD cards, etc.
Included Firmware
- aics
animation
Application Site
BluetoothService
CheetahSystem
- CSPF
- Data Erase Onb
- EcoInfoWidget
Engine
- External Auth
Fax
- FaxInfoWidget
353
Included Firmware
GWFCU3.8-9(WW)
Downloading and Updating Process
Downloads the Latest Package
The machine checks the server for the latest package version.
If the version of the package on the global server is later than that of the package installed on the machine, or if
the machine has not downloaded the firmware package, the machine downloads the latest package in the
background even when the customer is using the machine.
If download fails, the machine will retry downloading 76 hours later.
The downloaded package can also be used with SFU (Smart Firmware Update). A package downloaded with SFU
(Smart Firmware Update) can be used with ARFU (Auto Remote Firmware Update) and vice versa.
When replacing the hard disk, the firmware package data becomes lost from the hard disk. Even if the latest
firmware is on the new hard disk, be sure to receive the latest package data.
When the machine connects to the server where the package files are stored, the DNS settings and the name
solution by DNS are needed. The machine will still try to download the package even if the name cannot be
resolved, but will fail because the name is not resolved.
The time and date to send the next inquiry to the global server can be checked with SP5-886-116 (Farm Update
Setting: Auto Update Next Date).
The auto remote firmware update is executed every 76 hours.
Judgement of ARFU
Update judgement is done when the latest update package is successfully downloaded, or the package has already
been downloaded.
354
If the judgement timing is in the range of the update prohibited time or day set with SP or WIM, the machine will
retry the update after 76 hours.
If the machine is in use when the judgement process runs, the process is retried. Retry is done up to three times
every hour (can be changed with SP) and if the machine is in use for all three retries, the machine will retry the
update after 76 hours
355
Situations judged as machine in use
No. Situations judged as machine in use

1 When the control panel is used within 30 seconds
2 During firmware update
3 While firmware update is disabled
4 While printing (copy, printer, fax, re-printing via network)
5 While scanning (copy, scanner, fax)
6 Retrieving image data via network
7 While initial setting (User Tools settings) or SP is being set
8 While fax is transferring data
9 During on hook / on handset
10 During the PC-FAX process (from PC to machine data transfer to the end of the job)
11 While shifting to/from the energy server mode
12 When not being able to run firmware update due to the modules that are running
e.g.) Waiting for DCS transfer (refer to appendix), accessing devices such as HDD/SD card, etc.
13 While displaying a preview
14 While the document server function is in use
15 Connecting to TWAIN
16 During the interrupt copy process
17 While displaying the printer menu
18 While updating the display for the document server function via WIM or for stored fax documents
19 While writing log information
20 While accessing the address book
21 During SC
Update Process
When the machine has decided to run the auto firmware update, the following message is displayed.
The popup will have "Cancel" and "OK" buttons and the update process will start either when the "OK" button is
selected or 30 seconds has passed.
356
When the "Cancel" button is selected, the machine will run the "Retry update" process.
When the device update and three retries in recovery mode both fail, it is determined as a device defect and will
display an SC for the defective device. If such an SC appears, replace the indicated board. In the case of SC845,
the SC cannot be reported to the call center.
Device and corresponding SC number
Device name SC number

Engine board SC845-01
Controller board SC845-02
Operation panel (normal panel) SC845-03
Operation panel (smart panel) SC845-04
FCU SC845-05
Canceling the update
It is possible to cancel the Auto Remote Firmware Update (ARFU) or update in recovery mode from the operation
panel.
But this is not possible while updating the operation panel itself. On the other hand, the update for the operation
panel will run at the final stage of the update. Thus canceling the update at that stage has no real effect.
When the update is cancelled, the machine will reboot when updates for all modules of one of the following
devices is done.
1. Engine Board
2. FCU
357
3. Controller Board
4. Operation Panel
For example, when the update process is cancelled while updating the first module of the operation panel, the
machine will reboot when all modules in the operation panel have been updated.
The firmware contents included in the package can be referred to in the release note in the SERES release of the
package.
The next update will run 76 hours after the cancellation. The old (cancelled) package will be discarded if the
package downloaded 76 hours later is the latest.
Checking the ARFU Result

2. Press [Firmware update].
3. Press [Update].
4. Press [Update Package Information].
5. If the firmware package is the same as the one on the global server, the update was completed successfully.
Otherwise, check the result using the logging date.
In SP7-520-041 to -045 (Update Log: Auto:Version), you can check the versions of the packages updated by
ARFU. (-041 displays the latest result. It is also printed on the SMC sheet.)
Checking the Result Using the Logging Data

2. Press [System/Copy].
3. Check the results for ARFU by SP7-520-051 to 060 (Update Log: Auto:Result)
"-051" is the latest update result. For details about the number of each result log, see the next section
“Related SP.”
Related SP
SP Number Selection Overview

Def.
SP5-886-111 0: OFF Sets auto update by ARFU ON/OFF .
1: ON
SP5-886-112 0: OFF Will not run the update when update prohibited time setting is ON and the
1: ON current time is in the range of the time set.
SP5-886-113 0 to 23 • Start time < End time: Prohibited time is from the start time to the end
9 time on the same day.
SP5-886-114 0 to 23 • Start time > End time: Prohibited time is from the start time to the end
17 time on the next day.
• Start time == End time: Prohibited time setting is disabled. (Update will
358
SP Number Selection Overview

Def.
not be prohibited.)
SP5-886-115 0: OFF Even when the update function is disabled, downloading the package is
1: ON allowed.
The downloaded package can be used with SFU.
SP5-886-116 Display Displays when the latest package check will run.
only
SP5-886-117 1 to 24 Set time for the next version check after retry.
1
SP5-886-120 0x00 Update will not run if the corresponding bit for each day below is set to 1.
• Prohibited at all times: bit 7
• Monday: bit 6
• Tuesday: bit 5
• Wednesday: bit 4
• Thursday: bit 3
• Friday: bit 2
• Saturday: bit 1
• Sunday: bit 0
This setting is not changed by the prohibited time setting.
e.g.) Prohibited on Mon., Fri., Sat., and Sun. : 0x47 (01000111)
SP7-520-011 to Display History of dates and times when update has started.
015 only The five most recent are recorded, the lowest number being most recent.
If the last update failed, this is not recorded.
SP7-520-021 Display History of dates and times when update has finished.
to 025 only The five most recent are recorded, the lowest number being most recent.
The record is created when the update has successfully finished.
When the update is cancelled, no record is created.
SP7-520-031 Display History of the package numbers (including suffix) for which update has
to 035 only completed.
The five most recent are recorded, the lowest number being most recent.
SP7-520-041 Display History of the package versions for which update has completed.
to 045 only The five most recent are recorded, the lowest number being most recent.
SP7-520-051 Display History of the results of the download and the update.
to 060 only Refer below for the numbers set.
359
Numbers set for the result history for SP7-520-051 to 060
No. Result Description

1 Downloading with SFU Cannot download or update because the machine is now
downloading the package for SFU.
2 HDD not installed Cannot download or update because the machine has no HDD.
3 Updating with SFU Cannot download or update because the machine is being updated
with SFU.
4 HDD error Cannot download or update because the HDD cannot be used.
5 Version information obtain error Cannot download or update because the version information
cannot be obtained.
6 Update download error Cannot download or update because the update download failed.
In the non @Remote method, this shows that the download failed
because there was no proxy set.
7 Name resolution error Cannot download or update because the name cannot be resolved
upon downloading the update.
8 Auto update setting disabled The package has been downloaded but will not run the update
because SP5-886-111 (auto update setting) is disabled and SP5-
886-115 (auto download setting for SFU) is enabled.
9 Update prohibited time Cannot start to update because the auto update prohibited time
setting (SP5-886-112) is enabled and the time update initiated
was in the range of prohibited time (SP5-886-113 to 114).
Or the day which update was initiated was a day for which update
was prohibited (SP5-886-120).
10 Update postponed due to machine in Cannot start update due to the following conditions when update
use was initiated.
• The machine is in use by a user (the panel was used within
30 seconds)
• Machine offline for other reasons
• Operation prohibited
• Displaying SP/UP menu
• Firmware update is running with another method
• Configuration change prohibited
• Verifying the operation panel (smart panel)
11 Update cancelled by user Update was cancelled because a user selected "Cancel" in the
popup shown before starting the update.
12 Offline failed Cannot start to update because the machine is offline for other
reasons.
13 Update successful Update was started and successfully completed.
360
No. Result Description

14 Update failed Update was started but failed.
15 Update deemed completed Update was cancelled after the process was initiated because a
user selected “Cancel”. There is no need to resume the update due
to one of the following reasons:
• A newer update has been released and received.
• When retrying ARFU, the update has already been
completed by another method.
16 Update cancelled by user after Update was cancelled after the process initiated because a user
update initiated selected "Cancel" during the update.
17 Version information obtain error Cannot download or update because the name cannot be resolved
(communication error occurred for when obtaining version information.
hostname)
18 Version information obtain error Cannot download or update because the proxy verification failed
(proxy verification failure) with proxy settings when obtaining version information.
19 Version information obtain error Cannot download or update because an error other than proxy
(other than proxy verification failure verification with proxy settings occurred when obtaining version
when proxy is set) information.
20 Update download error (proxy Cannot download or update because the proxy verification failed
verification failure) with proxy settings when downloading the package.
21 Update download error (other than Cannot download or update because an error other than proxy
proxy verification failure when verification with proxy settings occurred when downloading the
proxy is set) package.
22 Update by retry successful After power failure, unsuccessful update, or rebooting, update by
retry is executed successfully.
However, this does not apply to the case where the update was
cancelled after the process was initiated because a user selected
“Cancel”.
In this case, the update is “successful” if the retry is not executed
between the start and completion of the next update (76 hours
after the cancellation).
361
Updating JavaVM
Creating an SD Card for Updating
1. Download the update modules from Firmware Download Center. As one of the model modules, "Java VM
v12 UpdateTool" is available for download. (The version differs depending on the model.)
2. Unzip the downloaded file. Copy the whole "sdk" folder to the root of the SD card directly below.
• When unzipping the downloaded file, two subfolders ("update" and "sdk") exist in the "sdk" folder.
Rather than just copying the subfolder "sdk", copy the whole folder "sdk".
Updating Procedure
• SD card can be inserted with the machine power off.

• During the updating process, do not turn OFF the power.
• If you turn OFF the power during the updating, the machine performance is not guaranteed. (There is a
possibility that an SC and boot failure occurs.)
• If you accidentally turn OFF the power during the updating, retry the updating procedure from the
beginning. (If the update fails again, you will need to replace the controller board.)
1. If the boot priority application is set to the ESA application, switch to the copy application. ([System
Settings]-[General Features]-[Function Priority])
2. Insert the SD card you created into the service slot, and then turn ON the power.
3. Take a note of the current Heap size. ([Extended Feature Settings] – [Administrator Tools] – [Heap/Stack
Size Settings])
The Heap size setting is changed to the initial setting when updating.
5. Insert the SD card for update into the service slot.
7. After booting Java VM, update of the application is started. "Updating SDK/J" appears in the banner
message of the touch panel display. (Estimated time: about 2 minutes)
8. After completing the update and starting the Java VM, "Update SDK / J done SUCCESS" appear in the
banner message of the touch panel display. After turning OFF the power, remove the SD card from the slot.
When you fail to update, "Update SDK/J done FAIL" is displayed. You can confirm the cause of the error
message below.
10. Reconfigure the Heap size. ([Extended Feature Settings]-[Administrator Tools]-[Heap/Stack Size Settings]).
See the manual for the ESA application to know what value to set for the heap size.
11. Return to the previous setting for the boot priority application.
362
List of Error Messages
Update results are output as a text file on the SD card called "sdkjversionup.log" in the "\sdk \update" folder.
Result File contents Description of the output
Success script file = /mnt/sd0/sdk/update/bootscript Boot script path
2012/08/22 17:57:47 start Boot scripts processing start time
2012/08/22 17:59:47 end SUCCESS End time boot script processing, the results
Failure script file = /mnt/sd0/sdk/update/bootscript Boot script path
2012/08/22 17:57:47 start Boot scripts processing start time
XXXX Error Error message (Possibly multiple)
2012/08/22 17:57:57 end FAIL End time boot script processing, the results
Error Message Cause Remedy

PIECEMARK Applied the wrong updating Use the correct updating tool for this model.
Error,machine=XXXXX tool (Using the updating
tool of a different model)
pasePut() - error : The file of the Inadequacy with the SD Re-create the SD card for updating.
copy origin is not found card for updating
Put Error! (Files are missing in the
updating tool)
paseCopy() - error : The file of Inadequacy SD card for Inadequacy SD card for updating
the copy origin is not found. updating (Files in the updating tool are missing)
Copy Error! (Files in the updating tool
are missing)
[file name: XX] error,No space Writing destination is full. Uninstall the unnecessary SDK applications.
left on device (The NAND flash memory If you can not uninstall it, implement
pasePut() - error : The on the controller board is escalation, stating the "model name,
destination directory cannot be full.) application configuration, SMC sheet (SP5-
made. 990-006/024/025), and error file."
pasePut() - error : fileCopy
Error.
Put Error!
[file name: XX] error,No space Writing destination is full. Uninstall the unnecessary SDK applications.
left on device (The NAND flash memory If you can not uninstall it, implement
paseCopy() - error : The on the controller board is escalation stating the "model name,
destination directory cannot be full.) application configuration, SMC sheet (SP5-
made. 990-006/024/025), and error file."
paseCopy() - error : fileCopy
Error.
363
Error Message Cause Remedy

Copy Error!
Put Error! *1 Error, not normally If you cannot uninstall it, implement
Copy Error! *1 expected to occur escalation stating the "model name,
Delete Error! application configuration, SMC sheet (SP5-
[XXXXX] is an unsupported 990-006/024/025), and error file."
command. *1
Version Error Without the foregoing error message, only
"Put Error / Copy Error" will be displayed
364
Capturing the Device Logs
Overview
With this feature, you can save device logs that are stored in the machine (HDD or operation panel) on an SD
card. It allows the Customer Engineer to save and retrieve error information for analysis.
The Capturing Log feature saves device logs for the following four.
• Controller device log including operation log
• Engine device log
• FCU device log
• Operation panel log
• In older models, a technician enabled the logging tool after a problem occurred. After that, when the
problem had been reproduced, the technician was able to retrieve the device log.
• However, this new feature saves the device logs at the time that problems occur. Then you can copy the
logs to an SD card.
• You can retrieve the device logs using a SD card without a network.
• Analysis of the device log is effective for problems caused by the software. Analysis of the device log is
not valid for the selection of defective parts or problems caused by hardware.
• Make sure to shut down and reboot the machine once before retrieving the Debug Logs. Otherwise, the
latest settings may not be collected when the debug logs are retrieved.
Types of device logs that can be saved
Type Storage Timing Destination (maximum

storage capacity)
Controller device • Saved at all times HDD (4 GB) or SD card
log including connected to the service
operation log slot.
When the data gets over
4.0 GB, the older data is
deleted.
Engine device log • When an engine SC occurs HDD or SD card
• When paper feeding/output stop because of a jam connected to the service
• When the machine doors are opened during normal slot (Up to 300 times)
operation
FCU device log • When a specified amount of FCU device log is stored HDD or SD card
in the FCU. If fax application is unavailable (e.g. not connected to the service
installed), the machine does not transfer the log. slot
Operation panel log • When an error related to the operation panel occurs. Memory in the operation
panel.
365
• Device logs are not saved in the following conditions:

• While erasing all memory
• While data encryption equipment is installed
• While changing the firmware configuration
• Forced power OFF (accidentally disconnecting the outlet)
• Engine device log while the machine is shutting down
• When the power supply to the HDD is off because of energy saving (engine OFF mode/STR mode)
• When one of the following SCs occurs: SC672, SC816, SC819, SC878, SC899, SC859, SC860, SC861,
SC863, or SC864
• The following logs are not saved:

• Logs related to the energy saver mode (Engine-off, suspend-mode, or other cases)
Network communication log
Logs related to NRS
IP-FAX log
Access log for unauthorized users (guests)
• HTTP session timeout log
• Auto log-out log
• IC card related log
• Authorization for Fax
Security of the Operation Log
The following operation logs related to security are not saved.

• User ID
• Password
• IP address
• Telephone number
• Encryption key
• Transition to SP mode
Retrieving the Device Logs via Operation Panel
• Retrieve device logs to identify the date of occurrence of the problems and to find details of the
problems
• e.g.: At around 8:00 am on March 10, an engine stall occurred. The operation panel does not respond.
Turn the main power supply off / on.
• Analysis of the device log is effective for problems caused by the software. Analysis of the device log is
not valid for the selection of defective parts or problems caused by hardware.
366
Procedure for Retrieving the Device Log with SD Card
1. Insert the SD card into the slot on the side of the operation panel or the service slot.
• It is recommended to use the SD card (2 GBs* or 8 GBs**) provided as a service part. This is
because the log data can be acquired much faster than when using commercially available SD
cards.
• Format the SD card by using SD Formatter from Panasonic before copying the logs:
https://www.sdcard.org/downloads/formatter_3/ (free software)
• Insert the SD card into the machine's service slot instead of the SD slot on the side of the operation
panel.
* The part number of the SD card with 2 GBs that is registered as a service part is "B6455030".
** The part number of the SD card with 8 GBs that is registered as a service part is "B6455040".
3. Enter SP mode.
4. Specify the date that the problem occurred in SP5-858-101 (Start Date) by setting it to the year-month-day
calendar format.
• For example, if a problem occurred on February 1, 2015, the date should be set to "20150201", as
shown above.
• Be sure to confirm the date when the problem occurred before obtaining the logs.
5. Specify the number of days to collect the logs in SP5-858-102 (Days of Tracing).
• "2" is set by default, which is the minimum needed for investigating the problem.
• A value of "1" to "180" can be set.
6. Execute SP5-858-111 (Acquire All Info & Logs) to copy all of the log types to an SD card.
It is possible to obtain the logs separately by the following SPs.
SP Collectable Information and/or Logs
SP5-858- All of the information and logs that are collected by executing the SPs from SP5-858-121 to
111 SP5-858-145, and SMC.
SP5-858- Configuration page
121
SP5-858- Font page
122
SP5-858- Print settings list
123
SP5-858- Error log
124
SP5-858- Fax information (whether the fax destinations are included or not depends on the setting of
131 SP5-858-103.)
SP5-858- Controller log, engine log, operation panel log, FCU, and SMC.
141
367
SP Collectable Information and/or Logs

SP5-858- Controller log
142
SP5-858- Engine log
143
SP5-858- Operation panel log
144
SP5-858- FCU log
145
SP5-992- SMC
001
7. After executing the SP for copying the information and/or logs, a confirmation screen will appear. To proceed
with obtaining the information and/or logs, tap "Execute"
• The approximate time it takes to transfer the debug log is as follows. Transfer time may be affected
by the type or format of the SD card.
Controller device log (GW device log): 2 - 20 minutes
Engine device log: 2 minutes
Operation panel device log: 2 - 20 minutes
If the estimated time is not calculated due to an error, an error code will be displayed.
Error Description
Code
-1 Other.
-2 No SD card is inserted in the service slot or in the SD slot on the side of the operation panel. In
this case, insert an SD card into either of the SD slots.
-3 The SD card is locked. In this case, unlock the SD card, as shown below.
368
Error Description
Code
[A]: Unlocked, [B]: Locked

8. Wait for the information and/or logs to be copied to the SD card.
9. After a message stating that the process has completed appears on the operation panel, confirm that the LED
light next to the SD card slot is not flashing and then remove the SD card.
10. Make sure that the SD card access LED is off, then remove the SD card.
• The process of obtaining logs fails in the following cases:

- When the size of the logs to obtain exceeds the amount of space available on the SD card.
- When the SD card is removed while the logs are being copied to it.
- When the SD card is not formatted.
• If ‘failed’ appears on the touch panel display, turn the power off, and then recover from step 1
again.
Retrieving the Device Logs via Web Image Monitor
The device logs can be retrieved via the Web Image Monitor.
1. Access the following URL and logon as an administrator:
http://[IP address or host name]/web/entry/df/websys/direct/getSysInfo.cgi
369
2. Specify the date that the problem occurred and the number of days to download the logs. If the fax
destinations need to be included in the fax information, set "On" as "Obtain Fax Destination(s) Information".
Then click "Download".
• "3" is set by default for "Number of days, including date fault occurred, to obtain". However "2",
which is the minimum needed for investigating the problems, is recommended for reducing the
downloading time.
• "Obtain Fax Destination(s) Information" is set to "Off" by default.
3. The confirmation screen will appear and the information and/or logs will start downloading. To proceed to
download the information and/or logs, wait for the open-or-save dialog to appear.
• To cancel downloading, click "Cancel".

• To reconfigure some settings, click "Download again".
370
• Operation panel when downloading the logs:
4. After a while, the open-or-save dialog will appear. Specify where to download and save the file.
• The debug logs are saved with the following file names. These names are the same as the files
downloaded with SD card.
The device logs are saved with the following file names.
Controller log /LogTrace/[the model number]/watching/[yyyymmdd_hhmmss]_[a unique value].gz

(mmesg)
Engine device /LogTrace/[Machine Serial]/engine/[yyyymmdd_hhmmss].gz
log
Operation panel /LogTrace/[the model number]/opepanel/[yyyymmdd_hhmmss].tar.gz
log
SMC /LogTrace/[the model number]/smc/[the model
number]_[5992XXX]_[yyyymmdd]_[hhmmss].csv
Configuration /LogTrace/[the model number]/gps/ConfigrationPage/ConfigrationPage_
page [yyyymmdd_hhmmss].csv
Font page • /LogTrace/[the model number]/gps/FontPage/FontPage_PCL_[the page
number]_[yyyymmdd_hhmmss].jpg
• /LogTrace/[the model number]/gps/FontPage/FontPage_PDF_[the page
• /LogTrace/[the model number]/gps/FontPage/FontPage_PS_[the page
Print settings • /LogTrace/[the model
list number]/gps/PrintSettingList/PrintSettingList_RPGL_[yyyymmdd_hhmmss].txt
• /LogTrace/[the model
number]/gps/PrintSettingList/PrintSettingList_RTIFF_[yyyymmdd_hhmmss].csv
Error log /LogTrace/[the model number]/gps/ErrorLog/[yyyymmdd_hhmmss].csv
371
Fax information /LogTrace/[the model number]/faxreport/[yyyymmdd_hhmmss].csv

FCU debug log /LogTrace/[Machine Serial]/fculog/[yyyymmdd_hhmmss].gz
372
NVRAM Data Upload/Download
Uploading Content of NVRAM to an SD card
Do the following procedure to upload SP code settings from NVRAM to an SD card.
• This data should always be uploaded to an SD card before the NVRAM is replaced.
• Make sure that the write protection of an SD card is unlocked.
1. Do SP5-990-001 (SP Print Mode: All(Data List)) before you switch the machine off. You will need a record
of the NVRAM settings if the upload fails.
Make sure to shut down and reboot the machine once before printing the SMC. Otherwise, the latest settings
may not be collected when the SMC is printed.
3. Remove the SD slot cover [A].
4. Insert the SD card into SD card slot 2 (lower) [A].

6. Do SP5-824-001 (NVRAM Data Upload) and then press [Execute].
7. The following files are coped to an NVRAM folder on the SD card when the upload procedure is finished.
The file is saved to the path and the following filename:
NVRAM\<serial number>.NV
Here is an example with Serial Number "K5000017114":
373
NVRAM\K5000017114.NV
8. In order to prevent an error during the download, be sure to mark the SD card that holds the uploaded data
with the number of the machine from which the data was uploaded.
• You can upload NVRAM data from more than one machine to the same SD card.
Downloading an SD Card to NVRAM
Do the following procedure to download SP data from an SD card to the NVRAM in the machine.
• The NVRAM data download may fail if the SD card with the NVRAM data is damaged, or if the connection
between the controller and BCU is defective.
• Do the download procedure again if the download fails.
• Do the following procedure if the second attempt fails:
• Enter the NVRAM data manually using the SMC print you created before uploading the NVRAM data.
2. Remove the SD slot cover.
3. Insert the SD card with the NVRAM data into SD card slot 2 (lower).
5. Do SP5-825-001 (NVRAM Data Download) and press [Execute].
• The serial number of the file on the SD card must match the serial number of the machine for the
NVRAM data to download successfully. The download fails if the serial numbers do not match.
This procedure does not download the following data to the NVRAM:
• Total Count
• C/O, P/O Count
374
Address Book Upload/Download
Information List
The following information is possible to be uploaded and downloaded.

Information
• Registration No. • Select Title
• User Code • Folder
• E-mail • Local Authentication
• Protection Code • Folder Authentication
• Fax Destination • Account ACL
• Fax Option • New Document Initial ACL
• Group Name • LDAP Authentication
• Key Display
Download
1. Prepare a formatted SD card.

2. Make sure that the write-protection on the SD card is off.
4. Remove the SD slot cover [A] at the left rear side of the machine.
375
5. Install the SD card into the SD card slot 2 (lower) [A] (for service use).

8. Do SP5-846-051 (Backup All Addr Book).
9. Exit the SP mode, and then turn OFF the power.
10. Remove the SD card form the SD card slot 2 (lower).
11. Install the SD slot cover.
• If the capacity of SD card is not enough to store the local user information, an error message is
displayed.
• Carefully handle the SD card, which contains user information. Do not take it back to your
location.
Upload

2. Remove the SD slot cover at the left rear side of the machine.
3. Install the SD card, which has already been uploaded, into the SD card slot 2 (lower).
6. Do SP5-846-052 (Restore All Addr Book).
7. Exit the SP mode, and then turn OFF the power.
8. Remove the SD card form the SD card slot 2 (lower).
9. Install the SD slot cover.
• The counter in the user code information is initialized after uploading.

• The information of an administrator and supervisor cannot be downloaded nor uploaded.
• If there is no data of address book information in the SD card, an error message is displayed.
376
SMC List Card Save Function
Overview
The SMC List Card Save (SP Text Mode) function is used to save the SMC list as CSV files to the SD card
inserted into the operation panel SD card slot.
• Make sure to shut down and reboot the machine once before exporting the SMC sheet data. Otherwise,
the latest settings may not be collected when the SMC is exported.
Procedure

2. Insert the SD card into the operation panel SD-card slot, and then turn ON the power.
3. Enter SP mode.
4. Select [System/Copy SP].
5. Select SP5-992-001 (SP Text Mode) and press [EXECUTE].
6. Select a detail SP number shown below to save data on the SD card.

SP5-992-xxx (SP Text Mode)
Detail No. SMC Categories to Save
001 All (Data List)
002 SP (Mode Data List)
003 User Program
004 Logging Data
005 Diagnostic Report
006 Non-Default
007 NIB Summary
008 Capture Log
021 Copier User Program
022 Scanner SP
023 Scanner User Program
377
Detail No. SMC Categories to Save

024 SDK/J Summary
025 SDK/J Application Info
026 Printer SP
027 Smart Operation Panel SP
028 Smart Operation Panel UP
7. Press [EXECUTE].
8. Press [EXECUTE] again to start. Press [CANCEL] to cancel the saving.
9. “It is executing it” is shown on the screen while executing.
10. Wait for 2 to 3 minutes until “Completed” is shown.
• The SMC list saving may take from 2 to 3 minutes to complete.

378
• Press [CANCEL] to abort executing.

11. Press [Exit] to exit from SP mode.
File Names of the Saved SMC Lists
The SMC list data saved on the SD card will be named automatically. The file naming rules are as follows.
Example:
A:
Machine serial number (fixed for each machine)
B:
SP number saved in this file.
First four digits (5992) in this part are fixed. The other one or two digits are the detail SP number(s). In this case,
it is one digit. Therefore, this file is of SP5-992-001 (All data list). See the upper SP table for the correspondence
between SP detail numbers and the contents.
C:
File creation date
Year/Month/Day (“Zero” will be omitted if each is one digit.)
D:
File creation time
Hour/Minute/Second (“Zero” will be omitted if each is one digit.)
E:
File Extension CSV (Comma Separated Value)
This part is fixed.
• A folder named by the machine serial number will be created on the SD card when this function is
executed.
• This function can save the SMC list data only to an SD card inserted into the operation panel SD card
slot.
Error Messages
SMC List Card Save error message:

• Failed:
FACTOR: Read-only file system, No space left on device.
379
If an error occurs, pressing “Exit” will cause the device to discard the job and return to the ready state.
380
UP/SP Data Import/Export
UP Data Import/Export
Data that can be Imported and Exported
• Copier / Document Server Features

• Printer Features
• Scanner Features
• Facsimile Features
• Browser Features
• Extended Feature Settings
• Program (Document Server)
• Program (Copier)
• Program (Scanner)
• Web Image Monitor Setting
• Web Service Settings
• System Settings
Data that cannot be Imported or Exported
• Some System Settings *1 *2

*1 The setting for the date, settings that require the device certificate, and settings that need to be adjusted for
each machine (for example, image adjustment settings) cannot be imported or exported.
*2 Settings only for executing functions and settings only for viewing cannot be imported or exported.
• Extended Feature Settings
• Address book
• Programs (fax function)
• Programs (printer function)
• User stamp in Copier / Document Server Features
• Settings that can be specified via telnet
• @Remote-related data
• Counters
• EFI printer unit settings
• Settings that can only be specified via Web Image Monitor or Web Service (for example, Bonjour, SSDP
setting)
Exporting Device Information
This can be exported / imported by an administrator with all privileges.

When exporting SP device information from the control panel, the data is saved on an SD card.
1. Insert an SD card into the media slot on the side of the control panel.
2. Log in from the control panel as an administrator with all privileges.
381
3. Press [User Tools] icon > [Machine Features] > [System Settings].
5. Press [Device Setting Information: Export (Memry Strge Devc)].
6. Set the export conditions.
• Specify whether to [Include] or [Exclude] the "Device Unique Information". "Device Unique
Information" includes the IP address, host name, fax number, etc.
• Specify an encryption key.
7. Press [Run Export].
8. Press [OK].
9. Press [Exit].
10. Log out.
• If data export fails, the details of the error can be viewed in the log.
• When device Information is periodically imported, it is necessary to create the device setting
information file with special software and store it on the web server.
Importing Device Information
This can be exported / imported by an administrator with all privileges.

Import device information saved on an SD card.
382
2. Log in from the control panel as an administrator with all privileges.

3. [User Tools] icon > [Machine Features] > [System Settings].
5. Press [Device Setting Information: Import (Memry Strge Devc)].
6. Configure the import conditions.
• Press [Select] of the "Device Setting Info. File" to select the file(s) to import.
• When inserting a file into a home screen, press [Select] for the Image for Home screen and select the
file. You cannot use this setting when using the Smart Operation Panel.
• Specify whether to [Include] or [Exclude] the "Device Unique Information". "Device Unique
Information" includes the IP address, host name, fax number, etc.
• Enter the encryption key that was specified when the file was exported.
7. Press [Run Import].
8. Press [OK].
9. Press [Exit].
The machine restarts.
SP Data Import/Export
Data that can be Imported and Exported
• System SP
• Printer SP
• Fax SP
• Scanner SP
Exporting Device Information
When exporting SP device information from the control panel, the data is saved on an SD card.
2. Enter SP mode.
383
3. Do SP5-749-001 (Import/Export: Export).

4. Select “Target” SP settings (System/Printer/Fax/Scanner) to be exported.
5. Select “Option” settings (Unique/Secret).
Item Specification Note
Unique Unique information of the machine is Unique information that can be updated
included in the exported file if you select #1. Items that are to be used to identify the
"Unique" setting. machine.
Example: Network Information/ Host name /
Information related to fax number /Mail address
assigned to the machine
#2. Items for specifying the options equipped on
the machine.
Example: Lot number for developer
Unique information that cannot be updated
#1. Items that may cause a problem if imported
Example: Serial number / Information related to
@Remote
#2. Items for managing the history of the machine
Example: Time and date / Counter information /
Installation date
#3. Setting values for the Engine
Secret Secret information is exported if you select Secret information
"Secret" setting. #1. Data that cannot be exported without being
encrypted.
(Exported data is encrypted.)
Example: Password / Encryption key / PIN code
#2. Confidential information for the customer
Example: User name / User ID / Department code
/ Mail address / Phone number
#3. Personal information
Example: Document name / Image data
#4. Sensitive information for the customer
Example: MAC address / Network parameters
* The IP address is exported when both 'Unique' and 'Secret' are selected.
6. Select “Crpt config” setting (Encryption).
Encryption Select whether to encrypt or not when If the encryption function is used, setting of an
exporting. encryption key is required by direct input.
If you push the "Encryption" key, you • Type the arbitrary password using the soft
can export secret information. keyboard
384
• Can enter up to 32 characters

7. Press [Execute].
8. Press [OK].
Importing Device Information
Import device information saved on an SD card.

2. Enter SP mode.
3. Do SP5-749-101(Import/Export: Import)
4. Select a unique setting.
5. Press [Encryption Key], if the encryption key was created when the file was exported.
6. Select an encryption setting.
Unique If you want to apply the unique information to the target Refer to the above
machine, select the "Unique" key. information.
Encryption If an encrypted file is selected as the import file, this setting is
required.
7. Press [Execute].
8. Press [OK].
Possible Solutions for Import/Export Problems
The access log file is created when export/import is executed. The file is stored in the same location as the
exported device setting information file.
If an error occurs, check the log's result code in the access log file first. Values other than 0 indicate that an error
occurred.
The result code will appear in the circled area illustrated below.
- Example of a log file
385
If you cannot solve the problem or do not know how to solve it after checking the code, note down the error log
entry, then contact your supervisor.
Result Code Cause Solutions
2 (INVALID A file import was attempted between Import files exported from the same model
REQUEST) different models or machines with with the same device configurations.
different device configurations.
4 (INVALID Failed to write the device information to Check whether the destination device is
OUTPUT DIR) the destination device. operating normally.
7( MODULE An unexpected error occurred during Switch the power off and then back on, and
ERROR) import or export. then try the operation again. If the error
persists, contact your supervisor.
8 (DISK FULL) The available storage space on the Execute the operation again after making sure
external medium is insufficient. there is enough storage space.
9 (DEVICE Failed to write or read the log file. Check whether the path to the folder for
ERROR) storing the file or the folder in which the file
is stored is missing.
10 (LOG The hard disk is faulty. Contact your supervisor.
ERROR)
20 (PART Failed to import some settings. The reason for the failure is logged in
FAILED) "NgCode". Check the code.
Reason for the Error (Ng-Name)
2. INVALID VALUE
The specified value exceeds the allowable
range.
3. PERMISSION ERROR
The permission to edit the setting is missing.
4. NOT EXIST
386
Result Code Cause Solutions

The setting does not exist in the system.
5. INTERLOCK ERROR
The setting cannot be changed because of the
system status or interlocking with other
specified settings.
6. OTHER ERROR
The setting cannot be changed for some other
reason.
21 (INVALID Failed to import the file because it is in Check whether the file format is correct.
FILE) the wrong format in the external medium. The import file should be a CSV file.
22 (INVALID The encryption key is not valid. Use the correct encryption key.
KEY)
• When exporting device information from the control panel, the data can be saved only on an SD card.
• The file format for exports is CSV.
387
Test Pattern Printing

Printing Test pattern: SP2-109
Some of these test patterns are used for copy image adjustments but most are used primarily for design testing.
• Do not operate the machine until the test pattern is printed out completely. Otherwise, an SC occurs.
1. Enter the SP mode and select SP2-109-003.
2. Enter the number for the test pattern that you want to print and press [#].
3. When you want to select the single color of Magenta, Yellow or Cyan for printing a test pattern, select the
color with SP2-109-005 (2: Magenta, 3: Yellow, 4: Cyan).
4. When you want to change the density of printing a test pattern, select the density with SP2-109-006 to -009
for each color.
• If you select "0" with SP2-109-006 to -009, the color to be adjusted to "0" does not come up on a
test pattern.
5. When you are prompted to confirm your selection, touch "Yes" to select the test pattern for printing.
6. Touch "Copy Window" to open the copy window, then select the settings for the test print (paper size etc.).
• If you want to use black and white printing, touch "Black & White" on the LCD. If you want to use
color printing, touch "Full Color" on the LCD.
7. Press the "Start" key to start the test print.
8. After checking the test pattern, touch "SP Mode" on the LCD to return to the SP mode display.
9. Reset all settings to the default values.
10. Touch "Exit" twice to exit SP mode.
No. Pattern No. Pattern
0 None 12 Independent Pattern (2-dot)
1 Vertical Line (1dot) 13 Independent Pattern (4-dot)
2 Vertical Line (2dot) 14 Trimming Area
3 Horizontal Line (1dot) 15 Hound's Tooth Check (Vertical)
4 Horizontal Line (2dot) 16 Hound's Tooth Check (Horizontal)
5 Grid Vertical Line 17 Band (Horizontal)
6 Grid Horizontal Line 18 Band (Vertical)
7 Grid Pattern Small 19 Checker Flag Pattern
8 Grid Pattern Large 20 Grayscale (Vertical Margin)
9 Argyle Pattern Small 21 Grayscale (Horizontal Margin)
10 Argyle Pattern Large 22 Two Beam Density Pattern
11 Independent Pattern (1-dot) 23 Full Dot Pattern
388
Card Save Function
Overview
Card Save:
• The Card Save function is used to save print jobs received by the printer on an SD card with no print output.
Card Save mode is toggled using printer Bit Switch #1 bit number 4. Card Save will remain enabled until the
SD card becomes full, or until all file names have been used.
• Captures are stored on the SD card in the folder /prt/cardsave. File names are assigned sequentially from
PRT00000.prn to PRT99999.prn. An additional file PRT.CTL will be created. This file contains a list of all
files created on the card by the card save function.
• Previously stored files on the SD card can be overwritten or left intact. Card Save SD has "Add" and "New"
menu items.
• Card Save (Add): Appends files to the SD Card. Does not overwrite existing files. If the card becomes
full or if all file names are used, an error will be displayed on the operation panel. Subsequent jobs will
not be stored.
• Card Save (New): Overwrites files in the card's /prt/cardsave directory.
Limitation:
• Card Save cannot be used with PJL Status Readback commands. PJL Status Readbacks will not work. In
addition they will cause the Card Save to fail.
Procedure

2. Insert the SD card into slot 2 (lower), and then turn ON the power.
3. Enter SP mode.
4. Select the [Printer SP].
5. Select SP1-001 (Bit Switch).
6. Select "Bit Switch 1 Settings" and use the numeric keypad to turn bit 4 ON and then press the "#" button to
register the change. The result should look like: 00010000. By doing this, Card Save option will appear in the
389
"List/Test Print" menu.
7. Press [Exit] to exit SP Mode.

8. Press [User Tools] icon > [Machine Features].
9. Press [Printer Features].
10. Card Save (Add) and Card Save (New) should be displayed on the screen. Select Card Save (Add) or Card
Save (New).
390
11. Press [OK] and then exit the "User Tools" menu.
12. Press [Printer (Classic)] icon.

13. "Card Save" is be displayed in the top left of the display panel.
14. Send a job to the printer. The Communicating light should start blinking.
15. As soon as the printer receives the data, it will be stored on the SD card automatically with no print output.
Nothing is displayed on the screen, indicating that a Card Save operation was successful.
16. Press [Reset] to exit Card Save mode.
17. Change the Bit Switch Settings back to the default 00000000. Press [#] in the numeric keypad to register the
changes.
18. Remove the SD card after the power is turned OFF.
Error Messages
Card Save error messages:

• Init error: A card save process (e.g. card detection, change to kernel mode) failed to initialize.
• Card not found: Card cannot be detected in the slot.
• No memory: Insufficient working memory to process the job.
• Write error: Failed to write to the card.
• Other error: An unknown error occurred.
If an error occurs, pressing [OK] will cause the device to discard the job and return to the ready state.
391
6.Troubleshooting
6. Troubleshooting
Self-Diagnostic Mode
Service Call Conditions
The ‘SC Table’ section shows the SC codes for controller errors and other errors. The latter are put into four types.
The type is determined by their reset procedures. The table shows the classification of the SC codes.
Type Display How to reset SC call or SC
alarm in customer
support system
A The SC is immediately Reset the SC (set SP5-810-001) and then cycle Occurrence &
displayed on the operation the power OFF and ON. alarm count
panel when SC occurs.
The error involves the fusing • When canceling a fusing unit SC, Immediate alarm
unit. The machine operation is (SC544-00/SC554-00/SC564-
disabled. The user cannot 00/SC574-00), perform part
reset the error. replacement in accordance with the
above procedure.
B When a function is selected, Turn the operation switch OFF and ON. Occurrence &
the SC is displayed on the alarm count
operation panel.
The machine cannot be used Power OFF and
(down-time mitigation). ON
Alarm count and

alarm only if
recurrence
C No display on the operation The machine operates as usual. Occurrence
panel. Only the SC history is updated.
The machine operates as Logging count &
usual. alarm count
D The SC is displayed on the Turn the power OFF and ON. Occurrence &
operation panel. alarm count
The machine cannot be used Power OFF and
(machine-error SC). ON
Alarm count and
392
6.Troubleshooting
Type Display How to reset SC call or SC

alarm in customer
support system
alarm only if
recurrence
• When an ordinary SC (type D) is generated, an automatic reboot is performed. When an event is

reported by the customer support system, even in the event of an ordinary SC, reboot is not performed.
During automatic reboot, a confirmation screen is displayed after the reboot.
• When automatic reboot occurs twice continuously, an SC is displayed without rebooting, and logging
count is performed. Also, when an SMC print is output, an * mark is added alongside the SC number for
clarity.
• Automatic reboot can be enabled or disabled with SP5-875-001 (SC automatic reboot setting) (default
value: OFF).
SC Logging
When an SC is generated, the "total count value when the SC is generated" and the "SC code" are logged.
However, if the total count value during the SC is the same as last time, logging is not performed.
Logged data can be checked by outputting an administrative report (SMC print). The SC history is logged up to
the last 10 entries, and if there are more than 10 entries, data are progressively deleted starting from the oldest.
SC Automatic Reboot
When an ordinary SC (pattern D) is generated, automatically reboot is performed. Automatic reboot or reboot by
user operation can be set by SP5-875-001 (SC automatic reboot setting out) (default value: 1 "OFF").
When a type D occurs, automatic reboot is done or the machine display asks the customer if it can reboot.
However, when the SC occurs twice in a short time, the machine sends a report to the @Remote server without
rebooting. This is because just rebooting may not be a good solution if an SC occurs twice.
When an automatic reboot is performed, a confirmation screen is displayed after reboot. The confirmation screen
can be cancelled by pressing the [OK] key (display is not cancelled only when the main power switch is switched
OFF to ON).
Screen display during reboot
• Status display on the current screen

• Post-processing ...... Post-processing during printing, etc.
• Automatic reboot .... After operation end
Post-processing
Until automatic reboot
393
6.Troubleshooting
• Reset key (Reboot key)

Key to perform reboot
# Cancel key is not displayed.
• Turn on spanner LED (same as when an SC is generated).
Operation during SC reboot
• Timing of SC reboot
When @Remote is enabled, and when a NRS alarm*1 is not generated, the corresponding SC is the object of
an automatic reboot.
*1 NRS alarm: Issued when an ordinary SC (type D) is generated twice while the total counter counts 10
times.
• Time to automatic reboot
Reboot is performed 30 seconds after an engine reboot is possible, after the end of post-processing during
printing, etc.
At that time, a reboot is performed even if the MFP is operating. The engine does not start process control
when a reboot is possible.
• Automatic reboot
See the flowchart below.
394
6.Troubleshooting
SC Manual Reboot
When the automatic reboot is disabled in SP5-875-001 (SC automatic reboot setting), user reboot the machine
manually. See the flowchart below.
395
6.Troubleshooting
396
6.Troubleshooting
SC1xx: Scanning
No. Type Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures)
SC101- D LED error
01 The peak white level is less than the prescribed value.
This SC is detected when the machine adjusts the LED’s light intensity or before just
scanning.
• Loose connector
• Defective scanner carriage
• Defective BiCU
• Damaged harness (FFC)
• Dirty or incorrect white plate
Check if the SC occurs by turning the power OFF then ON. If the SC occurs again, do the
following steps. Check if the SC reoccurs by cycling the power after each step.
1. Reconnect the following connectors:
SBU-BiCU harness (FFC) connector
SBU-LEDB (scanner lamp board) harness (FFC) connector (SBU)
2. Check the white plate (Exposure glass).
Clean or replace the white plate if damaged.
3. Replace the scanner carriage
4. Replace the BiCU.
5. Replace the harness (FFC).

SC101- D LED error (LED illumination adjustment)
This SC is detected when the machine adjusts the LED’s light intensity.
• Defective LED
• LED driver error
• Disconnected connectors or damaged harness (power/signal)
1. Reconnect the connectors (power/signal).
2. Replace the scanner carriage
3. Replace the harness (power/signal).

SC102- D LED intensity adjustment error
397
6.Troubleshooting

00 The peak white level cannot be in the prescribed value even though adjusting several times.
This SC is detected when the machine adjusts the LED’s light intensity.
• Loose connector
• Defective BiCU
2. Check the white plate (Exposure glass).
Clean the white plate and/or replace the exposure glass.
3. Replace the scanner carriage.
SC No. Type Details (Symptom, Possible Cause, Troubleshooting Procedures)

SC111- D LED error (scanning): rear side
• Loose connector
• Defective CIS
• Damaged harness
• Defective BiCU
1. Clean or replace the ADF's white plate (rear side).
2. Reconnect the connectors (FFC) between the CIS and BiCU.
3. Replace the CIS.

SC112- D LED illumination adjustment error: rear side
00 The white level peak reached the prescribed threshold when the white plate was scanned
after a specified number of adjustments.
398
6.Troubleshooting

• Loose connector
• Defective CIS.
• Damaged harness
• Defective BiCU
1. Clean or replace the ADF's white plate (rear side).
2. Reconnect the connectors (FFC) between the CIS and BiCU.
3. Replace the CIS.

SC120- D Scanner home position (HP) error 1
00 The scanner HP sensor did not go OFF :
• During homing operation (power ON, leaving low power mode)
• During auto adjustment (power ON, leaving low power mode)
• During document, book scanning
• Motor driver error
• Defective motor
• Defective HP Sensor
• Disconnected connectors or damaged harness
• Timing belt, pulley, wires or scanner carriage failure
1. Replace the scanner HP sensor.
2. Replace the scanner motor.
3. Replace the harness.

SC121- D Scanner home position (HP) error 2
00 The scanner HP sensor did not go ON :
• During homing operation
• During auto adjustment
• During document, book scanning
399
6.Troubleshooting

• Defective motor
• Defective HP Sensor
• Timing belt, pulley, wires or carriage failure
1. Replace the scanner HP sensor.
2. Replace the scanner motor.

SC141- D Black level detection error
00 Black level is not less than the prescribed value.
This SC is detected when: the scanner power is turned on and the machine returns from the
energy saver mode.
• Loose connector
• Defective BiCU
1. Reconnect the connector between the SBU and BiCU (FFC).
4. Replace the harness (FFC)

SC142- D White level detection error
00 The white peak level cannot be in the prescribed value when adjusting the scanner gain.
This SC is detected when the scanner power is turned on and the machine returns from the
energy saver mode.
• Defective SBU
• Defective LED
• Defective BiCU
• Loose connector
• Defective scanner motor
400
6.Troubleshooting

• Dirty or incorrect mirror and/or lens
2. Check the white plate (Exposure glass)
Clean the white plate and/or replace the exposure glass.

SC144- D SBU communication error
00 The machine cannot detect that the SBU is connected.
• Defective BiCU
• Loose connector or damaged harness
1. Reconnect the connector between the scanner carriage and BiCU (FFC).

SC151- D Black level correction error: rear side
00 The automatic adjustment has failed to correct the black level (rear side) to the permissible
range.
• Loose connector
• Defective CIS
• Defective BiCU
1. Reconnect the connectors between the CIS and BiCU (FFC).
401
6.Troubleshooting

2. Replace the CIS.

SC152- D White level correction error: rear side
00 The automatic adjustment has failed to correct the white level (rear side) to the permissible
range.
• Defective CIS
• Defective BiCU
• Loose connector
• Dirty or incorrect white plate (rear side)
1. Clean or replace the white plate (rear side).
2. Reconnect the connectors between the CIS and BiCU (FFC).
3. Replace the CIS.

SC154- D CIS communication error: rear side
00 The machine cannot detect that the CIS is connected.
This SC is detected when: the main power is turned on and the machine returns from the
energy saver mode.
• Defective CIS
• Defective BiCU
• Loose connector
• Damaged harness
1. Reconnect the connector between the CIS and BiCU (FFC).
2. Replace the CIS.
4. Replace the harness between the CIS and BiCU (power/signal).
402
6.Troubleshooting

SC161- D BiCU error (DRAM initialization failure)
20 The DRAM initialization flow is not completed successfully.
This SC is detected when: the main power is turned on and the machine returns from the
energy saver mode.
• Defective BiCU
• Defective DRAM device
1. Reconnect all the connectors on the BiCU board if disconnected, or loose.

SC180-01 B BiCU error (Double-feed detection failure)
Error signal is detected during the failure detection operation.
• Sensors abnormal output
• Defective double-feed sensors
1. Check the double-feed sensor and harnesses.
2. Replace the harnesses for double-feed sensors.
3. Replace the double-feed sensors.
4. Replace the ADF relay board.

SC195-00 D Serial Number Mismatch
Serial number stored in the memory does not have the correct code.
• EEPROM defective
• BiCU replaced without original EEPROM
1. Check the serial number with SP5-811-002.
2. If the stored serial number is incorrect, contact your supervisor.
403
6.Troubleshooting
SC2xx: Exposure
SC202- D Polygon motor error 0: ON timeout: Bk, Cy
01
SC202- D Polygon motor error 1: ON timeout: Ma, Ye
03
Polygon mirror motor cannot rotate correctly.
This SC is detected when the polygon mirror motor starts rotating, or its rotating speed is
changed.
• Polygon mirror motor failure
• Polygon mirror motor harness is defective, disconnected, or short-circuited
• BiCU failure (Incorrect polygon motor control signal, damaged Laser ASIC)
• Defective PSU or power supply part for polygon motor
• Fuse blown out
• Incorrect AC voltage
1. Cycle the power OFF/ON.
2. Check the harness between LD unit and BiCU.
3. Check CN300 (a connector with five pins) for the polygon mirror motor from the
PSU.
There is no problem if your multimeter indicates 24±2V.
4. Replace the LD unit (Polygon mirror motor).
5. Replace the harness between the LD unit and BiCU.
7. Replace the fuse.
8. Replace the PSU.

SC203- D Polygon motor error 0: OFF timeout: Bk, Cy
01
SC203- D Polygon motor error 1: OFF timeout: Ma, Ye
03
Polygon mirror motor cannot stop correctly.
This SC is detected when the polygon mirror motor is deactivated.
404
6.Troubleshooting

• Fuse blown out
• Incorrect AC voltage
PSU.
There is no problem if your multimeter indicates 24±2V.
8. Replace the PSU.

SC204- D Polygon motor error 0: XSCRDY signal error: Bk, Cy
01
SC204- D Polygon motor error 1: XSCRDY signal error: Ma, Ye
03
Polygon mirror motor cannot rotate correctly.
This SC is detected when the polygon mirror motor is deactivated.
• Fuse blown out
PSU.
There is no problem if your multi meter indicates 24±2V.
8. Replace the PSU.
405
6.Troubleshooting

SC220-01 D Laser synchronizing detection error: start position LD1: Bk/C
SC220-03 D Laser synchronizing detection error: start position LD1: M/Y
Synchronizing detection signal cannot be received.
This SC is detected when:
• The machine starts up.
• The machine is copying.
• Defective LD unit (Synchronizing mechanism or LDB failure)
• BiCU failure (Damaged laser ASIC)
• Disconnected LDB harness
2. Check for condensation on the LDB.
3. Check the harness between LDB (Synchronizing mechanism) and BiCU.
4. Replace the LD unit.
6. Replace the harness between LDB and BiCU.

SC230-01 D FGATE ON error: Bk
SC230-02 D FGATE ON error: Cy
SC230-03 D FGATE ON error: Ma
SC230-04 D FGATE ON error: Ye
FGATE signal cannot be received even when the laser is ready to emit.
This SC is detected when the machine is copying.
• Connection error between BiCU and Controller
2. Check the connection between BiCU and Controller.

SC231-01 D FGATE OFF error: Bk
SC231-02 D FGATE OFF error: Cy
SC231-03 D FGATE OFF error: Ma
SC231-04 D FGATE OFF error: Ye
FGATE signal is not OFF even when the laser is ready to end.
This SC is detected when the machine is copying.
• Connection error between BiCU and Controller
406
6.Troubleshooting

2. Check the connection between IPU and Controller.

SC240-01 D LD error: Bk
SC240-02 D LD error: Cy
SC240-03 D LD error: Ma
SC240-04 D LD error: Ye
• The LD current is more than the prescribed current during emitting light.
• LD driver cannot be initialized correctly.
• Disconnected LDB harness.
• The machine is copying.
• LDB harness connection error
• Deteriorated LD (LD broken)
• LDB (LD driver) failure
• LDB harness failure
2. Check the harness between LDB and IPU.

SC272-01 D LD driver communication error: Bk
SC272-02 D LD driver communication error: Cy
SC272-03 D LD driver communication error: Ma
SC272-04 D LD driver communication error: Ye
Power source for LD driver is incorrect.
• The machine returns from energy saver mode.
• Covers are closed.
• BiCU failure (LD5V Power error)
• LDB failure (LD drive error)
407
6.Troubleshooting

• LDB harness failure
• Interlock switch failure
2. Check the harness between LDB and BiCU.
6. Replace the interlock switch.

SC285-00 C MUSIC error
The results of MUSIC pattern reading failed 4 times.
The ID sensor cannot detect the MUSIC pattern
Color registration error is larger than the specified value
Refer to "When SC285-00 (MUSIC error) Is Displayed"
When SC285-00 (MUSIC error) Is Displayed
As SC285-00 is a logging SC (SC Type C), it is not displayed at once when an error occurs. Though the
equipment can be operated, check the SC history and perform a recovery operation if the SC has occurred.
408
6.Troubleshooting
Countermeasure (1): Large drifting
An abnormal value may be contained in the SP where the MUSIC corrected result is saved.
1. Execute SP2-180-001 (Line Pos. Adj.: Clear Color Regist.).
2. Execute SP2-111-004 (Forced Line Position: Adj. Mode d).
3. Check SP2-194-007 (MUSIC Execution Result: Execution Result).
Countermeasure (2): MUSIC pattern density Error
Execute MUSIC and check the result.

1. Execute SP3-011-001 (Manual ProCon :Exe : Normal ProCon).
Countermeasure (3): Image transfer belt/ Image transfer unit defective
1. Execute SP2-112-001 (TM/ID Sensor Check: Execute).

2. Check SP2-112-010 (TM/ID Sensor Check: Display Result: Front-Center-Rear).
409
6.Troubleshooting
• Normal if the result is "111"

-->Execute other countermeasures.
• Vsg adjustment failed if the result is "2xx", "x2x", or "xx2"
-->Execute recovery operation for SC370
• There is a high probability that contaminants, scars, or irregularities may exist on the belt if the result is
"3xx", "x3x", or "xx3"
-->Execute the following procedure;
1. Remove the ITB unit, and check for abnormalities such as contaminants or scars, and set it after
cleaning.
4. If it fails, replace the ITB unit.
• There is a high probability that contaminants or curl may exist on the belt if the result is "5xx", "6xx",
"7xx", "8xx", "x5x", "x6x", "x7x", "x8x", "xx5", "xx6", "xx7", or "xx8".
--> Execute the following procedure
1. Remove the ITB unit, and check for abnormalities such as contaminants or scars, and set it after
cleaning.
4. If it fails, replace the ITB unit.
Countermeasure (4): ID sensor defective
Follow the next step if executing SP2-111-004 (Forced Line Position: Adj. Mode d) and SP2-194-007 (MUSIC
Execution Result: Execution Result) fails.
1. Clean the ID Sensor.
2. Check the harness and connector for ID sensor.
3. Replace the ID sensor.
Countermeasure (5): ID Sensor Shutter Defective
Check if there is no problem concerning the mechanism (interference or deformation).

1. Execute SP5-804-021 (OUTPUT Check: TM sensor Shutter Solenoid) to operate the ID sensor shutter
solenoid to check opening/closing of the shutter.
2. Check for a broken harness or connector disconnection.
3. If the problem cannot be solved, replace the BiCU.
410
6.Troubleshooting
SC3xx: Image Processing

Image Processing 1: Charge and Development

SC312- D Charge roller feed back voltage error: Bk
01
SC312- D Charge roller feed back voltage error: Cy
02
SC312- D Charge roller feed back voltage error: Ma
03
SC312- D Charge roller feed back voltage error: Ye
04
The feedback voltage of the charge AC for each color is 0.15V or less for consecutive 200ms
after the charge AC is activated in the standard or half line speed.
• Disconnected/incorrect harness for the power pack
• Damaged/incorrect PCU
• Power pack failure
• Disconnected harness/connector
Troubleshooting procedure:
1. Check the drum condition:
Check the terminal to see if there is dust, damage, or deformation. Check the continuity
as well.
If not good, replace the PCDU. If the SC reoccurs, go to the next step.
2. Check all the related connectors are firmly connected:
If not good, reconnect the connector. Check if the SC reoccurs by cycling the power
off/on. If the SC reoccurs, go to the next step.
3. Check the mainframe condition:
Check if there is dust on the terminal for charging, or any damage/deformation. Check
the continuity between the power packs and charging terminal.
If the SC reoccurs, go to the next step.
4. Check the power pack:
Try installing a new power pack to determine whether the power pack is the cause. If
the SC does not occur with the new one, the old power pack was defective.

SC325- D Development motor (CMY) error
00 The motor LOCK signal is detected for more than 2 seconds while the motor START signal
is ON.
411
6.Troubleshooting

• PCDU overload
• Defective the motor
• Replace the PCDU.
• Replace the development motor (CMY).

SC325- D Development motor (CMY) error (When motor is deactivated)
01 The motor LOCK signal is not detected for more than 2 seconds while the motor START
signal is OFF.
• Defective development motor (CMY)
• Disconnected harness for the motor
• Defective BiCU
• Replace the development motor (CMY).
• Replace the harness for the development motor (CMY).
• Replace the BiCU.

SC396- D Drum motor (K) error
00
SC397- D Drum motor (CMY) error
00
The motor LOCK signal is detected for more than 2 seconds while the motor START signal
is ON.
• PCDU overload
• Drum motor (K) failure (SC396)
• Drum motor (CMY) failure (SC397)
• Replace the drum motor (K) (SC396)
• Replace the drum motor (CMY) (SC397)

SC396- D Drum motor (K) error (When motor is deactivated)
01
SC397- D Drum motor (CMY) error (When motor is deactivated)
01
The motor LOCK signal is not detected for more than 2 seconds while the motor START
signal is OFF.
412
6.Troubleshooting

• Drum motor (K) failure (SC396)
• Drum motor (CMY) failure (SC397)
• Disconnected harness for the drum motor
• Defective BiCU
• PCDU torque increased
• Replace the drum motor (K) (SC396)
• Replace the drum motor (CMY) (SC397)
• Reconnect the connector for the drum motor.
• Replace the harness for the drum motor.
Image Processing 2: Drum

SC360- D TD sensor (Vt high) error 1: Bk
01
SC360- D TD sensor (Vt high) error 1: Cy
02
SC360- D TD sensor (Vt high) error 1: Ma
03
SC360- D TD sensor (Vt high) error 1: Ye
04
• count is higher than the threshold which detects no developer
• count is lower than the upper/lower target thresholds three consecutive times.
• TD sensor (mu sensor, sensor) failure
• Harness loose or disconnected
• An old PCDU may be installed
1. Check all the related connecters are connected.
If not good, reconnect the connectors. Check if the SC reoccurs by cycling the power
off/on. If the SC reoccurs, go to next step.
2. Check the development unit (e.g. Gear/harness disconnected? Heat protection seal
removed? Using an old PCDU?).
If not good, replace the development unit. If the SC reoccurs, go to the next step.
3. Check whether the TD sensor is deformed, scratched, damaged or has dust
sticking to it.
4. Check the TD sensor harnesses, and the harness between the mainframe and
413
6.Troubleshooting

PCDU.
If not good, replace the harness. If the SC reoccurs, go to the next step.

SC361- D TD sensor (Vt) upper limit error: Bk
01
SC361- D TD sensor (Vt) upper limit error 1: Cy
02
SC361- D TD sensor (Vt) upper limit error 1: Ma
03
SC361- D TD sensor (Vt) upper limit error 1: Ye
04
The machine detects that Vt (TD sensor output, SP3-210-001) is higher than the upper limit
threshold for the specified consecutive times.
• TD sensor connector is disconnected
To check if the issue is resolved:
2. Feed one sheet of paper.
3. Check Vt with SP3-210-001 through -004.
4. Check if Vt is higher than the upper threshold (specified in SP3-211-002).
Incorrect: Vt is higher than the upper threshold
Correct: Vt is equal to or lower than the upper threshold
1. Check all the connectors are firmly connected.
If not, reconnect the connectors. Check if the SC reoccurs by cycling the power off/on.
2. Check the development unit (e.g. Gear/harness disconnected? Heat protection seal
removed? Using an old PCDU?).
3. Check the TD sensor.
If not good, replace the TD sensor. If the SC reoccurs, go to the next step.
4. Check the parameters (e.g. SP3-030-061 through -064 should be changed from its
initial value, but could be not changed due to possible NVRAM clearing).
If not good, replace the PCDU and initialize the developer. This corrects the TD sensor
settings.
5. Check the toner supply unit, especially if the image density is too low.
If the toner bottle is empty, the toner supply route is clogged, and/or the toner supply
414
6.Troubleshooting

motor operates incorrectly, then correct the problem. If the SC reoccurs, go to the next
step.
6. Check the harness connection.
If not good, replace the harness between BiCU and PCDU.

SC362-01 D TD sensor (Vt) lower limit error: Bk
SC362-02 D TD sensor (Vt) lower limit error 1: Cy
SC362-03 D TD sensor (Vt) lower limit error 1: Ma
SC362-04 D TD sensor (Vt) lower limit error 1: Ye
The value of Vt (SP3-210-003) is lower than the threshold for times specified.
• TD sensor connector is disconnected.
• Check the connection of the TD sensor connector.
• Check if the TD sensor harness is connected firmly.
• Replace the TD sensor if any abnormality is found.

SC370- D ID sensor calibration error
00 The reflection light output voltage of the ID sensor (Vsg_reg) is not adjusted within the
target range.
Upper limit: Default: 4.5 V
Lower limit: Default: 3.5 V
• Disconnected ID sensor connectors
• Dirty or defective ID sensor
• Defective image transfer belt
To check if the issue is resolved:
• Do Vsg adjustment (SP3-320).
• Check the result in SP3-323-001.
Correct: The result is “1”
Incorrect: The result is not “1”
1. Check all the connectors are firmly connected.
If not, reconnect the connectors. Check if the SC reoccurs by cycling the power off/on.
2. Clean the detecting part of the ID sensor
415
6.Troubleshooting
• Do not wipe with a dry cloth.

3. Check the ID sensor shutter.
If the shutter does not move correctly, replace the shutter solenoid. If the SC reoccurs,
go to the next step.
4. Replace the drum and/or ITB if the following is found:
Scratches, toner filming, wavy belt, or insufficient cleaning
6. Check and connect the related harness if it is disconnected.
416
6.Troubleshooting
SC4xx: Image Processing

SC442- D Image transfer belt contact motor error
00 ITB contact HP sensor cannot detect the sensor feeler condition within a specified time even
when the ITB contact motor rotates.
• Contact/Release: 5 sec.
• Homing: 10 sec.
• Sampling interval: 0.01 sec.
• Broken harness or defective connectors
• Disconnected connector of ITB contact sensor or motor
• Defective ITB contact motor
• Image transfer belt unit not installed
1. Set the ITB unit firmly.
2. Replace the ITB unit.
3. Clean the ITB contact HP sensor.
4. Check the harnesses.
5. Replace the ITB contact HP sensor.
6. Replace the ITB contact motor.

SC491- C High voltage power: Charge/Development bias output error
00 Incorrect PWM signal is detected 10 times for consecutive 0.02 sec.
Hardware related causes:
• Contact failure
• Loose connector (Controller side)
• Grounding, open-circuit in the high voltage route
• Arc discharge due to lack of space
• Shorted harness (Controller side)
• BiCU malfunction (Signal error)
• Power pack (Development/Transfer) failure
Load related causes:
• Short-circuit
• Arc discharge due to lack of space
• Deteriorated drum (overcurrent)
• Condensated drum (overcurrent)
• Incorrect gap between drum and charge roller (incorrect PCDU)
• PCDU not installed firmly
First, cycle the main power off/on to check if this SC occurs again.
417
6.Troubleshooting

If this SC reoccurs, do the following:
1. Remove and install the PCDU again to make sure that the PCDU is firmly set. Cycle the
main power off/on to check if this SC occurs again. If the SC occurs again, go to the
next step.
2. Check if there are scratches on the drum surface. If you can see the internal element of
the drum (plain pipe) on the surface, go to the next step, because too much electricity
can flow at this point, which caused the SC.
3. Replace the PCDU and cycle the main power off/on to check if this SC occurs again.
4. Reconnect the connector (CN561) on the BiCU and cycle the main power off/on. Be
careful not to bend the connector pins when reconnecting. If the SC occurs again, go to
the next step.
5. Reconnect the connector (CN801) on the power pack (charge/development) and cycle
the main power off/on. If the SC occurs again, go to the next step.
6. Remove and install the power pack (charge/development) again and cycle the main
power off/on. Check if the spring near the power pack terminal bends and comes in
contact with other contacts. Cycle the main power off/on to check if this SC occurs
again.
7. Replace the power pack (charge/development) and cycle the main power off/on to check
if the SC occurs again.
8. Replace the BiCU and cycle the main power off/on to check if the SC occurs again.
9. Make sure that the harnesses on the power pack (charge/development) are not shorted.
If not good, replace the harness and cycle the main power off/on.

SC492-00 C High voltage power: Transfer bias output error
Incorrect PWM signal is detected for 0.2 sec.
Hardware related causes:
• Contact failure
• Loose connector (Controller side)
• Grounding, open-circuit in the high voltage route
• Shorted harness (Controller side)
• BiCU malfunction (Signal error)
• Power pack (Transfer) failure
Load related causes:
• Increased impedance in the paper transfer roller
• Increased impedance in the ITB
• Open-circuit
• Transfer unit not installed firmly
418
6.Troubleshooting

• This is a logging SC (No action required).

SC497- C Image creation temperature sensor error
00 The thermistor output of the temperature sensor is not within the prescribed range (more
than 0.5 V to less than 3.0 V).
• Damaged or loose connector
• Defective Image creation temperature sensor
Cycle the main power off/on to check if this SC occurs again.
1. Reconnect all the related connectors, and cycle the main power off/on to check if the
SC reoccurs.
2. Replace the image creation temperature sensor, and cycle the main power off/on to
check if the SC reoccurs.

SC498- C Temperature/humidity sensor error
00 • The thermistor output of the temperature sensor is not within the prescribed range
(more than 3.0V to less than 0.5V.
• The thermistor output of the humidity sensor is not within the prescribed range (2.4V
or more).
• Damaged or loose connector
• Defective temperature/humidity sensor
Cycle the main power off/on to check if this SC occurs again.
1. Reconnect all the related connectors, and cycle the main power off/on to check if the
SC reoccurs.
2. Replace the temperature/humidity sensor, and cycle the main power off/on to check if
the SC reoccurs.
419
6.Troubleshooting
SC5xx: Paper Feed and Fusing

Paper feed

SC501- B 1st paper tray lift motor malfunction
00 This SC occurs if no paper is detected within the prescribed time when the tray is set
correctly, and the tray lift motor starts rotating CW or CCW.
• Incorrect/disconnected tray lift motor connector
• Loose, disconnected or damaged tray lift sensor connector
• An obstruction such as jammed paper scraps blocks the motor operation
1. Replace the transport motor.
2. Reconnect the connector.

SC502- B 2nd paper tray lift motor malfunction (optional paper feed unit)
00
SC503- B 3rd paper tray lift motor malfunction (optional paper feed unit)
00
When the tray is lifted up, the tray lift motor error, or sensor error is detected.
• PFU tray lift motor disconnection or loose harness
• PFU tray lift sensor disconnection or loose harness
• PFU Tray bottom plate HP sensor disconnection or loose harness
• Other defective mechanical parts
Do the following steps. Cycle the power off/on after doing each step to check if the SC
occurs.
1. Reconnect the connector of the PFU tray bottom plate HP sensor.
2. Reconnect the connector of the PFU tray lift sensor.
3. Replace the lift lever encoder, gear encoder for tray lift unit (‘rising unit’ in the parts
catalog), and the tension spring for paper feed.
4. Replace the PFU tray lift motor.
6. Replace the board in the tray.

SC508- B Bypass bottom plate error
00 The signal from the bypass lift sensor does not change for two seconds after the bypass lift
clutch was activated.
420
6.Troubleshooting

If this condition occurs three consecutive times, this SC is generated.
• Disconnected or defective connectors of the bypass lift clutch
• Disconnected or defective bypass lift sensor
• Defective bypass bottom plate detection filler
1. Check or replace the connectors of the bypass lift clutch.
2. Check or replace the bypass lift sensor.

SC524-00 D Transport motor error
The motor LOCK signal is detected for more than 2 seconds while the motor is ON.
• Paper transport unit overload
• Defective transport motor
1. Replace the paper transport unit.

SC524-01 D Transport motor error (While the motor is OFF)
The motor LOCK signal is not detected for more than 2 seconds while the motor is OFF.
• Defective transport motor
• Disconnected harness for the motor
• Defective BiCU
2. Replace the harness for transport motor.

SC525-00 B Transport motor error: bank 1
The motor LOCK signal from a bank 1 is detected while the motor is ON.
SC526-00 B Transport motor error: bank 2
The motor LOCK signal from a bank 1 is detected while the motor is ON.
• Motor overload
• Defective motor
• Disconnected connectors
• Damaged harness
Do the following steps. Check if the SC reoccurs by cycling the power after each step.
1. Reconnect the connector.
421
6.Troubleshooting

Fusing

SC530- D Fusing heater exhaust fan motor error
00
SC531- D Development cooling fan motor error
00
SC532- D Writing cooling fan motor error
00
SC533- D PSU fan motor error
00
The motor LOCK signal is detected 50 consecutive times (for 5 seconds) while the motor is
ON.
• Defective fan motor
• Disconnected harness
• Defective BiCU
1. Replace the fan motor.

SC530- D Fusing heater exhaust fan motor error (While the motor is OFF)
01
SC531- D Development cooling fan motor error (While the motor is OFF)
01
SC532- D Writing cooling fan motor error (While the motor is OFF)
01
SC533- D PSU fan motor error (While the motor is OFF)
01
The motor LOCK signal is not detected 140 consecutive times (for 14 seconds) while the
motor is OFF.
• Defective fan motor
• Disconnected or defective harness
• Defective BiCU
1. Replace the fan motor.
2. Check or replace the harness.
422
6.Troubleshooting

SC540-00 D Fusing motor error
The motor LOCK signal is detected for 2 seconds while the motor is ON.
• Defective motor
• Disconnected or defective harness
• Defective BiCU
• Fusing unit torque increased
1. Replace the fusing motor.
2. Check or replace the harness.
4. Replace the fusing unit.

SC540-01 D Fusing motor error (While the motor is OFF)
The motor LOCK signal is not detected for 2 seconds while the motor is OFF.
• Defective motor
• Defective harness
• Defective BiCU

SC541- A Fusing thermopile error
01
SC541- D Fusing thermopile error (Low power)
11
The machine detects the value of AD is the prescribed value for 0.2 consecutive seconds
after the fusing lamp is activated.
• Broken thermopile
• Connector contact failure
1. Reconnect the connector between the fusing unit and the BiCU.
2. Replace the fusing thermopile
3. Replace the harness between the fusing unit and the BiCU.
5. Replace the PSU (AC).
423
6.Troubleshooting

SC542- A Fusing thermopile reload error
02 Fusing temperature failed to reach a temperature of 80 degrees C after passing seven
seconds when:
• The machine starts warming up.
• The fusing lamp is activated.
SC542- A Fusing thermopile reload error
03 Fusing temperature failed to reach the reload permit temperature after passing eight
seconds when:
• Dirty or deformed thermopile lenses
• Input voltage out of specification (out of warranty)
• Fuse blown out
1. Check the power supply voltage (Reconnect the power cord).
2. Check and clean the thermopile lenses or replace the fusing thermopile.

SC542- D Fusing thermopile cannot reload (low power)
12 Fusing temperature failed to reach a temperature of 80 degrees C after passing seven
seconds when:
SC542- D Fusing thermopile cannot reload (low power)
13 Fusing temperature failed to reach the reload permit temperature after passing eight
seconds when:
• Dirty or defective thermopile lenses
• Thermopile modification/float
424
6.Troubleshooting

• Thermostat blown out.
2. Check and clean the thermopile lenses or replace the fusing thermopile.

SC543- A Fusing thermopile overheat (software error)
00 Fusing thermopile detects a temperature of 240 degrees C or more for 10 seconds after the
relay is activated.
• Triac short
• Defective BiCU
1. Reconnect the connector between the fusing unit and BiCU.
2. Replace the fusing thermopile.
3. Replace the harness between the fusing unit and BiCU.
6. Replace the fusing unit (if the problem cannot be resolved).

SC544- A Fusing thermopile overheat (hardware error)
00 Fusing thermopile detects a temperature of 250 degrees C.
• Triac short
• Defective BiCU
• Defective fusing control system
Basically, the entire fusing unit must be replaced when SC554-00 occurs. For details, refer
to "Actions When SC544-00 or SC554-00 Occurs."
Do the following steps:
1. Inspect the fusing sleeve belt unit, and replace if damaged.
2. Reconnect the connector between the fusing unit and BiCU.
4. Replace the harness between the fusing unit and BiCU.
425
6.Troubleshooting

SC545-01 A Fusing lamp consecutive full power
SC545-11 D Fusing lamp consecutive full power (low power)
Fusing lamp runs at full power for consecutive four seconds after reloading the machine
• Defective thermistor
• Broken fusing lamp
• Thermostat blown out.
1. Check there is paper remaining in the fusing unit.
3. Replace the fusing lamp.
6. Replace the PSU (AC)

SC547- D Zero cross error: fusing lamp relay contact welding
01 Zero cross signal is detected when the fusing relay is deactivated.
• The main power is turned on.
• The machine returns from the engine-off mode.
• The interlock switch is deactivated.
• Damaged fusing relay
• Fusing relay drive circuit failure
1. Make sure that the harness between the PSC (AC) and BiCU is firmly connected.
SC547- D Zero cross error: fusing lamp relay contact defective
02 Zero cross signal cannot be detected if the fusing relay is activated.
• The main power is turned on.
• The machine returns from the engine-off mode.
• The interlock switch is turned off or on.
• Broken fusing relay (open circuit)
• Fusing relay circuit failure
• PSU fuse (24VS) worn out
1. Make sure that the harness between the PSU (AC) and BiCU is firmly connected.
426
6.Troubleshooting

4. Replace the harness between the PSU (AC) and BiCU.
SC547- D Zero cross error: low frequencies error
03 The frequency of the power source is lower than 44Hz.
This SC is detected when the main power is ON.
• Unstable frequency
1. Check the frequency is 45Hz or more.
If not, the power supply from the wall socket may be the cause. Ask for your
supervisor or the electrician in charge at the site.

SC549- D Fusing Center Low Temperature
00 After passing 60 seconds when FGATE is ON, thermopile detects a temperature of -100
degrees C from the compensated target temperature for consecutive 60 seconds.
• Fusing lamp disconnection during paper passing
• Loose connector
1. Check the input voltage and reconnect the power cord.
3. Replace the fusing thermopile

SC554- A Fusing thermistor (NC sensor) detects high temperature (Hard)
00 Fusing thermistor (NC sensor) detects a temperature of 250 degrees C..
• Shorted triac
• Defective BiCU
Basically, the entire fusing unit must be replaced when SC554-00 occurs. For details, refer
to "Actions When SC544-00 or SC554-00 Occurs."
Do the following steps:
1. Inspect the fusing sleeve belt unit, and replace if damaged.
2. Reconnect the connector between the fusing unit and the BiCU.
3. Replace the fusing thermistor.
4. Replace the harness between the fusing unit and the BiCU.
427
6.Troubleshooting

SC557- C Zero cross frequency error
00 The frequency of the power source is 66Hz or more. This SC is detected just after the main
power is turned ON.
• Noise (High frequency)
• Defective PSU
1. Check the power supply source.

SC559- A Consecutive fusing jam
00 The paper jam counter for the fusing unit reaches three consecutive times (the fusing exit
sensor does not detect the paper).
• Paper jam in the fusing unit.
1. Replace the separation plate.
2. Replace the gear (fusing unit).
5. Replace the gear (mainframe), if damaged.

SC561- A Pressure roller thermistor (center) disconnection
01
SC561- A Pressure roller thermistor (center) disconnection (low power)
11
Pressure roller thermistor (center) detects a temperature of -20 degrees C for 20 consecutive
seconds after the fusing lamp is activated when the machine starts, or during feeding paper
or in low power.
• Thermistor disconnection
• Loose connector
1. Reconnect the connectors between the fusing drawer connector, the BiCU, and the
pressure roller thermistor.
2. Replace the thermistor.
4. Replace the harnesses between the BiCU and the fusing unit.
428
6.Troubleshooting

SC562- A Pressure roller thermistor (center) cannot be reloaded
02
SC562- A Pressure roller thermistor (center) cannot be reloaded (low power)
12
Pressure roller thermistor (center) detects that the temperature does not reach a temperature
of 40 degrees C for 25 consecutive seconds when the main power is turned on.
• Dirty or deformed thermistor
• Thermostat blown out
2. Replace the fusing thermostat.

SC563- A Pressure roller overheat (software error): Center
00 Pressure roller thermistor (center) detects a temperature of 248 degrees C 10 times after the
fusing relay is ON.
• Shorted triac
• Defective BiCU
1. Reconnect the connectors between the fusing drawer connector, BiCU, and the
3. Replace the harnesses between the BiCU and pressure roller thermistor.
5. Replace the fusing unit if all the above steps cannot resolve the issue.

SC564- A Pressure roller overheat (hardware error): Center
00 Pressure roller thermistor (center) detects a temperature of 248 degrees C.
• Shorted triac
• Defective BiCU
1. Reconnect the connectors between the fusing drawer connector, BiCU, and the
429
6.Troubleshooting

3. Replace the harnesses between the BiCU and pressure roller thermistor.
5. Replace the fusing unit if all the above steps cannot resolve the issue.

SC571- A Pressure roller thermistor (rear) disconnection
01
SC571- A Pressure roller thermistor (rear) disconnection (low power)
11 Pressure roller thermistor (rear) detects a temperature of -20 degrees C or less for 20
consecutive seconds after the fusing lamp is activated in a specified condition.
• Loose connector
5. Replace the harnesses between the BiCU and the fusing unit.

SC572- A Pressure roller thermistor (rear) cannot be reloaded
02
SC572- D Pressure roller thermistor (rear) cannot be reloaded (low power)
12
Fusing temperature failed to reach a temperature of 50 degrees C when 100 seconds passes
after starting a job where the paper width is wider than 206 mm AND is equal or smaller
than 216 mm.
2. Replace the fusing thermostat.
430
6.Troubleshooting


SC573- A Pressure roller overheat (rear) (software error)
00 Pressure roller thermistor (rear) detects a temperature of 248 degrees C for 10 consecutive
times in a specific machine condition.
• Shorted triac
• Defective BiCU
3. Replace the harnesses between the BiCU and the pressure roller thermistor.
• Replace the fusing unit if all the above steps cannot resolve the issue.

SC574- A Pressure roller (rear) overheat (hardware error)
00 Pressure roller thermistor (rear) detects a temperature of 248 degrees C.
• Shorted triac
• Defective BiCU
3. Replace the harnesses between the BiCU and the pressure roller thermistor.
• Replace the fusing unit if all the above steps cannot resolve the issue.

SC581- A Fusing thermistor disconnection
01
SC581- A Shorted fusing thermistor
02
SC581- D Fusing thermistor disconnection (low power)
11
SC581- D Shorted fusing thermistor (low power)
431
6.Troubleshooting

12
The machine detects the value of AD is the prescribed value for 0.2 consecutive seconds
after the fusing lamp is activated
• Thermopile disconnection (SC581-01)
• Shorted fusing thermistor (SC581-02)
• Loose connector
1. Check the input voltage and replace the power plug (SC581-11/-12).
2. Reconnect the connectors between the fusing unit, fusing drawer connector, and BiCU.
3. Replace the fusing thermistor.
5. Replace the harnesses between the BiCU and the fusing drawer connector.

SC591- A Pressure roller thermistor (front) disconnection
01
SC591- D Pressure roller thermistor (front) disconnection (low power)
11
Pressure roller thermistor (front) detects a temperature of -20 degrees C or less for 20
consecutive seconds when the fusing lamp is activated.
• Loose connector

SC592- A Pressure roller thermistor (front) cannot be reloaded
02
SC592- D Pressure roller thermistor (front) cannot be reloaded (low power)
12
The machine temperature does not reach a temperature of 50 degrees C when 100 seconds
passes after starting a job where the paper width is wider than 206 mm AND is equal or
432
6.Troubleshooting

smaller than 216 mm.
1. Check the input voltage and replace the power plug.
2. Replace the fusing thermostat

SC593- A Pressure roller thermistor (front) high temperature (software error)
00 Pressure roller thermistor (front) detects a temperature of 248 degrees C for consecutive 10
times when the fusing lamp is activated.
• Shorted triac
• Defective BiCU
Replace the fusing unit if all the above steps cannot resolve the issue.

SC594- A Pressure roller thermistor (front) high temperature (hardware error)
00 Pressure roller thermistor (front) detects a temperature of 248 degrees C.
• Shorted triac
• Defective BiCU
1. Reconnect the connectors between the fusing unit, fusing drawer connector, and
BiCU.
Replace the fusing unit if all the above steps cannot resolve the issue.
433
6.Troubleshooting
SC6xx: Communication
SC622- D 1st paper tray communication error
00 While the BiCU communicates with an optional unit, an SC code is displayed if one of
following conditions occurs.
• The BiCU receives the break signal which is generated by the peripherals only just
after the main power is turned on.
• When the BiCU does not receive an OK signal from a PFU 100ms after sending a
command to it.
• Defective the PFU controller board
• Defective the BiCU
• Loose or disconnected connector
• Replace the PFU controller board (1st paper tray).
• Set the 1st paper tray again.

SC623- D 2nd paper tray communication error
00 This SC is not issued for this machine.
When a communication error signal between the 1st paper tray and 2nd paper tray is
received.
• Loose or disconnected connector
• Defective PFU controller board
• Replace the PFU controller board (2nd paper tray).
• Replace the PFU controller board (1st paper tray).
• Set the 1st and 2nd paper tray again.

SC636-02 D IC card error (Version error)
The version of the expanded authentication module is not correct.
Incorrect module version
Install the correct file of the expanded authentication module.

SC637-01 D Tracking Information notification error (Tracking application error)
Tracking information was lost.
• Tracking SDK application error
• Internal notification error
434
6.Troubleshooting

Cycle the main power off and on.

SC637-02 D Tracking Information notification error (Management server error)
Tracking information was lost.
Communication with tracking management server failed.
• Network error
• tracking management server error
• Tracking SDK application error

SC641-00 D Communication error between engine and controller
Although frame is sent from controller, engine does not reply to it.
• Controller Board soft error
• BiCU soft error
• BiCU and controller board connection error
• Cycle the main power off and on.
• Check the connection between the BiCU and the controller board.
SC645-01-04
SC650- C Remote service modem communication error (Dialup authentication failure)
01 • An error related to communication (dialup connection, modem board etc.) using the RC
Gate Type M was detected or an error that prevents RC Gate operation was detected at
power on.
• Displayed only when an error is detected while RC Gate is operating.
• SC is not issued if an error occurs during RC Gate installation (because it can be
referenced using SP).
• SP settings invalid
• Modem connector disconnected
• Modem board disconnected
• Wireless LAN card disconnected
Check the following SPs.
• SP5-816-156 (Remote Service: Dial Up User Name)
• SP5-816-157 (Remote Service: Dial Up Password)
435
6.Troubleshooting

SC650- C Remote Service Modem Communication Error (dialup failing because of incorrect modem
04 configuration)
• An error related to communication (dialup connection, modem board etc.) using the RC
power on.
Software bug.

SC650- C Remote Service Modem Communication Error (insufficient current or connection fault)
05 • An error related to communication (dialup connection, modem board etc.) using the RC
power on.
The line is not supported and nothing can be done.

SC650- C Remote Service Modem Communication Error (RC Gate Type M was installed but modem
13 is not present (detected during operation))
power on.
• SC is not issued if an error occurs during RC Gate installation (because this error can be
referred by using SP).
436
6.Troubleshooting

• If a modem board is not installed, install it.
• Check again if the modem driver configurations (SP5-816-160, SP5-816-165 to 171,
and SP5-816-165 to 171) are correct.
• If the problem is not solved, replace the modem.

SC650- C Remote Service Modem Communication Error (RC Gate Type N was installed but modem is
14 present or wired/wireless LAN is not working correctly)
Gate was detected or an error that prevents RC Gate operation was detected at power
on.
• SC is not issued if an error occurs during RC Gate installation (because this error can be
referred by using SP).
• If a modem board is attached, remove it.
• Check if wired/wireless LAN works.

Sc651-01 C Illegal Remote Service Dial-up (Chat program parameter error)
An unexpected error occurred when RC Gate Type M dialed up the NRS Center.
Software bug
Logging only.

SC651-02 C Illegal Remote Service Dial-up (Chat program execution error)
An unexpected error occurred when RC Gate dialed up the NRS Center.
Software bug
Logging only.
437
6.Troubleshooting

SC652- A Remote service ID2 mismatching
00 There was an authentication mismatch between ID2 for @Remote, the controller board, and
NVRAM.
• Used controller board installed
• Used NVRAM installed (such action is not allowed.)
• If this occurs during RC Gate installation:
Check the validity of the certificate and the NVRAM, check the machine serial number,
write the common certificate, and then begin installation again.
• If this occurs after RC Gate installation:
Clear the RC Gate install status, check the validity of the certificate and the NVRAM,
check the machine serial number, write the common certificate, and then begin
installation again.

SC653- A Incorrect remote service ID2
00 ID2 stored in the NVRAM has either of the following problems.
• Number of characters is not 17.
• Includes a character that cannot be printed.
• All spaces
• NULL
Replace the NVRAM.
Clear the RC Gate install status, write the common certificate, and then begin installation
again.

SC664- D ASIC – SRAM Communication error
01 • When the machine starts or returns from the energy saver mode, a connection error
signal between ASIC and SRAM device is detected.
• Defective BiCU
• Cycle the main power off/on.

SC665- D BiCU control signal connection error
05
07
438
6.Troubleshooting

08
When the machine starts or returns from the energy saver mode, a connection error signal
between CPU and slave device is detected, or the machine cannot access all I/O IPU-ASICs
correctly.
SC665-11 through -031: When the machine starts or returns from the energy saver mode, a
connection error between CPU and ASIC is detected.
1. Incorrect FFC connection
2. Damaged FFC (disconnection or dust)
3. BiCU failure (Deteriorated board, sticking dust, or damaged parts)
• Cycle the main power off/on.

SC667- D Master device mode setting error
01 When the machine starts or returns from the energy saver mode, a CPU mode setting error
is detected.
• BiCU failure
• Cycle the power off/on.
SC667- D Srave device 1 mode setting error
10 When the machine starts or returns from the energy saver mode, an error in the slave device
1 is detected.
• BiCU failure
SC667- D ASIC operation mode setting error
40 -
• BiCU failure

SC669- D EEPROM error
00 The TD sensor cannot be recovered after retrying three times for EEPROM communication
error.
• Corrupted data due to noise
439
6.Troubleshooting

• Incorrect EEPROM installation
• Defective EEPROM
• Defective BiCU
1. Cycle the main power off/on.
2. Turn the main power off and re-insert the EEPROM, then turn the main power on.
3. Turn the main power off and replace the EEPROM, then turn the main power on.
4. Turn the main power off and replace the BiCU, then turn the main power on.

SC670- D Engine start up error when main power switch on (* Refer to “When SC670 Is Displayed”
01 below)
• /ENGRDY signal was not asserted when the machine was turned on or returned from
energy saver mode.
• EC response was not received within specified time from power on.
• PC response was not received within specified time from power on.
• SC response was not received within specified time from power on.
• Writing to Rapi driver failed (the other party not found through PCI).
• Engine board does not start up.
Check the connection between the engine board and the controller board.
• If it is always reproduced, replace the engine board. If the problem persists, consider
replacing the controller board or other boards between them.
• If reproducibility is low, multiple causes are to be considered, such as software, engine
board, controller board, and PSU.

SC670- D Engine is down when machine starts up (SC reboot can not be performed) (* See “When
02 SC670 Is Displayed” below)
Machine-down was detected after the /ENGRDY signal was not asserted.
The engine board was reset at an unexpected time
Check the connection between the engine board and the controller board.
• If it is always reproduced, replace the engine board. If the problem persists, consider
replacing the controller board or other boards between them.
• If reproducibility is low, multiple causes are to be considered, such as software, engine
board, controller board, and PSU.
440
6.Troubleshooting
When SC670 is Displayed

SC672- D Controller start up error
10 After the machine was powered on, communication between the controller and the
operation panel was not established.
• Controller stalled
• Board installed incorrectly
• Controller board defective
• Operation panel connector loose, broken or defective
• Controller late
• Check the connection of the controller board.
• Replace the controller board.
• Check the control panel harness.

11 After the machine was powered on, communication between the controller and the operation
441
6.Troubleshooting

panel was not established, or communication with controller was interrupted after a normal
startup.
• Controller late
• Incorrect Dip Switch Setting on Smart Operation Panel
• Make sure that the DIP switch numbers 3 and 7 are ON.

SC672-12 D Controller start up error
Communication with controller was interrupted after a normal startup.
• Controller late

13 The operation panel detects that the controller is down due to other reason shown in SC672-
10, SC672-11, and SC672-12.
• Controller late
442
6.Troubleshooting


SC672-99 D Controller start up error
The operation panel software ended abnormally.
• Controller late

SC673- D Operation panel Flair communication error (Smart Operation Panel)
10 This SC is issued only for the machine that has the Smart Operation Panel installed.
• Communication between Smart Operation Panel and main machine (this is called “Flair
communication”) is not sent to Smart Operation Panel.
• SP setting (SP5-748-201) for Smart Operation Panel is not activated.
The CATS module (controller) did not see the response to notification of monitoring service
module (operation panel)
• Set SP5-748-201 to “1: Connect” if the value is “0: Not connect”

SC681- D Toner bottle: ID chip communication error
** • Corrupted ID data
• Disconnected ID chip
• No ID chip
• Noise
Check the SC’s branch number (-** part) and do the above steps for the corresponding
color.
If the last digit of the SC’s branch number (-**) is:

1 or 6, then do the above steps for K
2 or 7, then do the above steps for M
443
6.Troubleshooting

3 or 8, then do the above steps for C
4 or 9, then do the above steps for Y
• Clean the ID chip.
• Check the toner bottle detection board, and replace if damaged.
• Reconnect the connectors between the BiCU and toner bottle detection board.
• Set the toner bottle again.
• Replace the harness between the BiCU and toner bottle detection board.
SC681 Details
No. Detail Causes

681 01 - 04 Invalid device ID Noise, Incorrect connection, Malfunction
06 - 09 Channel error Noise, Incorrect connection, Malfunction
11 - 14 Device Error Noise, Incorrect connection
16 - 19 Communication error (interrupted) Noise, Incorrect connection
21 - 24 Communication timeout Noise, Incorrect connection, Malfunction
26 - 29 Device stops (logically) Noise, Incorrect connection, Malfunction
31 - 34 Full of buffer (request) Noise, Incorrect connection, Malfunction
36 - 39 Verification error Noise, Incorrect connection

SC682- D TD sensor communication error
** TD sensor cannot be recovered after retrying three times for an ID chip communication
error.
• Corrupted ID data
• Disconnected ID chip
• No ID chip
• Noise
1. Remove the PCU and check the connector condition.
2. Re-insert the harness (BiCU side) between the BiCU and the TD sensor.
3. Replace the PCDU (if the TD sensor works incorrectly)
4. Replace the harness between the BiCU and the TD sensor.
Check the SC’s branch number (-** part) and do the above steps for the corresponding
color.
• If the last digit of the SC’s branch number (-**) is:

444
6.Troubleshooting

1 or 6, then do the above steps for K
2 or 7, then do the above steps for M
3 or 8, then do the above steps for C
4 or 9, then do the above steps for Y
SC682 Details
No. Description Cause

682 01 - 04 Invalid device ID Noise, Incorrect connection, Malfunction
06 - 09 Channel error Noise, Incorrect connection, Malfunction
11 - 14 Device Error Noise, Incorrect connection
16 - 19 Communication error (interrupted) Noise, Incorrect connection
21 - 24 Communication timeout Noise, Incorrect connection, Malfunction
26 - 29 Device stops (logically) Noise, Incorrect connection, Malfunction
31 - 34 Full of buffer (request) Noise, Incorrect connection, Malfunction
36 - 39 Verification error Noise, Incorrect connection
51 Verification error (during storing to EEPROM) Noise
52 Verification error (SRAM) Noise

SC687-00 D PER Not Received Error
• Unable to receive the PER command of the I/F commands from the controller.
• Unable to prepare the image data with the controller.
• Communication error
• Inside of the controller defective
Cycle the main power off/on.
445
6.Troubleshooting
SC7xx: Peripherals
SC790-00 D Too many paper tray units
An attachment identification code is other than “01H” or ”02H”.
• Number of paper tray units is more than the machine specification.
1. Reduce the number of paper tray units within the machine specification.
446
6.Troubleshooting
SC8xx: Overall System

SC816-** [0x0000] Energy save I/O subsystem error
SC816-01 D Subsystem error
SC816-02 D Sysarch (LPUX_GET_PORT_INFO) error
SC816-03 D Transition to STR was denied.
SC816-04 D Interrupt in kernel communication driver
SC816-05 D Preparation for transition to STR failed.
SC816-08 D Sysarch (LPUX_ENGINE_TIMERCTRL) error
SC816-09 D Sysarch (LPUX_RETURN_FACTOR_STR) error
to 12
SC816-13 D open() error
SC816-14 D Memory address error
to 18
SC816-19 D Double open() error
SC816-22 D Parameter error
SC816-23, D read() error
24
SC816-25 D write () error
SC816-26 D write() communication retry error
to 28
SC816-29, D read() communication retry error
30
SC816-35 D read() error
SC816-36 D Subsystem error
to 96
Energy save I/O subsystem detected some abnormality.
• Energy save I/O subsystem defective
• Energy save I/O subsystem detected a controller board error (non-response).
• Error was detected during preparation for transition to STR.
• C816-99 occurs as a subsystem error except any error from -06 to 96.
Check if the SC occurs by turning the power OFF then ON. If the SC occurs again, do
the following steps. Check if the SC reoccurs by cycling the power after each step.
1. Update the "System/Copy" firmware and the other system firmware to the latest
447
6.Troubleshooting

version.
2. Disable the STR shift function with SP5-191-001 (Power Str Set).
3. Replace the controller board.

SC817- B Monitor error: File detection / Digital signature error
00 • Bootloader cannot read any of diagnostic module, kernel, or root filesystem.
• In a bootloader SD card, the digital signature checking for any of diagnostic module,
kernel, or root filesystem is failed.
• Any of the following items does not exist or is broken OS Flash ROM, Diagnostic
module in SD card, Kernel, Root filesystem
• Any of the following items is revised fraudulently: Diagnostic module in SD card,
Kernel, Root filesystem
• ROM update for controller system
• Use another booting SD card having a valid digital signature

SC818- D Watchdog timer error
00 The system program fell into a bus-hold state or an endless loop of the program interruption
occurred, causing other process to stop.
• System program defective
• Optional board defective

SC819- D Kernel halt error
00 [xxxx]: Detailed error code
Due to a control error, a RAM overflow occurred during system processing. One of
the following messages was displayed on the operation panel.
[0x5032] HAIC-P2 error
HAIC-P2 decompression error (An error occurred in the ASIC
compression/decompression module.)
• The code data saved in the HDD was broken for an unexpected reason. (HDD
device defective)
• The code data saved to memory was broken for an unexpected reason. (Memory
448
6.Troubleshooting

device defective)
• ASIC defective
• Data other than code data was unzipped due to a software malfunction.
• Replace the HDD.
• Replace the memory
• Fix the software
[0x6261] HDD defective
Received file system data was broken even if the initialization succeeds and there was
no error reply from the HDD.
Power supply disconnection during data writing to the HDD.
Replace the HDD.
This SC may occur when turning on the machine for the first time with a new HDD.
In this case, turn the main power off/on.
[0x696e] gwinit processing end
If the SCS process is ended for some reason
If an unexpected error occurs at SCS processing end, gwinit processing also halts
(this result is judged a kernel stop error, by gwinit specification)
“0x69742064” -> “init died”
[0x766d] VM full error
Occurs when too much RAM is used during system processing
"vm_pageout: VM is full"
Console Other error (characters on operation panel)
string System detected internal mismatch error
• Software defective
• Insufficient memory
• Hardware driver defective (RAM, flash memory)
• Replace with a larger capacity RAM, or flash memory.

SC820-00 C Self-diagnostics error: CPU
[XXXX]: Detailed error code
[0001] TLB change (store) exception error
449
6.Troubleshooting

[0002] TLB miss (load) exception error
[0003] TLB miss (store) exception error
[0004] Read address exception error
[0005] Write address exception error
[0006] Instruction bus exception error
[0007] Data bus exception error
[0008] System call exception error
[0009] Break exception error
[000A] Invalid instruction exception error
[000B] Co-processor exception error
[000C] Overflow exception error
[000D] UTLB miss exception error
[0010] Interrupt line 0 error
Unexpected exception or interrupt occurred
• CPU device error
• The boot monitor program or self-diagnostic program is broken.
• Replace the controller board
• Reinstall the controller system software.

[00FF] Uninitialized interrupt error
Cache error (such as a parity error) occurred.
• Local bus defective
• Reinstall the controller system software.
• Replace the connected controller option with a new one.
450
6.Troubleshooting

[0601] Read address exception error
[0602] Write address exception error
[0605] System call exception error
[0606] Break exception error
[0607] Invalid instruction exception error
[0609] Overflow exception error
Exception does not occur though executing exception by intention.
CPU device error
Replace the controller board

[060A] Interrupt line 0 mask exception error
[060B] Interrupt line 1 mask exception error
[060C] Interrupt line 2 mask exception error
[060D] Interrupt line 3 mask exception error
[060E] Interrupt line 4 mask exception error
Interrupt does not occur though setting interrupt by timer.
• ASIC device error
Replace the controller board.

[0610] CPU interrupt timer 2 set error
Interrupt does not occur though setting interrupt by CPU interrupt timer.
CPU device error

[0612] ASIC interrupt error
451
6.Troubleshooting

Interrupt occurs in an ASIC.
• Peripherals device error
• Replace the connected controller option with a new one

[06FF] CPU master clock error
Pipeline clock frequency ratio of CPU is different from specified value.
• Module bit that initializes the CPU is defective

SC820-00 D Self-diagnostics error: CPU
[0701] Instruction cache capacity error
The CPU cannot read the instruction cache stored in the primary cache.
-
-

[0702] Instruction cache error
The program executed in the instruction cache result was different from expected.
• CPU cache defective
• Memory too slow
• Replace the memory device.

SC820- D Self-diagnostics error: CPU
00 [XXXX]: Detailed error code
[0703] Instruction uncache error
452
6.Troubleshooting

[0704] Instruction cache hit error
[0705] Instruction cache clear error
Data in the instruction cache which is set in the primary instruction cache of the CPU is
different from the contents of the pre-set
-
-

SC820- D Self-diagnostics error: CPU
[0706] Data cache capacity error
[0707] Data cache error
[0708] Data uncache error
Data in the data cache which is set in the primary data cache of the CPU is different from
the contents of the pre-set
-
-

[0709] Data cache hit error
[070A] Data cache clear error
In spite of writing data only in the cache area, data is updated in the non-cache area
CPU device error
• Replace the memory device.

[0801] TLB virtual address error
[0804] TLB global error
[0807] UTLB miss error
[0808] TLB read miss error
[0809] TLB write miss error
[080A] TLB modify error
453
6.Troubleshooting

Error occurred during TLB checking.
CPU device error

[4002] Single precision arithmetic error
[4003] Double precision arithmetic error
[4004] Exception error
[4005] Exception mask error
Error occurred during a calculation with the co-processor in the CPU.
CPU device error

SC821- D Self-diagnostics error: ASIC
[0B00] ASIC register check error
The write-&-verify check has occurred in the ASIC.
Defective ASIC device
[0B06] ASIC detection error
Error in the I/O ASIC for system control detection
• Defective ASIC
• Defective North Bridge and PCII/F
[0D05] Comparison error of CPU and ASIC timer
The CPU checks if the ASIC timer works correctly compared with the CPU timer. If the
ASIC timer does not function in the specified range, this SC code is displayed.
• Defective ASIC timer device
• Defective CPU device
[50A1] Video bridge device detection error
Video bridge device is not detected.
• Video bridge device ASIC (HARP or KLAVIER) defective.
• Connection error between PCI I / F of the controller ASIC and video bridge device
454
6.Troubleshooting

ASIC.
[50A2] Video bridge device (ASIC) register error
The CPU detects the video bridge device, but detects error data from the video bridge
device.
Defective I/F between the video bridge device and the controller

SC822- D Self-diagnostic error: HDD
[3003] HDD timeout
Check performed only when HDD is installed:
• HDD device busy for over 31sec.
• After a diagnostic command is set for the HDD, but the device remains busy for over
6sec.
• HDD defective
• HDD harness disconnected, defective
• Replace the HDD connector.
[3004] Diagnostic command error
No response to the self-diagnostic command from the ASIC to the HDD.
HDD defective
Replace the HDD.
[3013] HDD timeout (first machine)
HDD device busy for over 31 seconds.
A diagnostic command is set for the HDD, but the device remains busy for over 6
seconds.
• Defective HDD device
• Defective HDD connector
• Defective ASIC device
• Replace or remove the HDD device.
• Replace the HDD connector
[3014] Diagnostics command error (First machine)
455
6.Troubleshooting

Result of the issuance of diagnostic command is error.
Defective HDD device
Replace the HDD device.

SC823-00 B Self-diagnostics error: NIC
[6101] MAC address check sum error
The result of the MAC address check sum does not match the check sum stored in ROM.
• Defective SEEP ROM
• Defective I2C bus (connection)
[6104] PHY IC error
The PHY IC on the controller cannot be correctly recognized.
• Defective PHY chip
• Defective ASIC MII I/F
[6105] PHY IC loop-back error
An error occurred during the loop-back test for the PHY IC on the controller.
• PHY chip
• Defective MAC of ASIC (SIMAC/COMIC/CELLO)
• Defective I/F with the PHY board
• Defective solder on the PHY board

SC824-00 C Self-diagnostics error: NVRAM (resident)
[1401] NVRAM verify error
NVRAM device is missing or NVRAM device is damaged.
• The NVRAM device is missing.
• The NVRAM device is damaged.
• NVRAM backup battery exhausted
• NVRAM socket damaged
Replace the NVRAM device.
456
6.Troubleshooting

SC827- D Self-diagnostic error: RAM
[0201] Resident memory verification error
Error detected during a write/verify check for the standard RAM*1 on controller board.
*1 Standard RAM on controller (2GB) in this machine is divided into the resident RAM
(1GB) and the optional RAM (1GB).
• Defective memory device (on the controller board).
[0202] Resident memory structure error
The SPD values in all RAM DIMM are incorrect or unreadable.
• Defective RAM DIMM
• Defective SPD ROM on RAM DIMM
• Defective 12C bus

SC828- D Self-diagnostic error: ROM
[0101] Check sum error 1
The boot monitor and OS program stored in the ROM DIMM is checked. If the check sum
of the program is incorrect, this SC code is displayed.
• Defective flash ROM device
• Defective CPU device

SC829- D Self-diagnostic error: Optional RAM
[0401] Optional RAM1: verify error
In this machine, the standard RAM on the controller (2GB) is divided into the resident
RAM (1GB) and the optional RAM (1GB).
• Defective memory device (on the controller board).
[0402] Optional RAM1: structure error
Every time the main power turns on, structures of the optional RAM are checked. If an
error is detected at this time, the self-diagnostic module will not check the optional RAM.
-
457
6.Troubleshooting

-

SC833-00 D Self-diagnostic error: Engine I/F ASIC
[0F30] Engine I/F ASIC detection error
ASIC (Mandolin) for engine control could not be detected.
ASIC (Mandolin) error
Replace the Engine I/F board (mother board).
[50B1] Video device: clock generator detection error
Could not initialize or read the bus connection.
• Defective connection bus
• Defective SSCG
[50B2] Video device: clock generator verify error
Value of the SSCG register is incorrect.
• Defective connection bus
• Defective SSCG

SC834- D Self-diagnostic error: Optional memory
00 [5101] Engine I/F optional memory verify error
An error occurs after write/verify check for optional RAM on the engine I/F board
(mother board).
Defective memory device

SC835-00 B Self-diagnostic error: Centronic device
[xxxx]: Detailed error code
[1102] Verify error
The loopback connector is connected but check results is an error.
• IEEE1284 connector error
• Centronic loopback connector defective
[110C] DMA verify error
458
6.Troubleshooting

The loopback connector is connected but check results is an error.
• IEEE1284 connector error
• Centronic loopback connector is defective
[1120] Loopback connector not detected
Centronic loopback connector is not connected for detailed self-diagnostic test.
• Centronic loopback connector not connected correctly
• Centronic loopback connector is defective
• ASIC device is defective
• Connect the centronic loopback connector
• Replace the centronic loopback connector

SC838- C Self-diagnostic Error: Clock Generator
[2701] Verify error
A verify error occurred when setting data was read from the clock generator via the I2C
bus.
• Defective clock generator
• Defective I2C bus
• Defective I2C port on the CPU

SC839-00 D Self-diagnostic Error: Serial Flash
[xxxx]: Detailed error code
[9001] Serial Flash access error
USB NAND Flash ROM cannot be read.
Defective controller board

SC840- D EEPROM access error
00 • During the I/O processing, a reading error occurred. The 3rd reading failure causes this
SC code.
459
6.Troubleshooting

• During the I/O processing, a writing error occurred.
• Defective EEPROM
-

SC841-00 D EEPROM read data error
Mirrored data of the EEPROM is different from the original data in EEPROM.
Data in the EEPROM is overwritten for some reason.
-

SC842- D Insufficient Nand-Flash blocks (threshold exceeded)
01 At startup, or when machine returned from low power mode, the Nand-Flash status was read
and judged that the number of unusable blocks had exceeded threshold, and then SCS
generated the SC code.
Number of unusable blocks exceeded threshold for Nand-Flash

SC842- D Number of Nand-Flash block deletions exceeded
02 At startup, or when the machined returned from low power mode, the Nand-Flash was read
and judged that the number of deleted blocks had exceeded threshold, and then SCS
generated this SC code.
Number of blocks deleted exceeded threshold for Nand-Flash

SC845- Hardware Error Detected when the automatic firmware update
**
SC845- D Engine Board
01
SC845- D Controller Board
02
SC845- D Operation Panel (Normal)
03
SC845- D Operation Panel (Smart Panel)
04
460
6.Troubleshooting

SC845- D FCU
05
When updating the firmware automatically (ARFU), the firmware cannot be read or written
normally, and the firmware update cannot be completed even by 3 retries.
Hardware abnormality of the target board
Replace the target board
For SC852-02, HDD and memory may cause the problem. Replace the HDD or memory if
the SC cannot be recovered by replacing the controller board.

SC853-00 B Bluetooth device connection error
The Bluetooth hardware (USB type) was connected after the machine was turned on.
The Bluetooth hardware (USB type) was connected after the machine was turned on.
Always connect the Bluetooth device (USB type) before the machine is turned on.

SC854-00 B Bluetooth device disconnected
The Bluetooth hardware (USB type) was disconnected after the machine was turned on.
The Bluetooth hardware (USB type) was disconnected after the machine was turned on.
Never remove the Bluetooth device (USB type) after the machine starts

SC855-01 B Wireless LAN board error (driver attachment failure)
Wireless LAN board error (wireless LAN card: 802.11 is covered)
• Defective wireless LAN board
• Loose connection
• Replace wireless LAN board

SC855-02 B Wireless LAN board error (driver initialization failure)
Wireless LAN board error (wireless LAN card: 802.11 is covered)
• Defective wireless LAN board
• Loose connection
• Replace wireless LAN board
461
6.Troubleshooting

SC857- B USB I/F Error
00 The USB interface is unusable because of a driver error.
USB driver error (There are three causes of USB error: RX error/CRC error/STALL. SC is
issued only in the case of STALL.)
• Check the USB connection.

SC858-00 A Data encryption conversion error (Key Setting Error)
A serious error occurred during an attempt to update the encryption key.
• USB Flash, other data, corrupted
• Communication error caused by electrostatic noise

SC858-01 A Data encryption conversion error (HDD Key Setting Error)
A serious error occurred during an attempt to update the encryption key.
• USB Flash, other data, corrupted
• Communication error caused by electrostatic noise
• Cycle the main power off and on
• If the error persists, replace the controller board.

SC858- A Data encryption conversion error (NVRAM Read/Write Error)
02 A serious error occurred after data conversion during an attempt to update the encryption
key.
NVRAM defective
• Replace the NVRAM.

SC858- A Data encryption conversion error (NVRAM Before Replace Error)
key.
Software error such as conversion parameters being invalid.
462
6.Troubleshooting

• If the error persists, replace the controller board.

SC858- A Data encryption conversion error (Other Error)
key.
Controller board defective

SC859- B Data encryption conversion HDD conversion error
00 When the data encryption key was updated, HDD data was converted, but not correctly.
Image displayed at conversion only (this SC is not displayed), but SC is displayed after
machine is cycled off/on.
• HDD conversion was set with the data encryption key update function, but the HDD
was removed.
• Machine lost power during data encryption key update
• Electrostatic noise, or an HDD error occurred, during data encryption key update, and
data was not encrypted.
• Check the HDD connection.
• Format the HDD (SP5-832: HDD formatting).
• If there is a problem with the HDD, it has to be replaced.

SC859- B Data encryption conversion HDD conversion error (HDD check error)
• HDD conversion was set with the data encryption key update function, but the HDD
was removed.
• Machine lost power during data encryption key update
• Electrostatic noise, or an HDD error occurred, during data encryption key update, and
data was not encrypted.
463
6.Troubleshooting

SC859- B Data encryption conversion HDD conversion error (Power failure during conversion)
Details:
NVRAM/HDD conversion is incomplete.
Power failure occurred during encryption key update.
None
The display after restart instructs the user to format the HDD.

SC859- B Data encryption conversion HDD conversion error (Data read/write command error)
Details:
Abnormal DMAC return value has been received two or more times (DMAC timeout, serial
communication error etc.)
HDD was not successfully converted during encryption key update due to HDD errors or
cable noises.

SC860- B HDD startup error at main power on (HDD error)
00 • The HDD is connected but the driver detected the following errors.
• SS_NO.T_READY:/* (-2)HDD does not become READY*/
• SS_BAD_LABEL:/* (-4)Wrong partition type*/
• SS_READ_ERROR:/* (-5)Error occurred while reading or checking the label*/
• SS_WRITE_ERROR:/* (-6)Error occurred while writing or checking the label*/
• SS_FS_ERROR:/* (-7)Failed to repair the filesystem*/
• SS_MOUNT_ERROR:/* (-8)Failed to mount the filesystem*/
• SS_COMMAND_ERROR:/* (-9)Drive not responding to command*/
• SS_KERNEL_ERROR:/* (-10)Internal kernel error*/
• SS_SIZE_ERROR:/* (-11)Drive size too small*/
464
6.Troubleshooting

• SS_NO._PARTITION:/* (-12)The specified partition does not exist*/
• SS_NO._FILE:/* (-13)Device file does not exist*/
• Attempted to acquire HDD status through the driver but there has been no response for
30 seconds or more.
• Unformatted HDD
• Label data corrupted
• HDD defective
Format the HDD (SP5-832: HDD formatting).

SC862-00 D Number of the defective sector reaches the maximum count
101 defective sectors are generated at the image storage area in the HDD.
SC863 occurs during the HDD reading and defective sectors are registered up to 101.

SC863- D HDD data read failure
01 The data written to the HDD cannot be read normally.
Bad sectors were generated during operation.
(An error occurred in an area that does not belong to a partition, such as the disk label area.)
Guide for when to replace the HDD
1. When SC863 has occurred ten times or more
• The interval is short.
• Repeatedly occurs in the same situation (At power-on, etc.).
• Startup takes a long time when the main power is turned on.
2. It takes a long time after main power on for the operation panel to become ready.
HDD access may be consuming time. Normal HDD access time after main power on is
about 5 seconds. If the machine is not waiting for the engine to be ready and it still takes
20 to 30 seconds or more, the HDD may be the cause. If there is a problem with the
HDD, HDD-related SCs such as SC860 and SC863 will occur frequently. Print the SC
log data and check them.

SC863- D HDD data read failure
02 to 23 The data written to the HDD cannot be read normally.
465
6.Troubleshooting

(An error occurred in partition "a" (SC863-02) to partition “v” (SC863-23)).
Guide for when to replace the HDD
1. When SC863 has occurred ten times or more
• The interval is short.
• Repeatedly occurs in the same situation (At power-on, etc.).
• Startup takes a long time when the main power is turned on.
2. It takes a long time after main power on for the operation panel to become ready.
HDD access may be consuming time. Normal HDD access time after main power on is
about 5 seconds. If the machine is not waiting for the engine to be ready and it still
takes 20 to 30 seconds or more, the HDD may be the cause. If there is a problem with
the HDD, HDD-related SCs such as SC860 and SC863 will occur frequently. Print the
SC log data and check them.

SC864- D HD data CRC error
00 During HD operation, the HD cannot respond to a CRC error query. Data transfer did not
execute normally while data was being written to the HD.
HD defective
-

SC864- D HDD data CRC error
01 During HDD operation, the HDD cannot respond to a CRC error query. Data transfer did not
execute normally while data was being written to the HDD.
(An error occurred in an area that does not belong to a partition, such as the disk label area.)
• Format the HDD.

SC864-02 D HDD data CRC error
to 23 During HDD operation, the HDD cannot respond to a CRC error query. Data transfer did
not execute normally while data was being written to the HDD.
466
6.Troubleshooting

SC865- D HD access error
00 During HDD operation, the HDD returned an error.
The HDD returned an error that does not constitute SC863 (bad sector) or SC864 (CRC
error).
Replace the HDD.

SC865- D HDD access error
The HDD returned an error that does not constitute SC863 (bad sector) or SC864 (CRC
error).
(An error occurred in an area that does not belong to a partition, such as the disk label
area.)
Replace the HDD.

SC865-02 to D HDD access error
The HDD returned an error that does not constitute SC863 (bad sector) or SC864
(CRC error).
Replace the HDD.

SC865-50 to 73 D HDD time-out error
The machine does not detect a reply from the HDD during the HDD operation.
The HDD does not respond to the read/ write command from the machine.
• Check the harness connections between the controller board and HDD.

SC866-00 B SD card authentication error
A license error of an application that is started from the SD card was detected.
Invalid program data is stored on the SD card.
Store a valid program data on the SD card.
467
6.Troubleshooting

SC867-00 D SD card removed
The SD card was removed while the machine is on.
An application SD card has been removed from the slot (mount point of /mnt/sd0).



SC868- SD card access error
**
SC868- D The SD controller returned an error during operation. (An error occurred at the mount point
00 of /mnt/sd0)
01 of /mnt/sd1)
02 of /mnt/sd2)
• SD card defective
• SD controller defective
Slot number is displayed on the sub code.
Detail code is described in SMC print can confirm the details of the error.
• -13 to -3: File system check error
• Otherwise (no code, -2) : Device access error
SD card that starts an application
1. Turn the main power off and check the SD card insertion status.
2. If no problem is found, insert the SD card and turn the main power on.
468
6.Troubleshooting

3. If an error occurs, replace the SD card.
4. If the error persists even after replacing the SD card, replace the controller board.
SD card for users
1. In the case of a file system error, reformat the SD card (using the "SD Formatter"
made by Panasonic).*
In the case of a device access error
1. Turn the main power off and check the SD card insertion status.
2. If no problem is found, insert the SD card and turn the main power on.
3. If an error occurs, use another SD card.
4. If the error persists even after replacing the SD card, replace the controller board.
* Do not format an SD card supplied with the main machine or sold as an option. You may only format SD cards
used for Firmware Update by a Customer Engineer.
SC870- B Address Book data error (Anytime: Address Book Error.)
00
SC870- B Address Book data error (On startup: Media required for storing the Address Book is
01 missing.)
SC870- B Address Book data error (On startup: encryption is configured but the module required for
02 encryption (DESS) is missing.)
SC870- B Address Book data error (Initialization: Failed to generate a file to store internal Address
03 Book.)
SC870- B Address Book data error (Initialization: Failed to generate a file to store delivery sender.)
04
SC870- B Address Book data error (Initialization: Failed to generate a file to store delivery
05 destination.)
SC870- B Address Book data error (Initialization: Failed to generate a file to store information required
06 for LDAP search.)
SC870- B Address Book data error (Initialization: Failed to initialize entries required for machine
07 operation.)
SC870- B Address Book data error (Machine configuration: HDD is present but the space for storing
08 the Address Book is unusable.)
SC870- B Address Book data error (Machine configuration: Inconsistency in the NVRAM area used
09 for storing settings required for Address Book configuration.)
SC870- B Address Book data error (Machine configuration: Cannot make a directory for storing the
10 Address Book in the SD/USB FlashROM.)
SC870- B Address Book data error (On startup: Inconsistency in Address Book entry number.)
469
6.Troubleshooting

11
SC870- B Address Book data error (File I/O: Failed to initialize file.)
20
SC870- B Address Book data error (File I/O: Failed to generate file.)
21
SC870- B Address Book data error (File I/O: Failed to open file.)
22
SC870- B Address Book data error (File I/O: Failed to write to file.)
23
SC870- B Address Book data error (File I/O: Failed to read file.)
24
SC870- B Address Book data error (File I/O: Failed to check file size.)
25
SC870- B Address Book data error (File I/O: Failed to delete data.)
26
SC870- B Address Book data error (File I/O: Failed to add data.)
27
SC870- B Address Book data error (Search: Failed to obtain data from cache when searching in the
30 machine Address Book. delivery destination/sender.)
SC870- B Address Book data error (Search: Failed to obtain data from cache during LDAP search.)
31
SC870- B Address Book data error (Search: Failed to obtain data from cache while searching the WS-
32 Scanner Address Book.)
SC870- B Address Book data error (Cache: failed to obtain data from cache.)
41
SC870- B Address Book data error (On startup: Detected abnormality of the Address Book encryption
50 status.)
SC870- B Address Book data error (Encryption settings: Failed to create directory required for
51 conversion between plaintext and encrypted text.)
SC870- B Address Book data error (Encryption settings: Failed to convert from plaintext to encrypted
52 text.)
SC870- B Address Book data error (Encryption settings: Failed to convert from encrypted text to
53 plaintext.)
SC870- B Address Book data error (Encryption settings: Detected data inconsistency when reading the
54 encrypted Address Book.)
SC870- B Address Book data error (Encryption settings: Failed to delete file when changing encryption
55 setting.)
470
6.Troubleshooting

SC870- B Address Book data error (Encryption settings: Failed to erase the file that records the
56 encryption key during an attempt to change the encryption setting.)
SC870- B Address Book data error (Encryption settings: Failed to move a file during an attempt to
57 change the encryption setting.)
SC870- B Address Book data error (Encryption settings: Failed to delete a directory during an attempt
58 to change the encryption setting.)
SC870- B Address Book data error (Encryption settings: Detected a resource shortage during an
59 attempt to change the encryption setting.)
SC870- B Address Book data error (Unable to obtain the on/off setting for administrator authentication
60 (06A and later).)
When an error related to the Address Book is detected during startup or operation.
• Software bug
• Inconsistency of Address Book source location (machine/delivery server/LDAP server)
• Inconsistency of Address Book encryption setting or encryption key (NVRAM or HDD
was replaced individually without formatting the Address Book)
• Address Book storage device (SD/HDD) was temporarily removed or hardware
configuration does not match the application configuration.
• Address Book data corruption was detected.
Install the device that contains address book information properly, and turn the main power
off/on. If SC occurs again, do the following steps.
1. After installing the HDD, or SD/USB ROM, execute SP5-846-046.
2. Wait more than 3 seconds, then execute SP5-832.
3. Cycle the main power off and on.
Procedure after SC870 is cleared
1. If there is backup data in SD card or Web Image Monitor, restore the address book data.
(To restore from SD card, enter the encryption password which is the same as when you
enter to backup.)

SC871-00 D FCU error
An error occurred when FCS detects FCU defective.
• Time-out error
• Abnormal Parameter
• Update the firmware if more recent firmware was released.
471
6.Troubleshooting

SC872- B HDD mail reception error
00 An error was detected on the HDD immediately after the machine was turned on.
• HDD defective
• Power was turned off while the machine used the HDD.
• Format the HDD (SP5-832-007).
When you do the above, the following information will be initialized.
• Partly received partial mail messages.
• Already-read statuses of POP3-received messages (All messages on the mail server are
handled as new messages).

SC873-00 B HDD mail reception error
An error was detected on the HDD immediately after the machine was turned on.
• HDD defective
• Power was turned off while the machine used the HDD.
• Format the HDD (SP5-832-007).
When you do the above, the following information will be initialized.
• Sender’s mail text
• Default sender name/password (SMB/FTP/NCP)
• Administrator mail address
• Scanner delivery history

SC874-05 D Delete all error (Delete data area) : Read error
SC874-06 D Delete all error (Delete data area) : Write error
SC874-09 D Delete all error (Delete data area) : No response from HDD
SC874-10 D Delete all error (Delete data area) : Error in Kernel
SC874-12 D Delete all error (Delete data area) : No designated partition
SC874-13 D Delete all error (Delete data area) : No device file
SC874-14 D Delete all error (Delete data area) : Start option error
SC874-15 D Delete all error (Delete data area) : No designated sector number
SC874-16 D Delete all error (Delete data area) : failure in performing hdderase
SC874-41 D Delete all error (Delete data area) : Other fatal errors
SC874-42 D Delete all error (Delete data area) : End by cancellation
SC874-61 D Delete all error (Delete data area) : library error
472
6.Troubleshooting

to 65
SC874-66 D Delete all error (Delete data area) : Unavailable
SC874-67 D Delete all error (Delete data area) : Erasing not finished
SC874-68 D Delete all error (Delete data area) : HDD format failure (Normal)
SC874-69 D Delete all error (Delete data area) : HDD format failure (Abnormal)
SC874-70 D Delete all error (Delete data area) : Unauthorized library
SC874-99 D Delete all error (Delete data area) : other errors
An error occurred while data was being erased on HDD or NVRAM.
• Error detected in HDD data delete program
• Error detected in NVRAM data delete program
• The “Delete All” option was not set
• Turn the main power switch off and back on, and then execute "Erase All Memory" in
UP mode again. (However, if there is a defective sector or other problem with the
hard disk, the error will persist even after trying the above.)
• If the "Delete All" option is not installed when this error occurs, install the option.

SC875- D Delete all error (HDD erasure) (hddchack –i error)
01
SC875- D Delete all error (HDD erasure) (Data deletion failure)
02
An error was detected before HDD/data erasure starts. (Failed to erase data/failed to
logically format HDD)
• HDD logical formatting failed.
• The modules failed to erase data.

SC876- D Log Data Error
00 An error was detected in the handling of the log data at power on or during machine
operation.
• Damaged log data file.
• Log encryption is enabled but encryption module is not installed.
• Inconsistency of encryption key between NV-RAM and HDD.
• Software bug.
Try the SC876-01 to -99 solutions listed below. If it is not solved, do the following steps
(for when only an HDD is replaced):
473
6.Troubleshooting

1. Disconnect the HDD and turn on the main power.
2. Execute SP5-801-019.
3. Turn off the main power.
4. Connect the HDD and turn on the main power.
5. Execute SP5-832-004.
6. Turn off the main power.
The following step is to configure the logging/encryption setting again.
7. Turn on the main power.
8. Set SP9-730-002 through -004 to 1.
9. Cycle the main power off and on.

SC876- D Log Data Error 1
operation.
Damaged log data file
Initialize the HDD (SP5-832-004).

operation.
Log encryption is enabled but encryption module is not installed.
• Replace or set again the encryption module.
• Disable the log encryption setting.

operation.
Inconsistency of encryption key between NV-RAM and HDD.
• Disable the log encryption setting.
• Initialize LCS memory (SP5801-019).
• Initialize the HDD (SP5-832-004).

474
6.Troubleshooting

operation.
• Log encryption key is disabled but the log data file is encrypted. (NVRAM data
corruption)
• Log encryption key is enabled but the log data file is not encrypted. (NVRAM data
corruption)
Initialize the HDD (SP5-832-004).

operation.
• Only the NV-RAM has been replaced with one previously used in another machine.
• Only the HDD has been replaced with one previously used in another machine.
• Attach the original NV-RAM.
• Attach the original HDD.
• With the configuration that caused the SC, initialize the HDD (SP5-832-004).

operation.
Other causes
-

SC877- B Data Overwrite Security card error
00 The "Auto Erase Memory" function of the Data Overwrite Security is set to on but it cannot
be done.
• Data Overwrite Security option SD card is broken.
• Data Overwrite Security option SD card has been removed.
• If the SD card is broken, prepare a new Data Overwrite Security option SD card and
replace the NVRAM.
• If the SD card has been removed, turn the main power off and reinstall a working Data
Overwrite Security option SD card.
475
6.Troubleshooting

SC878-00 D TPM authentication error
TPM electronic recognition failure
• Update of system module attempted without correct update path
• USB flash memory not operating correctly
Trusted Platform Module
• In computing, Trusted Platform Module (TPM) is both the name of a published specification detailing a
secure crypto processor that can store cryptographic keys that protect information, as well as the general
name of implementations of that specification often called the "TPM chip" or "TPM Security Device" (as
designated in certain Dell BIOS settings).
SC878-01 D USB flash error
There is a problem in the file system of the USB flash memory.
USB Flash system files corrupted

SC878-02 D TPM error
An error occurred in either TPM or the TPM driver
TPM not operating correctly

SC878-03 D TCSD error
An error occurred in the TPM software stack.
• TPM, TPM software cannot start
• A file required by TPM is missing

SC878-20 D Random number test error
An error was detected when a random number table was generated during a self-test.
TPM is defective
• Turn the main power OFF/ON.
• Replace the controller board if the SC occurs again.
476
6.Troubleshooting

SC878- D DESS self-test error
21 The power-on self-test for TPM failed at startup when the controller encryption software
was tested.
TPM firmware or CPU is defective
• Turn the main power OFF/ON.

SC880-00 D MLB error
Reply to MLB access was not returned within a specified time.
MLB defective
• Replace the MLB.
• Remove the MLB.

SC881- D Management area error
01 • A problem was detected in the software
• This error may even occur is an IC card option is not installed.
• This is caused by accumulation of abnormal authentication information in the software.
(User operation will not directly cause it.)
• At login
Example: When a job is sent to the printer/when logged on from the operation
panel/when logged on from a Web browser

SC899-00 D Software performance error (signal reception end)
Unknown software error occurred.
Occurs when an internal program behaves abnormally.
In the case of a hardware defect
• Replace the hardware.
In the case of a software error
• Try updating the firmware.
477
6.Troubleshooting
SC9xx: Others
SC900-00 D Electrical total counter error
The total counter contains data that is not a number.
• NVRAM incorrect type
• NVRAM defective or corrupted
• Unexpected error from external source
• When PRT received signals at SRM, the requested count did not complete.
Replace the NVRAM.

SC920-00 B Printer application error (no response within determined time in Printing)
SC920-01 B Printer application error (Timeout during Printing)
SC920-02 B Printer error 1 (WORK memory not acquired)
SC920-03 B Printer application error (Filter process not started)
SC920-04 B Printer error 1 (Filter processing ended abnormally)
When an error is detected in the application, which makes continued operation impossible.
• Software bug
• Unexpected hardware configuration (such as insufficient memory)
• Increase the memory storage capacity.

SC921-00 B Printer application error (Resident font not found)
Resident font was not found at printer startup.
Preinstalled font files not found.

SC925- B NetFile function error
00
SC925- B NetFile function error
01
The NetFile file management on the HDD cannot be used, or a NetFile management file is
corrupted and operation cannot continue. The HDDs are defective and they cannot be
debugged or partitioned, so the Scan Router functions (delivery of received faxes, document
capture, etc.), Web services, and other network functions cannot be used.
HDD status codes are displayed below the SC code:
478
6.Troubleshooting

• HDD defective
• Power loss while data was writing to HDD
• Software bug
See the table and the procedure below.
Here is a list of HDD status codes:
Display Meaning
(-1) HDD not connected
(-2) HDD not ready
(-3) No label
(-4) Partition type incorrect
(-5) Error returned during label read or check
(-6) Error returned during label read or check
(-7) “filesystem” repair failed
(-8) “filesystem” mount failed
(-9) Drive does not answer command
(-10) Internal kernel error
(-11) Size of drive is too small
(-12) Specified partition does not exist
(-13) Device file does not exist
Recovery from SC 925
Procedure 1
1. If the machine shows SC codes for HDD errors (SC860 to SC865) with SC 925, do the recovery procedures
for SC860 to SC865.
Procedure 2
1. If the machine does not show one of the five HDD errors (SC860 to SC865), cycle the main power OFF/ON.
2. If this is not the solution for the problem, then initialize the NetFile partition on the HDD with SP5-832-11
(HDD Formatting - Ridoc I/F).
NetFiles: These are jobs printed from the document server using a PC and DeskTopBinder. Before you
initialize the NetFile partition on the HDD, tell the customer:
• Received faxes on the delivery server will be erased
• All captured documents will be erased
• Desk Top Binder/Print Job Manager/Desk Top Editor job history will be erased
• Documents on the document server, and scanned documents, will not be erased.
• The first time that the network gets access to the machine, the management information must be
configured again (this will use a lot of time).
3. Before you initialize the Netfile partition with SP5-832-11, do these steps:
4. In the User Tools mode, do Document Management> Batch Delete Transfer Documents.
Do SP5-832-11, and cycle the main power OFF/ON.
479
6.Troubleshooting
Procedure 3
1. If “Procedure 2” is not the solution for the problem, do SP5-832-001 (HDD Formatting - All)
2. Cycle the machine off/on.
• SP5-832-001 erases all document and address book data on the hard disks. Consult with the
customer before you do this SP code.
Procedure 4
1. If “Procedure 3” does not solve the problem, replace the HDD.

SC940- C Optional counter interface unit error
50 Setting of the optional counter interface is ON, and register values, of the set detection
signal of the optional counter interface unit, is "1" 3 times in a row.
Driver's error of the optional counter interface
• Cycle the main power OFF/ON.
• If the problem cannot be solved, replace the BiCU.

SC990-00 D Software operation error
Software attempted an unexpected operation.
• Parameter error
• Internal parameter error
• Insufficient work memory
• Operation error caused by abnormalities that are normally undetectable.
• Cycle the main power OFF/ON.
• Reinstall the software of the controller and BiCU.

SC991-00 C Recoverable software operation error
Software attempted an unexpected operation.
SC991 covers recoverable errors as opposed to SC990.
• Parameter error
• Internal parameter error
• Insufficient work memory
• Operation error caused by abnormalities that are normally undetectable.
Logging only
480
6.Troubleshooting

SC992-00 D Undefined SC issued
An SC, that is not controlled by the system, occurred.
• An SC for the previous model was used mistakenly, etc.
• Basically a software bug.
Cycle the main power OFF/ON.

SC994- C Application item error
00 The numbers of executed application items on the operation panel reach the maximum limit
for the operation panel structure.
Too many executed application items
Logging only

SC997- D Application function selection error
00 • The application has not responded to the set command created by SCS within a certain
period of time.
• The application selected ended abnormally.
Software bug
• Check whether an option required by the application (RAM, DIMM, board) is installed
properly.
• Check whether downloaded applications are correctly configured. (Take necessary
countermeasures specific to the application in which the error occurs. In some
applications, the logs can be taken from the monitor. If this option is available, analyze
the logs.)

SC998- D Application start error
00 • After power on, no application program is registered to the system within a
predetermined period of time. (no application starts or ends normally.)
• Even if they are started, all applications have become unable to be rendered due to an
unknown defect.
• Software bug
• An option required by the application (RAM, DIMM, board) is not installed properly
• Turn the main power switch off and on.
• Check whether an option required by the application (RAM, DIMM, board) is installed
properly.
481
6.Troubleshooting

• Check whether downloaded applications are correctly configured.
• Replace the Controller Board.
482
6.Troubleshooting
Process Control Error Conditions
Developer Initialization Result
SP-3-014-001 (Developer Initialization Result)
No. Result Description Possible Causes/Action

1 Successfully Developer initialization is -
completed successfully completed.
2 Forced Developer initialization was • A cover was opened or the main switch
termination forcibly terminated. was turned off during the initialization.
1. Do the developer initialization again when
done in SP mode. Reinstall the engine
main firmware if the result is the same.
2. Cycle the main power off and on when
done at unit replacement.
6 Vt error Vt is more than 0.7V when Vcnt is 1. Make sure that the heat seal on the
4.3V. development unit is not removed.
2. Defective TD sensor
7 Vcnt error 1 Vcnt is less than 4.7V when Vcnt is 1. Defective TD sensor
Vt target ±0.2V. 2. Vt target settings are not correct.
3. Toner density error
8 Vcnt error 2 Vt is more than 0.7V when Vcnt is 1. Make sure that the heat seal on the
4.3V and Vcnt is less than 4.7V development unit is not removed.
when Vcnt is Vt target ±0.2V. 2. Defective TD sensor
9 Vcnt error 3 Vcnt is less than 4.7V. 1. Make sure that the heat seal on the
development unit is not removed.
2. Defective TD sensor
3. Vt target settings are not correct.
4. Toner density error
• The machine starts developer initialization after you set "Enable" in SP3-902-005, 006, 007, or 008.
Developer initialization automatically resumes when you open and close the front door or turn the main
switch off and on if an error other than Error 8 occurs.
Process Control Self-Check Result
Displayed number shows results of each color sensor check.

00000000 = YYCCMMKK
483
6.Troubleshooting
SP3-012-001 to -010 (Process Control Execute Result)

11 Successfully completed Process control self-check successfully Check the Vsg adjustment. See the
completed. "Vsg Adjustment Result"
following this table.
41 Vt error Vt maximum or minimum error is • Defective development unit
detected. Vt maximum error and an image is
faint:
1. Replace the toner supply
pump unit.
Vt maximum error and an image is
O.K:
1. Replace the development unit.
2. Replace the BICU board.
Vt minimum error:
1. Replace the development unit.
53 ID sensor coefficient Not enough data can be sampled. • Solid image is not sufficient
(K5) detection error density:
1. Retry the process control.
2. Replace the ID sensors.
• Solid image is O.K.
1. Replace the ID sensors.
• ID sensor is dirty:
1. Clean the ID sensors.
2. Retry the process control.
54 ID sensor coefficient When the K5 is more than the value of • ID sensor pattern density is
(K5) maximum/ SP3-362-003 or less than the value of too high or low.
minimum error SP3-362-004, the error 54 is displayed. • ID sensor or shutter is
defective.
Same as 53
55 Gamma error: Gamma is out of range. 5.0 < Gamma • ID sensor pattern density is
Maximum too high.
• Hardware defective.
Same as 53
56 Gamma error: Gamma is out of range. • ID sensor pattern density is
484
6.Troubleshooting

Minimum Gamma < 0.15 too low.
1. Same as 53
2. Replace the toner supply
pump unit.
57 Vk error: Maximum Vk is out of range. • ID sensor pattern density is
150 < Vk too low.
Same as 53
58 Vk error: Minimum Vk is out of range. • ID sensor pattern density is
Vk < –150 too high.
• Background dirty
• Hardware defective
Same as 53
59 Sampling data error Not enough data can be sampled during • ID sensor pattern density is
during gamma the gamma correction. too high or low.
correction • Hardware defective
Same as 53
99 Unexpected error Process control fails. • Power Failure
Check the power source.
Vsg Adjustment Result
SP3-323-001 to -010 (Vsg Adjustment Result)

1 O.K Vsg adjustment is correctly done. -
2 ID sensor Vsg cannot be adjusted within 4.0 • Dirty ID sensor (toner, dust, or
adjustment error ±0.5V. foreign material)
• Dirty transfer belt
• Scratched image transfer belt
• Defective ID sensor
• Poor connection
• Defective BICU
1. Clean the ID sensor.
2. Check the belt cleaning. Clean or
replace the transfer belt.
3. Replace the image transfer belt.
485
6.Troubleshooting

5. Check the connection.
3 ID sensor output ID sensor output is more than "Voffset • Defective ID sensor
error Threshold" (SP3-324-004) • Poor connection
• Defective BICU
2. Check the connection.
9 Vsg Adjustment Vsg adjustment has not been • Other cases
error completed. Retry SP3-321-010.
Line Position Adjustment Result
SP2-194-010 to -012 (Line Position Adjustment Result: M, C, Y)

This SP shows the number as a line position adjustment result on the LCD. It shows which color has an error (M,
Y or C).
No. Result Description Note
0 Not done Line position adjustment has not been done. -
1 Completed successfully Line position adjustment has correctly been done, -
2 Cannot detect patterns ID sensors have not detected the patterns for line position See
adjustment. Note
3 Fewer lines on the pattern The patterns, which ID sensors have detected, are not enough for See
than the target line position adjustment. Note
4 More lines on the pattern Not used in this machine. -
than the target
5 Out of the adjustment ID sensors have correctly detected the patterns for line position See
range adjustment, but a shift of patterns is out of adjustable range. Note
6-9 Not used - -
• For details, see the "Troubleshooting Guide - Line Position Adjustment" section.
486
6.Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Guide
Line Position Adjustment
When there are color registration errors on the output, do the line position adjustment as follows.
Test
1. Do SP2-111-003 (Mode c: rough adjustment).

2. Use SP2-194-007 to check if the result of the line position adjustment is correct (0: Completed successfully,
1: Not completed). If the result is "1", refer to ‘Countermeasure list for color registration errors’.
3. Do SP2-111-001 (Mode a: fine adjustment twice).
4. Use SP2-194-007 to check if the result of the line position adjustment is correct (0: Completed successfully,
1: Not completed). If the result is "1", refer to ‘Countermeasure list for color registration errors’.
5. Put some A4/LT paper on the bypass tray.
• When you print a test pattern, use the bypass tray to feed the paper.
6. Print out test pattern "7" with SP2-109-003.
7. Check the printed output with a loupe.
8. If there are no color registration errors on the output, the line position adjustment is correctly done. If not,
refer to the countermeasure list for color registration errors.
Countermeasure List for Color Registration Errors
After Executing SP2-111-003

• Result: "1" in SP2-194-007
• Result: "2" or "3" (Line pattern detection failure) in SP2-194-010, -011, -012
Test pattern check Possible cause/Countermeasure
White image, Abnormal image, Low • Defective image processing unit
density • Low density of test pattern
• Defective BiCU
1. Replace the high voltage power supply unit.
2. Do the forced process control (SP3-011-001) or supply some
toner (SP3-030-xxx).
Normal image, but with color • Defective ID sensor shutter
registration errors • Defective ID sensor
• Defective BiCU
1. Replace the ID sensor shutter solenoid.
487
6.Troubleshooting
• Result: "1" in SP2-194-007

• One of results: "5" (Out of adjustable range) in SP2-194-010, -011, -012, -013
The main scan registrations of M, C, Y, K are shifted by more than • Defective laser unit
±15. • Defective BiCU
1. Perform the color skew adjustment
(Image Adjustment).
2. Replace the laser unit.
The sub scan registrations of M, C, Y, K are shifted by more than • Defective image transfer belt
±20. • Defective drive units
• Defective BiCU
2. Replace the drum motor.
The main scan registration is shifted by more than ±0.66 mm, but • Defective ID sensor at center
only at the central area of the image on the output. • Deformed center area on the image
transfer belt
• Defective BiCU
The skew for M, C, Y, K is more than ±0.75 mm. • Defective PCDU
• Defective laser optics housing unit
• Defective BiCU
(Image Adjustment).
2. Reinstall or replace the PCDU.
3. Replace the laser optics housing unit.
Others • Skew correction upper limit error
• Defective BiCU
(Image Adjustment).
• Result: "1" in SP2-194-007
488
6.Troubleshooting
• Result: "0" in SP2-194-010, -011, -012, -013

Do SP2-111-001 or -002.
• Result: "1" in SP2-194-007
• Result: "2" or "3" (Line pattern detection failure) in SP2-194-010, -011, -012, -013
White image, Abnormal image, • Defective laser optics housing unit shutter
Low density • Defective image processing unit
• Low density of test pattern
• Defective BiCU
1. Replace the shutter motor.
2. Replace the high voltage power supply unit.
3. Do the forced process control (SP3-011-001) or supply some
toner (SP3-030-xxx).
Normal image, but with color • Defective ID sensor shutter
registration errors • Defective ID sensor
• Defective BiCU
1. Replace the ID sensor shutter solenoid.
• Result: "1" in SP2-194-007
• Result: "5" (Out of adjustable range) in SP2-194-010, -011, -012
Low image density on the output • Low pattern density
Do the forced process control (SP3-011-001) or
supply some toner (SP3-030-xxx).
The main scan registrations of M, C, Y, K are shifted by • No defective component
more than ±1.4. • Defective laser optics housing unit
• Defective BiCU
1. Do SP2-111-003 again.
The sub scan registrations of M, C, Y are shifted by more • No defective component
than ±1.4mm from the sub scan registration of K. • Defective image transfer belt
• Defective drive units
489
6.Troubleshooting

• Defective BiCU
1. Do SP2-111-003 again.
The main scan registration is shifted by more than ±0.66 • Defective ID sensor at center
mm, but only at the central area of the image on the output. • Deformed center area on the image transfer
belt
• Defective BiCU
The skew for M, C, Y, K is more than ± 0.75 mm at the end • Defective PCDU
of the scan line? • Defective laser optics housing unit
• Defective BiCU
1. Perform the color skew adjustment (Image
Adjustment).
Others • Skew correction upper limit error
• Defective BiCU
Adjustment).
• Result: "0" in SP2-194-007
• Result: Color registration errors in SP2-194-010, -011, -012, -013
Low image density on the output • Low pattern density
Do the forced process control (SP3-011-001) or
supply some toner (SP3-030-xxx).
The main scan registration is shifted, but only at the • Defective ID sensor at center
central area of the image on the output. • Deformed center area on the image transfer belt
• Defective BiCU
490
6.Troubleshooting

The main scan registrations of M, C, Y, K are shifted. • Defective laser optics housing unit
• Defective BiCU
• Incorrect SP value
Adjustment).
5. Adjust the value with SP2-182-004 to -021.
The sub scan registrations of M, C, Y, K are shifted. • Defective image transfer belt
• Defective drive units
• Defective BiCU
• Incorrect SP value
5. Adjust the value with SP2-182-022 to -039.
The skew of M, C, Y, K is different. • Defective PCDU
• Defective BiCU
Adjustment).
The sub scan lines are shifted. Shifted lines appear • Defective PCDU
cyclically. • Defective drive unit
• Drum phase adjustment error
2. Check or replace the drive unit.
491
6.Troubleshooting
Problem at Regular Intervals
Image problems may appear at regular intervals that depend on the circumference of certain components.
The following diagram shows the possible symptoms (black or white dots at regular intervals).
[A]: Paper feed direction

[B]: Problems at regular intervals
• Abnormal image at 33.6-mm intervals: Charge roller
• Colored spots at 40.82-mm intervals: Image transfer roller
• Colored spots at 20.9-mm intervals: Development roller
• Abnormal image at 55.4 (center) or 55.0 (end)-mm intervals: Paper transfer roller
• Colored spots at 75.4-mm intervals: OPC drum
• Spots at 78.5-mm intervals: Pressure roller
• Spots at 78.5-mm intervals: Fusing belt
Blank Print
Symptom Possible cause Necessary actions

No image is printed. Defective laser unit Replace the laser unit.
Defective PCDU Replace the PCDU.
Defective image transfer belt unit Replace the image transfer belt unit.
Incorrect action of paper transfer roller Check the guide and the paper transfer roller.
Defective HVPS Replace HVPS.
Defective BiCU Replace the BiCU.
All-Black Print

All the paper is black. Incorrectly installed PCDU Install the PCDU correctly.
Defective HVPS Replace the HVPS.
Defective laser unit Replace the laser unit.
492
6.Troubleshooting

Defective main board Replace the main board.
Missing CMY Color

C, M, or Y is Defective PCDU Replace the PCDU.
missing. Loose connection between printer cartridge and Replace the drum positioning
BiCU cover.
Image transfer belt not contacting PCDU Check the belt tension unit.
Defective the drum motor: CMY Replace the drum motor: CMY.
Light Print

Printed images are Loose connection between paper Check the connection between the paper
too weak. transfer roller and HVPS transfer roller and the HVPS.
Dust in the laser beam path Clean the laser beam path.
Image transfer belt not contacting Check the image transfer belt unit.
PCDU
Defective paper transfer roller Repair the paper transfer roller.
Defective fusing unit Replace the fusing unit.
Repeated Spots or Lines on Prints
The same spots or lines appear at regular intervals.

Interval Possible cause Necessary actions
At intervals of 33.6 mm (1.32 inches) Defective charge roller Replace the PCDU.
At intervals of 20.9 mm (0.82 inches) Defective development Replace the PCDU.
roller
At intervals from 55.0 (end) to 55.4 (center) mm Defective paper transfer Replace the paper transfer
(from 2.16 to 2.18 inches) roller roller unit.
At intervals of 75.4 mm (2.96 inches) Defective OPC drum Replace the PCDU.
At intervals of 78.5 mm (3.09 inches) Defective pressure Replace the pressure roller or
roller fusing unit.
At intervals of 78.5 mm (3.09 inches) Defective fusing belt Replace the fusing unit.
At intervals of 40.82 mm (1.60 inches) Defective image Replace the image transfer
493
6.Troubleshooting
Interval Possible cause Necessary actions

transfer roller roller.
Dark Vertical Line on Prints

A dark line in one CMY color appears. The line is parallel Defective PCDU Replace the PCDU.
to the paper feed direction.
A dark line in any color (not C, M, or Y) appears. The line Dust in the laser beam Clean the laser beam
is parallel to the paper feed direction. path path.
Defective image Replace the image
transfer belt unit transfer belt unit.
White Horizontal Lines or Bands

White lines or bands appear in Defective PCDU Replace the PCDU.
images. Defective image transfer belt Replace the image transfer belt
unit unit.
Defective paper transfer roller Replace the paper transfer roller.
Missing Parts of Images

Some parts of images are missing. Defective PCDU Replace the PCDU.
Defective image transfer belt unit Replace the image transfer belt unit.
Defective paper transfer roller Replace the paper transfer roller.
Dirty Background

Backgrounds of one CMYK color are too dense. Defective PCDU Replace the PCDU.
Backgrounds of more than one CMYK color are too dense. Defective HVPS Replace the HVPS.
Partial CMY Color Dots

Unexpected dots of the same color appear at Defective PCDU Replace the PCDU.
irregular intervals. Defective image transfer Replace the image transfer
494
6.Troubleshooting

belt unit belt unit.
Dark Irregular Streaks on Prints

Unexpected streaks appear at irregular Defective image transfer Replace the image transfer belt
intervals. belt unit.
CMY Color Irregular Streaks

Unexpected streaks of the same color appear at Defective PCDU Replace the PCDU.
irregular intervals. Defective image transfer Replace the image transfer
belt unit belt unit.
Ghosting

The same or similar image appears two or more times. They get Defective PCDU Replace the PCDU.
weaker and weaker. Defective transfer Replace the transfer
unit unit.
Unfused or Partially Fused Prints

Some parts of images are not fused very Non-standard paper in Use recommended paper.
well. use
Incorrect media type Select an appropriate mode for the
mode media.
Image Skew

Images are Incorrect installation Install the paper correctly.
skewed of paper
Incorrect paper guide Adjust the paper guide correctly.
position
• When adjusting the paper width, use the right side guide
495
6.Troubleshooting

only, with the green clip. Do not hold the left side guide at
this time, or skew will occur.
Defective registration Repair the paper feed unit.
roller
Incorrect action of Check the paper transfer roller.
paper transfer roller
Incorrect installation Uninstall the paper tray units and re-install them.
of paper tray
Background Stain

The reverse side of the paper is not clean. Dirty paper transfer roller Clean the paper transfer roller.
Dirty paper path Clean the paper path.
Dirty registration roller Clean the registration roller.
No Printing on Paper Edge

Images are not printed in the areas around Defective PCDU Replace the PCDU.
the paper edges. Defective toner cartridge Replace the toner cartridge.
Defective image transfer belt Replace the image transfer
unit belt unit.
Image transfer belt not Check the image transfer
contacting PCDU belt unit.
Image Not Centered When It Should Be

Images do not come to the Incorrect installation of paper Install the paper correctly.
center. Incorrect paper guide position Adjust the paper guide correctly.
Incorrect margin setting Adjust the margin setting.
Incorrect installation of paper Uninstall the paper tray units and re-install
tray them.
496
6.Troubleshooting
Jam Detection
Paper Jam History
Checking Logs
Plotter (print engine) jam history can be displayed using SP7-507. The jam history of the 10 latest jams is
displayed.
• SP7-507-001 "Plotter Jam: History Latest"
• SP7-507-002 "Plotter Jam: History Latest1"
Jam Display
SP7-507 shows the paper jam history.
• CODE: Indicates the jam code.

• SIZE: Indicates the paper size code.
• TOTAL: Indicates the total counter (SP7-502-001).
• DATE: indicates the date when the jam occurred.
Initial jams at power on are not displayed here.
Jam Codes and Display Codes
If a paper jam occurs, the machine displays the location where the jam occurs on the operation panel.
497
6.Troubleshooting
SP7-504 and SP7-505 (for ADF) show how many jams occurred at each location.
Jam Description SP No. Indication on the operation
Code panel
001 Initial jam at power on 7-504-001 B, C, Z, Y1, Y2, P
7-505-001(for
ADF)
003 Paper is not fed from 1st tray. 7-504-003 A
004 Paper is not fed from 2nd tray. 7-504-004 Y1
005 Paper is not fed from 3rd tray. 7-504-005 Y2
008 Paper is not fed from the bypass tray. 7-504-008 A
009 Paper is jammed at the duplex unit. 7-504-009 Z
012 Paper is not fed from the vertical transport 7-504-012 Y1
sensor 1.
017 Registration sensor does not detect paper, and 7-504-017 A
paper exit sensor turns on.
018 Fusing entrance sensor does not detect paper. 7-504-018 B
019 Fusing exit sensor does not detect paper. 7-504-019 C
020 Paper exit sensor does not detect paper. 7-504-020 C
021 1-bin tray exit sensor does not detect paper. 7-504-021 C
025 Duplex exit sensor does not detect paper. 7-504-025 Z
026 Duplex entrance sensor does not detect paper. 7-504-026 Z
498
6.Troubleshooting
Jam Description SP No. Indication on the operation

Code panel
052 Vertical transport sensor 1 does not turn off. 7-504-052 Y1
053 Vertical transport sensor 2 does not turn off. 7-504-053 Y2
057 Registration sensor does not turn off. 7-504-057 B
060 Paper exit sensor does not turn off. 7-504-060 C
061 1-bin tray exit sensor does not turn off. 7-504-061 C
065 Duplex exit sensor does not turn off. 7-504-065 Z
066 Duplex entrance sensor does not turn off. 7-504-066 Z
004 ADF registration sensor does not turn off. 7-505-004 P
013 ADF feed sensor does not detect paper. 7-505-013 P
054 ADF registration sensor does not turn off. 7-505-054 P
063 ADF feed sensor does not turn off. 7-505-063 P
099 Double-feed detected. - Message is displayed on the
operation panel.
100 ADF drive motor is defective. 7-505-100 P
Sensor Layout
Callout Sensor Callout Sensor

[A] 1-bin tray paper remaining sensor [H] Tray paper end sensor
[B] 1-bin tray exit sensor [I] Duplex entrance sensor
499
6.Troubleshooting
Callout Sensor Callout Sensor

[C] Paper exit sensor [J] Duplex exit sensor
[D] Fusing exit sensor [K] Bypass paper end sensor
[E] Fusing entrance sensor [L] Vertical transport sensor 1
[F] Registration sensor [M] Vertical transport sensor 2
[G] Paper feed sensor [N] PFU paper end sensor
Paper Size Code
Size Code Paper Size Size Code Paper Size

05 A4 LEF 141 B4 SEF
06 A5 LEF 142 B5 SEF
14 B5 LEF 160 DLT SEF
38 LT LEF 164 LG SEF
44 HLT LEF 166 LT SEF
133 A4 SEF 172 HLT SEF
134 A5 SEF 255 Others
500
6.Troubleshooting
Electrical Component Defects
Sensors
No. Sensor Name/ Active CN No./ Condition Symptom

Sensor Board Name Pin No.
S1 Bypass Lift Sensor H CN523/11 Open SC508
Shorted
S2 By-pass Paper End Sensor L CN523/5 Open Paper is detected on the by-pass
tray when no paper is set.
Shorted Paper is not detected on the by-
pass tray when paper is set.
S3 By-pass Paper Size Sensor L CN523/2 Open A4/LT size is not detected.
Shorted A4/LT size is detected.
S4 Duplex Entrance Sensor L CN523/14 Open Jam Z (Jam 26)
Shorted Jam Z (Jam66)
S5 Fusing Entrance Sensor L CN523/20 Open Jam B (Jam 18)
Shorted Jam C
S6 Duplex Exit Sensor L CN523/23 Open Jam Z (Jam 25)
Shorted Jam Z
S7 Fusing Exit Sensor L CN525/8 Open Jam C (Jam 19)
Shorted Jam C
S8 Fusing Thermopile A CN525/6 Open SC541
Shorted
S9 TD Sensor (Mu ( ) A CN539/8 Open PCU setting Error occurs.
Sensor) (K) Shorted
Sensor) (C) Shorted
Sensor) (M) Shorted
Sensor) (Y) Shorted
S13 ID Sensor A CN555/6,7,10,11 Open SC370
Shorted
S14 ITB Contact HP Sensor L CN543/12 Open SC442
Shorted
S15 Tray Paper End Sensor L CN559/12 Open Paper end is detected when there
is paper in the paper tray.
Shorted Paper end is not detected when
501
6.Troubleshooting

there is no paper in the paper
tray.
S16 Paper Feed Sensor L CN559/14 Open Jam A
Shorted Normal operation
S17 ADF Set Sensor L CN403/2 Open ADF open cannot be detected.
Shorted
S19 Registration Sensor L CN559/17 Open Jam A (Jam 17)
Shorted Jam B
S20 Scanner HP Sensor H CN403/5 Open SC120, SC121
Shorted
S21 Temperature/Humidity A CN526/6,8 Open • Printed image is wrong,
Sensor Shorted such as rough image, dirty
background or weak image.
• SC498
S22 Toner End Sensor (C) A CN539/16 Open SC374
Shorted
S23 Toner End Sensor (M) A CN539/15 Open SC373
Shorted
S24 Toner End Sensor (Y) A CN539/14 Open SC375
Shorted
S25 Waste Toner Full Sensor H CN543/4 Open Waste toner full is detected
when it is not near full.
Shorted Waste toner full cannot be
detected when the waste toner
bottle is nearly full.
S26 Tray Lift Sensor H CN543/7 Open SC501
Shorted
S27 Paper Exit Sensor L CN525/11 Open Jam C (Jam 20)
Shorted Jam C (Jam 60)
S28 ADF Feed Sensor L CN404/3 Open Jam P
Shorted
S29 Top Cover Set Sensor L CN404/24 Open Top cover open cannot be
Shorted detected.
S30 Original Set Sensor L CN404/26 Open Original set cannot be detected.
Shorted
S31 ADF Registration Sensor L CN404/28 Open Jam P
502
6.Troubleshooting

Shorted
TH1 Pressure Roller Thermistor A CN525/23 Open SC571
(Edge:Rear) Shorted
(Center) Shorted
(Edge:Front) Shorted
TH4 Image Creation A CN526/4 Open SC497
Temperature Sensor Shorted
TH5 Fusing Thermistor (NC A CN525/27 Open SC581
sensor) Shorted
SW4 Right Cover Switch L CN559/19 Open “Cover closed” cannot be
detected.
Shorted “Open Cover” cannot be
detected.
SW5 Tray Set Switch L CN543/15 Open Paper tray cannot be detected.
Shorted Paper tray is detected when the
paper tray is not set.
SW6 Waste Toner Bottle Set L CN535/1 Open Waste toner bottle cannot be
Switch detected.
Shorted Waste toner bottle is detected
when the waste toner bottle is
not set.
Fuse Location
100V (Mainly NA)
Fuse Connector (Out) Capacity Voltage Part No. Part Name Replaceable
Name
FU1 CN611-1 (24V) 10A 250V 11071393 51MS(P)-100H No
GF-009
FU2 CN610-1 (24VL) 10A 250V 11071393 51MS(P)-100H No
GF-009
FU3 CN610-2 (24VL_LPS) 4A 250V 11071360 SCT4A No
FU4 CN611-3 (24V_LPS) 4A 250V 11071393 51MS(P)-100H No
GF-009
503
6.Troubleshooting
Name
FU5 CN613-2 (5V) 5A 250V 11071351 SCT5A No
FU102 N/A (Protecting the voltage 10A 250V 11071388 FIH 250V No
converter circuit in the PSU) 10A(EM)8A03
FU101 N/A (Protecting the fusing 15A 250V 11071241 TCL-15A-N4 Yes
circuit in the PSU)
FU103 CN600-4,5 (Anti- 2A 250V 11071362 SCT2A No
condensation Heater)
200V (Mainly EU)
Name
FU1 CN611-1 (24V) 10A 250V 11071393 51MS(P)-100H No
GF-009
FU2 CN610-1 (24VL) 10A 250V 11071393 51MS(P)-100H No
GF-009
FU3 CN610-2 (24VL_LPS) 4A 250V 11071360 SCT4A No
FU4 CN611-3 (24V_LPS) 4A 250V 11071393 51MS(P)-100H No
GF-009
FU5 CN613-2 (5V) 5A 250V 11071351 SCT5A No
FU102 N/A (Protecting the voltage 8A 250V 11071366 FIH 250V No
converter circuit in the PSU) 8A(EM)8A03
FU101 N/A (Protecting the fusing 8A 250V 11071366 FIH 250V No
circuit in the PSU) 8A(EM)8A03
FU103 CN600-4,5 (Anti- 1A 250V 11071367 SCT1A No
condensation Heater)
504
6.Troubleshooting
Other Troubleshooting
When You Cannot Open the Right Door
Problem:
The right cover (duplex unit) does not open, even if the opening/closing lever is operated.
Causes:
When replacing parts, for example, the duplex unit, hooking the hook band [A] has been forgotten, so the
opening/closing lever and the duplex hook parts do not work together. (Tension is not applied.)
Solutions:
Release the hook, and then attach the belt.
505
6.Troubleshooting
4. Remove the interlock switch cover [A]. ( × 3)
5. Remove the bracket. ( ×1)
506
6.Troubleshooting
6. Release the hook [A] from the hole where the bracket was removed.
When Fluorescent or LED Lamps Flicker
Problem:
Under the usage environment of this machine, at the placement location, fluorescent and/or LED lamps flicker.
Causes:
This is a result of the voltage drop that occurs when power is applied to the fusing lamp. It depends on the
electrical power environment at the customer's location.
Solutions:
The procedure varies by the flicker occurrence timing. So check the occurrence timing, and do the procedure that
matches the timing.
Occurrence Timing:
Timing Solutions Side Effect

Set SP1-135-001 (Inrush Recovery time from energy saving becomes slower
Recovery from energy Control) to "1 (ON)." approx. 0.4 sec.
saving
After the recovery Set SP1-135-001 (Inrush • Recovery time from energy saving becomes
from energy saving Control) to "1 (ON)." slower approx. 0.4 sec..
Set SP1-190-001 (Flicker • If the adhesion amount of an image is large, an
Control) to "1 (ON)." offset may occur.
507
6.Troubleshooting
Timing Solutions Side Effect

• If a fusing offset occurs, in the related SP to
fusing offsets, setting values must be changed
Printing Set SP1-190-001 (Flicker • If the adhesion amount of an image is large, an
Control) to "1 (ON)". offset may occur.
• If a fusing offset occurs, in the related SP to
fusing offsets, setting values must be changed.
Related SP to Fusing Offsets
SP Name SP No. Value
Print Target SP1-105- As initial values + 10 °C are the upper limits, change values
Temp.:Plain1:FC:Center 001 to improve offsets.
Print Target SP1-105-
Temp.:Plain1:BW:Center 003
Temp.:Plain2:FC:Center 005
Temp.:Plain2:BW:Center 007
Print Target Temp.:Thin:FC:Center SP1-105-
009
Temp.:Thin:BW:Center 011
Print Target Temp.:M- SP1-105-
thick:FC:Center 013
Print Target Temp.:M- SP1-105-
thick:BW:Center 015
When Abnormal Noise Occurs
When abnormal noise occurs while the machine is operating, identify where the noise comes from by using
various output checks. However, for the fusing unit drive, work through the check procedures given below.
Because damaged or dirty parts can lead to secondary failure, always follow the procedure.
Take particular care not to be caught in the rotating parts of the motors and/or gears.
508
6.Troubleshooting
Checking Abnormal Noise from the Fusing Unit
When the abnormal noise is coming from the fusing unit, work through the following flow chart, and check
whether the fusing unit is the cause, by using SP1-158 (Abnormal Noise Confirmation).
If the fusing unit is the cause, replace the fusing unit. If the drive module is the cause, in addition perform the
operation check of various motors by using output checks, to identify which motor is the cause.
Related SPs
SP No. SP Name Function Description
SP1- Abnormal Noise Confirmation: The fusing motor rotates with Fails if the fusing unit is not
158-001 Unit: Execute the heating control. installed or the cover is open
SP1- Abnormal Noise Confirmation: The fusing motor rotates Fails if the fusing unit is
158-002 No Unit: Execute without the heating control. installed or the cover is open
SP1- Abnormal Noise Confirmation: Rotates during this time. -
158-003 Operation Time Initial value: 20 sec.
SP1- Abnormal Noise Confirmation: Line speed at the time of * : Only for MP C407
158-004 Operation Line Speed rotation
0: 89 mm/s
1: 178 mm/s
2: 212 mm/s *
3: 252 mm/s *
509
6.Troubleshooting
SP No. SP Name Function Description

SP1- Abnormal Noise Confirmation: Temperature setting for SP1- Do not change
158-005 Heat Center Target Temp 153-001 (Unit: Execute)
SP1- Abnormal Noise Confirmation: Temperature setting for SP1-
158-007 Press Target Temp 153-001 (Unit: Execute)
510
7.Detailed Descriptions
7. Detailed Descriptions
Differences between MP C307/C407 and C306/C406

The following table describes the differences between MP C307/C407 and C306/C406 series:
Items MP C307/C407 MP Note
C306/C406
Mainframe
Controller 16S 15S
OCR Improvement on OCR performance -
Higher Yield Supported (only for C407) Not available
Toner
Air Print Supported Not available Installation of USB options is
required for using this.
Smart Apps Supported Not available
UI
Exit and DCSOL switching + double clutch method Rotary SOL
inverter switching
method
ADF set Hanging shape of the detection feeler -
sensor
Auto remote Supported from the initial production Supported
firmware from the
update middle of mass
(ARFU) production
PM parts list Available Not available
menu Printing and display of a PM counters list is
available.
Laser unit Adjustment is not required after replacing. Adjustment is
required after
replacing.
Options
Platen cover Not available Available by
(SPDF is installed as a standard feature for option
all models.)
ADF SPDF (Standard) ARDF (ARDF
The CIS of back reading has been added. DF1040)
This requires adjustment when replacing of Adjustment is
511

C306/C406
the CIS unit or SPDF. not required
after replacing.
Paper Feed • PB1080 PB1080 PB1080TE is PFU which can
Unit • PB1080TE (Only for NA) be locked with a key.
1 Bin Tray BN1030 BN1020
IEEE Type M19 Type M2 Only for NA/EU/AA
802.11a/g/n (Common with MP
Interface Unit C6004/C5504/C4504/C3504/C3004)
IEEE 1284 Type M19 Type A
Interface (Common with MP
Board C6004/C5504/C4504/C3504/C3004)
Bluetooth Not available Type D

Interface Unit
Page Keeper Type M28 Not available Only for NA/EU
Camera Type M26 Type M13
Direct Print
Card
PostScript3 Available by option (Type M28) Standard PS3 will be offered as an
Unit option, as MP C307/C407 is
implemented of the PDF/PS
clone standard. For more
details, please refer to PPLI.
XPS Direct Type M28 Type M13
Print Option
USB Device Type M19 Type M12 Only for NA/EU/AA/KOR
Server Option (Common with MP
C6004/C5504/C4504/C3504/C3004)
Extended Type M19 Not available
USB Board (Common with MP
C6004/C5504/C4504/C3504/C3004)
Fax Option Type M28 Type M13
Fax Type M28 Type M13
Connection
Unit
File Format Type M19 Type E
512

C306/C406
Converter (Common with MP
C6004/C5504/C4504/C3504/C3004)
Data Type M19 Type I
Overwrite (Common with MP
Security C6004/C5504/C4504/C3504/C3004)
513
ADF Unit
Overview
No. Name No. Name

1 Original tray 13 Transport sensor
2 Top cover set sensor 14 Scanning guide plate (front side)
3 Original set sensor 15 Pre-scanning roller (rear side)
4 Pick-up roller 16 Scanning guide plate (rear side)
5 Original set sensor actuator 17 CIS
6 Stopper 18 ADF exit roller
7 Friction pad 19 Platen
8 Feed roller 20 Original exit tray
9 ADF feed sensor actuator 21 ADF drive motor
10 ADF feed sensor 22 Double-feed sensor unit (receiver) (Option)
11 ADF entrance roller 23 Double-feed sensor unit (emitter) (Option)
12 Pre-scanning roller (front side)
514
No. Name No. Name

1 ADF feed roller clutch 5 ADF relay board
2 ADF feed sensor 6 ADF drive motor
3 ADF transport sensor 7 Top cover sensor
4 CIS 8 Original set sensor
Original Transport Drive
The ADF drive motor [A] drives all ADF rollers via gears.
The feed roller clutch [B] controls the mechanism for picking up the original.
Original Set Detection
When an original [A] is placed on the original tray correctly, the original set sensor actuator [B] is pushed up and
the original set sensor [C] turns off (not interrupted). The machine judges this state as the placement of an
original.
The stopper [D] prevents the user from placing originals too far into the feeder.
515
Original Transport Path
When [Start] is pressed, the feed roller clutch is turned ON. Then the feed roller [A] rotates to drop the pick-up
roller [B] onto the top original of the stack. This moves the stopper [E] out of the way, and the original can be fed
from the feed roller [A] to the ADF entrance roller [C].
The friction pad [D] ensures that only one sheet of the original enters the feeder at a time.
When the original reaches the pre-scanning (front side) roller [B] via the ADF entrance roller, the original moves
the feed sensor actuator [C] and the feed sensor [D] is turned ON. Then the feed roller clutch [E] is turned OFF to
stop the feed roller [F] and the pick-up roller [G], to prevent the next original from being picked up.
516
The original is fed by the ADF entrance roller [A] and the pre-scanning (front side) roller [B], scanned on the
exposure glass under the scanning guide plate (front side) [C], and then delivered by the pre-scanning (rear side)
roller [D].
The feeding of the original is detected by transport sensor [E]. If an error occurs, it is reported as a paper jam.
The original is fed by the pre-scanning (rear side) roller [D], scanned by the ADF CIS [F] on the scanning guide
plate (rear side) [G], and then fed out by the exit roller [H].
When the original passes through the ADF entrance roller [A], the feed sensor [B] is detected OFF. If the next
original is set, the original set sensor [F] detects ON and the feed roller clutch [C] is turned ON. Then, the feed
roller [D] and pick-up roller [E] rotate to pick up the next original.
517
Double-feed Detection (Optional)
A pair of ultrasound sensors are mounted in the ADF, one below the original feed path (emitter [A]) and the other
above the path (receiver [B]).
• When the original passes between the sensors, an ultra-sound wave from the emitter sensor below passes
through the paper to the receiver above.
• The receiver converts the signal generated by the vibration of the signal against the paper to an electrical
pulse and checks its level.
• If a double feed occurs, the space between the sheets will generate a lower signal. When the receiver detects
this lower signal (lower than that of a single sheet) it causes the machine to issue Jam Code J099 (double-
feed detected) and then original feed stops.
518
This double feed detection will not function with originals that have:
• Folds, wrinkles, tears
• Holes
• Imperfectly fused images
• Perforations
• Taped connections
• Taped surfaces
Feeding such originals could cause false detection of double-feeds.
The service technician can also switch double-feed detection off/on with SP6-040-001 (Page Keeper: Mount
Select, Default 0: Off).
Do not change the settings of SP6-040-005 (Page Keeper: Clear Select).
519
Scanner Unit
Overview

[A] Exposure glass (for ADF) [E] ADF set sensor
[B] Exposure glass (for platen mode) [F] Scanner carriage drive belt
[C] Scanner HP sensor [G] Scanner motor
[D] Scanner carriage
• Automatic paper size detection is not available because this model has no APS (sensor that detects
original’s paper size) in the scanner.
Light Source and Exposure
This model uses an LED for the light source. Light from the LED array board (LEDB) [A] goes to the original via
the light guiding panel [B] and the reflector [C]. Then from the original, the light follows the light path to the
CCD.
The elements in the array are more densely spaced at the ends than at the center, to make sure that enough light
reaches the left and right edges of the original.
The light reflected from the original travels as follows:
LED exposure -> 1st mirror [D] -> 2nd mirror [E] -> 3rd mirror [F] -> 4th mirror [G] -> 5th mirror [H] -> Lens [I] ->
CCD [J]
520

[A] LED array board (LEDB) [G] 4th mirror
[B] Light guiding panel [H] 5th mirror
[C] Reflectors [I] Lens
[D] 1st mirror [J] CCD
[E] 2nd mirror [K] Light Path
[F] 3rd mirror
Scanner Carriage Drive
Callout Callout Item

[A] Scanner carriage [D] Scanner drive belt
[B] Scanner motor [E] Scanner HP sensor
[C] Guide rod
The scanner motor [C] drives the drive belt [B] in order to move the scanner carriage [A] along the guide rod [D].
Scanning starts with the scanner carriage [A] at the scanner HP sensor [E]. After scanning, the scanner carriage
returns to the scanner HP sensor. The actuator for the scanner HP sensor is on the underside of the carriage.
521
When you wish to move the carriage, use the drive belt. Do not pull the carriage directly.
Improved Tolerance to Black Lines When Paper Passes through ADF
This model uses a conventional mechanism in which paper comes in contact with the exposure glass during
feeding. This is useful for dealing with adhesion of free dirt particles (paper scraps, etc.). (Self-cleaning
mechanism using paper)
On the other hand, sticky dirt adhering to the document sticks to the exposure glass, and may cause black lines in
scanned images.
ADF cross-section diagram
[A]: Exposure glass

[B]: Reading position
[C]: Original feed path
• If black lines due to free dirt particles appear for a short time, such as when users have documents with
large amounts of paper dust, you can return to the original configuration.
• Reference (read position correction)
By changing SP4-020-001 (Dust Check > Dust Detect:On/Off), when dirt is detected at the reading position,
the reading position may be changed to avoid the dirt.
(If it cannot be avoided, an alert is displayed on the operation panel advising the user to clean the exposure
glass).
Image diagram
[A]: Reading position

522
[B]: Exposure glass

[C]: Dirt
• Dirt is detected when a document passes through, so the alert will not disappear until reading of the
next document begins, even after exposure glass cleaning is performed.
• If dirt is detected not on the exposure glass but on the background guide plate, the alert will not
disappear even if the glass is wiped.
• The time required for the first copy is slightly (almost imperceptibly) longer.
• The detection threshold can be changed using SP4-020-002 (Dust Check > Dust Detect:Lvl). (The
larger the value is, the smaller the dirt particles that can be detected.)
• Do not change the setting of SP4-020-003 (Dust Check > Dust Reject:Lvl).
523
Laser Unit
Overview

[A] Polygon Motor [F] Mirror 3
[B] Lens (L1) [G] Lens (L2)
[C] LD Board [H] Shield Glass
[D] Mirror 2 [I] Lens (L2)
[E] Mirror 1
This machine has two LD units. One is for yellow and magenta. Another is for cyan and black. Each LD unit
produces laser beams for two colors.
Based on each model’s line speed, this product uses two different types of LD unit: MP C407 uses two beams per
color to achieve higher line speed, while MP C307 uses one beam per color, which is the same as the previous
model.
524
Laser Synchronizing System

[A] LD Board [F] Synchronization Mirror
[B] Collimating Lens [G] Synchronization Lens
[C] Polygon Motor [H] Synchronization Detector
[D] Lens (L1) [I] LD Unit
[E] Mirror 1
The LD unit has a synchronization detector at the left side of each unit (for the optical paths for the K and M
drums only). A laser beam coming from the LD board [A] travels to the collimating lens [B] polygon motor
[C] lens (L1) [D] Mirror 1 [E] Mirror 2 Mirror 3 Drum.
When the beam is at the beginning of the line, the synchronization mirror [F] reflects it to the synchronization
lens. The synchronization detector [H] detects the beam reflected.
525
Line Scanning Mechanism

[A] Polygon Motor (With Polygon Mirror) [D] Lens (L1)
[B] Collimating Lens [E] OPC Drum
[C] LD Board
The image read by the scanner is written on the OPC drum [E] with the laser beams. The direction of main
scanning is from the front to the rear of the machine. The polygon motor [A] rotates counterclockwise.
Image Skew Adjustment
526

[A] Adjustor [C] OPC Drum
[B] Lens (L2)
In this machine, you can adjust the image skew correction manually. When turning the adjuster [A] clockwise or
counterclockwise, the front of the lens moves to the left or right, and this adjusts the image skew.
Dust Shield Glass
The laser unit is located between the upper side of toner bottle and PCDU. The LD unit emits a laser beam to
above the OPC drum. This mechanism keeps the shield glass free from toner dropping and thus requires no
cleaning tool.
LD Safety Switch
The +24VL_LPS goes through the interlock switch and is converted the +5VS_LPS on the BiCU.
The +5VS_LPS are supplied to the two LD boards respectively. A safety switch turns off when the front cover or
the right door is opened. As a result, the power supply (+24VL_LPS) to the BiCU is cut off. This system prevents
unexpected laser emission, ensures user safety and technician safety.
MP C307 series
527
MP C407 series
528
PCDU
Overview
Drum Section

[A] OPC Drum [E] Cleaning Blade
[B] Waste Toner Transport Coil [F] Charge Roller
[C] Lubricant Brush Roller [G] Charge Roller Cleaning Roller
[D] Lubricant
Development Section

[H] Doctor Blade [K] Toner Transport Coil (Lower)
[I] Toner Transport Coil (Upper) [L] Toner Density Sensor ( sensor)
[J] Development Roller [M] Toner Catching Mylar
The OPC drum section and the development section are joined by plates at the front and rear of the unit.
529
OPC Drum

[A] Waste Toner Transport Coil [F] Charge Roller Cleaning Roller
[B] Lubricant Brush roller [G] OPC Drum
[C] Lubricant [H] Image Transfer Belt (ITB)
[D] Drum Cleaning Blade (Counter Rotation) [I] Image Transfer Roller (1st Transfer Roller)
[E] Charge Roller
Charge Mechanism
A charge roller [E] charges the surface of the OPC drum [G] and drives the charge roller cleaning roller [F].
OPC Drum
This machine uses an organic photo conductor drum (OPC drum) [G] for image creation.
The laser exposes the drum from the machine’s front to the rear, and the image developed transfers to the ITB
(Image Transfer Belt). Then the ITB transports the created image.
Drum Cleaning Mechanism
The drum cleaning blade [D] cleans the drum (counter rotation method).
Drum cleaning and lubricant application are done at the same time.
The lubricant is applied with the lubricant brush roller [B].
The lubricant brush roller rotates in the opposite direction to the OPC drum.
Toner and foreign objects are removed from the edges of the blade by rotating the drum counterclockwise when a
copy job is done.
The waste Toner Transport Coil [A] transports the waste toner collected with the drum cleaning blade to the waste
530
toner bottle via the front of the unit.
Discharge Mechanism
This machine uses spontaneous discharge to remove remaining charge from the drum. A quenching lamp is not
used.
Differences between K and CMY
Left: K
Right: CMY
The following points are the differences between K and CMY.
K CMY
Lubricant [B] quantity K > CMY
Lubricating method Arm [A] Pressure spring [C]
Silencer [D] Available Available
The silencer [D] is an internal layer of the drum, added to reduce sound during rotation.
531
Development Unit

[A] Toner Transport Coil (Upper) [D] Development Roller (Sleeve Architecture)
[B] Toner Transport Coil (Lower) [E] OPC Drum
[C] Toner Density Sensor (Sensor) [F] Doctor Blade

[A] Toner Transport Coil (Upper) [C] Toner Density Sensor (mu ( ) Sensor)
[B] Toner Transport Coil (Lower)
• Developer Agitation Mechanism
The developer is agitated by the upper [A] and lower [B] transport coils.
532
Toner and developer are regulated by the doctor blade, and applied to the development roller.
• Toner Density Detection Mechanism
Toner density sensor [C] detects the toner density. Toner is supplied when the toner density is not sufficient.
• Toner Density Control
The ID sensor at the lower right of the ITB detects the amount of light reflected from the drum and detects
the toner density. Toner is supplied based on the information which the ID sensor detects.
Drum/Development Drive

[A] Drum Gear (K) [G] Drum Drive Gear (Y)
[B] Development Drive Gear (K) [H] Development Drive Gear (Y)
[C] Drum Drive Gear (C) [I] Development Motor (CMY)
[D] Development Drive Gear (C) [J] Drum Motor (CMY)
[E] Drum Drive Gear (M) [K] Drum Motor (K)
[F] Development Drive Gear (M) [L] Development Clutch (K)
The Drum motor (Bk) [K] drives the drum (K). The Development Clutch [L] drives the Development Unit for K.
The Drum motor (CMY) [J] drives the other three drums and the development motor (CMY) [I] drives the
Development Units for C/M/Y.
Do not disassemble the three drive gears ([C], [E], and [G]) in the field. These are precisely assembled in the
factory.
533
Toner Supply Section
Overview

[A] ID Chip [E] Toner Transport Coil
[B] Bottle ID Chip Contact Board [F] Agitator
[C] Toner Bottle [G] Toner End Sensor
[D] Toner Supply Motor [H] Shutter
534
Toner Supply and Transport Mechanism

[A] Toner End Sensor (Only for CMY) [D] Toner Transport Coil
[B] Toner Bottle [E] Agitator
[C] Toner Supply Motor
Rotating the toner bottle [B] transports the toner towards the rear of the machine. Each toner bottle has an ID chip
that stores information for each toner bottle. The toner from the toner bottles goes into the hopper and is agitated
by the agitator [E].
Then, rotating the toner transport coil [D] transports the toner to the development unit. Only color hoppers have
the toner end sensor [A]. The ID chip manages the remaining amount of black toner.
535
Toner Bottle Set Sensor Mechanism

[A] Bottle ID Chip Contact Board [C] Toner Bottle
[B] ID Chip (One for Each Color)
Each toner bottle [C] has an ID chip [B]. When the toner bottle [C] comes in contact with the bottle ID chip
contact board [A], the machine detects that the toner bottle is set.
Toner Near End and Toner End
Toner Near-End
First, the amount of remaining toner is detected with the pixel count and the driving time of the toner supply
motor. Then, when the amount of remaining toner is less than the threshold for toner near-end (K = 23 g, CMY =
10 g), the machine determines a toner near-end.
For CMY, when the amount of remaining toner is less than 50 g, or when the toner end sensor, which is a
piezoelectric sensor, detects toner near-end twice, the machine also determines a toner near-end.
Toner End
A toner end is detected when the toner end sensor detects the end threshold six times in the toner near-end
condition.
The machine also detects a toner end when the difference of Vt and Vtref, and their total difference are as in the
following matrix:
Condition Vt/Vtref: Diff Vt/Vtref: Diff: Total
K Before Near-End 0.7 V or more Over 10 V
After Near-End 0.3 V or more Over 3 V
CMY - 0.5 V or more Over 10 V
536
Toner Supply Unit
The agitator [G] transports the toner supplied into the sub-hopper by raising it to the toner transport path. The
transport path is level to make the machine’s height lower.
[A] Supply Housing

[B] Toner Transport Path
[C] Shutter
[D] Sub-hopper
[E] Toner Bottle Cap

[F] Sub-hopper
[G] Agitator
[H] Toner Transport Path
ID Chip
The ID chip [B] of the toner bottle is set correctly by inserting the positioning hole [A] of the toner bottle over the
tapered boss [C] of the mainframe.
537
[A] Positioning Hole

[B] ID Chip
[C] Tapered Boss (for Chip Positioning)
538
Waste Toner Collection
Waste Toner Transport Mechanism

[A] Waste Toner Bottle [D] Waste Toner Full Sensor
[B] Waste Toner Bottle Transport Coil [E] Waste Toner Bottle Set Switch
[C] Waste Toner Agitator
The waste toner collected from the ITB cleaning unit is transported towards the front of the machine and it goes
into the waste toner bottle [A].
The waste toner of yellow and magenta coming from the PCDU (Y/M) and the waste toner from the ITB cleaning
unit is collected at the center of the waste toner bottle by the waste toner transport coil. The black and cyan waste
toner comes from the PCDU to the waste toner bottle directly.
The waste toner agitator [C] carries waste toner piled up at the front of the waste toner bottle to the rear.
The waste toner bottle set switch [E] detects the presence of the waste toner bottle, and there is also a waste toner
bottle full sensor [D].
539
Waste Toner Collection Mechanism

[A] Waste Toner Full Sensor [C] Waste Toner Agitator (for ITB Cleaning Unit)
[B] Waste Toner Agitator [D] Waste Toner Bottle Transport Coil
The waste toner agitator [B] carries waste toner piled up at the front of the waste toner bottle to the rear. The
agitator [C] moves together with the waste toner bottle transport coil [D].
When the waste toner full sensor [A] detects a “waste toner near full”, the machine displays an alert message on
the operation panel, which prompts users to replace the waste toner bottle.
Waste Toner Full Detection
When the waste toner moves the rubber actuator [B] to the highest position, the waste toner full sensor [A] detects
that the waste toner bottle is near-full. The machine does not stop at this time.
When the quantity of waste toner calculated by the machine reaches 25 g or 3,000 sheets in standard mode,
whichever comes first after near-full was detected, the machine detects that the waste toner bottle is full, and stops
itself automatically.
• When the waste toner bottle is empty:
540
• When the waste toner bottle is full:
• [A] Waste Toner Full Sensor

• [B] Rubber Actuator
• [C] Waste toner agitator
• [D] Waste Toner
541
ITB/ Paper Transfer
Overview

[A] Belt Tension Roller [H] ID Sensor Shutter
[B] ITB Cleaning Blade [I] ID Sensor Shutter Solenoid
[C] Waste Toner Transport Coil [J] ITB Contact Cam (CMY)
[D] Discharge Plate [K] ITB Contact Slider
[E] Paper Transfer Roller [L] ITB (Image Transfer Belt)
[F] ITB Drive Roller [M] ITB Contact Cam (K)
[G] ID Sensor [N] Image Transfer Roller
Differences from the Predecessor Models
C305 (Predecessor model) C306/C406/C307/C407 (This model)

Image Transfer Direct Transfer Indirect transfer
Paper Transfer Repulsion transfer Attraction transfer
(Paper transfer bias is applied to the ITB (Paper transfer bias is applied to the paper
drive roller.) transfer roller.)
Contact/release mechanism Constant contact
(No release mechanism)
Cleaning Cleaning Blade + Lubricant brush roller Cleaning Blade
Mechanism
542
Transfer Movement and Image Transport

[A] OPC Drum [C] ITB
[B] Paper Transfer Roller [D] Image Transfer Roller (First Transfer Roller)
Images of each color are created and transferred to the ITB (image transfer belt) [C].
The paper transfer roller [B] transfers the toner image from the ITB to the paper.
This model uses the indirect transfer method to enhance the quality of transfer.
The indirect transfer method uses the resistance of the ITB to apply the bias to the drum. So, in this model, the
position of the image transfer roller is changed and so is its material.
As the image transfer method is changed, the paper transfer method is changed from the repulsion method to the
attraction method (the reason is explained below).
• Direct Image Transfer + Repulsion Transfer Method (C305):

The image transfer roller [A] transfers the image transfer bias to the drum [B]. The paper transfer bias
flows into the paper transfer roller [C].
• Indirect Image Transfer + Repulsion Transfer Method:

The image transfer roller [A] transfers the image transfer bias to the drum [B]. However, some of the
bias goes to the image transfer belt [C]. This causes harmful interference between the image transfer
current and paper transfer current.
543
• Indirect Image Transfer + Attraction Transfer Method (C306/C406/C307/C407):

To eliminate the interference, applying the opposite bias to the paper transfer roller [A] is required. That
is why the attraction transfer method is used in this model.
Transfer Bias

[A] Image Transfer Roller (First Transfer Roller) [D] Paper Transfer Roller
[B] ITB Drive Roller [E] Power Pack
[C] Discharge Plate
The power pack [E] applies a transfer bias to the image transfer roller [A]. The ITB drive roller [B] and discharge
plate [C] are grounded through a diode.
There is no contact/release mechanism for the paper transfer system, which the previous model uses, to reduce
noise.
544
ITB Contact

[A] ITB Contact Cam (CMY) [D] Contact Slider
[B] ITB Contact Motor [E] Image Transfer Roller (First Transfer Roller)
[C] ITB Contact Sensor
ITB has a contact mechanism to prevent the CMY drums from early deterioration. The color drums are not needed
for B/W printing, so this mechanism releases the ITB from the CMY drums.
The ITB contact motor [B] rotates the ITB contact cam [A] through a gear. The contact slider then moves and
raises the image transfer roller [E] into contact with the CMY drums.
If the mechanism is defective (e.g.: Paper jams), and is stuck with the CMY rollers up against the ITB, the cam
can be turned manually to lower the rollers, in order to remove the ITB unit without damaging the machine, as
follows. The ITB will move away from the CMY drums. To do this, turn the ITB contact cam's screw to the left
until the flat part of the half moon on the screw points to the right.
545
ITB Cleaning

[A] ITB Cleaning Blade [C] ITB
[B] Waste Toner Collection Coil
The cleaning blade [A] cleans the ITB [C]. The waste toner collection coil [B] transports the waste toner removed
by the ITB cleaning blade towards the front of the machine.
This model only uses a cleaning blade for cleaning, whereas the previous model uses a blade and a lubricant brush
roller.
Image Position Correction

[A] ID Sensor [C] OPC Drum
[B] ITB
The image position adjustment is done by the three ID sensors [A].
546
Process Control and MUSIC
Process Control
Outline
Process control adjusts the image creation process to maintain a constant image density. Process control is
executed at the following times.
Trigger Operative Condition Notes
Power ON • When a certain time passes after the previous job end, AND: Except when
1. More than six hours pass after the last OPC drum operation recovering from an
(SP3-530-001). SC or jam
2. More than 100 full color copies or more than 250 B/W
copies are made between the second latest power-on and the
latest power-on.
• When a certain time passes after the previous job end, OR, the
change of temperature/humidity after the last OPC drum
operation exceeds the following condition:
1. The change of temperature is more than or equal to the
threshold [deg] (SP3-530-002).
2. The change of relative humidity is more than or equal to the
threshold [%RH] (SP3-530-003).
3. The change of absolute humidity is more than or equal to
the threshold [g/m3] (SP3-530-004).
Default settings:
Time: 360 minutes
Temperature: 10 deg
Relative humidity: 50%RH
Absolute humidity: 6 g/m3
Other related SPs:
SP3-530-005/006
Job End When the job end counter becomes more than the threshold. -
Related SPs:
SP3-534-001/011
Job When the job interrupt counter becomes more than the threshold. -
Interruption Related SPs:
SP3-533-001/011
Non-use (Idle) Non-use time becomes more than the value in SP3-531-001. -
Manual When SP3-011-001 is executed. -
Process
547
Trigger Operative Condition Notes

Control
Toner End When a Toner End is resolved. -
Recovery
Initial Setting When an initial developer setting is completed. -
Vc is the charge bias, which is applied to the charge rollers.
Vd is the potential of the unexposed (charged) drum.
The value of Vc is not equal to Vd.
For example, if applying a Vc of 700 [-V], the actual drum potential (Vd) tends to be about 650 [-V].
Vb is the potential when toner starts to stick to the drum (Development bias).
When the potential gets to Vb or greater, toner starts to stick to the drum in proportion to the potential.
Development gamma is the coefficient showing the relation between the potential and the volume of toner
adhesion.
In addition to the development gamma and the potential, the toner density in the developer needs to be controlled.
This is done to maintain the proper toner density (the amount of toner adhesion).
The target for the toner density in the developer is when the output from the toner density sensor is Vtref.
Process Control is done as shown in the following chart, which includes development gamma determination, Vtref
correction, and LD power control.
548
Charge/Development Bias Control and Vtref Compensation
Charge/Development bias control and Vtref Compensation is done using the following procedure. Its operating
time varies depending on the machine’s line speed.
Adjusting the ID sensor Vsg
This step adjusts ID sensor’s LED’s light intensity so that Vsg, which is the ID sensor output when monitoring the
bare surface of the ITB, becomes within 4.0±0.5V. When Vsg does not reach the target value three times, the
549
machine issues SC370 (ID sensor Calibration Error).

• SP3-320-011 (Vsg Error Counter)
• SP3-320-013 (Vsg Upper Threshold)
• SP3-320-014 (Vsg Lower Threshold)
• The above SPs can only be accessed from Special Service mode.
Agitating the Developer
This step agitates the developer, and gets the TD sensor output.
The developer agitation time is determined by the three factors below.
1. The change of absolute humidity
2. Non-use time
3. Coverage
Creating patterns, detecting the density
Five patterns are created by adjusting the charge/development bias on the transfer belt for each color. Then the ID
sensor detects the created patterns.
The ID sensor consists of an LED and two types of photo detector. The sensor detects the reflection from the LED
[B] with the direct reflection detector (REG) [A] and the diffused reflection detector (DIF) [C].
Determining Vtref from the Development Gamma
Detecting the development gamma value with an ID sensor pattern and measuring Vsp/Vsg determines the
charge/development bias for the correct image density.
Also, the reading from the TD sensor and the development gamma determine Vtref, which is the reference value
for the TD sensor.
550
LD Power Control
LD Control is set with SP3-600-001 (Process Control/ Select ProCon: LD Control).

• If SP 3-600-001 is set to LD Power Control by Process Control (Default): The LD strength is adjusted based
on a table which is determined by Development Bias Control and Vtref Correction.
• If SP 3-600-001 is set to use a fixed LD power, the LD power that is used depends on the settings of SP2-
221-001/002/003/004.
Toner Supply Control
SP3-400-001, -002, -003, -004

0: Fixed supply method
2: PID method
4: DANC method (Default)
• Fixed Supply method
Toner supply time is calculated based on the supply rate of SP3-440-001 through -004 (DrvTime: Setting).
• PID method
PID (Proportion Integral Differential)
The amount of toner supply is calculated based on the pixel information and TD sensor information.
• DANC method
DANC (Divided Active Noise Control): Conventional PID method + active noise control. It controls the
timing to supply the developer to minimize uneven developer density in the development unit.
Toner Near End, Toner End
Toner Near-End
First, the amount of remaining toner is detected with the pixel count and the driving time of the toner supply
motor. Then, when the amount of remaining toner is less than the threshold for toner near-end (K = 23 g, CMY =
10 g), the machine determines a toner near-end.
For CMY, when the amount of remaining toner is less than 50 g, or when the toner end sensor, which is a
piezoelectric sensor, detects toner near-end twice, the machine also determines a toner near-end.
Toner End
A toner end is detected when the toner end sensor detects the end threshold six times in the toner near-end
condition.
The machine also detects a toner end when the difference of the Vt and Vtref, and their total difference are as in
the following matrix:
Condition Vt/Vtref: Diff Vt/Vtref: Diff: Total
K Before Near-End 0.7 V or more Over 10 V
After Near-End 0.3 V or more Over 3 V
CMY - 0.5 V or more Over 10 V
When you open and close the front door, and turn the main power off and on, the machine detects that a new toner
bottle is set. The machine then starts the toner supply to recover from the toner end. After supplying toner, the
551
machine checks the toner end sensor and Vt condition and deactivates the toner end condition.
Developer Initial Setting
When a new PCDU is set in the machine, the machine automatically detects it and enters the developer initial
setting mode. The machine then detects the count which is an output from the TD sensor. The developer initial
setting is done as follows.
1. Starting the developer initial setting mode
The new unit detection mechanism triggers the developer initial setting mode.
2. Agitating the developer
The machine rotates the development roller and transport coil to agitate the developer for 30 seconds.
3. Detecting the count (Initial value)
While agitating the developer, the machine detects the output from the TD sensor, and stores this output as
the initial count.
4. Calculating Vt
The machine calculates Vt using the difference of the current count while referring to the initial count
through SP.
5. Forced toner supply (only when newly installing the machine)
This step is required only when the machine is newly installed because there is no toner in the toner transport
route.
When the developer initial setting is successfully completed, the machine stores the calculated Vt as Vtref. The
Vtref is used as a reference the next time the machine performs an initial developer setting.
SC360-01 through -04 appears if the results of step 3 are as follows:
The count is equal or exceeds the threshold (6480 [counts]).
The count does not match the target threshold (5800 – 6380 [counts]) three times consecutively.
Process Control and MUSIC are forcibly done after developer initial setting when a PCDU is replaced.
ID Sensor
Three ID sensors are on a single board. The center sensor [B] acts as an ID sensor and a MUSIC sensor. The front
[A] and rear [C] sensors are used only for MUSIC.
552
The ID sensors [A] are installed at the upstream side of the paper transfer roller [B] and detect image density at
the plate [C]. This layout allows the machine to detect a pattern faster and to help reduce waiting time.
TD Sensor
In this model, a non-contact toner density (TD) sensor, which we also call a mu ( ) sensor, is used for toner
density control.
The TD sensor is attached on the lower side of the development unit. Unlike a HST sensor, the board of the TD
sensor is exposed. So there is a cover around the sensor to protect it and to maintain a good contact between the
sensor and development unit.
The TD sensor measures the permeability of the developer without contacting it, from the outside of the case, and
converts the measured value to the toner density.
According to the toner density measured by this sensor, the proper amount of toner is supplied to the developer.
A counter corresponding to the frequency is used as the unit of TD sensor output. Thus, unlike a HST sensor
which directly detects Vt, the TD sensor output is converted into Vt for toner supply control.
In the TD sensor, there is an ID chip storing the machine identification information, the running distance
information of Development unit and PCU, and other information used by image density control.
MUSIC
Color Skew Adjustment Timing
This model has a mechanism that adjusts color skew, which we call MUSIC. The machine creates a pattern for
correction, measures the image position by the pattern, and adjusts the image position.
No. MUSIC performs when: Notes
1 The power switch is just turned on, or the machine recovers from the Executes [Mode b] (*2) or
energy save mode. [Mode a] (*1)
2 The machine does a print job. Executes [Mode b] (*2)
3 Printing is completed. Executes [Mode b] (*2)
553
No. MUSIC performs when: Notes

4 The front cover is closed. Executes [Mode b] (*2) or
[Mode a] (*1)
5 The machine is waiting. Executes [Mode b] (*2)
6 The machine detects a new PCDU automatically, ITB manually. Executes [Mode a] (*1)
*1 [Mode a] fine adjusts twice.
*2 [Mode b] fine adjusts once.
To operate modes a/b/c manually, use the following SPs:
• SP2-111-001 (Forced Line Position Adj.: [Mode a])
• SP2-111-002 (Forced Line Position Adj.: [Mode b])
• SP2-111-003 (Forced Line Position Adj.: [Mode c]): Do this SP when you have replaced a laser unit, or when
significant color skew occurs.
• Do [Mode a] and [Mode b] after doing [Mode c].
MUSIC Error Determination
MUSIC determines whether an error occurs for each color.

SP2-194-007 shows the results, and SP2-194-010 through -013 show the error details.
SP2-194-007 (MUSIC Execution Result - Execution Result)
SP2-194-010 (MUSIC Execution Result - Error Result: C)
SP2-194-011 (MUSIC Execution Result - Error Result: M)
SP2-194-012 (MUSIC Execution Result - Error Result: Y)
SP2-194-013 (MUSIC Execution Result - Error Result: K)
Error Details Description
0 Not done
1 Completed successfully
2 Cannot detect patterns
3 Insufficient lines for a pattern
4 Out of the adjustment range
5 or 6 TD sensor false detection
Adjustment Overview
1. Performs Vsg adjustment to correct TD sensor output.

2. Creates a MUSIC pattern on the transfer belt with each color toner.
3. Reads the MUSIC pattern on the belt, and measures the positions of the lines on the pattern.
4. Calculates the color skew amount from the position data.
5. Calculates the tolerance/deviation for main scan magnification, and the main/scan registration skew amount.
Then determines the amount of color skew adjustment.
554
Fusing
Overview

[A] Fusing Thermopile [G] Pressure Roller
[B] Fusing Thermistor (NC [H] Pressure Roller Thermistors (Edge: Front, Center, and,
Sensor) Edge: Rear)
[C] Fusing Thermostat [I] Entrance Guide Plate
[D] Separation Plate [J] Fusing Sleeve Belt (QSU Method)
[E] Exit Guide Plate [K] Fusing Lamp
[F] Pressure Arm [L] Fuse for New Unit Detection
555
Fusing Mechanism

[A] Stay [D] Fusing Sleeve Belt (Diameter: 25)
[B] Fusing Lamp [E] Nip Pad
[C] Reflector [F] Pressure Roller (Diameter: 25
The fusing unit uses the QSU system. (QSU: Quick Start Up).
The heat from the fusing lamp [B] is reflected by the reflector [C] and heats the fusing sleeve belt [D].
The temperature at both ends of the fusing lamp is lower than the middle.
The fusing sleeve belt itself has no drive mechanism; the pressure roller drives it. The nip pad [E] at the sleeve
belt side is pushed against the pressure roller and keeps the nip width on the sleeve belt.
556
Fusing Temperature Control

[A] Fusing Lamp [D] Fusing Thermistor (NC Sensor)
[B] Fusing Thermostat [E] Pressure Roller Thermistors (Edge: Front, Center, and Edge: Rear)
[C] Fusing Thermopile
The fusing temperature is controlled by the fusing thermopile [C].
The thermostat [B] is a safety switch. The fusing unit must be replaced if the thermostat is blown.
Fusing Drive
557

[A] Fusing Exit Sensor [D] Pressure Roller
[B] Fusing Motor [E] Fusing Sleeve Belt
[C] Fusing Entrance Sensor
The fusing motor [B] drives the pressure roller [D] through gears.
The pressure roller [D] drives the fusing sleeve belt [E].
The fusing entrance sensor [C] and fusing exit sensor [A] detect paper jams around/in the fusing unit.
Fusing Temperature Control
Warm-up mode
When the main power switch is turned ON, the machine starts the fusing warm-up. The machine drives the fusing
motor to increase the fusing temperature to the reload target temperature. When the machine completes the fusing
warm-up, it keeps the reload target temperature by driving the fusing motor for a certain period of time.
Standby mode
When a certain period of time passes after fusing reload is completed, the machine stops the fusing lamp and
fusing motor. Then the machine keeps the fusing temperature to the standby target temperature (SP1-107-001) by
energizing the fusing lamp.
In standby mode, the machine starts the fusing motor intermittently.
Printing ready mode
After returning to standby mode, the machine lights the fusing lamp to increase the fusing temperature to the
printing ready target temperature. If there is no printing job, the machine then moves back to the standby mode.
If there is a printing job, the machine starts the fusing lamp to increase the fusing temperature to the target
temperature after reload/feeding, and then starts the print job.
CPM Down Control
This machine automatically lowers the CPM according to usage and machine status to obtain the best image
quality and keep the machine in good condition.
If the fusing lamp is always activated during consecutive printing, and/or the paper size is smaller than the lamp’s
width, then some heat will not be used for fusing and may stay around the front and rear ends of the fusing unit.
This will increase the temperature in the fusing unit abnormally.
CPM down control keeps the machine’s CPM low until the fusing unit sufficiently cools down. Normally, it takes
10 minutes to recover the original CPM.
CPM Down Level
A5 Postcard Envelope Recovery

Time
CPM (Standard) 15 15 15 10 mins.
CPM Down Starting Sheet Count No CPM 13th 4th sheet
558
A5 Postcard Envelope Recovery

Time
control sheet
CPM (Controlled) 10 6
Output sheet count after one minute from 14 6
recovery
559
Paper Feed and Registration
Overview

[A] End Fence [H] Registration Sensor
[B] Paper Feed Tray [I] Paper Feed Sensor
[C] Side Fence [J] Bypass Feed Roller
[D] Paper End Sensor [K] Bypass Paper Width Sensor
[E] Paper Feed Roller [L] Bypass Paper End Sensor
[F] Dust Collection Tray [M] Friction Pad
[G] Registration Rollers (Right: Driven, Left: Drive)
Paper Feed, Registration, and Bypass Feed Drive

[A] Paper Feed Roller [E] Paper Transport Motor
[B] Paper Feed Clutch [F] Bypass Feed Clutch
[C] Registration Roller [G] Bypass Feed Roller
560

[D] Registration Clutch
The drive from the paper transport motor is transmitted to each clutch through gears. The paper transport motor
controls paper feed/exit, duplex, registration, waste toner transport coil and bypass tray lift.
Sensor Locations in the Paper Feed Path

[A] Paper End Sensor [D] Bypass Paper Width Sensor
[B] Paper Feed Sensor [E] Bypass Paper End Sensor
[C] Registration Sensor
Tray Lift Mechanism

[A] Bottom Plate [D] Tray Lift Motor
561

[B] Bottom Plate Lift Arm [E] Tray Lift Sensor
[C] Bottom Plate Lift Gear [F] Rack and Pinion Mechanism
The tray lift motor rotates the gear [C] and the gear makes the rack [F] move.
The movement of the rack pulls the spring and this moves the bottom plate lift arm [B].
The arm lifts the bottom plate [A].
The position of the bottom plate is detected by the Tray Lift Sensor [E]. This machine does not use motor control
to detect the bottom plate position.
Bypass Tray Bottom Plate Lift Mechanism

[A] Bypass Tray Bottom Plate [D] Actuator
[B] Pressure Spring [E] Bypass Tray Bottom Plate Lifting-up Cam (Front
and Rear)
[C] Bypass Tray Bottom Plate Lift Cam HP [F] Bypass Tray Bottom Plate Lifting-up Cam Clutch
Sensor
The paper transport motor rotates the bypass tray bottom plate lift cam clutch [F], and this moves the bypass tray
bottom plate [A] up and down.
The position of the bypass tray bottom plate lift cams (and because of this, the bypass tray bottom plate) is
detected by the bypass tray bottom plate lift cam HP sensor [C].
562
Paper Size Detection and Paper End Detection

[A] Bypass Paper Size Sensor [C] Bypass Feed Paper End Sensor
[B] Bypass Feed Roller [D] Bypass Feed Friction Pad
The bypass paper size sensor [A] is not at the side of the tray but at the side of the bypass paper feed unit.
The bypass paper size sensor is a photointerrupter, which detects when B5 paper or wider is placed in the tray.
The bypass feed paper end sensor is activated if there is no paper on the tray.
Tray Auto-close Mechanism
The tray has a pin [A] on its bottom. When the tray is set, the spring [C] in the draw-in unit [B] slowly pulls the
tray in. When the tray is pulled out, the pin stretches the spring.
[A]: Pin
563
[B]: Draw-in Unit

[C]: Spring
564
Paper Exit and Inverter
Overview

[A] Fusing exit sensor [C] Paper exit/reverse roller
[B] Paper exit sensor [D] Exit junction gate
Paper Exit Operation

[A] Paper exit/reverse roller [C] Paper exit sensor
565

[B] Exit junction gate
The paper transport motor rotates the paper exit/reverse roller [A] through a gear. The paper exit sensor [C]
detects paper exit jams and the paper inversion timing.
Inverter Operation

[A] Exit junction gate solenoid [C] Reverse clutch
[B] Paper exit clutch
The exit junction gate solenoid [A], paper exit clutch [B], and reverse clutch [C] control the exit junction gate and
paper exit/reverse roller simultaneously.
The paper exit clutch and paper reverse clutch transmit the driving to the paper exit inverter roller, in opposite
directions respectively.
The paper exit/reverse roller rotates in the normal direction when the paper exit clutch is turned ON, to feed the
paper to the paper exit path.
When the reverse clutch turns ON, the paper exit/reverse roller rotates in the reverse direction, to feed the paper to
the inverter path or 1-bin exit path (when 1-bin tray unit is installed).
In duplex printing, after the first side of a sheet has been printed, the exit junction gate solenoid turns ON, and the
exit junction gate has been switched to direct the paper to the paper exit path.
And then, the paper exit clutch turns OFF and the paper reverse clutch turns ON, to rotate the paper exit roller in
reverse to feed the paper towards the paper exit (see the left illustration above).
When the trailing edge of the paper passes the paper exit sensor, the machine OFF the inverter junction gate
solenoid, turns ON the paper exit clutch, and turns OFF the reverse clutch. It switches the exit junction gate back
to the original position before the paper completely goes out of the paper exit, and rotates the paper exit/reverse
roller forward to feed the paper to the duplex transport path.
After that, the machine starts to print the second side and feeds out the paper that is printed on both sides to the
paper exit tray.
566
Duplex
Overview

[A] Duplex Entrance Sensor [C] Duplex Paper Transport Roller (Lower)
[B] Duplex Paper Transport Roller (Upper) [D] Duplex Exit Sensor
567
Duplex Mechanism

[A] Duplex Entrance Sensor [C] Duplex Clutch
[B] Duplex Exit Sensor [D] Paper Transport Motor
After the inverter mechanism feeds the paper back into the machine, the paper goes to the duplex feed path.
Duplex feed is not possible when the bypass tray is in use.
Duplex Drive
The drive from the paper transport motor [D] is transmitted to the duplex clutch [C] through a gear, and the duplex
clutch turns on to drive the duplex rollers.
There are two duplex paper transport rollers (upper and lower). The duplex drive is transmitted from the lower
duplex paper transport roller to the upper duplex paper transport roller via a timing belt.
Duplex Transport
There are two paper sensors (upper and lower) in the duplex unit. The upper sensor is the duplex entrance sensor
[A]. The lower sensor is the duplex exit sensor [B].
568
Interleaving
This machine adopts “2 in 1” interleaving.

The interleave operation of this machine is as follows:
1st sheet back -> 2nd sheet back -> first sheet front -> 2nd sheet front -> 3rd sheet back -> 4th sheet back.
569
Electrical Parts
Block Diagram
Board Outline
Controller Board
Controls the MFP system overall. Contains an x86 CPU, controller ASIC, IO control ASIC, and RAM.
SBU
Scanning control circuit which performs analog signal processing and AD image conversion of the CCD read
image.
It also has an interface with the IPU, and controls scanner input and output signals according to CPU commands.
LD Board
LD control circuit which drives the laser diode with a universal driver.
BiCU
Controls the engine, as well as MFP engine sensors, motors and solenoids (The BCU has the IOB functions).
570
FCU
Controls the fax program.
OPU
Controls the control panel.
Power Packs (HVPS)
Generates high-voltage power required for process control. The power pack consists of two units: T1/T2 for
transfer and CB for charging/developing.
PSU
Generates DC power from the mains AC power supply, and supplies it to each control circuit. Contains an A/C
drive circuit for controlling the fusing lamp.
AC Detection Board
Detects the voltage of the mains AC supply.
ADF Relay Board
Controls motors, sensors, and solenoids in the ADF.
Fuse
Refer to Fuse Location (Fuse Location).
571
Machine Ventilation
Overview

[A] LD Unit Fan [D] Temperature/Humidity Sensor
[B] Fusing Fan [E] PCDU Cooling Duct Fan
[C] Ozone Filter [F] PSU Fan
The machine has four fans [A] [B] [E] [F] to ventilate the interior of the machine. There is a temperature/humidity
sensor [D] at the front (lower right) of the machine. The machine takes in air from the left of the machine and
exhausts it from the right of the machine after it cools the machine interior.
The ozone filter [C] is installed at the right of the fusing fan, which helps make it easier to replace the filter.
Machine Ventilation
The following tables summarize the fan control.
Fan Control Overview
Status PCDU Cooling Fusing Fan PSU Fan LD Unit Fan

Duct Fan
Engine Off Off
Power ON – Stops
572
Status PCDU Cooling Fusing Fan PSU Fan LD Unit Fan

Duct Fan
Warm-up
Standby Stops Rotates at low speed Stops Stops
1
Standby after *
printing
Printing Rotates at full- Rotates at full-speed Rotates at full- Rotates at full-speed
speed Stops*2 Rotates at low-speed*2 speed*3 Stops*2
Lower Power Stops *4
Silent
Abnormal status
Notes:
1. Keeps the printing status for the time specified in SP1-950-001 through -004. Then the fan keeps rotating
until it reaches the temperature specified in SP2-241-004.
001: PCDU Cooling Duct Fan
002: Fusing Fan
003: PSU Fan
004: LD Unit Fan
2. Rotates at full speed when the temperature around the drum exceeds the temperature specified in SP1-955-
001 through -004; Stops or rotates at low-speed when the temperature is out of the threshold specified in
SP1-955-005.
001: PCDU Cooling Duct Fan
002: Fusing Fan
004: LD Unit Fan
3. If the time interval between the end timing of the last printing status and the start timing of the next printing
status exceeds the value in SP1-955-007, the machine stops the fan until the duration specified in SP1-955-
006, and then rotates at full speed.
4. If the fan is rotating, the machine keeps rotating it until the time specified in SP1-950-001 through -004.
573
Operation Panel
Refer to “Smart Operation Panel” manual for details.
574
Energy Save
Energy Saver Modes
Customers should use energy saver modes properly, to save energy and protect the environment.
The area shaded grey in this diagram represents the amount of energy that is saved when the timers are at the
default settings. If the timers are changed, then the energy saved will be different. For example, if the timers are
all set to 60 min., the grey area will disappear, and no energy is saved before 60 min. expires.
Setting Items that are Related to Energy Saving
The user can set these timers with User Tools (Machine Features > System Settings > Timer Settings)
Sleep Mode Timer
User Tools (Machine Features > System Settings > Timer Settings)
After a specified period has passed, or [Energy Saver] is pressed, the machine enters Sleep mode in order to
conserve energy. Specify the time to elapse before Sleep mode.
Default: [1 minute(s)]
Sleep Mode Timer may not work when error messages appear.
Depending on which Embedded Software Architecture application is installed on it, the machine might take longer
than indicated to enter Sleep mode.
Fusing Unit Off Mode (Energy Saving) On/Off
User Tools (Machine Features > System Settings > Timer Settings)
Specifies whether Fusing Unit Off mode is enabled or not.
When Fusing Unit Off mode is enabled, the display is on but the fusing unit is off to save energy.
The machine requires roughly the same time as warm-up time to recover from Fusing Unit Off mode.
Default: [Off]
575
If [Fusing Unit Off Mode (Energy Saving) On/Off] is set to [On], you can specify when to exit Fusing Unit Off
mode and the time to elapse before entering Fusing Unit Off mode.
If [Exit Fusing Unit Off Mode] is set to [On Printing], the machine exits Fusing Unit Off mode when printing is
performed.
If [Exit Fusing Unit Off Mode] is set to [On Operating Control Panel], the machine exits Fusing Unit Off mode
when a key other than the copy function key is pressed on the control panel of the machine.
Energy Saving Recvry. for Business Applicatn.
User Tools (Machine Features > System Settings > General Features)
Specify whether or not to enable low-energy recovery from Sleep mode to use applications independent of the
machine, such as Address Book Management or Browser.
Default: [Off]
If [On (Energy Saving)] is selected, it takes longer than usual to be ready to use the machine.
Recovery Time/Reduced Electrical Consumption
Reduced electrical consumption in Sleep mode*1:

MP C307 MP C407
NA/EU/AA: 1.0 W or less NA/EU/AA: 1.0 W or less
Recovery time from Sleep mode*1
MP C307 MP C407
10 sec. 10 sec.
*1 The time it takes to switch out from energy saving functions and electrical consumption may differ depending
on the conditions and environment of the machine.
576
Power States of this Machine
State Description
1 Standby/Printing • State where normal operation is possible after warm-up
• State during printing
2 Printing state/Panel State when printing with the backlight of the operation panel turned off
OFF
3 Fusing OFF State where the Standby Fusing OFF state is entered when the time set with the
"Fusing Unit Off Mode (Energy Saving) On/Off" setting of the User Tools has
elapsed.
• State where the operation panel is flashing and the fusing lamp is OFF.
577
State Description
• The bottom plate of the paper feed tray is raised.
4 Quiet state Quiet state is entered when the Energy Saving key is pressed or the time set with the
"Sleep Mode Timer" of the User Tools has elapsed. This is a temporary energy
saving state before entering sleep mode.
• Basically, no homing (initialization) of peripheral devices is performed.
• The bottom plate of the paper feed tray is raised.
• The fusing lamp is turned OFF.
5 Engine OFF Entered from Quiet state with internal timer.
(Sleep mode) • The relevant power systems (24V, 12V, 5V) are turned OFF at the same time as
the fusing lamp.
• When printing is performed in engine OFF state, warm-up is started and printing
is performed while the backlight of the operation panel is turned OFF.
6 STR state Supplying of power and clock to the CPU and peripheral chips on the controller
(Sleep mode) board is stopped.
Device state for each Energy Saving state
State Energy Saving LED Operation panel Engine (Printer) HDD CTL
LCD
Standby/Printing ON ON ON ON ON
Printing state/Panel OFF ON OFF ON ON ON
fusing OFF ON ON ON ON ON
(Printer is in Quiet state)
Quiet state ON OFF ON ON ON
ON*1 (Printer is in Quiet state)
Engine OFF Blinking gradually Sleep OFF OFF ON
ON*1 OFF or ON*1 ON*1
STR state Blinking gradually Sleep OFF OFF STR
*1 When [Energy Saving Recvry. for Business Applicatn.] is [On (Energy Saving)], ON/OFF is determined by the
internal timer of the Smart Operation Panel.
Transition of operation panel to Energy Saving when [Energy Saving Recvry. for Business Applicatn.]
is [On (Energy Saving)]
Normally, the Energy Saving state of the operation panel LCD changes in step with the energy saving state of the
MFP/LP main unit, but to support the scenario where an application that does not use the engine (printer) is
executed from the operation panel, the Energy Saving state of the operation panel is transitioned through the three
states ON, OFF, and Sleep with its internal timer when [Energy Saving Recvry. for Business Applicatn.] is [On
(Energy Saving)].
578
Verification of Up Time for each Energy Saving State
The up time for each power state of the machine can be checked with SP8-961 (Electricity Status). It is also
output on the SMC sheet.
SP Name Description
SP8-961- Ctrl Standby Time Cumulative time of Engine OFF mode, Quiet mode, and Standby mode
001
SP8-961- STR Time Cumulative time of STR mode
002
SP8-961- Main Power Off Time Cumulative time of state in which the power plug is connected to the
003 outlet but the main power is off
SP8-961- Reading and Printing Cumulative time of state in which the plotter engine is running or
004 Time warming up
SP8-961- Printing Time Cumulative time of the state in which the plotter engine is running
005
SP8-961- Eng Waiting Time Cumulative time of state in which the power state of the engine is
007 Standby state
SP8-961- Low Power State Not used for this machine
008 Time
SP8-961- Quiet State Time Cumulative time of the state in which the power state of the engine is
009 Quiet state
SP8-961- Fusing Lamp Off Cumulative time of the state in which the power state of the engine is
010 State Time Fusing OFF state
SP8-961- LCD on Time Cumulative time of the state in which the backlight of the LCD is on.
011
Checking the Up time by Device State
SP 8941 (Machine Status) keeps a record of the amount of time that the machine spends in each mode.
SP8-941- Operation Cumulative time of the state in which the engine state notification is enabled.
001 Time The state in which the engine is not running (such as when storing to HD only
with the controller) is excluded from the running state.
SP8-941- Standby Time Cumulative time of the state in which the engine state is not running.
002
SP8-941- Low Power Not used for this machine
003 Time
SP8-941- Sleep mode Cumulative time in Sleep Mode state.
004 time
579
SP8-941- Off Mode Cumulative time in which the Energy Saving state of the device is Engine OFF
005 Time state.
SP8-941- Down time Cumulative time in which the device is disabled because itself or its component
006 to 009 is in the following state.
• SP8-941-006: SC (excluding mode SC)
• SP8-941-007: Jam (plotter)
• SP8-941-009: Supply/PM unit end
With this data, and the power consumption values from the specifications, we can estimate the amount of energy
that is used by the machine.
This should only be used as a reference value, because the power consumption specifications are measured in a
controlled environment with a constant power supply.
To get an exact measurement at the customer’s site, a watt meter must be used to measure the actual energy
consumed.
To use SP8941 to calculate the energy consumed:
• At the start of the measurement period, read the values of SP8-941-001 to 005.
• At the end of the measurement period, read the values of SP8-941-001 to 005 again.
• Find the amount of time spent in each mode (subtract the earlier measurement from the later measurement).
• Multiply this by the power consumption spec for each mode.
• Convert the result to kWh (kilowatt hours)
Recommendation
We recommend that the default settings related to energy saving should be kept.
• If the customer requests that these settings should be changed, please explain that their energy costs could
increase, and that they should consider the effects on the environment of extra energy use.
580
Paper Feed Unit PB1080/PB1080TE (Optional)
Overview

[A] Side Fence [I] Paper Transport Sensor
[B] End Fence [J] Vertical Transport Cover Open/Close Switch
[C] Tray Bottom Plate Lift Sensor [K] Friction Pad
[D] Tray Bottom Plate HP Sensor [L] Tray Set Switch
[E] Paper End Sensor [M] Bottom Plate Lift lever
[F] Remaining Paper Sensor [N] Tray Bottom Plate
[G] Paper Feed Roller [O] Anti-condensation Heater (Option)
[H] Vertical Transport Roller [P] Paper Tray
581

[A] Anti-condensation Heater (Option) [D] Paper Feed Clutch
[B] Controller Board [E] Tray Lift Motor
[C] Paper Feed Motor

[A] Tray Bottom Plate Lift Sensor [E] Tray Set Switch
[B] Tray Bottom Plate HP Sensor [F] Paper End Sensor
[C] Vertical Transport Clutch [G] Remaining Paper Sensor
[D] Vertical Transport Cover Open/Close Switch [H] Vertical Transport Sensor
582
Paper Transport Drive

[A] Paper Feed Motor [D] Vertical Transport Roller
[B] Vertical Transport Clutch [E] Paper Feed Roller
[C] Paper Feed Clutch
The paper feed motor drives the paper feed clutch [C] and the vertical transport clutch [B] through gears. The
operation timing of each clutch is as follows.
1. The paper feed clutch [C] is turned on until the vertical transport roller begins to operate.
2. The vertical transport clutch [B] is turned on until the paper reaches the mainframe.
583
Sensors and Friction Pad

[A] Paper End Sensor [D] Vertical Transport Roller
[B] Remaining Paper Sensor [E] Vertical Transport Sensor
[C] Paper Feed Roller [F] Friction Pad
Only one actuator is used for detecting paper end and remaining paper.
The front side of the actuator is for the remaining paper sensor [B], and the rear side of the actuator is for the
paper end sensor [A].
The vertical transport sensor [E] acts as a paper feed sensor.
This machine uses the friction pad method (same as the mainframe).
584
Tray Lifting up Mechanism

[A] Tray Bottom Plate Pressure Lever [D] Tray Bottom Plate HP Sensor
[B] Tray Bottom Plate Lift Sensor [E] Tray Bottom Plate Lift Lever
[C] Lift Lever Encoder [F] Tray Bottom Plate
The pressure of the tray bottom plate [F] can be adjusted depending on the amount of paper remaining.
The pulses from the lift lever encoder [C] are detected by the tray bottom plate lift sensor [B]. The tray lift motor
is controlled based on the pulses from the encoder.
Preventing Theft of Paper (Only PB1080TE)
Paper Feed Unit PB1080TE is the optional PFU which can be locked with a key.
The key cylinder [A] is mounted on the front cover of the tray for preventing theft of paper. When the tray is
locked with a key, it cannot be pulled out. Even if the machine body is unloaded from the PFU, taking out paper is
impossible, because the plate [B] is fixed on top of the PFU.
In addition, in this model, the ribs [C] are added to the vertical transport unit. The ribs prevent from inserting
fingers into the tray and rotating the feed roller with hands.
585
Two keys are shipped including the spare. In either position Lock/Unlock, it is possible to pull out the key. The
key will be horizontal in the lock position.
If the key has been lost, arrange new keys registered as service parts (P/N: D1462868, this P/N is as of October,
2016).
586
1 Bin Tray BN1030 (Optional)
Overview

[A] Paper Exit Tray [D] Paper Exit Roller
[B] 1-Bin Tray Paper Remaining Sensor [E] 1-Bin Tray Exit Sensor
[C] LED Board
Electrical Components

[A] 1-Bin Tray Paper Remaining Sensor [C] LED Board
[B] 1-Bin Tray Exit Sensor
587
Paper Exit from 1-Bin Tray Unit

[A] 1-Bin Tray Paper Remaining Sensor [C] 1-Bin Tray Exit Sensor
[B] LED Board
The paper from the paper exit section is transported to the 1-bin unit.
This uses the same transport path as usual even if duplex is used.
The1-bin tray paper remaining sensor [A] detects the fed out paper, and the LED [B] blinks to inform users that
there is paper on the 1-bin tray after the end of the job.
The 1-bin tray exit sensor [C] detects paper jams in the 1-bin tray.
588
MP C307/C407
Machine Code: D296/D297/D298/D299
Appendices
Ver 1.0
Latest Release: Nov, 2016

Initial Release: Nov, 2016
Copyright (c) 2016 Ricoh Co.,Ltd.
Table of Contents
1. Specifications ..................................................................................................................................................... 4
Specifications ........................................................................................................................................................ 4
Mainframe ......................................................................................................................................................... 4
Printer ................................................................................................................................................................ 7
Scanner .............................................................................................................................................................. 8
ADF ................................................................................................................................................................... 8
Supported Paper Sizes ......................................................................................................................................... 10
Paper Feed ....................................................................................................................................................... 10
Paper Exit ........................................................................................................................................................ 11
Software Accessories........................................................................................................................................... 12
Printer Drivers ................................................................................................................................................. 12
Scanner and LAN Fax drivers ......................................................................................................................... 13
Optional Equipment ............................................................................................................................................ 15
Paper Feed Unit (D573) .................................................................................................................................. 15
1 Bin Tray Unit (D574) ................................................................................................................................... 15
2. Preventive Maintenance Tables........................................................................................................................ 16
Maintenance Tables ............................................................................................................................................. 16
Preventive Maintenance Items For MP C307 ................................................................................................. 16
Preventive Maintenance Items For MP C407 ................................................................................................. 19
3. SP Mode Tables ............................................................................................................................................... 23
Service Program Mode ........................................................................................................................................ 23
Enabling and Disabling Service Program Mode ............................................................................................. 23
Types of SP Modes ......................................................................................................................................... 24
Remarks........................................................................................................................................................... 27
SP Tables - SP1-XXX ......................................................................................................................................... 29
SP1-XXX (Feed) ............................................................................................................................................. 29
SP Tables - SP2-XXX (1).................................................................................................................................... 47
SP2-XXX (Drum) -1 ....................................................................................................................................... 47
SP Tables - SP2-XXX (2).................................................................................................................................. 112
SP2-XXX (Drum) -2 ..................................................................................................................................... 112
SP Tables - SP3-XXX ....................................................................................................................................... 141
SP3-XXX (Process)....................................................................................................................................... 141
SP Tables - SP4-XXX ....................................................................................................................................... 183
SP4-XXX (Scanner) ...................................................................................................................................... 183
SP Tables - SP5-XXX ....................................................................................................................................... 198
SP5-XXX (Engine: Mode) ............................................................................................................................ 198
SP5-XXX (Controller: Mode) ....................................................................................................................... 199
1
SP Tables - SP6-XXX ....................................................................................................................................... 256
SP6-XXX (Peripherals) ................................................................................................................................. 256
SP Tables - SP7-XXX ....................................................................................................................................... 258
SP7-XXX (Engine: Data Log) ...................................................................................................................... 258
SP7-XXX (Controller: Data Log) ................................................................................................................. 288
SP Tables - SP8-XXX (1).................................................................................................................................. 304
Remarks......................................................................................................................................................... 304
SP8-XXX (Data Log2) -1 ............................................................................................................................. 306
SP Tables - SP8-XXX (2).................................................................................................................................. 333
SP8-XXX (Data Log2) -2 ............................................................................................................................. 333
Printer Service Mode ......................................................................................................................................... 355
Scanner Service Mode ....................................................................................................................................... 365
SP1-XXX (System and Others) ..................................................................................................................... 365
SP2-XXX (Scanning-image Quality) ............................................................................................................ 367
Input and Output Check..................................................................................................................................... 369
ADF Unit ....................................................................................................................................................... 369
Scanner Unit/ Laser Unit ............................................................................................................................... 370
Paper Feed ..................................................................................................................................................... 371
Paper Exit/ Duplex, Waste Toner Bottle ....................................................................................................... 372
Fusing ............................................................................................................................................................ 374
Toner Supply/ Transfer ................................................................................................................................. 375
Drive Unit...................................................................................................................................................... 377
Fan/ Board ..................................................................................................................................................... 379
Paper Feed Unit (Optional) ........................................................................................................................... 382
1 Bin Tray Unit (Optional) ............................................................................................................................ 383
4. Software Configuration .................................................................................................................................. 384
Management Features........................................................................................................................................ 384
How to Disable the Document Server Function ............................................................................................ 384
Printing Features................................................................................................................................................ 385
Behavior of USB Printer Detection ............................................................................................................... 385
Auto PDL Detection Function....................................................................................................................... 385
Print Images Rotation .................................................................................................................................... 389
PJL USTATUS.............................................................................................................................................. 390
Scanner Features................................................................................................................................................ 393
Display settings of recently used scan destination ........................................................................................ 393
The Setting of SMTP authentication in Scan to Email .................................................................................. 393
The Qualification Switching of Scan to Folder ............................................................................................. 394
Security Features ............................................................................................................................................... 396
How to Restrict Access to the WIM Job Menu ............................................................................................. 396
2
How to Restrict Web Image Monitor Access to the Document Server ......................................................... 396
User Authentication for Specific MFP Applications..................................................................................... 397
3
1.Specifications
1. Specifications
Specifications
Mainframe
Items MP C307/C407 MP C306/C406

Configuration: Desktop
Scanning One-dimensional solid-state scanning through One-dimensional solid-state scanning
element: CCD through CCD
A CIS is also used for scanning the back side
of the ADF
Printing process: Dry Electrostatic transfer system with dual component development; 4-drum method
Development: Dry two-component magnetic brush development system
Resolution: Scan: Scan:
• Exposure glass: 600 × 600 dpi • Exposure glass: 600 × 600 dpi
• ADF: 600 × 300 dpi (front), 300 × 600 • ADF: 600 × 300 dpi
dpi (back) , 600 × 600 dpi Print:
Print: • 600 × 600 dpi
• 600 × 600 dpi, 1200 × 1200dpi
Fusing: Direct Heating (DH) fusing
Original type: Sheets, book, three-dimensional object
Maximum 216 × 356 mm (8.5" × 14 ")
original size:
Copy speed: C307: C306:
• Color: 30 cpm (A4), 31cpm (LT) • Color: 30 cpm (A4), 31cpm (LT)
• Color/1200dpi: 15 cpm (A4), 15cpm • B&W: 30 cpm (A4), 31cpm (LT)
(LT) C406:
• B&W: 30 cpm (A4), 31cpm (LT) • Color: 35 cpm (A4), 36 cpm (LT)
C407: • B&W: 40 cpm (A4), 42cpm (LT)
• Color: 35 cpm (A4), 36 cpm (LT)
• Color/1200dpi: 15 cpm (A4), 15cpm
(LT)
• B&W: 40 cpm (A4), 42cpm (LT)
First copy time: C307: C306:
(A4/LT, 1st tray) Color: 8.5 seconds or less Color: 11.0 seconds or less
B&W: 7.1 seconds or less B&W: 7.2 seconds or less
C407: C406:
4
1.Specifications

Color: 7.5 seconds or less Color: 10.5 seconds or less
B&W: 6.1 seconds or less B&W: 6.2 seconds or less
Warm-up time: 48.6 seconds (23°C (73.4°F), rated voltage) 25 seconds (23°C (73.4°F), rated voltage)
Print paper Standard tray: 250 sheets
capacity: Bypass tray: 100 sheets
(80 g/m2, 20 lb.) Optional tray: 500 sheets
Print paper size: Standard tray: A4 SEF / LT SEF to A5 SEF
Bypass tray: A4 / LG to A6 SEF / Envelope
Optional tray: A4 SEF / LG SEF to A5 SEF
For details, see Supported Paper Sizes
Printing paper Standard tray: 60-163 g/m2 (16-90 lb.)
weight: Bypass tray: 60-220 g/m2 (16-80 lb)
Optional tray: 60-163 g/m2 (16-90 lb.)
Duplex: 60-163 g/m2 (16-90 lb.)
Output paper Std: 100 sheets
capacity: Max: 200 sheets (with 1 bin tray)
Continuous copy: Up to 99 sheets
Memory: 2GB
Hard disk: 320GB
CPU: Intel® Atom Processor BayTrail-I 1.46GHz RM7035C-533L
Zoom: Arbitrary:
From 25 to 400% (1% step)
Fixed:
North America
65%, 78%, 93%, 100%, 129%, 155%
Europe/Asia
50%, 71%, 93%, 100%, 141%, 200%
Power source: 110 V, 60 Hz: More than 10 A (for Taiwan)
120V -127 V, 60 Hz: More than 10 A (for North America)
220 V - 240 V, 50/60 Hz: More than 5 A (for Europe/Asia)
Power North America North America
consumption: C307 (with full system): 1,300 W or less C306 (with full system): 1,300 W or less
C407 (with full system): 1,300 W or less C406 (with full system): 1,300 W or less
EU/Asia EU/Asia
*The full system consists of the main unit, *The full system consists of the main
5
1.Specifications

two paper tray units, and 1bin unit. unit, two paper tray units, and 1bin unit.
Energy saver: Reduced electrical consumption: Reduced electrical consumption:
C307/C407: 1.0 W or less North America
C306: 0.71 W or less
EU/Asia
Noise emission: Sound power level with full system Sound power level with full system
C307: C306:
• Stand-by: 30.5 dB (A) • Stand-by: 31.9 dB (A)
• Copying: • Copying: 67.7 dB (A)
B&W: 66.7 dB (A) C406:
Color: 67.8 dB (A) • Stand-by: 31.9 dB (A)
C407: • Copying:
• Stand-by: 30.8 dB (A) B&W: 68.3 dB (A)
• Copying: Color: 67.8 dB (A)
B&W: 69.7 dB (A) Sound pressure level with full system
Color: 68.6 dB (A) C306:
Sound pressure level with full system • Stand-by: 19.3 dB (A)
C307: • Copying: 55.3 dB (A)
• Stand-by: 20.2 dB (A) C406:
• Copying: • Stand-by: 19.8 dB (A)
B&W: 59.7 dB (A) • Copying:
Color: 61.1 dB (A) B&W: 56.1 dB (A)
C407: Color: 54.2 dB (A)
• Stand-by: 21.0 dB (A) Sound power level and sound pressure
• Copying: level are actual values measured in
B&W: 62.3 dB (A) accordance with ISO 7779.
Color: 62.2 dB (A) Sound pressure level is measured from
Sound power level and sound pressure level the position of the bystander.
are actual values measured in accordance The full system consists of the main unit,
with ISO 7779. ADF, 1bin unit, and two paper tray units.
Sound pressure level is measured from the
position of the bystander.
The full system consists of the main unit, 1-
bin unit and two paper tray units.
Dimensions (W x 498 x 585 x 510 mm (19.6" x 23.0" x 20.1"): 510 x 588 x 505 mm (20.1" x 23.1" x
6
1.Specifications

D x H): (including ADF and operation panel) 19.9"):
(including ARDF and operation panel)
Weight: 46 kg (101.4 lb.) Basic model: 40.5 kg (89.3 lb.)
(including ADF) ADF model: 45 kg (99.3 lb.)
Printer

Printer Standard: PCL 5c/6, PDF, RPCS, PostScript Standard: PCL 5c/6, PDF, RPCS, PostScript 3
languages: 3 Option: XPS, PictBridge
Option: XPS, PictBridge, Adobe
PostScript3
Resolution: 200 dpi, 300 dpi, 400 dpi, 600 dpi, 1200 dpi PCL5c:
Note: 600 x 600 dpi (1, 2, 4 bit), 300 x 300 dpi
• PCL5c: 600 x 600 dpi (1, 2, 4 bit), 300 Grayscale
x 300 dpi Grayscale PCL6:
• PCXL: 1200 x 1200 dpi (1 bit), 600 x 1200 x 1200 dpi (1 bit), 600 x 600 dpi (1, 2, 4
600 dpi (1, 2, 4 bit) bit)
• XPS: 600 x 600 dpi (1, 2, 4 bit) PS3:
1200 x 1200 dpi (1 bit), 600 x 600 dpi (1, 2, 4
bit)
XPS:
600 x 600 dpi (1, 2, 4 bit)
Resident PCL 5c/6: 93 fonts PCL5c/ 6: 45 fonts, 13 International fonts
fonts: PDF: 136 fonts Adobe PostScript 3: 136 fonts
PostScript 3: 136 fonts
Host Standard: Standard:
interfaces: Ethernet (10Base-T/100Base- Ethernet (10Base-T/100Base-TX/1000Base-T),
TX/1000Base-T), USB2.0 (Type A), SD USB2.0[TypeB], USB2.0 Host I/F[TypeA](2
card slot port), SD card slot
Option: Option:
IEEE1284, Wireless LAN IEEE1284/ECP, Wireless LAN
(IEEE802.11a/b/g/n), USB 2.0 (Type B), (IEEE802.11a/b/g/n), Bluetooth, Ethernet (RJ-
Ethernet (10Base-T/100Base- 45 network port : 10Base-T/100Base-
TX/1000Base-T) TX/1000Base-T)
Network TCP/IP (IPv4, IPv6) Standard: TCP/IP (IPv4, IPv6)

protocols: Optional: IPX/SPX
7
1.Specifications
Scanner

Scanning Full-color scanner / Flatbed scanning
method:
Scanning TWAIN Mode:
resolution: • Exposure glass: 100 to 1200 dpi
• ADF: 100 to 600 dpi
WIA Mode:
• 100 to 1200 dpi
Delivery Mode:
• 100 / 200 / 300 / 400 / 600 dpi (default: 200 x 200 dpi)
Grayscales: 1 bit or 8 bits/pixel each for RGB
Scanning B&W: B&W:
Throughput: Simplex: 40 pages/minute (200 dpi/300 dpi) Over 30 pages/minute (200dpi / 300dpi)
Duplex: 80 pages/minute (200 dpi/300 dpi) (A4, SEF, Mono 1bit, Text/Line Art, MMR
(A4 SEF, Mono 1bit, Text/Line Art, MMR compression with ADF)
compression with ADF) Color:
Color: Over 30 pages/minute (200dpi), Over 20
Simplex: 40 pages/minute (200 dpi/300 dpi) pages/minute (300dpi)
Duplex: 80 pages/minute (200 dpi/300 dpi) (A4, SEF, FC Text/Photo / JPEG standard
(A4 SEF, FC Text/Photo / JPEG standard compression with ADF)
compression with ADF)
Network Ethernet (1000BASE-T/100BASE- Ethernet (1000BASE-T/100BASE-
interface: TX/10BASE-T), Wireless LAN (IEEE TX/10BASE-T), Wireless LAN (IEEE
802.11a/b/g/n) 802.11a/b/g)
Compression B&W: TIFF (MH, MR, MMR, JBIG2)
method: Gray Scale, Full Color: JPEG
ADF

Original size: A4 to A5, LG to HLT Simplex: A4 to A6, LG to HLT
Duplex: A4 to A6, LG to HLT
Original weight: 52 to 128 g/m2 (14 to 34 lb.) Simplex: 52 to 128 g/m2 (14 to 34 lb.)
Duplex: 64 to 105 g/m2 (17 to 28 lb.)
Table capacity: 50 sheets (80 g/m2, 20 lb. Bond or less)
20 sheets (more than 80 g/m2, 20 lb. Bond)
Separation: Friction pad
8
1.Specifications

Original transport: Roller transport
Original feed order: From the top original
Power source: DC 24V, 5V from the scanner unit.
9
1.Specifications
Supported Paper Sizes
Paper Feed
Paper Size Main Tray Paper Feed Unit Bypass Tray

A4 SEF 210 x 297 mm
A5 SEF 148 x 210 mm
A5 LEF 210 x 148 mm - -
A6 SEF 105 x 148 mm - -
B5 SEF 182 x 257 mm
B6 SEF 128 x 182 mm - -
Legal SEF 8.5 x 14 inch -
Foolscap SEF 8.5 x 13 inch -
Letter SEF 8.5 x 11 inch
GovernmentLG SEF 8.25 x 14 inch -
Folio SEF 8.25 x 13 inch -
F/GL SEF 8 x 13 inch -
Eng Quatro SEF 8 x 10 inch -
Executive SEF 7.25 x 10.5 inch -
Half Letter SEF 5.5 x 8.5 inch
Half Letter LEF 8.5 x 5.5 inch - -
Com10 Env. SEF 4.125 x 9.5 inch - -
Monarch Env. SEF 3.875 x 7.5 inch - -
C5 Env. SEF 162 x 229 mm - -
C6 Env. SEF 114 x 162 mm - -
DL Env. SEF 110 x 220 mm - -
16K SEF 195 x 267 mm - -
8.5 × 12 SEF 8.5 x 12 inch -
8 1/2 × 13 2/5 SEF 8.5 x 13.4 inch -
Custom:
- Main Tray Paper Feed Unit Bypass Tray

Width 139.5 - 216.0 mm 139.5 - 216.0 mm 76.2 - 216.0 mm
5.50 - 8.50 inch 5.50 - 8.50 inch 3.00 - 8.50 inch
Length 210.0 - 297.0 mm 210.0 - 356.6 mm 139.0 - 600.0 mm
8.27 - 11.69 inch 8.27 - 14.03 inch 5.48 - 23.62 inch
Remarks
: Supported
10
1.Specifications
Paper Exit
Paper Size Main Tray 1 Bin Tray

A4 SEF 210 x 297 mm
A5 SEF 148 x 210 mm
A5 LEF 210 x 148 mm -
A6 SEF 105 x 148 mm -
B5 SEF 182 x 257 mm
B6 SEF 128 x 182 mm -
Legal SEF 8.5 x 14 inch
Foolscap SEF 8.5 x 13 inch
Letter SEF 8.5 x 11 inch
GovernmentLG SEF 8.25 x 14 inch
Folio SEF 8.25 x 13 inch
F/GL SEF 8 x 13 inch
Eng Quatro SEF 8 x 10 inch
Executive SEF 7.25 x 10.5 inch
Half Letter SEF 5.5 x 8.5 inch
Half Letter LEF 8.5 x 5.5 inch -
Com10 Env. SEF 4.125 x 9.5 inch -
Monarch Env. SEF 3.875 x 7.5 inch -
C5 Env. SEF 162 x 229 mm -
C6 Env. SEF 114 x 162 mm -
DL Env. SEF 110 x 220 mm -
16K SEF 195 x 267 mm
8.5 × 12 SEF 8.5 x 12 inch
8 1/2 × 13 2/5 SEF 8.5 x 13.4 inch
Custom:
- Main Tray 1 Bin Tray

Width 76.2 - 216.0 mm 139.7 - 216.0 mm
3.00 - 8.50 inch 5.50 - 8.50 inch
Length 139.0 - 600.0 mm 210.0 - 600.0 mm
5.48 – 23.62 inch 8.27 - 23.62 inch
Remarks
: Supported
11
1.Specifications
Software Accessories
The printer drivers and utility software are provided on one CD-ROM. An auto-run installer allows you to select
which components to install.
Printer Drivers
Windows
OS Type PCL5c PCL6 PS3 XPS
Windows Vista Starter - - - -
Home Basic *3 *3 *1
Home Premium *3 *3 *1
Business *3 *3 *1
Ultimate *3 *3 *1
Enterprise *3 *3 *1
Windows 7 Starter - - - -
Home Basic - - - -
Home Premium
Professional
Ultimate
Enterprise
Windows 8/8.1 Windows 8
Pro
Enterprise
RT - - - -
Windows Server 2003/ R2 Standard Edition *2 *2 *2 -
Enterprise Edition *2 *2 *2 -
Datacenter Edition - - - -
Web Edition - - - -
Windows Server 2008/R2 Standard Edition
Enterprise Edition
Standard without Hyper-V
Enterprise without Hyper-V
Datacenter Edition - - - -
Web Edition - - - -
Windows Server 2012/R2 Foundation
Essentials
Standard
Datacenter - - - -
12
1.Specifications
: Supported
-: Not supported
*RPCS driver has been discontinued.
*1:SP1 or later is recommended
*2:SP2 or later is Recommended
*3:SP1 or later is recommended
Mac OS Environment
OS PS3 Printer Utility for Mac
Mac OS 8.6 or later, Mac OS X classic - -
Mac OS X Native: v.10.57 or later -
: Supported
-: Not supported
UNIX Environment
UNIX Platforms Version
Sun Solaris 9, 10
HP-UX 11.x, 11i v2, 11i v3
Red Hat Linux Enterprise V4, V5, V6
SCO OpenServer 5.0.7, 6.0
IBM AIX V 5L, V5.3, V6.1, V7.1
Novell Netware
Netware Server* Supported Version Netware 6.5 or later
Client OS "Windows Vista/2003/2008/7/8/2012/8.1/2012R2
* Netware option is required.
SAP R/3 Environment (Device Type / Barcode & OCR Package)
Device Type will be provided from SAP itself in SAP Printer Vendor Program.
For the detailed specification, please refer to another announcement to be issued in the future.
Supported Barcode & Barcode Code 128, Code 39, Code 93, Codabar, 2 of 5
OCR Fonts Fonts interleaved/Industrial/Matrix, MSI, USPS, UPC/EAN
OCR Fonts OCR A, OCR B
• The PS3 drivers are all genuine AdobePS drivers, except for Windows 2000, which uses Microsoft PS.
• A PPD file for each operating system is provided with the driver.
Scanner and LAN Fax drivers
Operating system for TWAIN driver:
Windows Vista/7/8/8.1, Windows Server 2003/2003 R2/2008/2008 R2/2012/2012 R2

(TWAIN scanner runs in 32-bit compatible mode on a 64-bit operating system, so TWAIN scanner is not
compatible with 64-bit applications. Use it with 32-bit applications.)
13
1.Specifications
Operating system for WIA driver:
Windows Vista (SP1 or later)/7/8/8.1, Windows Server 2008/2008 R2/2012/2012 R2

(WIA scanner can function under both 32- and 64-bit operating systems.)
Operating system for LAN FAX driver:
Windows Vista, Windows 7,8, 8.1, Windows Server 2003, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2012,
Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2012 R2
• The LAN Fax driver lets you fax documents directly form your PC. Address Book Editor and Cover
Sheet Editor are to be installed as well.
• The Network TWAIN driver operates in 32-bit compatibility mode on 64-bit operating systems
• The Network TWAIN driver is provided on the scanner drivers CD-ROM.
14
1.Specifications
Optional Equipment
Paper Feed Unit (D573)
Paper Feed System: Feed Roller and Friction Pad

Paper Height Detection: Empty only
Tray Capacity: 500 sheets
Paper Weight: 60 to 163 g/m2 (16 to 43.5 lb.)
Paper Size: A5 SEF to A4/LG SEF
Power Source: DC 24V, 5V (from the mainframe)
Power Consumption: Less than 27 W
(Power is supplied from the mainframe.)
Dimensions (W x D x H): 498 mm x 552 mm x 150 mm (19.7" x 21.8" x 6.0")
Weight: 10.4 kg (23.0 lb.) or less
1 Bin Tray Unit (D574)
Paper detection: Detects paper

Tray Capacity: 100 sheets (80 g/m2)
Paper Weight: 60 to 163 g/m2 (16 to 43.5 lb.)
Paper Size: Width: 140 to 216 mm (5.5” to 8.5”)
Length: 210 to 356 mm (8.3” to 14.0”)
Power Source: DC 5V (from the mainframe)
Power Consumption: Less than 1 W
(Power is supplied from the mainframe.)
Dimensions (W x D x H): 554 mm x 482 mm x 138.5 mm (21.8" x 19.0" x 5.5")
Weight: 3.0 kg (6.6 lb.) or less
15
2.Preventive Maintenance Tables
2. Preventive Maintenance Tables
Maintenance Tables
Preventive Maintenance Items For MP C307
Chart: A4 (LT)/5%
Mode: 2 prints/job
Color Ratio: 30%
Environment: Normal temperature and humidity
Yield may change depending on circumstances and print conditions.
Symbol keys: C: Clean, R: Replace, L: Lubricant, I: Inspect
Yield Parts:
The parts mentioned in these tables have a target yield. However, the total copy/print volume made by the
machine will not reach the target yield within the machine's targeted lifetime if the machine is used under the
target usage conditions (ACV, color ratio, and P/J). So, these parts are categorized not as PM parts but as yield
parts (EM parts). In this table, the parts with “Y” are yield parts and the parts with “P” are PM parts.
ADF
The PM count for the following items is based on the number of originals fed:
Item PM/Yield Parts 30k 45k EM Remarks
Friction pad Y* R C Wipe with a dry cloth.

ADF pick-up roller Y* R C Wipe with a damp cloth.
ADF feed roller Y* R C Wipe with a damp cloth.
ADF entrance roller C Wipe with a damp cloth.
Pre-scanning roller (front side/ rear side) C Wipe with a damp cloth.
ADF exit roller C Wipe with a damp cloth.
* The actual lifetime of these parts depends on the type of paper used and machine operation. Therefore, these
parts are treated as Yield Parts.
Scanner Unit
Item PM/Yield Parts EM Remarks
Exposure glass C Clean with a cleaning cloth.

ADF exposure glass C Clean with a cleaning cloth.
16
PCDU
The PM count for the following items is based on the sheets of copy paper fed:
Item PM/Yield 36k 60k EM Remarks
Parts
PCDU P R The PCDU (K) for C307 is different from C407. Make sure of
(K) the correct part number before ordering it.
PCDU Y R At color ratio 30%, the replacement interval is 120k.
(C)
(M)
(Y)
Transfer Unit
Item PM/Yield Parts 120k EM Remarks
ITB (Image transfer belt) unit Y R

Paper transfer roller Y R
Fusing Unit
Parts
Fusing unit Y R The fusing units of C307 and C407 are the same.
Entrance guide C Remove the toner, wax, and paper dust with a dry
plate cloth.
Exit guide plate C Remove the toner, wax, and paper dust with a dry
cloth.
Separation plate C Remove the toner, wax, and paper dust with a dry
cloth.
Fusing thermopile C Remove the toner, wax, and paper dust with a dry
cloth.
Pressure roller C Remove the toner, wax, and paper dust with a dry
cloth.
Paper Transport
17

Parts
Registration roller C Clean with a blower brush.
Registration sensor C Clean with a blower brush or wipe with a
dry cloth.
Paper dust case C Clean with a blower brush.
Paper feed roller Y R C Wipe with a damp cloth.
Paper feed exit sensor C Clean with a blower brush or wipe with a
dry cloth.
Bypass feed roller Y R C Wipe with a damp cloth.
Friction pad Y R C Wipe with a dry cloth.
Duplex entrance sensor C Clean with a blower brush or wipe with a
dry cloth.
Duplex exit sensor C Clean with a blower brush or wipe with a
dry cloth.
Duplex paper transport C Wipe with a damp cloth.
rollers
Duplex entrance guide C Wipe with a cloth dampened with ethyl
plate alcohol.
Paper exit/reverse roller C Wipe with a damp cloth.
Paper exit sensor C Clean with a blower brush or wipe with a
dry cloth.
Others
Waste toner bottle P R Replace if the waste toner bottle is detected to be full.
Ozone filter C
Paper Feed Unit (Optional)

Friction pad Y R C Wipe with a damp cloth.
Transport roller C Wipe with a damp cloth.
Tray lift pad C Wipe with a damp cloth.
Transport sensor C Wipe with a damp cloth.
18
1-Bin Tray Unit (Optional)
Item PM/Yield EM Remarks

Parts
Paper exit roller C Wipe with a damp cloth, and then wipe the dry
cloth.
Paper exit tray C Wipe with a damp cloth, and then wipe the dry
cloth.
1-bin tray exit sensor C Clean with a blower brush or wipe with a dry
cloth.
1-bin tray paper remaining C Clean with a blower brush or wipe with a dry
sensor cloth.
Preventive Maintenance Items For MP C407
Chart: A4 (LT)/5%
Mode: 2 prints/job
Color Ratio: 30%
Environment: Normal temperature and humidity
Yield may change depending on circumstances and print conditions.
Symbol keys: C: Clean, R: Replace, L: Lubricant, I: Inspect
Yield Parts:
The parts mentioned in these tables have a target yield. However, the total copy/print volume made by the
machine will not reach the target yield within the machine's targeted lifetime if the machine is used under the
target usage conditions (ACV, color ratio, and P/J). So, these parts are categorized not as PM parts but as yield
parts (EM parts). In this table, the parts with “Y” are yield parts and the parts with “P” are PM parts.
ADF
The PM count for the following items is based on the number of originals fed:
Item PM/Yield Parts 30k 45k EM Remarks
Friction pad Y* R C Wipe with a dry cloth.

ADF pick-up roller Y* R C Wipe with a damp cloth.
ADF feed roller Y* R C Wipe with a damp cloth.
ADF entrance roller C Wipe with a damp cloth.
Pre-scanning roller (front side/ rear side) C Wipe with a damp cloth.
ADF exit roller C Wipe with a damp cloth.
* The actual lifetime of these parts depends on the type of paper used and machine operation. Therefore, these
parts are treated as Yield Parts.
19
Scanner Unit
Item PM/Yield Parts EM Remarks
Exposure glass C Clean with a cleaning cloth.

ADF exposure glass C Clean with a cleaning cloth.
PCDU
Parts
PCDU P R The PCDU (K) for C307 is different from C407. Make sure of
(K) the correct part number before ordering it.
PCDU P R At color ratio 30%, the replacement interval is 120k.
(C)
(M)
(Y)
Transfer Unit
ITB (Image transfer belt) unit P R

Paper transfer roller P R
Fusing Unit
Parts
Fusing sleeve belt P R
assembly
Fusing unit P R The fusing units of C307 and C407 are the
same.
Entrance guide plate C Wipe with a dry cloth.
Exit guide plate C Wipe with a dry cloth.
Separation plate C Wipe with a dry cloth.
Fusing thermopile C Wipe with a dry cloth.
Pressure roller C Wipe with a dry cloth.
20
Paper Transport
Parts
Registration roller C Clean with a blower brush.
Registration sensor C Clean with a blower brush or wipe with a
dry cloth.
Paper dust case C Clean with a blower brush.
Paper feed roller P R C Wipe with a damp cloth.
Paper feed exit sensor C Clean with a blower brush or wipe with a
dry cloth.
Bypass feed roller P R C Wipe with a damp cloth.
Friction pad P R C Wipe with a dry cloth.
Duplex entrance sensor C Clean with a blower brush or wipe with a
dry cloth.
Duplex exit sensor C Clean with a blower brush or wipe with a
dry cloth.
Duplex paper transport C Wipe with a damp cloth.
rollers
Duplex entrance guide C Wipe with a cloth dampened with ethyl
plate alcohol.
Paper exit/reverse roller C Wipe with a damp cloth.
Paper exit sensor C Clean with a blower brush or wipe with a
dry cloth.
Others
Waste toner bottle P R Replace if the waste toner bottle is detected to be full.
Ozone filter C

Friction pad Y R C Wipe with a damp cloth.
Transport roller C Wipe with a damp cloth.
21
Tray Lift Pad C Wipe with a damp cloth.

Transport Sensor C Wipe with a damp cloth.
1-Bin Tray Unit (Optional)
Item PM/Yield EM Remarks

Parts
Paper exit roller C Wipe with a damp cloth, and then wipe the dry
cloth.
Paper exit tray C Wipe with a damp cloth, and then wipe the dry
cloth.
1-bin tray exit sensor C Clean with a blower brush or wipe with a dry
cloth.
1-bin tray paper remaining C Clean with a blower brush or wipe with a dry
sensor cloth.
22
3.SP Mode Tables
3. SP Mode Tables
Service Program Mode
• Make sure that the data-in LED ( ) is not on before you go into the SP mode. This LED indicates that
some data is coming to the machine. When the LED is on, wait for the copier to process the data.
Enabling and Disabling Service Program Mode
Make sure that the data-in LED ( ) is not on before you go into the SP mode. This LED indicates that some
data is coming to the machine. When the LED is on, wait for the copier to process the data.
• The Service Program Mode is for use by service representatives only. If this mode is used by anyone
other than service representatives for any reason, data might be deleted or settings might be changed. In
such case, product quality cannot be guaranteed any more.
Entering SP Mode
If there are no Classic Application (copy/printer/scanner/fax) icons on the HOME screen, follow the procedure
below to display the number keyboard.
1. Press and hold the button [A] located at the left side of the operation panel and "Check Status [B]" at the
same time, until the number keyboard is displayed.
23
3.SP Mode Tables
2. Enter the key code for SP mode.
For details of the key code to enter the SP mode, ask your supervisor.
Exiting SP Mode
• Press "Exit" on the LCD twice to return to the copy window.
Types of SP Modes
• System SP: SP modes related to the engine functions

• Printer SP: SP modes related to the controller functions
• Scanner SP: SP modes related to the scanner functions
• Fax SP: SP modes related to the fax functions
Select one of the Service Program modes (System, Printer, Scanner, or Fax) from the touch panel as shown in the
diagram below after you access the SP mode. This section explains the functions of the System/Printer/Scanner SP
modes. Refer to the Fax service manual for the Fax SP modes.
SP Mode Button Summary
Here is a short summary of the touch-panel buttons.
24
3.SP Mode Tables
1 Opens all SP groups and sublevels.

2 Closes all open groups and sublevels and restores the initial SP mode display.
3 Opens the copy window (copy mode) so you can make test copies. Press SP Mode (highlighted) in the
copy window to return to the SP mode screen,
4 Enter the SP code directly with the number keys if you know the SP number. Then press . (The required
SP Mode number will be highlighted when pressing . If not, just press the required SP Mode number.)
5 Press two times to leave the SP mode and return to the copy window to resume normal operation.
6 Press any Class 1 number to open a list of Class 2 SP modes.
7 Press to scroll the show to the previous or next group.
8 Press to scroll to the previous or next display in segments the size of the screen display (page).
9 Press to scroll the show the previous or next line (line by line).
10 Press to move the highlight on the left to the previous or next selection in the list.
Switching Between SP Mode and Copy Mode for Test Printing
1. In the SP mode, select the test print. Then press "Copy Window".
2. Use the copy window (copier mode), to select the appropriate settings (paper size, etc.) for the test print.
3. Press [Start] key to start the test print.
4. Press SP Mode (highlighted) to return to the SP mode screen and repeat from step 1.
Selecting the Program Number
Program numbers have two or three levels.

1. Refer to the Service Tables to find the SP that you want to adjust before you begin.
2. Press the Group number on the left side SP Mode window that contains the SP that you want to adjust.
3. Use the scrolling buttons in the center of the SP mode window to show the SP number that you want to open.
Then press that number to expand the list.
25
3.SP Mode Tables
4. Use the center touch-panel buttons to scroll to the number and title of the item that you want to set and press
it. The small entry box on the right activates and shows the below default or the current settings.
• Refer to the Service Tables for the range of allowed settings.

5. Do this procedure to enter a setting:
• Press to toggle between plus and minus and use the keypad to enter the appropriate number. The
number you enter writes over the previous setting.
• Press [#] to enter the setting. (The value is not registered if you enter a number that is out of range.)
• Press "Yes" when you are prompted to complete the selection.
6. If you need to perform a test print, press Copy Window to open the copy window and select the settings for
the test print. Press [Start] key and then press SP Mode (highlighted) in the copy window to return to the SP
mode display.
7. Press Exit two times to return to the copy window when you are finished.
Service Mode Lock/Unlock
At locations where the machine contains sensitive data, the customer engineer cannot operate the machine until
the Administrator turns the service mode lock off. This function makes sure that work on the machine is always
done with the permission of the Administrator.
1. If you cannot go into the SP mode, ask the Administrator to log in with the User Tool and then set "Service
Mode Lock" to OFF after he or she logs in: User Tools System Settings Administrator Tools
Service Mode Lock OFF
• This unlocks the machine and lets you get access to all the SP codes.
• The CE can service the machine and turn the machine off and on. It is not necessary to ask the
Administrator to log in again each time the machine is turned on.
2. Go into the SP mode and set SP5169 to "1" if you must use the printer bit switches.
3. After machine servicing is completed:
• Change SP5169 from "1" to "0".
26
3.SP Mode Tables
• Turn the machine off and on. Tell the administrator that you have completed servicing the machine.
• The Administrator will then set the "Service Mode Lock" to ON.
Remarks
Display on the Control Panel Screen
The maximum number of characters which can show on the control panel screen is limited to 30 characters. For
this reason, some of the SP modes shown on the screen need to be abbreviated. The following are abbreviations
used for the SP modes for which the full description is over 20 characters.
Item Description
Paper Weight Plain Paper1: 60-74 g/m2, 16-20lb.
Plain Paper2: 75-81 g/m2, 20lb.
Middle Thick: 82-105 g/m2, 20-28lb.
Thick Paper1: 106-169 g/m2, 28lb. Bond-90lb.
Thick Paper2: 170-220 g/m2, 65-80lb.
Thick Paper3: 221-256 g/m2, 80lb. Cover-140lb.
Paper Type N: Normal paper
MTH: Middle thick paper
TH: Thick paper
Paper Feed Station P: Paper tray
B: Bypass table
Color Mode [K]: Black in B&W mode
[Color] [Y], [M], or [C]: Yellow, Magenta, or Cyan in Full Color mode
[YMC]: Only for Yellow, Magenta, and Cyan
[FC]: Full Color mode
[FC, K], [FC, Y], [FC, M], or [FC, C]: Black, Yellow, Magenta, or Cyan in full color
mode
Print Mode S: Simplex
D: Duplex
Process Speed L: Low speed (89 mm/s)
M: Middle speed (178 mm/s)
Others
The following symbols are used in the SP mode tables.

FA: Factory setting
(Data may be adjusted from the default setting at the factory. Refer to the factory setting sheets enclosed. You can
find it under the jammed paper removal decal.)
27
3.SP Mode Tables
DFU: Design/Factory Use only

Do not touch these SP modes in the field.
A sharp (#) to the right hand side of the mode number column means that the main switch must be turned off and
on to effect the setting change.
An asterisk (*) to the right hand side of the mode number column means that this mode is stored in the NVRAM
and EEPROM. If you do a RAM clear, this SP mode will be reset to the default value. "ENG" and "CTL" show
which NVRAM contains the data.
• ENG: EEPROM on the BICU board
• CTL: NVRAM on the controller board
The settings of each SP mode are explained in the right-hand column of the SP table in the following way.
[Adjustable range / Default setting / Step] Alphanumeric
• If "Alphanumeric" is written to the right of the bracket as shown above, the setting of the SP mode
shows on the screen using alphanumeric characters instead of only numbers. However, the settings in
the bracket in the SP mode table are explained by using only the numbers.
SSP: This denotes a "Special Service Program" mode setting.
28
3.SP Mode Tables
SP Tables - SP1-XXX
SP1-XXX (Feed)
SP No. Large Category Small Category ENG or [Min to

CTL Max/Init./Step]
1-001- Leading Edge Tray: Plain ENG [ -9 to 9 / 0 / 0.1mm ]
001 Registration
1-001- Leading Edge Tray: Middle Thick ENG [ -9 to 9 / 0 / 0.1mm ]
002 Registration
1-001- Leading Edge Tray: Thick ENG [ -9 to 9 / 0 / 0.1mm ]
003 Registration
1-001- Leading Edge Tray: Plain: 1200 ENG [ -9 to 9 / 0 / 0.1mm ]
005 Registration
1-001- Leading Edge Tray: Middle Thick: 1200 ENG [ -9 to 9 / 0 / 0.1mm ]
006 Registration
1-001- Leading Edge By-pass: Plain ENG [ -9 to 9 / 0 / 0.1mm ]
007 Registration
1-001- Leading Edge By-pass: Middle Thick ENG [ -9 to 9 / 0 / 0.1mm ]
008 Registration
1-001- Leading Edge By-pass: Thick ENG [ -9 to 9 / 0 / 0.1mm ]
009 Registration
1-001- Leading Edge By-pass: Plain: 1200 ENG [ -9 to 9 / 0 / 0.1mm ]
012 Registration
1-001- Leading Edge By-pass: Middle Thick: 1200 ENG [ -9 to 9 / 0 / 0.1mm ]
013 Registration
1-001- Leading Edge Duplex: Plain ENG [ -9 to 9 / 0 / 0.1mm ]
014 Registration
1-001- Leading Edge Duplex: Middle Thick ENG [ -9 to 9 / 0 / 0.1mm ]
015 Registration
1-001- Leading Edge Duplex: Thick ENG [ -9 to 9 / 0 / 0.1mm ]
016 Registration
1-001- Leading Edge Tray: Special 1 ENG [ -9 to 9 / 1.1 /
017 Registration 0.1mm ]
1-001- Leading Edge By-pass: Special 1 ENG [ -9 to 9 / 1.1 /
1-001- Leading Edge Duplex: Plain: 1200 ENG [ -9 to 9 / 0 / 0.1mm ]
019 Registration
1-001- Leading Edge Duplex: Middle Thick: 1200 ENG [ -9 to 9 / 0 / 0.1mm ]
29
3.SP Mode Tables
020 Registration
1-001- Leading Edge Duplex: Special 1 ENG [ -9 to 9 / 1.1 /
1-001- Leading Edge Tray: Special 1: 1200 ENG [ -9 to 9 / 1.1 /
1-001- Leading Edge By-pass: Special 1: 1200 ENG [ -9 to 9 / 1.1 /
1-001- Leading Edge Duplex: Special 1: 1200 ENG [ -9 to 9 / 1.1 /
1-001- Leading Edge Offset: Transfer Separation ENG* [ -4 to 4 / 0 / 0.1mm ]
026 Registration
1-001- Leading Edge Auto correct: On/Off ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
030 Registration
1-001- Leading Edge Std. Measure: On/Off ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
031 Registration
1-001- Leading Edge Offset ENG* [ -5 to 5 / 0 / 0.1mm ]
032 Registration
1-001- Leading Edge Offset Standard: 1 ENG* [ 0 to 999 / 0 / 0.1mm ]
033 Registration
034 Registration
035 Registration
036 Registration
037 Registration
038 Registration
039 Registration
040 Registration
1-001- Leading Edge Tray: Plain: Std Speed 2 ENG [ -9 to 9 / 0 / 0.1mm ]
041 Registration
1-001- Leading Edge By-pass: Plain: Std Speed 2 ENG [ -9 to 9 / 0 / 0.1mm ]
043 Registration
1-001- Leading Edge Duplex: Plain: Std Speed 2 ENG [ -9 to 9 / 0 / 0.1mm ]
30
3.SP Mode Tables
045 Registration
1-001- Leading Edge Tray: Special1: Std Speed 2 ENG [ -9 to 9 / 1.1 /
1-001- Leading Edge By-pass: Special1: Std Speed 2 ENG [ -9 to 9 / 1.1 /
1-001- Leading Edge Duplex: Special1: Std Speed 2 ENG [ -9 to 9 / 1.1 /
1-002- Side-to-Side By-pass Table ENG [ -4 to 4 / 0 / 0.1mm ]
001 Registration
1-002- Side-to-Side Tray 1 ENG [ -4 to 4 / 0 / 0.1mm ]
002 Registration
003 Registration
004 Registration
1-002- Side-to-Side Duplex ENG [ -4 to 4 / 0 / 0.1mm ]
005 Registration
1-003- Paper Buckle Tray1: Plain ENG [ -5 to 5 / 2 / 1mm ]
001
1-003- Paper Buckle Tray1: Middle Thick ENG [ -5 to 5 / 0 / 1mm ]
002
1-003- Paper Buckle Tray1: Thick ENG [ -5 to 5 / 0 / 1mm ]
003
1-003- Paper Buckle Tray2/3: Plain ENG [ -5 to 5 / 0 / 1mm ]
004
1-003- Paper Buckle Tray2/3: Middle Thick ENG [ -5 to 5 / 0 / 1mm ]
005
1-003- Paper Buckle Tray2/3: Thick ENG [ -5 to 5 / 0 / 1mm ]
006
1-003- Paper Buckle By-pass: Plain ENG [ -5 to 5 / 0 / 1mm ]
007
1-003- Paper Buckle By-pass: Middle Thick ENG [ -5 to 5 / 0 / 1mm ]
008
1-003- Paper Buckle By-pass: Thick ENG [ -5 to 5 / 0 / 1mm ]
009
1-003- Paper Buckle Duplex: Plain ENG [ -5 to 5 / 0 / 1mm ]
010
1-003- Paper Buckle Duplex: Middle Thick ENG [ -5 to 5 / 0 / 1mm ]
31
3.SP Mode Tables
011
1-003- Paper Buckle Duplex: Thick ENG [ -5 to 5 / 0 / 1mm ]
012
1-003- Paper Buckle Tray1: Plain:1200 ENG [ -5 to 5 / 2 / 1mm ]
013
1-003- Paper Buckle Tray1: Mid. Thick:1200 ENG [ -5 to 5 / 0 / 1mm ]
014
1-003- Paper Buckle Tray2/3: Plain:1200 ENG [ -5 to 5 / 0 / 1mm ]
015
1-003- Paper Buckle Tray2/3: Mid. Thick:1200 ENG [ -5 to 5 / 0 / 1mm ]
016
1-003- Paper Buckle By-pass: Plain:1200 ENG [ -5 to 5 / 0 / 1mm ]
017
1-003- Paper Buckle By-pass: Middle Thick:1200 ENG [ -5 to 5 / 0 / 1mm ]
018
1-003- Paper Buckle By-pass: Small size ENG [ -5 to 5 / -2 / 1mm ]
019
1-003- Paper Buckle Tray1: Plain: Std. Spd. 2 ENG [ -5 to 5 / 2 / 1mm ]
020
1-003- Paper Buckle Tray2/3: Plain: Std. Spd. 2 ENG [ -5 to 5 / 0 / 1mm ]
022
1-003- Paper Buckle By-pass: Plain: Std. Spd. 2 ENG [ -5 to 5 / 0 / 1mm ]
024
1-003- Paper Buckle By-pass: Middle Thick: BW ENG [ -5 to 5 / 0 / 1mm ]
025
1-003- Paper Buckle Duplex: Plain: Std. Spd. 2 ENG [ -5 to 5 / 0 / 1mm ]
026
1-105- Print Target Plain1:FC:Center ENG* MP C307:
001 Temperature [ 100 to 180 / 143 /
1deg ]
MP C407:
[ 100 to 200 / 168 /
1deg ]
1-105- Print Target Plain1:BW:Center ENG* [ 100 to 180 / * /
003 Temperature 1deg ]
*MP C307:139
*MP C407:157
1-105- Print Target Plain2:FC:Center ENG* MP C307:
32
3.SP Mode Tables
005 Temperature [ 100 to 180 / 154 /

1deg ]
MP C407:
[ 100 to 200 / 180 /
1deg ]
1-105- Print Target Plain2:BW:Center ENG* [ 100 to 180 / * /
*MP C307:144
*MP C407:162
1-105- Print Target Thin:FC:Center ENG* [ 100 to 180 / * /
*MP C307:153
*MP C407:163
1-105- Print Target Thin:BW:Center ENG* [ 100 to 180 / * /
*MP C307:143
*MP C407:147
1-105- Print Target Middle Thick:FC:Center ENG* [ 100 to 180 / 168 /
1-105- Print Target Middle Thick:BW:Center ENG* [ 100 to 180 / 158 /
1-105- Print Target Thick1:FC:Center ENG* [ 100 to 180 / 143 /
1-105- Print Target Thick1:BW:Center ENG* [ 100 to 180 / 143 /
1-105- Print Target Special1:FC:Center ENG* MP C307:
029 Temperature [ 100 to 180 / 143 /
1deg ]
MP C407:
[ 100 to 200 / 168 /
1deg ]
33
3.SP Mode Tables
1-105- Print Target Special1:BW:Center ENG* [ 100 to 180 / * /

*MP C307:139
*MP C407:1357
1-105- Print Target Special2:FC:Center ENG* MP C307:
033 Temperature [ 100 to 180 / 154 /
1deg ]
MP C407:
[ 100 to 200 / 180 /
1deg ]
1-105- Print Target Special2:BW:Center ENG* [ 100 to 180 / * /
*MP C307:144
*MP C407:162
1-105- Print Target Special3:FC:Center ENG* [ 100 to 180 / 168 /
1-105- Print Target Special3:BW:Center ENG* [ 100 to 180 / 158 /
1-105- Print Target Envelop: Center ENG* [ 100 to 180 / 146 /
1-105- Print Target OHP: Center ENG* [ 100 to 180 / 160 /
1-105- Print Target Plain1:FC:Center:Low Speed ENG* [ 100 to 180 / 127 /
1-105- Print Target Plain1:BW:Center:Low Speed ENG* [ 100 to 180 / 127 /
1-105- Print Target Plain2:FC:Center:Low Speed ENG* [ 100 to 180 / 129 /
1-105- Print Target Plain2:BW:Center:Low Speed ENG* [ 100 to 180 / 129 /
1-105- Print Target Thin:FC:Center:Low Speed ENG* [ 100 to 180 / 123 /
1-105- Print Target Thin:BW:Center:Low Speed ENG* [ 100 to 180 / 123 /
1-105- Print Target Middle Thick:FC:Center:Low Speed ENG* [ 100 to 180 / 141 /
1-105- Print Target Middle Thick:BW:Center:Low ENG* [ 100 to 180 / 141 /
115 Temperature Speed 1deg ]
34
3.SP Mode Tables
1-105- Print Target Special 1:FC:Center:Low Speed ENG* [ 100 to 180 / 127 /
1-105- Print Target Special 1:BW:Center:Low Speed ENG* [ 100 to 180 / 127 /
1-105- Print Target Envelope:Thick1:FC:Center ENG* [ 100 to 180 / 146 /
1-105- Print Target Postcard:Thick1:FC:Center ENG* [ 100 to 180 / 131 /
1-105- Print Target Special 4:FC:Center ENG* [ 100 to 180 / 143 /
1-105- Print Target Special 4:BW:Center ENG* [ 100 to 180 / 143 /
1-106- Fusing Temperature Center ENG [ -50 to 250 / 0 / 1deg ]
001 Display
35
3.SP Mode Tables
1-106- Fusing Temperature End ENG [ -20 to 348 / 0 / 1deg ]

002 Display
1-106- Fusing Temperature Pressure: Center ENG [ -20 to 250 / 0 / 1deg ]
003 Display
1-106- Fusing Temperature Pressure: End Rear ENG [ -20 to 250 / 0 / 1deg ]
005 Display
1-106- Fusing Temperature Pressure: End Front ENG [ -20 to 250 / 0 / 1deg ]
006 Display
1-109- Rotation Speed Setting Overshoot Prevent Rotation ENG* [ 0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]
001 0: 89mm/s (C307,
C407)
1: 178mm/s (C307,
C407)
2: 212mm/s (C407)
3: 252mm/s (C407)
1-109- Rotation Speed Setting After Reload Rotation ENG* [ 0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]
002 0: 89mm/s (C307,
C407)
1: 178mm/s (C307,
C407)
2: 212mm/s (C407)
3: 252mm/s (C407)
1-109- Rotation Speed Setting Print Ready Rotation ENG* [ 0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]
003 0: 89mm/s (C307,
C407)
1: 178mm/s (C307,
C407)
2: 212mm/s (C407)
3: 252mm/s (C407)
1-112- Image Processing Temp.:Plain:Center:Energy Saving ENG* [ -30 to 20 / * / 1deg ]
002 Temp. Correct *MP C307:13
*MP C407:17
1-112- Image Processing Temp.:Plain:Press:Energy Saving ENG* [ -30 to 20 / 0 / 1deg ]
004 Temp. Correct
1-113- Curl Correction Execute Pattern ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
001 0: OFF
1: ON
1-131- Continuous Print Mode Feed Permit Condition Setting ENG* [ 0 to 2 / 1 / 1 ]
001 Switch 0: Productivity Mode
36
3.SP Mode Tables
1: Fusing Quality
Mode 1
2: Fusing Quality
Mode 2
1-132- Voltage Detection Voltage Detection ENG* [ 0 to 650 / 0 / 0.1V ]
012
1-132- Voltage Detection Max ENG* [ 0 to 350 / 0 / 0.1V ]
014
1-132- Voltage Detection Min ENG* [ 0 to 350 / 0 / 0.1V ]
015
1-132- Voltage Detection Latest ENG* [ 0 to 350 / 0 / 0.1V ]
016
1-132- Voltage Detection SC Detection ENG* [ 0 to 350 / 0 / 0.1V ]
017
1-132- Voltage Detection Max(standby) ENG* [ 0 to 350 / 0 / 0.1V ]
018
1-132- Voltage Detection Min(standby) ENG* [ 0 to 350 / 0 / 0.1V ]
019
1-135- Inrush Control Inrush Control ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
001
1-136- Engy Svg Paper Feed Control ON/OFF ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 1 / 1 ]
001 Judg. 0: OFF
1: ON
1-141- Fusing SC Issue Time SC Number ENG* [ 0 to 99999 / 0 / 1 ]
001 Info
1-141- Fusing SC Issue Time Heating Roller Temperature ENG* [ -50 to 260 / 0 / 1deg ]
101 Info 1:Center
1-141- Fusing SC Issue Time Heating Roller Temperature 1:End ENG* [ -50 to 260 / 0 / 1deg ]
104 Info
1-141- Fusing SC Issue Time Press Roller Temperature 1 ENG* [ -50 to 260 / 0 / 1deg ]
107 Info
1-141- Fusing SC Issue Time Press Roller: End R Temperature 1 ENG* [ -50 to 260 / 0 / 1deg ]
108 Info
1-141- Fusing SC Issue Time Press Roller: End F Temperature 1 ENG* [ -50 to 260 / 0 / 1deg ]
109 Info
151 Info 2:Center
37
3.SP Mode Tables
154 Info
157 Info
1-141- Fusing SC Issue Time Press Roller.End R Temperature 2 ENG* [ -50 to 260 / 0 / 1deg ]
158 Info
1-141- Fusing SC Issue Time Press Roller.End F Temperature 2 ENG* [ -50 to 260 / 0 / 1deg ]
159 Info
201 Info 3:Center
204 Info
207 Info
1-141- Fusing SC Issue Time Press Roller.End R Temperature 3 ENG* [ -50 to 260 / 0 / 1deg ]
208 Info
1-141- Fusing SC Issue Time Press Roller.End F Temperature 3 ENG* [ -50 to 260 / 0 / 1deg ]
209 Info
1-142- Fusing Jam Detection SC Display ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
001 0: OFF
1: ON
1-152- Fusing Nip Band Execute ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
001 Check
1-158- Abnormal Noise Unit: Execute ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
001 Confirmation
1-158- Abnormal Noise No Unit: Execute ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
002 Confirmation
1-158- Abnormal Noise Operation Time ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 20 / 1sec ]
003 Confirmation
1-158- Abnormal Noise Operation Line Speed ENG* [ 0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]
004 Confirmation 0: 89mm/s (C307,
C407)
1: 178mm/s (C307,
C407)
2: 212mm/s (C407)
3: 252mm/s (C407)
1-158- Abnormal Noise Heat Center Target Temp ENG* [ 100 to 180 / * /
005 Confirmation 1deg ]
*MP C307:154
38
3.SP Mode Tables
*MP C407:180
1-158- Abnormal Noise Press Target Temp ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 150 /
007 Confirmation 1deg ]
1-190- Flicker Control Flicker Control ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
001
1-201- 1Bin Duty Control Control Operating Time ENG [ 5 to 35 / 35 / 15min ]
001
1-801- Motor Speed Transport M: Plain1/2 ENG* [ -4 to 4 / 0.43 /
001 Adjustment 0.01% ]
1-801- Motor Speed Transport M: Thin ENG* [ -4 to 4 / 0.43 /
1-801- Motor Speed Transport M: M-Thick:Std Spd1 ENG* [ -4 to 4 / 0.43 /
1-801- Motor Speed Transport M: Thick1 ENG* [ -4 to 4 / 0.43 /
1-801- Motor Speed Transport M: Special1 ENG* [ -4 to 4 / 0.43 /
1-801- Motor Speed Transport M: Envelope ENG* [ -4 to 4 / 0 / 0.01% ]
010 Adjustment
1-801- Motor Speed Transport M: OHP ENG* [ -4 to 4 / 0.43 /
1-801- Motor Speed Transport M: Plain1/2:Low Speed ENG* [ -4 to 4 / 0.43 /
1-801- Motor Speed Transport M: Thin:Low Speed ENG* [ -4 to 4 / 0.43 /
1-801- Motor Speed Transport M: M-Thick:Low Speed ENG* [ -4 to 4 / 0.43 /
1-801- Motor Speed Transport M: Special1:Low Speed ENG* [ -4 to 4 / 0.43 /
39
3.SP Mode Tables

1-801- Motor Speed Transport M: Plain1/2: Gloss ENG* [ -4 to 4 / 0.43 /
1-801- Motor Speed Transport M: M-Thick: Gloss:Std ENG* [ -4 to 4 / 0.43 /
019 Adjustment Spd1 0.01% ]
1-801- Motor Speed Transport M: Postcard ENG* [ -4 to 4 / 0.43 /
1-801- Motor Speed Bk Drum/Dev. Mot: Std Speed 1 ENG* [ -4 to 4 / 0 / 0.01% ]
051 Adjustment
1-801- Motor Speed Bk Drum/Dev. Mot: Low Speed ENG* [ -4 to 4 / 0 / 0.01% ]
052 Adjustment
1-801- Motor Speed Col Drum/Dev. Mot: Std Speed 1 ENG* MP C307:
053 Adjustment [ -6 to 6 / 0 / 1STEP ]
MP C407:
[ -5 to 5 / 0 / 1STEP ]
1-801- Motor Speed Col Drum/Dev. Mot: Low Speed ENG* [ -6 to 6 / 0 / 1STEP ]
054 Adjustment
1-801- Motor Speed Offset: Std Speed 1: Color ENG* MP C307:
055 Adjustment [ -6 to 6 / 0 / 1STEP ]
MP C407:
[ -5 to 5 / 0 / 1STEP ]
1-801- Motor Speed Offset: Low Speed: Color ENG* [ -6 to 6 / 0 / 1STEP ]
056 Adjustment
1-801- Motor Speed Transport M: Plain1/2: Std Spd 2 ENG* [ -4 to 4 / 0.43 /
1-801- Motor Speed Transport M: Thin:Std Spd2 ENG* [ -4 to 4 / 0.43 /
1-801- Motor Speed Transport M: Special1: Std Spd2 ENG* [ -4 to 4 / 0.43 /
1-801- Motor Speed Transport M: Special2: Std Spd2 ENG* [ -4 to 4 / 0.43 /
1-801- Motor Speed Transport M: Special3:Std Spd2 ENG* [ -4 to 4 / 0.43 /
1-801- Motor Speed Transport M: OHP:Std Spd2 ENG* [ -4 to 4 / 0.43 /
1-801- Motor Speed Transport M: Plain1/2:Gloss:Std ENG* [ -4 to 4 / 0.43 /
40
3.SP Mode Tables
088 Adjustment Spd 2 0.01% ]

1-801- Motor Speed Drum Motor Adjustment Control ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 1 / 1STEP ]
130 Adjustment
1-801- Motor Speed Color Dev. Mot.:Std Speed1 ENG* [ -20 to 20 / 0 / 0.1% ]
131 Adjustment
1-801- Motor Speed Color Dev. Mot.:Low Speed ENG* [ -20 to 20 / 0 / 0.1% ]
132 Adjustment
1-801- Motor Speed Bk Drum/Dev. Mot:Std Speed2 ENG* [ -4 to 4 / 0 / 0.01% ]
133 Adjustment
1-801- Motor Speed Bk Drum/Dev. Mot:Middle Speed ENG* [ -4 to 4 / 0 / 0.01% ]
134 Adjustment
1-801- Motor Speed Col Drum/Dev. Mot:Middle Speed ENG* [ -6 to 6 / 0 / 1STEP ]
135 Adjustment
1-801- Motor Speed Offset: Middle Speed: Color ENG* [ -6 to 6 / 0 / 1STEP ]
136 Adjustment
1-801- Motor Speed Color Dev M: Middle Speed ENG* [ -20 to 20 / 0 / 0.1% ]
137 Adjustment
1-801- Motor Speed Col Drum Mot: Std Spd 1: Indep. ENG* [ -4 to 4 / 0 / 0.01% ]
138 Adjustment
1-801- Motor Speed Col Drum Mot: Mid Spd: Indep. ENG* [ -4 to 4 / 0 / 0.01% ]
139 Adjustment
1-801- Motor Speed Col Drum Mot: Low Spd: Indep. ENG* [ -4 to 4 / 0 / 0.01% ]
140 Adjustment
1-902- Ladder Pattern Print Execute ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
001
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Tray1 Clutch ON: Plain ENG [ -10 to 10 / 0 / 1mm ]
001 Adj.
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Tray1 Clutch ON: Middle Thick ENG [ -10 to 10 / 0 / 1mm ]
002 Adj.
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Tray1 Clutch ON: Thick ENG [ -10 to 10 / 0 / 1mm ]
003 Adj.
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Tray1 Clutch OFF: Plain ENG [ -10 to 10 / 0 / 1mm ]
007 Adj.
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Tray1 Clutch OFF: Middle Thick ENG [ -10 to 10 / 0 / 1mm ]
008 Adj.
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Tray1 Clutch OFF: Thick ENG [ -10 to 10 / 0 / 1mm ]
009 Adj.
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Tray1 Paper Exit Sensor: Plain ENG [ -10 to 10 / 0 / 1mm ]
41
3.SP Mode Tables
010 Adj.
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Tray1 Paper Exit Sensor: Middle ENG [ -10 to 10 / 0 / 1mm ]
011 Adj. Thick
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Tray1 Paper Exit Sensor: Thick ENG [ -10 to 10 / 0 / 1mm ]
012 Adj.
1-907- Paper Feed Timing By-pass Clutch ON: Plain ENG [ -10 to 10 / 0 / 1mm ]
013 Adj.
1-907- Paper Feed Timing By-pass Clutch ON: Middle Thick ENG [ -10 to 10 / 0 / 1mm ]
014 Adj.
1-907- Paper Feed Timing By-pass Clutch ON: Thick ENG [ -10 to 10 / 0 / 1mm ]
015 Adj.
1-907- Paper Feed Timing By-pass Clutch ON: Envelope ENG [ -10 to 10 / 0 / 1mm ]
016 Adj.
1-907- Paper Feed Timing By-pass Clutch OFF: Plain ENG [ -10 to 10 / -5 / 1mm ]
017 Adj.
1-907- Paper Feed Timing By-pass Clutch OFF: Middle Thick ENG [ -10 to 10 / -5 / 1mm ]
018 Adj.
1-907- Paper Feed Timing By-pass Clutch OFF: Thick ENG [ -10 to 10 / -5 / 1mm ]
019 Adj.
1-907- Paper Feed Timing By-pass Clutch OFF: Envelope ENG [ -10 to 10 / -5 / 1mm ]
020 Adj.
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Exit Junction Solenoid: OFF ENG [ -20 to 20 / 0 / 1mm ]
021 Adj.
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Exit Junction Solenoid: ON ENG [ -20 to 20 / 0 / 1mm ]
022 Adj.
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Exit Junction Solenoid: OFF:Low ENG [ -10 to 10 / 0 / 1mm ]
025 Adj.
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Exit Junction Solenoid: ON:Low ENG [ -10 to 10 / 0 / 1mm ]
026 Adj.
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Tray Lift Motor Pressure ENG* [ -2540 to 2540 / 0 /
029 Adj. 20msec ]
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Tray Lift Motor Up ENG* [ -2540 to 2540 / 0 /
032 Adj. 20msec ]
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Tray Lift Motor Down ENG* [ -2540 to 2540 / 0 /
033 Adj. 20msec ]
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Tray Lift Motor Paper End ENG* [ -2540 to 2540 / 0 /
034 Adj. 20msec ]
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Tray2: Paper Interval: Plain ENG* [ -10 to 10 / 0 / 1mm ]
42
3.SP Mode Tables
035 Adj.
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Tray2: Paper Interval: Mid. Thick ENG* [ -10 to 10 / 0 / 1mm ]
036 Adj.
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Tray2: Paper Interval: Thick ENG* [ -10 to 10 / 0 / 1mm ]
037 Adj.
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Tray3: Paper Interval: Plain ENG* [ -10 to 10 / 0 / 1mm ]
038 Adj.
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Tray3: Paper Interval: Mid. Thick ENG* [ -10 to 10 / 0 / 1mm ]
039 Adj.
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Tray3: Paper Interval: Thick ENG* [ -10 to 10 / 0 / 1mm ]
040 Adj.
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Tray2: 1st Leading Edge Pos.: Plain ENG* [ 0 to 10 / 0 / 1mm ]
041 Adj.
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Tray2: 1st Leading Edge Pos.: Mid. ENG* [ 0 to 10 / 0 / 1mm ]
042 Adj. Thick
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Tray2: 1st Leading Edge Pos.: Thick ENG* [ 0 to 10 / 0 / 1mm ]
043 Adj.
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Tray3: 1st Leading Edge Pos.: Plain ENG* [ 0 to 10 / 0 / 1mm ]
044 Adj.
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Tray3: 1st Leading Edge Pos.: Mid. ENG* [ 0 to 10 / 0 / 1mm ]
045 Adj. Thick
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Tray3: 1st Leading Edge Pos.: Thick ENG* [ 0 to 10 / 0 / 1mm ]
046 Adj.
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Tray2: Min. Paper Interval: Plain ENG* [ -10 to 10 / 0 / 1mm ]
047 Adj.
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Tray2: Min. Paper Interval: Mid. ENG* [ -10 to 10 / 0 / 1mm ]
048 Adj. Thick
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Tray2: Min. Paper Interval: Thick ENG* [ -10 to 10 / 0 / 1mm ]
049 Adj.
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Tray3: Min. Paper Interval: Plain ENG* [ -10 to 10 / 0 / 1mm ]
050 Adj.
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Tray3: Min. Paper Interval: Mid. ENG* [ -10 to 10 / 0 / 1mm ]
051 Adj. Thick
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Tray3: Min. Paper Interval: Thick ENG* [ -10 to 10 / 0 / 1mm ]
052 Adj.
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Tray1 Clutch ON: Plain: Std Speed ENG [ -10 to 10 / 0 / 1mm ]
053 Adj. 2
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Tray1 Clutch OFF: Plain: Std Speed ENG [ -10 to 10 / 0 / 1mm ]
43
3.SP Mode Tables
055 Adj. 2
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Tray1 Paper Exit Sen.: Plain: Std ENG [ -10 to 10 / 0 / 1mm ]
057 Adj. Spd 2
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Tray1 Paper Exit Sen.: Middle ENG [ -10 to 10 / 0 / 1mm ]
058 Adj. Thick: BW
1-907- Paper Feed Timing By-pass Clutch ON: Plain: Std ENG [ -10 to 10 / 0 / 1mm ]
059 Adj. Speed 2
1-907- Paper Feed Timing By-pass Clutch OFF: Plain: Std ENG [ -10 to 10 / -5 / 1mm ]
061 Adj. Speed 2
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Exit Junction SOL:OFF: Std Speed ENG [ -20 to 20 / 0 / 1mm ]
063 Adj. 2
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Exit Junction SOL:ON: Std Speed 2 ENG [ -20 to 20 / 0 / 1mm ]
064 Adj.
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Exit Junction SOL:OFF: Mid Speed ENG [ -20 to 20 / 0 / 1mm ]
065 Adj.
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Exit Junction SOL:ON: Mid Speed ENG [ -20 to 20 / 0 / 1mm ]
066 Adj.
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Exit Clutch OFF: Exit Finish : Plain ENG [ -10 to 10 / 0 / 1mm ]
067 Adj.
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Exit Clutch OFF: Reverse Finish : ENG [ -10 to 10 / 0 / 1mm ]
068 Adj. Plain
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Exit Clutch OFF: Invert Finish : ENG [ -10 to 10 / 0 / 1mm ]
069 Adj. Plain
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Exit Clutch OFF: Exit Finish : Std ENG [ -20 to 20 / 0 / 1mm ]
070 Adj. Speed 2
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Exit Clutch OFF: Invert Finish : Std ENG [ -20 to 20 / 0 / 1mm ]
071 Adj. Speed 2
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Exit Clutch ON: Std Speed 2 ENG [ -20 to 20 / 0 / 1mm ]
072 Adj.
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Exit Clutch OFF: Exit Finish : Low ENG [ -20 to 20 / 0 / 1mm ]
073 Adj.
074 Adj. Low
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Exit Clutch ON: Low Speed ENG [ -20 to 20 / 0 / 1mm ]
075 Adj.
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Exit Clutch OFF: Exit Finish : Mid ENG [ -20 to 20 / 0 / 1mm ]
076 Adj. Speed
44
3.SP Mode Tables
077 Adj. Mid Speed

1-907- Paper Feed Timing Exit Clutch ON: Mid Speed ENG [ -20 to 20 / 0 / 1mm ]
078 Adj.
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Invert Clutch OFF: Invert : Plain ENG [ -20 to 20 / 0 / 1mm ]
079 Adj.
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Invert Clutch OFF:1bin Exit: Plain ENG [ -20 to 20 / 0 / 1mm ]
080 Adj.
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Invert Clutch ON: Plain ENG [ -20 to 20 / 0 / 1mm ]
081 Adj.
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Invert Clutch OFF: Invert:Std Speed ENG [ -20 to 20 / 0 / 1mm ]
082 Adj. 2
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Invert Clutch OFF:1BIN: Std Speed ENG [ -20 to 20 / 0 / 1mm ]
083 Adj. 2
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Invert Clutch ON: Std Speed 2 ENG [ -20 to 20 / 0 / 1mm ]
084 Adj.
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Invert Clutch OFF: Invert: Low ENG [ -20 to 20 / 0 / 1mm ]
085 Adj. Speed
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Invert Clutch OFF:1BIN: Low ENG [ -20 to 20 / 0 / 1mm ]
086 Adj. Speed
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Invert Clutch ON: Low Speed ENG [ -20 to 20 / 0 / 1mm ]
087 Adj.
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Invert Clutch OFF: Invert :Mid ENG [ -20 to 20 / 0 / 1mm ]
088 Adj. Speed
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Invert Clutch OFF:1BIN: Mid ENG [ -20 to 20 / 0 / 1mm ]
089 Adj. Speed
1-907- Paper Feed Timing Invert Clutch ON: Mid Speed ENG [ -20 to 20 / 0 / 1mm ]
090 Adj.
1-950- Fan Cooling Time Set PCDU Cooling Fan ENG* [ 0 to 600 / 0 / 1sec ]
001
1-950- Fan Cooling Time Set Fusing Fan ENG* [ 0 to 600 / 10 / 1sec ]
002
1-950- Fan Cooling Time Set PSU Fan ENG* [ 0 to 600 / 0 / 1sec ]
003
1-950- Fan Cooling Time Set Laser Unit Fan ENG* [ 0 to 600 / 0 / 1sec ]
004
1-951- Fan Start Time Set PCDU Cooling Fan ENG* [ 0 to 120 / 0 / 1sec ]
001
1-951- Fan Start Time Set Fusing Fan ENG* [ 0 to 120 / 0 / 1sec ]
45
3.SP Mode Tables
002
1-951- Fan Start Time Set PSU Fan ENG* [ 0 to 120 / 0 / 1sec ]
003
1-951- Fan Start Time Set Laser Unit Fan ENG* [ 0 to 120 / 0 / 1sec ]
004
1-952- Fan Control Off Mode ENG* [ 10 to 60 / 10 / 1min ]
001 Time Set
1-953- Extra Fan Control Operation Status ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
001
1-953- Extra Fan Control Extra Fan Start Temp. ENG* [ 0 to 50 / 5 / 0.1deg ]
006
1-953- Extra Fan Control Extra Fan Stop Temp. Threshold ENG* [ 0 to 50 / 2 / 0.1deg ]
007
1-953- Extra Fan Control Set: Extra Operation ON/OFF ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 1 / 1 ]
008
1-955- Fan Control PCDU Fan Operation Sw Temp. ENG* [ 0 to 100 / 38 /
001 0.1deg ]
1-955- Fan Control Fusing Fan Operation Sw Temp. ENG* [ 0 to 100 / 0 / 0.1deg ]
002
1-955- Fan Control Laser Unit Fan Operation Sw Temp. ENG* [ 0 to 100 / 38 /
004 0.1deg ]
1-955- Fan Control Fan Operation Sw Temp. Threshold ENG* [ 0 to 100 / 2 / 0.1deg ]
005
1-955- Fan Control PSU Fan Operation Start Time2 ENG* [ 0 to 900 / 0 / 1sec ]
006
1-955- Fan Control PSU Fan Ctrl Off Mode Time2 ENG* [ 0 to 60 / 10 /
007 0.1min. ]
46
3.SP Mode Tables
SP Tables - SP2-XXX (1)
SP2-XXX (Drum) -1
SP Large Category Small Category ENG or [Min to

No. CTL Max/Init./Step]
2- Charge DC Voltage: Fix Plain: Bk ENG* [ 0 to 2000 / 590 / 10-
005- V]
001
2- Charge DC Voltage: Fix Plain: C ENG* [ 0 to 2000 / 590 / 10-
005- V]
002
2- Charge DC Voltage: Fix Plain: M ENG* [ 0 to 2000 / 590 / 10-
005- V]
003
2- Charge DC Voltage: Fix Plain: Y ENG* [ 0 to 2000 / 590 / 10-
005- V]
004
2- Environmental Correction: PCU Environment Div. FC: ENG* [ 0 to 5 / 0 / 1 ]
013- Display
001
2- Environmental Correction: PCU Forced Setting ENG* [ 0 to 5 / 0 / 1 ]
013-
002
2- Lubricant Apply Operation Temperature Threshold: ENG* [ 0 to 50 / 15 / 1deg ]
016- Low
001
016- High
002
2- Lubricant Apply Operation Page Setting 1: Low Speed ENG* [ 0 to 999 / 10 /
016- 1page ]
003
2- Lubricant Apply Operation Page Setting 2: Low Temp. ENG* [ 0 to 999 / 20 /
016- 1page ]
004
2- Lubricant Apply Operation Page Setting 3: Low Temp. ENG* [ 0 to 999 / 0 / 1page ]
016- 2
005
47
3.SP Mode Tables
2- Lubricant Apply Operation Page Setting 4: High Temp. ENG* [ 0 to 999 / 20 /

016- 1page ]
006
2- Lubricant Apply Operation Coverage Threshold 1: Low ENG* [ 0 to 100 / 10 /
016- Speed 0.01% ]
007
2- Lubricant Apply Operation Coverage Threshold 2: Low ENG* [ 0 to 60 / 20 / 0.01% ]
016- Temp.
008
2- Lubricant Apply Operation Coverage Threshold 4: High ENG* [ 0 to 100 / 20 /
016- Temp. 0.01% ]
010
2- Lubricant Apply Operation Application Time:1 ENG* [ 0 to 99 / 10 / 1sec ]
016-
011
016-
012
016-
013
016-
014
2- Lubricant Apply Operation Page Setting 5: Low Temp. ENG* [ 0 to 999 / 20 /
016- 1page ]
033
2- Lubricant Apply Operation Image Area Threshold 5: ENG* [ 60 to 100 / 60 /
016- Low Temp. 0.01% ]
034
016-
035
016- Low 2
036
2- Registration Adjustment Color Main Dot: Bk ENG* [ -512 to 511 / 0 /
101- 1dot ]
001
48
3.SP Mode Tables
2- Registration Correction Color Main Dot: Ma ENG* [ -512 to 511 / 0 /

101- 1dot ]
002
2- Registration Correction Color Main Dot: Cy ENG* [ -512 to 511 / 0 /
101- 1dot ]
003
2- Registration Correction Color Main Dot: Ye ENG* [ -512 to 511 / 0 /
101- 1dot ]
004
2- Registration Correction Color Sub Line: Bk ENG* [ -16384 to 16383 / 0 /
101- 1line ]
005
2- Registration Correction Color Sub Line: Ma ENG* [ -16384 to 16383 / 0 /
101- 1line ]
006
2- Registration Correction Color Sub Line: Cy ENG* [ -16384 to 16383 / 0 /
101- 1line ]
007
2- Registration Correction Color Sub Line: Ye ENG* [ -16384 to 16383 / 0 /
101- 1line ]
008
2- Magnification Adjustment Main Mag.: Standard ENG* [ -1 to 1 / 0.091 /
102- Speed: Bk 0.001% ]
001
102- Speed2: Bk 0.001% ]
002
2- Magnification Adjustment Main Mag.: Low Speed: Bk ENG* [ -1 to 1 / 0.091 /
102- 0.001% ]
003
102- Speed: Ma 0.001% ]
004
2- Magnification Adjustment Main Mag.: Low Speed: Ma ENG* [ -1 to 1 / 0.091 /
102- 0.001% ]
006
102- Speed: Cy 0.001% ]
007
49
3.SP Mode Tables
2- Magnification Adjustment Main Mag.: Low Speed: Cy ENG* [ -1 to 1 / 0.081 /

102- 0.001% ]
009
102- Speed: Ye 0.001% ]
010
2- Magnification Adjustment Main Mag.: Low Speed: Ye ENG* [ -1 to 1 / 0.081 /
102- 0.001% ]
012
2- Main Scan Beam Pitch Adj. Bk ENG* [ 0 to 100 / 11.53 /
102- 0.01dot ]
013
2- Main Scan Beam Pitch Adj. Ma ENG* [ 0 to 100 / 11.53 /
102- 0.01dot ]
015
2- Main Scan Beam Pitch Adj. Cy ENG* [ 0 to 100 / 11.53 /
102- 0.01dot ]
017
2- Main Scan Beam Pitch Adj. Ye ENG* [ 0 to 100 / 11.53 /
102- 0.01dot ]
019
2- Magnification Adjustment Color Main Mag.: Standard ENG* [ -1 to 1 / 0 / 0.001% ]
102- Speed: Ma
028
102- Speed: Cy
031
102- Speed: Ye
034
2- Erase Margin Adjustment Leading Edge Width ENG* [ 0 to 9.9 / 4.2 /
103- 0.1mm ]
001
2- Erase Margin Adjustment Trailing Edge Width ENG* [ 0 to 9.9 / 4.2 /
103- 0.1mm ]
002
2- Erase Margin Adjustment Left ENG* [ 0 to 9.9 / 2 / 0.1mm ]
103-
003
50
3.SP Mode Tables
2- Erase Margin Adjustment Right ENG* [ 0 to 9.9 / 2 / 0.1mm ]

103-
004
2- Erase Margin Adjustment Duplex: Trailing Edge ENG* [ 0 to 9.9 / 0 / 0.1mm ]
103-
005
2- Erase Margin Adjustment Duplex: Left Edge ENG* [ 0 to 9.9 / 0 / 0.1mm ]
103-
006
2- Erase Margin Adjustment Duplex: Right Edge ENG* [ 0 to 9.9 / 0 / 0.1mm ]
103-
007
2- Polygon Rotation Time Warming-Up Time Set ENG* [ 0 to 60 / 10 / 1sec ]
106-
001
2- Polygon Rotation Time Post Rotating Time Set ENG* [ 0 to 60 / 0 / 1sec ]
106- After Printing
002
2- Image Parameter Shading Correction Flag ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 1 / 1 ]
107-
002
2- Test Pattern Pattern Selection ENG [ 0 to 23 / 0 / 1 ]
109- 0: None
003 1: Vertical Line (1dot)
2: Vertical Line
(2dots)
3: Horizontal Line
(1dot)
4: Horizontal Line
(2dots)
5: Grid Vertical Line
6: Grid Horizontal
Line
7: Grid Pattern Small
8: Grid Pattern Large
9: Argyle Pattern
Small
10: Argyle Pattern
Large
51
3.SP Mode Tables
11: Independent
Pattern (1dot)
12: Independent
Pattern (2dots)
13: Independent
Pattern (4dots)
14: Trimming Area
15: Hound's Tooth
Check (Vertical)
16: Hound's Tooth
Check (Horizontal)
17: Band (Horizontal)
18: Band (Vertical)
19: Checker Flag
Pattern
20: Grayscale
(Vertical Margin)
21: Grayscale
(Horizontal Margin)
22: Two-Beam
Density Pattern
23: Full Dot Pattern
2- Test Pattern Color Selection ENG [ 1 to 4 / 1 / 1 ]
109- 1: All Color
005 2: Ma
3: Ye
4: Cy
2- Test Pattern Density: Bk ENG [ 0 to 15 / 15 / 1 ]
109-
006
2- Test Pattern Density: Ma ENG [ 0 to 15 / 15 / 1 ]
109-
007
2- Test Pattern Density: Cy ENG [ 0 to 15 / 15 / 1 ]
109-
008
2- Test Pattern Density: Ye ENG [ 0 to 15 / 15 / 1 ]
109-
009
52
3.SP Mode Tables
2- STOUT STOUT Selection ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]

110-
001
2- LD Driver Error Bk ENG [ 0x0000 to 0xFFFF /
110- 0x0000 / 1 ]
002
2- LD Driver Error Ma ENG [ 0x0000 to 0xFFFF /
110- 0x0000 / 1 ]
003
2- LD Driver Error Cy ENG [ 0x0000 to 0xFFFF /
110- 0x0000 / 1 ]
004
2- LD Driver Error Ye ENG [ 0x0000 to 0xFFFF /
110- 0x0000 / 1 ]
005
2- LD Driver Writing Unit Adj. Transfer ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
110-
006
2- Forced Line Position Adj. Mode a ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
111-
001
2- Forced Line Position Adj. Mode b ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
111-
002
2- Forced Line Position Adj. Mode c ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
111-
003
2- Forced Line Position Adj. Mode d ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
111-
004
2- TM/ID Sensor Check Execute ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
112-
001
2- TM/ID Sensor Check Display Result: Front- ENG* [ 0 to 999 / 0 / 1 ]
112- Center-Rear
010
2- TM/ID Sensor Check Threshold Setting ENG* [ 0 to 5.5 / 1.9 /
112- 0.01V ]
020
53
3.SP Mode Tables
2- Skew Adjustment Ma:Skew Adjustment ENG* [ -256 to 256 / 0 /

117- 1click ]
001
2- Skew Adjustment Cy:Skew Adjustment ENG* [ -256 to 256 / 0 /
117- 1click ]
002
2- Skew Adjustment Ye:Skew Adjustment ENG* [ -256 to 256 / 0 /
117- 1click ]
003
2- Skew Adjustment Bk:Skew Adjustment ENG* [ -256 to 256 / 0 /
117- 1click ]
004
2- TM/ID Sensor Check PWM: Front ENG* [ 0 to 1024 / 0 / 1 ]
140-
005
2- TM/ID Sensor Check PWM: Center ENG* [ 0 to 1024 / 0 / 1 ]
140-
006
2- TM/ID Sensor Check PWM: Rear ENG* [ 0 to 1024 / 0 / 1 ]
140-
007
2- TM/ID Sensor Check Average: Front ENG* [ 0 to 5.5 / 0 / 0.01V ]
141-
005
2- TM/ID Sensor Check Average: Center ENG* [ 0 to 5.5 / 0 / 0.01V ]
141-
006
2- TM/ID Sensor Check Average: Rear ENG* [ 0 to 5.5 / 0 / 0.01V ]
141-
007
2- TM/ID Sensor Check Maximum: Front ENG* [ 0 to 5.5 / 0 / 0.01V ]
142-
005
2- TM/ID Sensor Check Maximum: Center ENG* [ 0 to 5.5 / 0 / 0.01V ]
142-
006
2- TM/ID Sensor Check Maximum: Rear ENG* [ 0 to 5.5 / 0 / 0.01V ]
142-
007
54
3.SP Mode Tables
2- TM/ID Sensor Check Minimum: Front ENG* [ 0 to 5.5 / 0 / 0.01V ]

143-
005
2- TM/ID Sensor Check Minimum: Center ENG* [ 0 to 5.5 / 0 / 0.01V ]
143-
006
2- TM/ID Sensor Check Minimum: Rear ENG* [ 0 to 5.5 / 0 / 0.01V ]
143-
007
2- TM-Sensor Check Result Number of Edge ENG* [ 0 to 16 / 0 / 1 ]
146- Detection:Front
005
146- Detection:Center
006
146- Detection:Rear
007
2- Shad. Correct Setting Front End Area: Bk: LD1 ENG* [ 50 to 150 / 100 /
154- 0.1% ]
002
2- Shad. Correct Setting Front End Area: Bk: LD2 ENG* [ 50 to 150 / 100 /
154- 0.1% ]
003
2- Shad. Correct Setting Front End Area: Ma: LD1 ENG* [ 50 to 150 / 100 /
154- 0.1% ]
005
2- Shad. Correct Setting Front End Area: Ma: LD2 ENG* [ 50 to 150 / 100 /
154- 0.1% ]
006
2- Shad. Correct Setting Front End Area: Cy: LD1 ENG* [ 50 to 150 / 100 /
154- 0.1% ]
007
2- Shad. Correct Setting Front End Area: Cy: LD2 ENG* [ 50 to 150 / 100 /
154- 0.1% ]
008
2- Shad. Correct Setting Front End Area: Ye: LD1 ENG* [ 50 to 150 / 100 /
154- 0.1% ]
009
55
3.SP Mode Tables
2- Shad. Correct Setting Front End Area: Ye: LD2 ENG* [ 50 to 150 / 100 /
154- 0.1% ]
010
2- Vertical Line Width 600dpi:Bk ENG* [ 10 to 15 / 14 / 1 ]
160-
001
2- Vertical Line Width 600dpi:Ma ENG* [ 10 to 15 / 14 / 1 ]
160-
002
2- Vertical Line Width 600dpi:Cy ENG* [ 10 to 15 / 14 / 1 ]
160-
003
2- Vertical Line Width 600dpi:Ye ENG* [ 10 to 15 / 14 / 1 ]
160-
004
2- Vertical Line Width 1200dpi:Bk ENG* [ 10 to 15 / 15 / 1 ]
160-
005
2- Vertical Line Width 1200dpi:Ma ENG* [ 10 to 15 / 15 / 1 ]
160-
006
2- Vertical Line Width 1200dpi:Cy ENG* [ 10 to 15 / 15 / 1 ]
160-
007
2- Vertical Line Width 1200dpi:Ye ENG* [ 10 to 15 / 15 / 1 ]
160-
008
2- Vertical Line Width 600dpi:Independent Dot:Bk ENG* [ 10 to 15 / 15 / 1 ]
160-
009
2- Vertical Line Width 1200dpi:Independent ENG* [ 10 to 15 / 15 / 1 ]
160- Dot:Bk
010
2- Line Pos. Adj. Clear Color Registration ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
180-
001
2- Line Pos. Adj. Clear Main Scan Length ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
180- Detection
002
56
3.SP Mode Tables
2- Line Pos. Adj. Clear MUSIC Result ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]

180-
003
2- Line Position Adj. Result Skew: M ENG* [ -5000 to 5000 / 0 /
181- 0.001um ]
003
2- Line Position Adj. Result M. Cor.: Dot: M ENG* [ -512 to 511 / 0 /
181- 1dot ]
011
2- Line Position Adj. Result M. Cor.: Subdot: M ENG* [ -1 to 1 / 0 / 0.01dot ]
181-
012
2- Line Position Adj. Result Left Mag.: Subdot: M ENG* [ -32 to 32 / 0 /
181- 0.01dot ]
015
2- Line Position Adj. Result Right Mag.: Subdot: M ENG* [ -32 to 32 / 0 /
181- 0.01dot ]
016
2- Line Position Adj. Result S. Cor.: 600 Line: M ENG* [ -16384 to 16383 / 0 /
181- 1line ]
017
2- Line Position Adj. Result S. Cor.: 600 Sub: M ENG* [ -1 to 1 / 0 /
181- 0.001line ]
018
2- Line Position Adj. Result S. Cor.: 1200 Line: M ENG* [ -16384 to 16383 / 0 /
181- 1line ]
019
2- Line Position Adj. Result S. Cor.: 1200 Sub: M ENG* [ -1 to 1 / 0 /
181- 0.001line ]
020
2- Line Position Adj. Result Skew: C ENG* [ -5000 to 5000 / 0 /
181- 0.001um ]
021
2- Line Position Adj. Result M. Cor.: Dot: C ENG* [ -512 to 511 / 0 /
181- 1dot ]
029
2- Line Position Adj. Result M. Cor.: Subdot: C ENG* [ -1 to 1 / 0 / 0.01dot ]
181-
030
57
3.SP Mode Tables
2- Line Position Adj. Result Left Mag.: Subdot: C ENG* [ -32 to 32 / 0 /

181- 0.01dot ]
033
2- Line Position Adj. Result Right Mag.: Subdot: C ENG* [ -32 to 32 / 0 /
181- 0.01dot ]
034
2- Line Position Adj. Result S. Cor.: 600 Line: C ENG* [ -16384 to 16383 / 0 /
181- 1line ]
035
2- Line Position Adj. Result S. Cor.: 600 Sub: C ENG* [ -1 to 1 / 0 /
181- 0.001line ]
036
2- Line Position Adj. Result S. Cor.: 1200 Line: C ENG* [ -16384 to 16383 / 0 /
181- 1line ]
037
2- Line Position Adj. Result S. Cor.: 1200 Sub: C ENG* [ -1 to 1 / 0 /
181- 0.001line ]
038
2- Line Position Adj. Result Skew: Y ENG* [ -5000 to 5000 / 0 /
181- 0.001um ]
039
2- Line Position Adj. Result M. Cor.: Dot: Y ENG* [ -512 to 511 / 0 /
181- 1dot ]
047
2- Line Position Adj. Result M. Cor.: Subdot: Y ENG* [ -1 to 1 / 0 / 0.01dot ]
181-
048
2- Line Position Adj. Result Left Mag.: Subdot: Y ENG* [ -32 to 32 / 0 /
181- 0.01dot ]
051
2- Line Position Adj. Result Right Mag.: Subdot: Y ENG* [ -32 to 32 / 0 /
181- 0.01dot ]
052
2- Line Position Adj. Result S. Cor.: 600 Line: Y ENG* [ -16384 to 16383 / 0 /
181- 1line ]
053
2- Line Position Adj. Result S. Cor.: 600 Sub: Y ENG* [ -1 to 1 / 0 /
181- 0.001line ]
054
58
3.SP Mode Tables
2- Line Position Adj. Result S. Cor.: 1200 Line: Y ENG* [ -16384 to 16383 / 0 /
181- 1line ]
055
2- Line Position Adj. Result S. Cor.: 1200 Sub: Y ENG* [ -1 to 1 / 0 /
181- 0.001line ]
056
2- Line Position Adj. Result S. Cor.: 600 Sub ENG* [ -1 to 1 / 0 /
181- 0.001line ]
057
2- Line Position Adj. Result S. Cor.: 1200 Sub ENG* [ -1 to 1 / 0 /
181- 0.001line ]
059
2- Line Position Adj. Result Skew: Bk ENG* [ -5000 to 5000 / 0 /
181- 0.001um ]
061
2- Line Position Adj. Result Line Shift: M ENG* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1line ]
181-
072
2- Line Position Adj. Result Line Shift: C ENG* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1line ]
181-
074
2- Line Position Adj. Result Line Shift: Y ENG* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1line ]
181-
076
2- Line Position Offset M. Scan: Standard: Dot: M ENG* [ -512 to 511 / 0 /
182- 1dot ]
004
2- Line Position Offset M. Scan: Standard: Subdot: ENG* [ -1 to 1 / 0 / 0.01dot ]
182- M
005
2- Line Position Offset M. Scan: Middle: Dot: M ENG* [ -512 to 511 / 0 /
182- 1dot ]
006
2- Line Position Offset M. Scan: Middle: Subdot: ENG* [ -1 to 1 / 0 / 0.01dot ]
182- M
007
2- Line Position Offset M. Scan: Low: Dot: M ENG* [ -512 to 511 / 0 /
182- 1dot ]
008
59
3.SP Mode Tables
2- Line Position Offset M. Scan: Low: Subdot: M ENG* [ -1 to 1 / 0 / 0.01dot ]

182-
009
2- Line Position Offset M. Scan: Standard: Dot: C ENG* [ -512 to 511 / 0 /
182- 1dot ]
010
182- C
011
2- Line Position Offset M. Scan: Middle: Dot: C ENG* [ -512 to 511 / 0 /
182- 1dot ]
012
182- C
013
2- Line Position Offset M. Scan: Low: Dot: C ENG* [ -512 to 511 / 0 /
182- 1dot ]
014
2- Line Position Offset M. Scan: Low: Subdot: C ENG* [ -1 to 1 / 0 / 0.01dot ]
182-
015
2- Line Position Offset M. Scan: Standard: Dot: Y ENG* [ -512 to 511 / 0 /
182- 1dot ]
016
182- Y
017
2- Line Position Offset M. Scan: Middle: Dot: Y ENG* [ -512 to 511 / 0 /
182- 1dot ]
018
182- Y
019
2- Line Position Offset M. Scan: Low: Dot: Y ENG* [ -512 to 511 / 0 /
182- 1dot ]
020
2- Line Position Offset M. Scan: Low: Subdot: Y ENG* [ -1 to 1 / 0 / 0.01dot ]
182-
021
60
3.SP Mode Tables
2- Line Position Offset S. Scan: Standard: Line: M ENG* [ -16384 to 16383 / 0 /

182- 1line ]
022
2- Line Position Offset S. Scan: Standard: Subline: ENG* [ -1 to 1 / 0 / 0.01line ]
182- M
023
2- Line Position Offset S. Scan: Middle: Line: M ENG* [ -16384 to 16383 / 0 /
182- 1line ]
024
2- Line Position Offset S. Scan: Middle: Subline: ENG* [ -1 to 1 / 0 / 0.01line ]
182- M
025
2- Line Position Offset S. Scan: Low: Line: M ENG* [ -16384 to 16383 / 0 /
182- 1line ]
026
2- Line Position Offset S. Scan: Low: Subline: M ENG* [ -1 to 1 / 0 / 0.01line ]
182-
027
2- Line Position Offset S. Scan: Standard: Line: C ENG* [ -16384 to 16383 / 0 /
182- 1line ]
028
182- C
029
2- Line Position Offset S. Scan: Middle: Line: C ENG* [ -16384 to 16383 / 0 /
182- 1line ]
030
182- C
031
2- Line Position Offset S. Scan: Low: Line: C ENG* [ -16384 to 16383 / 0 /
182- 1line ]
032
2- Line Position Offset S. Scan: Low: Subline: C ENG* [ -1 to 1 / 0 / 0.01line ]
182-
033
2- Line Position Offset S. Scan: Standard: Line: Y ENG* [ -16384 to 16383 / 0 /
182- 1line ]
034
61
3.SP Mode Tables

182- Y
035
2- Line Position Offset S. Scan: Middle: Line: Y ENG* [ -16384 to 16383 / 0 /
182- 1line ]
036
182- Y
037
2- Line Position Offset S. Scan: Low: Line: Y ENG* [ -16384 to 16383 / 0 /
182- 1line ]
038
2- Line Position Offset S. Scan: Low: Subline: Y ENG* [ -1 to 1 / 0 / 0.01line ]
182-
039
2- Line Position Adj. Select Detection Error Level: um ENG* [ -3500 to 3500 / 0 /
190- 1um ]
012
2- MUSIC Condition Set Page: Job End: BW+FC ENG* [ 0 to 999 / 500 /
193- 1page ]
002
2- MUSIC Condition Set Page: Job End: FC ENG* [ 0 to 999 / 200 /
193- 1page ]
003
2- MUSIC Condition Set Page: Interrupt: BW+FC ENG* [ 0 to 999 / 200 /
193- 1page ]
004
2- MUSIC Condition Set Page: Interrupt: FC ENG* [ 0 to 999 / 200 /
193- 1page ]
005
2- MUSIC Condition Set Page: Standby: BW ENG* [ 0 to 999 / 100 /
193- 1page ]
006
2- MUSIC Condition Set Page: Standby: FC ENG* [ 0 to 999 / 100 /
193- 1page ]
007
2- MUSIC Condition Set Temp. Change ENG* [ 0 to 100 / 5 / 1deg ]
193-
008
62
3.SP Mode Tables
2- MUSIC Condition Set Temp. Change 2 ENG* [ 0 to 100 / 10 / 1deg ]

193-
011
2- MUSIC Condition Set Page: Power ON:BW+FC ENG* [ 0 to 999 / 200 /
193- 1page ]
016
2- MUSIC Execution Result Year ENG* [ 0 to 99 / 0 / 1year ]
194-
001
2- MUSIC Execution Result Month ENG* [ 1 to 12 / 1 / 1month ]
194-
002
2- MUSIC Execution Result Day ENG* [ 1 to 31 / 1 / 1day ]
194-
003
2- MUSIC Execution Result Hour ENG* [ 0 to 23 / 0 / 1hour ]
194-
004
2- MUSIC Execution Result Minute ENG* [ 0 to 59 / 0 /
194- 1minute ]
005
2- MUSIC Execution Result Temperature ENG* [ 0 to 100 / 0 / 1deg ]
194-
006
2- MUSIC Execution Result Execution Result ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
194-
007
2- MUSIC Execution Result Number of Execution ENG* [ 0 to 999999 / 0 /
194- 1time ]
008
2- MUSIC Execution Result Number of Failure ENG* [ 0 to 999999 / 0 /
194- 1time ]
009
2- MUSIC Execution Result Error Result: C ENG* [ 0 to 9 / 0 / 1 ]
194-
010
2- MUSIC Execution Result Error Result: M ENG* [ 0 to 9 / 0 / 1 ]
194-
011
63
3.SP Mode Tables
2- MUSIC Execution Result Error Result: Y ENG* [ 0 to 9 / 0 / 1 ]

194-
012
2- MUSIC Execution Result Error Result: Bk ENG* [ 0 to 9 / 0 / 1 ]
194-
013
2- LD Power: Fixed: Set Standard Speed: Bk ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 100 / 1% ]
221-
001
2- LD Power: Fixed: Set Standard Speed: C ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 100 / 1% ]
221-
002
2- LD Power: Fixed: Set Standard Speed: M ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 100 / 1% ]
221-
003
2- LD Power: Fixed: Set Standard Speed: Y ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 100 / 1% ]
221-
004
2- LD Power: Fixed: Set Low Speed: M ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 100 / 1% ]
221-
011
2- LD Power: Fixed: Set Low Speed: Y ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 100 / 1% ]
221-
012
2- Develop DC Bias: Fixed Standard Speed: Bk ENG* [ 0 to 800 / 450 / 1-V ]
229-
001
2- Develop DC Bias: Fixed Standard Speed: C ENG* [ 0 to 800 / 450 / 1-V ]
229-
002
2- Develop DC Bias: Fixed Standard Speed: M ENG* [ 0 to 800 / 450 / 1-V ]
229-
003
2- Develop DC Bias: Fixed Standard Speed: Y ENG* [ 0 to 800 / 450 / 1-V ]
229-
004
2- PCDU Temperature: Display Time Interval: Fan ENG* [ 1 to 300 / 10 / 1sec ]
241- Extension Control
003
64
3.SP Mode Tables
2- PCDU Temperature: Display PCDU Temperature ENG [ 0 to 70 / 0 / 0.1deg ]

241-
004
2- TS Operation Env. Log Distance: PCU: Bk: ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
242- TS<=A-3 1mm ]
001
2- TS Operation Env. Log Distance: PCU: Bk: A- ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
242- 3<TS<=A 1mm ]
002
242- A<TS<=A+3 1mm ]
003
242- A+3<TS 1mm ]
004
2- TS Operation Env. Log Log Clear ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
242-
100
2- Environmental Correction:Trans Current Environmental ENG [ 0 or 0 / 0 / 0 ]
302- Display
001
2- Environmental Correction:Trans Forced Setting ENG* [ 0 or 6 / 0 / 1 ]
302-
002
2- Environmental Correction:Trans Absolute ENG* [ 0 to 100 / 4.5 /
302- Humidity:Threshold 1 0.01g/m3 ]
003
2- Environmental Correction:Trans Absolute ENG* [ 0 to 100 / 9 /
004
2- Environmental Correction:Trans Absolute ENG* [ 0 to 100 / 17.5 /
005
2- Environmental Correction:Trans Absolute ENG* [ 0 to 100 / 24 /
006
2- Environmental Correction:Trans Temperature:Threshold ENG* [ -5 to 30 / 10 / 1deg ]
302-
007
65
3.SP Mode Tables
2- Time-Lapse Correction Current Div Bk ENG* [ 0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

303-
001
2- Time-Lapse Correction Current Div C ENG* [ 0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]
303-
002
2- Time-Lapse Correction Current Div M ENG* [ 0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]
303-
003
2- Time-Lapse Correction Current Div Y ENG* [ 0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]
303-
004
2- Time-Lapse Correction Correction Threshold 1_Bk ENG* [ 0 to 600000 / 5000 /
303- 10page ]
005
2- Time-Lapse Correction Correction Threshold ENG* [ 0 to 600000 / 5000 /
303- 1_Color 10page ]
006
2- Time-Lapse Correction Correction Threshold 2_Bk ENG* [ 0 to 600000 / 20000
303- / 10page ]
007
2- Time-Lapse Correction Correction Threshold ENG* [ 0 to 600000 / 20000
303- 2_Color / 10page ]
008
2- Time-Lapse Correction Correction Threshold 3_Bk ENG* [ 0 to 600000 / 50000
303- / 10page ]
009
2- Time-Lapse Correction Correction Threshold ENG* [ 0 to 600000 / 50000
303- 3_Color / 10page ]
010
2- Time-Lapse Correction:Transfer Threshold 1 ENG* [ 0 to 999999999 / 0 /
304- 1mm ]
001
304- 1mm ]
002
304- 1mm ]
003
66
3.SP Mode Tables

304- 1mm ]
004
2- Vc Correction Threshold 1 ENG* [ 0 to 2000 / 450 / 10-
305- V]
001
305- V]
002
305- V]
003
305- V]
004
2- Paper Size Correction Threshold 1 ENG* [ 0 to 250 / 194 /
308- 1mm ]
001
308- 1mm ]
002
308- 1mm ]
003
2- Non Image Area: Bias Image Transfer ENG* [ 0 to 2000 / 100 /
311- 10% ]
001
2- Non Image Area: Bias Paper Transfer ENG* [ 0 to 2100 / 500 / 10-
311- V]
003
2- Power ON: Bias Image Transfer ENG* [ 0 to 2100 / 1400 /
316- 10V ]
001
2- Transfer Roller CL: Bias Neg. Bias: Befor and After ENG* [ 0 to 2100 / 250 / 10-
326- JOB V]
001
2- Transfer Roller CL: Bias Pos. Bias Cor Coef: Befor ENG* [ 10 to 995 / 100 /
326- and After JOB 10% ]
002
67
3.SP Mode Tables
2- Transfer Roller CL: Bias Neg. Bias: After ProControl ENG* [ 0 to 2100 / 1000 /
326- 10-V ]
003
2- Transfer Roller CL: Bias Pos. Bias Corr Coef: After ENG* [ 10 to 995 / 100 /
326- ProCon 10% ]
004
2- Transfer Roller CL: Bias Neg. Bias: Dirt Prevention ENG* [ 0 to 2100 / 500 / 10-
326- V]
005
2- Transfer Roller CL: Envir Neg. Bias: Befor and After ENG* [ 1 to 100 / 9 / 1 ]
326- JOB
011
2- Transfer Roller CL: Envir Neg. Bias: After ProControl ENG* [ 1 to 100 / 2 / 1 ]
326-
013
2- Transfer Roller CL: Envir Neg. Bias: Dirt Prevention ENG* [ 1 to 100 / 9 / 1 ]
326-
015
2- PTR Cleaning After ProCon ON/OFF ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
327- 0: OFF
001 1: ON
2- Common: BW: Bias Image Transfer: Standard ENG* [ 0 to 2100 / 1400 /
351- Speed 10V ]
001
2- Common: BW: Bias Image Transfer: Middle ENG* [ 0 to 2100 / 1400 /
351- Speed 10V ]
002
2- Common: BW: Bias Image Transfer: Low Speed ENG* [ 0 to 2100 / 1300 /
351- 10V ]
003
2- Common: BW: Bias Image Transfer: Std Spd:2 ENG* [ 0 to 2100 / 1400 /
351- 10V ]
201
2- Common: FC: Bias Image Transfer: Std Spd: Bk ENG* [ 0 to 2100 / 1400 /
357- 10V ]
001
2- Common: FC: Bias Image Transfer: Std Spd: C ENG* [ 0 to 2100 / 1400 /
357- 10V ]
002
68
3.SP Mode Tables
2- Common: FC: Bias Image Transfer: Std Spd: M ENG* [ 0 to 2100 / 1400 /
357- 10V ]
003
2- Common: FC: Bias Image Transfer: Std Spd: Y ENG* [ 0 to 2100 / 1400 /
357- 10V ]
004
2- Common: FC: Bias Image Transfer: Middle ENG* [ 0 to 2100 / 1400 /
357- Spd: Bk 10V ]
005
357- Spd: C 10V ]
006
357- Spd: M 10V ]
007
357- Spd: Y 10V ]
008
2- Common: FC: Bias Image Transfer: Low Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 2100 / 1300 /
357- Bk 10V ]
009
2- Common: FC: Bias Image Transfer: Low Spd: C ENG* [ 0 to 2100 / 1300 /
357- 10V ]
010
2- Common: FC: Bias Image Transfer: Low Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 2100 / 1300 /
357- M 10V ]
011
2- Common: FC: Bias Image Transfer: Low Spd: Y ENG* [ 0 to 2100 / 1300 /
357- 10V ]
012
2- Common:BW:Env.CorrectionTable Image Transfer: Standard ENG* [ 1 to 100 / 6 / 1 ]
360- Spd
001
2- Common:BW:Env.CorrectionTable Image Transfer: Middle Spd ENG* [ 1 to 100 / 6 / 1 ]
360-
002
2- Common:BW:Env.CorrectionTable Image Transfer: Low Spd ENG* [ 1 to 100 / 6 / 1 ]
360-
003
69
3.SP Mode Tables
2- Common:FC:Env.CorrectionTable ImageTransfer: Std Spd: Bk ENG* [ 1 to 100 / 6 / 1 ]

360-
004
2- Common:FC:Env.CorrectionTable ImageTransfer: Std Spd: C ENG* [ 1 to 100 / 5 / 1 ]
360-
005
2- Common:FC:Env.CorrectionTable ImageTransfer: Std Spd: M ENG* [ 1 to 100 / 5 / 1 ]
360-
006
2- Common:FC:Env.CorrectionTable ImageTransfer: Std Spd: Y ENG* [ 1 to 100 / 5 / 1 ]
360-
007
2- Common:FC:Env.CorrectionTable ImageTransfer: Middle Spd: ENG* [ 1 to 100 / 6 / 1 ]
360- Bk
008
360- C
009
360- M
010
360- Y
011
2- Common:FC:Env.CorrectionTable Image Transfer: Low Spd: ENG* [ 1 to 100 / 6 / 1 ]
360- Bk
012
2- Common:FC:Env.CorrectionTable Image Transfer: Low Spd: C ENG* [ 1 to 100 / 5 / 1 ]
360-
013
2- Common:FC:Env.CorrectionTable Image Transfer: Low Spd: ENG* [ 1 to 100 / 5 / 1 ]
360- M
014
2- Common:FC:Env.CorrectionTable Image Transfer: Low Spd: Y ENG* [ 1 to 100 / 5 / 1 ]
360-
015
2- Time-Lapse Correction: Div 1 Standard Speed: Bk ENG* [ 1 to 60 / 1 / 1 ]
361-
001
70
3.SP Mode Tables
2- Time-Lapse Correction: Div 1 Middle Speed: Bk ENG* [ 1 to 60 / 1 / 1 ]

361-
002
2- Time-Lapse Correction: Div 1 Low Speed: Bk ENG* [ 1 to 60 / 1 / 1 ]
361-
003
2- Time-Lapse Correction: Div 1 Standard Speed: FC: Bk ENG* [ 1 to 60 / 1 / 1 ]
361-
004
2- Time-Lapse Correction: Div 1 Standard Speed: FC: C ENG* [ 1 to 60 / 1 / 1 ]
361-
005
2- Time-Lapse Correction: Div 1 Standard Speed: FC: M ENG* [ 1 to 60 / 1 / 1 ]
361-
006
2- Time-Lapse Correction: Div 1 Standard Speed: FC: Y ENG* [ 1 to 60 / 1 / 1 ]
361-
007
2- Time-Lapse Correction: Div 1 Middle Speed: FC: Bk ENG* [ 1 to 60 / 1 / 1 ]
361-
008
2- Time-Lapse Correction: Div 1 Middle Speed: FC: C ENG* [ 1 to 60 / 1 / 1 ]
361-
009
2- Time-Lapse Correction: Div 1 Middle Speed: FC: M ENG* [ 1 to 60 / 1 / 1 ]
361-
010
2- Time-Lapse Correction: Div 1 Middle Speed: FC: Y ENG* [ 1 to 60 / 1 / 1 ]
361-
011
2- Time-Lapse Correction: Div 1 Low Speed: FC: Bk ENG* [ 1 to 60 / 1 / 1 ]
361-
012
2- Time-Lapse Correction: Div 1 Low Speed: FC: C ENG* [ 1 to 60 / 1 / 1 ]
361-
013
2- Time-Lapse Correction: Div 1 Low Speed: FC: M ENG* [ 1 to 60 / 1 / 1 ]
361-
014
71
3.SP Mode Tables
2- Time-Lapse Correction: Div 1 Low Speed: FC: Y ENG* [ 1 to 60 / 1 / 1 ]

361-
015
362-
001
362-
002
362-
003
362-
004
362-
005
362-
006
362-
007
362-
008
362-
009
362-
010
362-
011
362-
012
72
3.SP Mode Tables

362-
013
362-
014
362-
015
363-
001
363-
002
363-
003
363-
004
363-
005
363-
006
363-
007
363-
008
363-
009
363-
010
73
3.SP Mode Tables

363-
011
363-
012
363-
013
363-
014
363-
015
2- Time-Lapse Correction:Transfer Standard Speed: Div1 ENG* [ 0 to 2000 / 0 / 10V ]
371-
001
2- Time-Lapse Correction:Transfer Middle Speed: Div1 ENG* [ 0 to 2000 / 0 / 10V ]
371-
002
2- Time-Lapse Correction:Transfer Low Speed: Div1 ENG* [ 0 to 2000 / 0 / 10V ]
371-
003
372-
001
372-
002
372-
003
373-
001
373-
002
74
3.SP Mode Tables

373-
003
374-
001
374-
002
374-
003
2- Vc Correction Standard Speed: Div 1 ENG* [ 0 to 2000 / 0 / 10-V ]
381-
001
2- Vc Correction Middle Speed: Div 1 ENG* [ 0 to 2000 / 0 / 10-V ]
381-
002
2- Vc Correction Low Speed: Div 1 ENG* [ 0 to 2000 / 0 / 10-V ]
381-
003
2- Vc Correction Standard Speed: Div2 ENG* [ 0 to 2000 / 0 / 10-V ]
382-
001
2- Vc Correction Middle Speed: Div 2 ENG* [ 0 to 2000 / 0 / 10-V ]
382-
002
2- Vc Correction Low Speed: Div2 ENG* [ 0 to 2000 / 0 / 10-V ]
382-
003
383-
001
2- Vc Correction Middle Speed: Div3 ENG* [ 0 to 2000 / 0 / 10-V ]
383-
002
383-
003
75
3.SP Mode Tables

384-
001
384-
002
384-
003
385-
001
385-
002
385-
003
2- T1 at low temp and tempolarity Standard speed:K ENG* [ 0 to 2100 / 1300 /
401- 10V ]
001
2- T1 at low temp and tempolarity Standard speed:C ENG* [ 0 to 2100 / 1300 /
401- 10V ]
002
2- T1 at low temp and tempolarity Standard speed:M ENG* [ 0 to 2100 / 1300 /
401- 10V ]
003
2- T1 at low temp and tempolarity Standard speed:Y ENG* [ 0 to 2100 / 1300 /
401- 10V ]
004
2- Plain 1: Bias: BW Paper Transfer: Std Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 200 / * / 1uA ]
403- 1Side *MP C307: 21
001 *MP C407: 24
403- 2Side *MP C307: 16
002 *MP C407: 18
2- Plain 1: Bias: BW Paper Transfer: Low Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 10 / 1uA ]
403- 1Side
003
76
3.SP Mode Tables

403- 2Side
004
2- Plain 1: Bias: BW Paper Transfer: Std Spd 2: ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 30 / 1uA ]
403- 1Side
201
403- 2Side
202
2- Plain 1: Bias: FC Paper Transfer: Std Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 200 / * / 1uA ]
407- 1Side *MP C307: 22
001 *MP C407: 25
407- 2Side *MP C307: 18
002 *MP C407: 20
2- Plain 1: Bias: FC Paper Transfer: Low Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 11 / 1uA ]
407- 1Side
003
407- 2Side
004
2- Plain 1: Size Correction:BW Paper Transfer: Std ENG* [ 100 to 995 / 100 /
411- Spd:1Sid:S1 5% ]
001
2- Plain 1: Size Correction:BW Paper Transfer: Std ENG* [ 100 to 995 / 100 /
411- Spd:2Sid:S1 5% ]
002
2- Plain 1: Size Correction:BW Paper Transfer: Low Spd: ENG* [ 100 to 995 / 100 /
411- 1Side:S1 5% ]
003
411- 2Side:S1 5% ]
004
411- 1Side:S2 5% ]
007
411- 2Side:S2 5% ]
008
77
3.SP Mode Tables
411- 1Side:S3 5% ]
011
411- 2Side:S3 5% ]
012
411- 1Side:S4 5% ]
015
411- 2Side:S4 5% ]
016
2- Plain 1: Size Correction:FC Paper Transfer: Std Spd: ENG* [ 100 to 995 / 100 /
412- 1Side:S1 5% ]
001
412- 2Side:S1 5% ]
002
2- Plain 1: Size Correction:FC Paper Transfer: Low Spd: ENG* [ 100 to 995 / 100 /
412- 1Side:S1 5% ]
003
412- 2Side:S1 5% ]
004
412- 1Side:S2 5% ]
007
412- 2Side:S2 5% ]
008
412- 1Side:S3 5% ]
011
412- 2Side:S3 5% ]
012
412- 1Side:S4 5% ]
015
78
3.SP Mode Tables
412- 2Side:S4 5% ]
016
2- Plain 1: Size-Env.Correct:BW Paper Transfer: Std Spd: ENG* [ 1 to 100 / 21 / 1 ]
413- 1Side:S1
001
413- 2Side:S1
002
2- Plain 1: Size-Env.Correct:BW Paper Transfer: Low Spd: ENG* [ 1 to 100 / 25 / 1 ]
413- 1Side:S1
003
413- 2Side:S1
004
413- 1Side:S2
007
413- 2Side:S2
008
413- 1Side:S3
011
413- 2Side:S3
012
413- 1Side:S4
015
413- 2Side:S4
016
2- Plain 1: Size-Env.Correct:FC Paper Transfer: Std Spd: ENG* [ 1 to 100 / 23 / 1 ]
414- 1Side:S1
001
414- 2Side:S1
002
79
3.SP Mode Tables
2- Plain 1: Size-Env.Correct:FC Paper Transfer: Low Spd: ENG* [ 1 to 100 / 25 / 1 ]

414- 1Side:S1
003
414- 2Side:S1
004
414- 1Side:S2
007
414- 2Side:S2
008
414- 1Side:S3
011
414- 2Side:S3
012
414- 1Side:S4
015
414- 2Side:S4
016
2- Plain 1: Leading Edge Correct. Paper Transfer: Std Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 995 / 100 / 5% ]
415- 1Side
001
415- 2Side
002
2- Plain 1: Leading Edge Correct. Paper Transfer: Low Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 995 / 100 / 5% ]
415- 1Side
003
415- 2Side
004
2- Plain 1: Leading Edge Correct. Separation DC: Std Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 995 / 100 / 5% ]
415- 1Side
005
80
3.SP Mode Tables
415- 2Side
006
2- Plain 1: Leading Edge Correct. Separation DC: Low Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 995 / 100 / 5% ]
415- 1Side
007
415- 2Side
008
2- Plain 1: SW Timing Lead Edge Paper Transfer: Std Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm ]
416- 1Side
001
416- 2Side
002
2- Plain 1: SW Timing Lead Edge Paper Transfer: Low Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm ]
416- 1Side
003
416- 2Side
004
2- Plain 1: SW Timing Lead Edge Separation DC: Std Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm ]
416- 1Side
005
416- 2Side
006
2- Plain 1: SW Timing Lead Edge Separation DC: Low Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm ]
416- 1Side
007
416- 2Side
008
2- Plain 1: Trail Edge Correction Paper Transfer: Std Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 995 / 100 / 5% ]
417- 1Side
001
417- 2Side
002
81
3.SP Mode Tables
2- Plain 1: Trail Edge Correction Paper Transfer: Low Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 995 / 100 / 5% ]
417- 1Side
003
417- 2Side
004
2- Plain 1: Trail Edge Correction Separation DC: Std Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 995 / 100 / 5% ]
417- 1Side
005
417- 2Side
006
2- Plain 1: Trail Edge Correction Separation DC: Low Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 995 / 100 / 5% ]
417- 1Side
007
417- 2Side
008
2- Plain 1: SW Timing Trail Edge Paper Transfer: Std Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm ]
418- 1Side
001
418- 2Side
002
2- Plain 1: SW Timing Trail Edge Paper Transfer: Low Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm ]
418- 1Side
003
418- 2Side
004
2- Plain 1: SW Timing Trail Edge Separation DC: Std Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm ]
418- 1Side
005
418- 2Side
006
2- Plain 1: SW Timing Trail Edge Separation DC: Low Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm ]
418- 1Side
007
82
3.SP Mode Tables
418- 2Side
008
2- Plain 1: Envir Correct. Table Separation DC: Std Spd: ENG* [ 1 to 100 / 30 / 1 ]
419- 1Side
013
419- 2Side
014
2- Plain 1: Envir Correct. Table Separation DC: Low Spd: ENG* [ 1 to 100 / 30 / 1 ]
419- 1Side
015
419- 2Side
016
2- Plain 1: Edge Envir Correct. Separation DC: Std Spd: ENG* [ 1 to 100 / 50 / 1 ]
419- 1Side
017
419- 2Side
018
2- Plain 1: Edge Envir Correct. Separation DC: Low Spd: ENG* [ 1 to 100 / 50 / 1 ]
419- 1Side
019
419- 2Side
020
2- T1 at low temp and tempolarity Middle speed:K ENG* [ 0 to 2100 / 1300 /
421- 10V ]
001
2- T1 at low temp and tempolarity Middle speed:C ENG* [ 0 to 2100 / 1300 /
421- 10V ]
002
2- T1 at low temp and tempolarity Middle speed:M ENG* [ 0 to 2100 / 1300 /
421- 10V ]
003
2- T1 at low temp and tempolarity Middle speed:Y ENG* [ 0 to 2100 / 1300 /
421- 10V ]
004
83
3.SP Mode Tables

423- 1Side *MP C307: 19
001 *MP C407: 22
423- 2Side *MP C307: 16
002 *MP C407: 18
423- 1Side
003
423- 2Side
004
423- 1Side
201
2- Plain 2: Bias: BW Paper Transfer: Std Spd 2: ENG* [ 0 to 200 / * / 1uA ]
423- 2Side *MP C307: 22
202 *MP C407: 15
427- 1Side *MP C307: 18
001 *MP C407: 20
2- Plain 2: Bias: FC Paper Transfer: Std Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 18 / 1uA ]
427- 2Side
002
427- 1Side
003
427- 2Side
004
2- Plain 2: Size Correction:BW Paper Transfer: Std Spd: ENG* [ 100 to 995 / 100 /
431- 1Side:S1 5% ]
001
2- Plain 2: Size Correction:BW Paper Transfer: Std Spd: ENG* [ 100 to 995 / 100 /
431- 2Side:S1 5% ]
002
431- 1Side:S1 5% ]
003
84
3.SP Mode Tables
431- 2Side:S1 5% ]
004
431- 1Side:S2 5% ]
007
431- 2Side:S2 5% ]
008
431- 1Side:S3 5% ]
011
431- 2Side:S3 5% ]
012
431- 1Side:S4 5% ]
015
431- 2Side:S4 5% ]
016
432- 1Side:S1 5% ]
001
432- 2Side:S1 5% ]
002
432- 1Side:S1 5% ]
003
432- 2Side:S1 5% ]
004
432- 1Side:S2 5% ]
007
432- 2Side:S2 5% ]
008
85
3.SP Mode Tables
432- 1Side:S3 5% ]
011
432- 2Side:S3 5% ]
012
432- 1Side:S4 5% ]
015
432- 2Side:S4 5% ]
016
433- 1Side:S1
001
433- 2Side:S1
002
433- 1Side:S1
003
433- 2Side:S1
004
433- 1Side:S2
007
433- 2Side:S2
008
433- 1Side:S3
011
433- 2Side:S3
012
433- 1Side:S4
015
86
3.SP Mode Tables

433- 2Side:S4
016
434- 1Side:S1
001
434- 2Side:S1
002
434- 1Side:S1
003
434- 2Side:S1
004
434- 1Side:S2
007
434- 2Side:S2
008
434- 1Side:S3
011
434- 2Side:S3
012
434- 1Side:S4
015
434- 2Side:S4
016
435- 1Side
001
435- 2Side
002
87
3.SP Mode Tables
435- 1Side
003
435- 2Side
004
435- 1Side
005
435- 2Side
006
435- 1Side
007
435- 2Side
008
436- 1Side
001
436- 2Side
002
436- 1Side
003
436- 2Side
004
436- 1Side
005
436- 2Side
006
436- 1Side
007
88
3.SP Mode Tables
436- 2Side
008
437- 1Side
001
437- 2Side
002
437- 1Side
003
437- 2Side
004
437- 1Side
005
437- 2Side
006
437- 1Side
007
437- 2Side
008
438- 1Side
001
438- 2Side
002
438- 1Side
003
438- 2Side
004
89
3.SP Mode Tables
438- 1Side
005
438- 2Side
006
438- 1Side
007
438- 2Side
008
439- 1Side
013
439- 2Side
014
439- 1Side
015
439- 2Side
016
439- 1Side
017
439- 2Side
018
439- 1Side
019
439- 2Side
020
2- T1 at low temp and tempolarity Low speed:K ENG* [ 0 to 2100 / 1300 /
441- 10V ]
001
90
3.SP Mode Tables
2- T1 at low temp and tempolarity Low speed:C ENG* [ 0 to 2100 / 1300 /

441- 10V ]
002
2- T1 at low temp and tempolarity Low speed:M ENG* [ 0 to 2100 / 1300 /
441- 10V ]
003
2- T1 at low temp and tempolarity Low speed:Y ENG* [ 0 to 2100 / 1300 /
441- 10V ]
004
2- M-Thick: Bias: BW Paper Transfer: Std/Mid ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 20 / 1uA ]
443- Spd: 1Side
001
2- M-Thick: Bias: BW Paper Transfer: Std/Mid ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 16 / 1uA ]
443- Spd: 2Side
002
2- M-Thick: Bias: BW Paper Transfer: Low Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 10 / 1uA ]
443- 1Side
003
2- M-Thick: Bias: BW Paper Transfer: Low Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 8 / 1uA ]
443- 2Side
004
2- M-Thick: Bias: FC Paper Transfer: Std/Mid ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 22 / 1uA ]
447- Spd: 1Side
001
2- M-Thick: Bias: FC Paper Transfer: Std/Mid ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 18 / 1uA ]
447- Spd: 2Side
002
2- M-Thick: Bias: FC Paper Transfer: Low Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 11 / 1uA ]
447- 1Side
003
2- M-Thick: Bias: FC Paper Transfer: Low Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 10 / 1uA ]
447- 2Side
004
2- M-Thick: Size Correction:BW Paper Transfer: Std/Mid ENG* [ 100 to 995 / 100 /
451- Spd: 1Side:S1 5% ]
001
2- M-Thick: Size Correction:BW Paper Transfer: Std/Mid ENG* [ 100 to 995 / 100 /
451- Spd: 2Side:S1 5% ]
002
91
3.SP Mode Tables
2- M-Thick: Size Correction:BW Paper Transfer: Low Spd: ENG* [ 100 to 995 / 100 /
451- 1Side:S1 5% ]
003
451- 2Side:S1 5% ]
004
451- 1Side:S2 5% ]
007
451- 2Side:S2 5% ]
008
451- 1Side:S3 5% ]
011
451- 2Side:S3 5% ]
012
451- 1Side:S4 5% ]
015
451- 2Side:S4 5% ]
016
2- M-Thick: Size Correction:FC Paper Transfer: Std/Mid ENG* [ 100 to 995 / 100 /
452- Spd: 1Side:S1 5% ]
001
2- M-Thick: Size Correction:FC Paper Transfer: Std/Mid ENG* [ 100 to 995 / 100 /
452- Spd: 2Side:S1 5% ]
002
2- M-Thick: Size Correction:FC Paper Transfer: Low Spd: ENG* [ 100 to 995 / 100 /
452- 1Side:S1 5% ]
003
452- 2Side:S1 5% ]
004
452- 1Side:S2 5% ]
007
92
3.SP Mode Tables
452- 2Side:S2 5% ]
008
452- 1Side:S3 5% ]
011
452- 2Side:S3 5% ]
012
452- 1Side:S4 5% ]
015
452- 2Side:S4 5% ]
016
2- M-Thick: Size-Env.Correct:BW Paper Transfer: Std/Mid ENG* [ 1 to 100 / 21 / 1 ]
453- Spd: 1Side:S1
001
2- M-Thick: Size-Env.Correct:BW Paper Transfer: Std/Mid ENG* [ 1 to 100 / 22 / 1 ]
453- Spd: 2Side:S1
002
2- M-Thick: Size-Env.Correct:BW Paper Transfer: Low Spd: ENG* [ 1 to 100 / 47 / 1 ]
453- 1Side:S1
003
453- 2Side:S1
004
453- 1Side:S2
007
453- 2Side:S2
008
453- 1Side:S3
011
453- 2Side:S3
012
93
3.SP Mode Tables

453- 1Side:S4
015
453- 2Side:S4
016
2- M-Thick: Size-Env.Correct:FC Paper Transfer: Std/Mid ENG* [ 1 to 100 / 45 / 1 ]
454- Spd: 1Side:S1
001
2- M-Thick: Size-Env.Correct:FC Paper Transfer: Std/Mid ENG* [ 1 to 100 / 46 / 1 ]
454- Spd: 2Side:S1
002
2- M-Thick: Size-Env.Correct:FC Paper Transfer: Low Spd: ENG* [ 1 to 100 / 47 / 1 ]
454- 1Side:S1
003
454- 2Side:S1
004
454- 1Side:S2
007
454- 2Side:S2
008
454- 1Side:S3
011
454- 2Side:S3
012
454- 1Side:S4
015
454- 2Side:S4
016
2- M-Thick: Leading Edge Correct. Paper Transfer: Std/Mid ENG* [ 0 to 995 / 100 / 5% ]
455- Spd: 1Side
001
94
3.SP Mode Tables
2- M-Thick: Leading Edge Correct. Paper Transfer: Std/Mid ENG* [ 0 to 995 / 100 / 5% ]
455- Spd: 2Side
002
2- M-Thick: Leading Edge Correct. Paper Transfer: Low Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 995 / 100 / 5% ]
455- 1Side
003
2- M-Thick: Leading Edge Correct. Paper Transfer: Low Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 995 / 100 / 5% ]
455- 2Side
004
2- M-Thick: Leading Edge Correct. Separation DC: Std Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 995 / 100 / 5% ]
455- 1Side
005
2- M-Thick: Leading Edge Correct. Separation DC: Std Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 995 / 100 / 5% ]
455- 2Side
006
2- M-Thick: Leading Edge Correct. Separation DC: Low Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 995 / 100 / 5% ]
455- 1Side
007
2- M-Thick: Leading Edge Correct. Separation DC: Low Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 995 / 100 / 5% ]
455- 2Side
008
2- M-Thick: SW Timing Lead Edge Paper Transfer: Std/Mid ENG* [ 0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm ]
456- Spd: 1Side
001
2- M-Thick: SW Timing Lead Edge Paper Transfer: Std/Mid ENG* [ 0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm ]
456- Spd: 2Side
002
2- M-Thick: SW Timing Lead Edge Paper Transfer: Low Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm ]
456- 1Side
003
2- M-Thick: SW Timing Lead Edge Paper Transfer: Low Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm ]
456- 2Side
004
2- M-Thick: SW Timing Lead Edge Separation DC: Std Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm ]
456- 1Side
005
2- M-Thick: SW Timing Lead Edge Separation DC: Std Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm ]
456- 2Side
006
95
3.SP Mode Tables
2- M-Thick: SW Timing Lead Edge Separation DC: Low Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm ]
456- 1Side
007
2- M-Thick: SW Timing Lead Edge Separation DC: Low Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm ]
456- 2Side
008
2- M-Thick: Trail Edge Correction Paper Transfer: Std/Mid ENG* [ 0 to 995 / 100 / 5% ]
457- Spd: 1Side
001
2- M-Thick: Trail Edge Correction Paper Transfer: Std/Mid ENG* [ 0 to 995 / 100 / 5% ]
457- Spd: 2Side
002
2- M-Thick: Trail Edge Correction Paper Transfer: Low Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 995 / 100 / 5% ]
457- 1Side
003
2- M-Thick: Trail Edge Correction Paper Transfer: Low Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 995 / 100 / 5% ]
457- 2Side
004
2- M-Thick: Trail Edge Correction Separation DC: Std Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 995 / 100 / 5% ]
457- 1Side
005
2- M-Thick: Trail Edge Correction Separation DC: Std Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 995 / 100 / 5% ]
457- 2Side
006
2- M-Thick: Trail Edge Correction Separation DC: Low Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 995 / 100 / 5% ]
457- 1Side
007
2- M-Thick: Trail Edge Correction Separation DC: Low Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 995 / 100 / 5% ]
457- 2Side
008
2- M-Thick: SW Timing Trail Edge Paper Transfer: Std/Mid ENG* [ 0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm ]
458- Spd: 1Side
001
2- M-Thick: SW Timing Trail Edge Paper Transfer: Std/Mid ENG* [ 0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm ]
458- Spd: 2Side
002
2- M-Thick: SW Timing Trail Edge Paper Transfer: Low Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm ]
458- 1Side
003
96
3.SP Mode Tables
2- M-Thick: SW Timing Trail Edge Paper Transfer: Low Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm ]
458- 2Side
004
2- M-Thick: SW Timing Trail Edge Separation DC: Std Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm ]
458- 1Side
005
2- M-Thick: SW Timing Trail Edge Separation DC: Std Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm ]
458- 2Side
006
2- M-Thick: SW Timing Trail Edge Separation DC: Low Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm ]
458- 1Side
007
2- M-Thick: SW Timing Trail Edge Separation DC: Low Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm ]
458- 2Side
008
2- M-Thick: Envir Correct. Table Separation DC: Std Spd: ENG* [ 1 to 100 / 30 / 1 ]
459- 1Side
013
2- M-Thick: Envir Correct. Table Separation DC: Std Spd: ENG* [ 1 to 100 / 30 / 1 ]
459- 2Side
014
2- M-Thick: Envir Correct. Table Separation DC: Low Spd: ENG* [ 1 to 100 / 30 / 1 ]
459- 1Side
015
2- M-Thick: Envir Correct. Table Separation DC: Low Spd: ENG* [ 1 to 100 / 30 / 1 ]
459- 2Side
016
2- M-Thick: Edge Envir Correction Separation DC: Std Spd: ENG* [ 1 to 100 / 50 / 1 ]
459- 1Side
017
2- M-Thick: Edge Envir Correction Separation DC: Std Spd: ENG* [ 1 to 100 / 50 / 1 ]
459- 2Side
018
2- M-Thick: Edge Envir Correction Separation DC: Low Spd: ENG* [ 1 to 100 / 50 / 1 ]
459- 1Side
019
2- M-Thick: Edge Envir Correction Separation DC: Low Spd: ENG* [ 1 to 100 / 50 / 1 ]
459- 2Side
020
97
3.SP Mode Tables
2- Thick 1: Bias Separation DC: 1Side ENG* [ 0 to 4000 / 0 / 10-V ]

481-
003
481-
004
2- Thick 1: Bias: BW Paper Transfer: 1Side ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 14 / 1uA ]
483-
003
483-
004
2- Thick 1: Bias: FC Paper Transfer: 1Side ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 15 / 1uA ]
487-
003
487-
004
2- Thick 1: Size Correction:BW Paper Transfer: 1Side:S1 ENG* [ 100 to 995 / 100 /
491- 5% ]
003
491- 5% ]
004
491- 5% ]
007
491- 5% ]
008
491- 5% ]
011
491- 5% ]
012
491- 5% ]
015
98
3.SP Mode Tables
491- 5% ]
016
2- Thick 1: Size Correction:FC Paper Transfer: 1Side:S1 ENG* [ 100 to 995 / 100 /
492- 5% ]
003
492- 5% ]
004
492- 5% ]
007
492- 5% ]
008
492- 5% ]
011
492- 5% ]
012
492- 5% ]
015
492- 5% ]
016
2- Thick 1: Size-Env.Correct:BW Paper Transfer: 1Side:S1 ENG* [ 1 to 100 / 59 / 1 ]
493-
003
493-
004
493-
007
493-
008
99
3.SP Mode Tables

493-
011
493-
012
493-
015
493-
016
2- Thick 1: Size-Env.Correct:FC Paper Transfer: 1Side:S1 ENG* [ 1 to 100 / 59 / 1 ]
494-
003
494-
004
494-
007
494-
008
494-
011
494-
012
494-
015
494-
016
2- Thick 1: Leading Edge Correct. Paper Transfer: 1Side ENG* [ 0 to 995 / 100 / 5% ]
495-
003
100
3.SP Mode Tables
495-
004
2- Thick 1: Leading Edge Correct. Separation DC: 1Side ENG* [ 0 to 995 / 100 / 5% ]
495-
007
495-
008
2- Thick 1: SW Timing Lead Edge Paper Transfer: 1Side ENG* [ 0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm ]
496-
003
496-
004
2- Thick 1: SW Timing Lead Edge Separation DC: 1Side ENG* [ 0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm ]
496-
007
496-
008
2- Thick 1: Trail Edge Correction Paper Transfer: 1Side ENG* [ 0 to 995 / 100 / 5% ]
497-
003
497-
004
2- Thick 1: Trail Edge Correction Separation DC: 1Side ENG* [ 0 to 995 / 100 / 5% ]
497-
007
497-
008
2- Thick 1: SW Timing Trail Edge Paper Transfer: 1Side ENG* [ 0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm ]
498-
003
498-
004
101
3.SP Mode Tables
2- Thick 1: SW Timing Trail Edge Separation DC: 1Side ENG* [ 0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm ]

498-
007
498-
008
2- Thick 1: Envir Correct. Table Separation DC: 1Side ENG* [ 1 to 100 / 30 / 1 ]
499-
015
499-
016
2- Thick 1: Edge Envir Correct. Separation DC: 1Side ENG* [ 1 to 100 / 30 / 1 ]
499-
019
499-
020
501-
003
501-
004
503-
003
503-
004
507-
003
507-
004
511- 5% ]
003
102
3.SP Mode Tables
511- 5% ]
004
511- 5% ]
007
511- 5% ]
008
511- 5% ]
011
511- 5% ]
012
511- 5% ]
015
511- 5% ]
016
512- 5% ]
003
512- 5% ]
004
512- 5% ]
007
512- 5% ]
008
512- 5% ]
011
512- 5% ]
012
103
3.SP Mode Tables
512- 5% ]
015
512- 5% ]
016
513-
003
513-
004
513-
007
513-
008
513-
011
513-
012
513-
015
513-
016
514-
003
514-
004
514-
007
104
3.SP Mode Tables

514-
008
514-
011
514-
012
514-
015
514-
016
515-
003
515-
004
515-
007
515-
008
516-
003
516-
004
516-
007
516-
008
105
3.SP Mode Tables
517-
003
517-
004
517-
007
517-
008
518-
003
518-
004
518-
007
518-
008
519-
015
519-
016
519-
019
519-
020
521-
003
106
3.SP Mode Tables

521-
004
523-
003
523-
004
527-
003
527-
004
531- 5% ]
003
531- 5% ]
004
531- 5% ]
007
531- 5% ]
008
531- 5% ]
011
531- 5% ]
012
531- 5% ]
015
531- 5% ]
016
107
3.SP Mode Tables
532- 5% ]
003
532- 5% ]
004
532- 5% ]
007
532- 5% ]
008
532- 5% ]
011
532- 5% ]
012
532- 5% ]
015
532- 5% ]
016
533-
003
533-
004
533-
007
533-
008
533-
011
108
3.SP Mode Tables

533-
012
533-
015
533-
016
534-
003
534-
004
534-
007
534-
008
534-
011
534-
012
534-
015
534-
016
535-
003
535-
004
109
3.SP Mode Tables
535-
007
535-
008
536-
003
536-
004
536-
007
536-
008
537-
003
537-
004
537-
007
537-
008
538-
003
538-
004
538-
007
110
3.SP Mode Tables

538-
008
539-
015
539-
016
539-
019
539-
020
111
3.SP Mode Tables
SP2-XXX (Drum) -2

CTL Max/Init./Step]
2-541- OHP: Bias Separation DC ENG* [ 0 to 4000 / 0 / 10-V ]
003
2-543- OHP: Bias: BW Paper Transfer ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 9 / 1uA ]
003
2-547- OHP: Bias: FC Paper Transfer ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 10 / 1uA ]
003
2-551- OHP: Size Correction:BW PaperTransfer:S1 ENG* [ 100 to 995 / 100 /
003 5% ]
007 5% ]
011 5% ]
015 5% ]
2-552- OHP: Size Correction:FC PaperTransfer:S1 ENG* [ 100 to 995 / 100 /
003 5% ]
007 5% ]
011 5% ]
015 5% ]
2-553- OHP: Size-Env.Correct:BW PaperTransfer:S1 ENG* [ 1 to 100 / 83 / 1 ]
003
007
011
015
2-554- OHP: Size-Env.Correct:FC PaperTransfer:S1 ENG* [ 1 to 100 / 83 / 1 ]
003
112
3.SP Mode Tables
007
011
015
2-555- OHP: Leading Edge Paper Transfer ENG* [ 0 to 995 / 100 / 5% ]
003 Correction
2-555- OHP: Leading Edge Separation DC ENG* [ 0 to 995 / 100 / 5% ]
007 Correction
2-556- OHP: Switch Timing Lead Paper Transfer ENG* [ 0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm ]
003 Edge
2-556- OHP: Switch Timing Lead Separation DC ENG* [ 0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm ]
007 Edge
2-557- OHP: Trail Edge Correction Paper Transfer ENG* [ 0 to 995 / 100 / 5% ]
003
2-557- OHP: Trail Edge Correction Separation DC ENG* [ 0 to 995 / 100 / 5% ]
007
2-558- OHP: Switch Timing Trail Paper Transfer ENG* [ 0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm ]
003 Edge
2-558- OHP: Switch Timing Trail Separation DC ENG* [ 0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm ]
007 Edge
2-559- OHP: Environment Correct Separation DC ENG* [ 1 to 100 / 30 / 1 ]
015 Table
2-559- OHP: Edge Environment Separation DC ENG* [ 1 to 100 / 30 / 1 ]
019 Correc.
2-561- Special 1: Bias Separation DC: Std Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 4000 / 2000 /
001 1Side 10-V ]
002 2Side 10-V ]
2-561- Special 1: Bias Separation DC: Low Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 4000 / 2000 /
003 1Side 10-V ]
004 2Side 10-V ]
2-563- Special 1: Bias: BW Paper Transfer: Std/Mid Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 200 / * / 1uA ]
001 1Side *MP C307: 21
*MP C407: 24
002 2Side *MP C307: 16
113
3.SP Mode Tables
*MP C407: 18
2-563- Special 1: Bias: BW Paper Transfer: Low Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 10 / 1uA ]
003 1Side
004 2Side
2-563- Special 1: Bias: BW Paper Transfer: Std Spd 2: ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 30 / 1uA ]
201 1Side
202 2Side
2-567- Special 1: Bias: FC Paper Transfer: Std/Mid Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 200 / * / 1uA ]
001 1Side *MP C307: 22
*MP C407: 25
002 2Side *MP C307: 18
*MP C407: 20
2-567- Special 1: Bias: FC Paper Transfer: Low Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 11 / 1uA ]
003 1Side
004 2Side
2-571- Special 1: SizeCorrection:BW Paper Transfer: Std/Mid Spd: ENG* [ 100 to 995 / 100 /
001 1Side:S1 5% ]
002 2Side:S1 5% ]
2-571- Special 1: SizeCorrection:BW Paper Transfer: Low Spd: ENG* [ 100 to 995 / 100 /
003 1Side:S1 5% ]
004 2Side:S1 5% ]
007 1Side:S2 5% ]
008 2Side:S2 5% ]
011 1Side:S3 5% ]
012 2Side:S3 5% ]
015 1Side:S4 5% ]
114
3.SP Mode Tables
016 2Side:S4 5% ]
2-572- Special 1: SizeCorrection:FC Paper Transfer: Std/Mid Spd: ENG* [ 100 to 995 / 100 /
001 1Side:S1 5% ]
002 2Side:S1 5% ]
2-572- Special 1: SizeCorrection:FC Paper Transfer: Low Spd: ENG* [ 100 to 995 / 100 /
003 1Side:S1 5% ]
004 2Side:S1 5% ]
007 1Side:S2 5% ]
008 2Side:S2 5% ]
011 1Side:S3 5% ]
012 2Side:S3 5% ]
015 1Side:S4 5% ]
016 2Side:S4 5% ]
2-573- Special 1: Size- Paper Transfer: Std/Mid Spd: ENG* [ 1 to 100 / 21 / 1 ]
001 Env.Correct:BW 1Side:S1
2-573- Special 1: Size- Paper Transfer: Low Spd: ENG* [ 1 to 100 / 25 / 1 ]
115
3.SP Mode Tables

001 Env.Correct:FC 1Side:S1
2-575- Special 1: Paper Transfer: Std/Mid Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 995 / 100 / 5% ]
001 LeadingEdgeCorrect. 1Side
2-575- Special 1: Paper Transfer: Low Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 995 / 100 / 5% ]
2-575- Special 1: Separation DC: Std Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 995 / 100 / 5% ]
2-575- Special 1: Separation DC: Low Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 995 / 100 / 5% ]
116
3.SP Mode Tables

2-576- Special 1: SW Timing Lead Paper Transfer: Std/Mid Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm ]
001 Edge 1Side
002 Edge 2Side
2-576- Special 1: SW Timing Lead Paper Transfer: Low Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm ]
003 Edge 1Side
004 Edge 2Side
2-576- Special 1: SW Timing Lead Separation DC: Std Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm ]
005 Edge 1Side
006 Edge 2Side
2-576- Special 1: SW Timing Lead Separation DC: Low Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm ]
007 Edge 1Side
008 Edge 2Side
001 TrailEdgeCorrection 1Side
2-578- Special 1: SWTiming Trail Paper Transfer: Std/Mid Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm ]
001 Edge 1Side
002 Edge 2Side
2-578- Special 1: SWTiming Trail Paper Transfer: Low Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm ]
117
3.SP Mode Tables
003 Edge 1Side

004 Edge 2Side
2-578- Special 1: SWTiming Trail Separation DC: Std Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm ]
005 Edge 1Side
2-578- Special 1: SWTiming Trail Separation DC: Std Spd: 2side ENG* [ 0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm ]
006 Edge
2-578- Special 1: SWTiming Trail Separation DC: Low Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm ]
007 Edge 1Side
008 Edge 2Side
2-579- Special 1: EnvCorrectionTable Separation DC: Std Spd: ENG* [ 1 to 100 / 30 / 1 ]
013 1Side
2-579- Special 1: EnvCorrectionTable Separation DC: Std Spd: 2side ENG* [ 1 to 100 / 30 / 1 ]
014
2-579- Special 1: EnvCorrectionTable Separation DC: Low Spd: ENG* [ 1 to 100 / 30 / 1 ]
015 1Side
016 2Side
2-579- Special 1: Edge Envir Correc. Separation DC: Std Spd: ENG* [ 1 to 100 / 50 / 1 ]
017 1Side
2-579- Special 1: Edge Envir Correc. Separation DC: Std Spd: 2side ENG* [ 1 to 100 / 50 / 1 ]
018
2-579- Special 1: Edge Envir Correc. Separation DC: Low Spd: ENG* [ 1 to 100 / 50 / 1 ]
019 1Side
020 2Side
001 1Side 10-V ]
002 2Side 10-V ]
003 1Side 10-V ]
004 2Side 10-V ]
001 1Side *MP C307: 19
*MP C407: 22
118
3.SP Mode Tables
002 2Side *MP C307: 16
*MP C407: 18
003 1Side
004 2Side
201 1Side
202 2Side
001 1Side *MP C307: 22
*MP C407: 25
002 2Side *MP C307: 18
*MP C407: 20
003 1Side
004 2Side
001 1Side:S1 5% ]
002 2Side:S1 5% ]
003 1Side:S1 5% ]
004 2Side:S1 5% ]
007 1Side:S2 5% ]
008 2Side:S2 5% ]
011 1Side:S3 5% ]
012 2Side:S3 5% ]
119
3.SP Mode Tables
015 1Side:S4 5% ]
016 2Side:S4 5% ]
001 1Side:S1 5% ]
002 2Side:S1 5% ]
003 1Side:S1 5% ]
004 2Side:S1 5% ]
007 1Side:S2 5% ]
008 2Side:S2 5% ]
011 1Side:S3 5% ]
012 2Side:S3 5% ]
015 1Side:S4 5% ]
016 2Side:S4 5% ]
120
3.SP Mode Tables

121
3.SP Mode Tables

001 Edge 1Side
002 Edge 2Side
003 Edge 1Side
004 Edge 2Side
005 Edge 1Side
006 Edge 2Side
007 Edge 1Side
008 Edge 2Side
001 Edge 1Side
122
3.SP Mode Tables
002 Edge 2Side

003 Edge 1Side
004 Edge 2Side
005 Edge 1Side
006 Edge
007 Edge 1Side
008 Edge 2Side
013 1Side
014
015 1Side
016 2Side
017 1Side
018
019 1Side
020 2Side
001 1Side 10-V ]
002 2Side 10-V ]
003 1Side 10-V ]
004 2Side 10-V ]
2-603- Special 3: Bias: BW Paper Transfer: Std/Mid Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 20 / 1uA ]
123
3.SP Mode Tables
001 1Side
2-603- Special 3: Bias: BW Paper Transfer: Std/Mid Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 16 / 1uA ]
002 2Side
003 1Side
004 2Side
201 1Side
202 2Side
2-607- Special 3: Bias: FC Paper Transfer: Std/Mid Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 22 / 1uA ]
001 1Side
2-607- Special 3: Bias: FC Paper Transfer: Std/Mid Spd: ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 18 / 1uA ]
002 2Side
003 1Side
004 2Side
001 1Side:S1 5% ]
002 2Side:S1 5% ]
003 1Side:S1 5% ]
004 2Side:S1 5% ]
007 1Side:S2 5% ]
008 2Side:S2 5% ]
011 1Side:S3 5% ]
012 2Side:S3 5% ]
015 1Side:S4 5% ]
124
3.SP Mode Tables
016 2Side:S4 5% ]
001 1Side:S1 5% ]
002 2Side:S1 5% ]
003 1Side:S1 5% ]
004 2Side:S1 5% ]
007 1Side:S2 5% ]
008 2Side:S2 5% ]
011 1Side:S3 5% ]
012 2Side:S3 5% ]
015 1Side:S4 5% ]
016 2Side:S4 5% ]
125
3.SP Mode Tables

126
3.SP Mode Tables

001 Edge 1Side
002 Edge 2Side
003 Edge 1Side
004 Edge 2Side
005 Edge 1Side
006 Edge 2Side
007 Edge 1Side
008 Edge 2Side
001 Edge 1Side
002 Edge 2Side
127
3.SP Mode Tables
003 Edge 1Side

004 Edge 2Side
005 Edge 1Side
006 Edge
007 Edge 1Side
008 Edge 2Side
013 1Side
014
015 1Side
016 2Side
017 1Side
018
019 1Side
020 2Side
2-621- Special 4: Bias Separation DC: 1Side ENG* [ 0 to 4000 / 2000 /
003 10-V ]
004 10-V ]
2-623- Special 4: Bias: BW Paper Transfer: 1Side ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 14 / 1uA ]
003
004
2-627- Special 4: Bias: FC Paper Transfer: 1Side ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 15 / 1uA ]
003
128
3.SP Mode Tables
004
2-631- Special 4: SizeCorrection:BW Paper Transfer: 1Side: S1 ENG* [ 100 to 995 / 100 /
003 5% ]
004 5% ]
007 5% ]
008 5% ]
011 5% ]
012 5% ]
015 5% ]
016 5% ]
2-632- Special 4: SizeCorrection:FC Paper Transfer: 1Side: S1 ENG* [ 100 to 995 / 100 /
003 5% ]
004 5% ]
007 5% ]
008 5% ]
011 5% ]
012 5% ]
015 5% ]
016 5% ]
2-633- Special 4: Size- Paper Transfer: 1Side: S1 ENG* [ 1 to 100 / 59 / 1 ]
003 Env.Correct:BW
004 Env.Correct:BW
129
3.SP Mode Tables
007 Env.Correct:BW
008 Env.Correct:BW
011 Env.Correct:BW
012 Env.Correct:BW
015 Env.Correct:BW
016 Env.Correct:BW
003 Env.Correct:FC
004 Env.Correct:FC
007 Env.Correct:FC
008 Env.Correct:FC
011 Env.Correct:FC
012 Env.Correct:FC
015 Env.Correct:FC
016 Env.Correct:FC
2-635- Special 4: Paper Transfer: 1Side ENG* [ 0 to 995 / 100 / 5% ]
003 LeadingEdgeCorrect.
2-635- Special 4: Separation DC: 1Side ENG* [ 0 to 995 / 100 / 5% ]
2-636- Special 4: SW Timing Lead Paper Transfer: 1Side ENG* [ 0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm ]
003 Edge
130
3.SP Mode Tables
004 Edge
2-636- Special 4: SW Timing Lead Separation DC: 1Side ENG* [ 0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm ]
007 Edge
008 Edge
003 TrailEdgeCorrection
2-638- Special 4: SWTiming Trail Paper Transfer: 1Side ENG* [ 0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm ]
003 Edge
004 Edge
2-638- Special 4: SWTiming Trail Separation DC: 1Side ENG* [ 0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm ]
007 Edge
008 Edge
2-639- Special 4: EnvCorrectionTable Separation DC: 1Side ENG* [ 1 to 100 / 30 / 1 ]
015
016
2-639- Special 4: Edge Envir Correc. Separation DC: 1Side ENG* [ 1 to 100 / 30 / 1 ]
019
020
003 10-V ]
004 10-V ]
003
004
131
3.SP Mode Tables
003
004
003 5% ]
004 5% ]
007 5% ]
008 5% ]
011 5% ]
012 5% ]
015 5% ]
016 5% ]
003 5% ]
004 5% ]
007 5% ]
008 5% ]
011 5% ]
012 5% ]
015 5% ]
016 5% ]
003 Env.Correct:BW
132
3.SP Mode Tables
004 Env.Correct:BW
007 Env.Correct:BW
008 Env.Correct:BW
011 Env.Correct:BW
012 Env.Correct:BW
015 Env.Correct:BW
016 Env.Correct:BW
003 Env.Correct:FC
004 Env.Correct:FC
007 Env.Correct:FC
008 Env.Correct:FC
011 Env.Correct:FC
012 Env.Correct:FC
015 Env.Correct:FC
016 Env.Correct:FC
133
3.SP Mode Tables
003 Edge
004 Edge
007 Edge
008 Edge
003 Edge
004 Edge
007 Edge
008 Edge
015
016
019
020
003 10-V ]
004 10-V ]
003
134
3.SP Mode Tables
004
003
004
003 5% ]
004 5% ]
007 5% ]
008 5% ]
011 5% ]
012 5% ]
015 5% ]
016 5% ]
003 5% ]
004 5% ]
007 5% ]
008 5% ]
011 5% ]
012 5% ]
015 5% ]
016 5% ]
135
3.SP Mode Tables
003 Env.Correct:BW
004 Env.Correct:BW
007 Env.Correct:BW
008 Env.Correct:BW
011 Env.Correct:BW
012 Env.Correct:BW
015 Env.Correct:BW
016 Env.Correct:BW
003 Env.Correct:FC
004 Env.Correct:FC
007 Env.Correct:FC
008 Env.Correct:FC
011 Env.Correct:FC
012 Env.Correct:FC
015 Env.Correct:FC
016 Env.Correct:FC
136
3.SP Mode Tables
2-676- Special 6: Paper Transfer: 1Side ENG* [ 0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm ]
003 SWTimingLeadEdge
2-676- Special 6: Separation DC: 1Side ENG* [ 0 to 50 / 0 / 2mm ]
003 SWTimingTrailEdge
015
016
019
020
2-690- ITB Contact Setting Thick 1 ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
001
002
137
3.SP Mode Tables
003
2-690- ITB Contact Setting Special 4 ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
014
015
016
2-900- Job End: Drum Idling Time Standard Speed ENG* [ 0 to 30 / 0 / 1s ]
001
2-900- Job End: Drum Idling Time Middle Speed ENG* [ 0 to 30 / 0 / 1s ]
002
2-900- Job End: Drum Idling Time Low Speed ENG* [ 0 to 30 / 0 / 1s ]
003
2-901- Fus. Coverage: 0-6% ENG* [ -60 to 300 / 0 / 1sec ]
001 Reload:DrumIdleTimeOffset
2-901- Fus. Coverage: 6-10% ENG* [ -60 to 300 / -11 /
002 Reload:DrumIdleTimeOffset 1sec ]
2-901- Fus. Coverage: 40% over ENG* [ -60 to 300 / -21 /
2-905- Dev Rvs Time Bk ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 80 /
003 10msec ]
2-905- Dev Rvs Time Color ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 80 /
004 10msec ]
2-905- Dev Rvs Threshold ALL ENG* [ 0 to 400000 / 18430 /
005 10mm ]
2-905- Dev Rvs Counter Bk ENG* [ 0 to 999999999 / 0 /
006 1mm ]
2-905- Dev Rvs Counter Color ENG* [ 0 to 999999999 / 0 /
007 1mm ]
2-905- Dev pre-drive : ON/OFF ON/OFF ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
010 0: OFF
1: ON
2-907- ACS Setting (FC) Continuous Bk Pages ENG* [ 0 to 10 / 0 / 1sheet ]
001
138
3.SP Mode Tables
2-915- Gain Set: Bk OPC Drum Standard Speed1 ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1STEP ]

001
2-915- Gain Set: Bk OPC Drum Low Speed ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 1 / 1STEP ]
002
2-915- Gain Set: Bk OPC Drum Standard Speed2 ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1STEP ]
003
2-915- Gain Set: Bk OPC Drum Middle Speed ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1STEP ]
004
2-916- Gain Set: Color OPC Drum Standard Speed1 ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1STEP ]
001
2-916- Gain Set: Color OPC Drum Low Speed ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 1 / 1STEP ]
002
2-916- Gain Set: Color OPC Drum Middle Speed ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1STEP ]
003
2-930- Paper Transfer: Bias Limiter Bias ENG* [ 0 to 7000 / 6000 /
001 10V ]
2-960- Process Down Interval Additional Time ENG* [ 0 to 10 / 0 / 1sec ]
001
2-990- Print Duty Control Duty Control Status ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
001
2-990- Print Duty Control Exec Interval: Duty Control ENG* [ 30 to 3600 / 30 /
002 1sec ]
2-990- Print Duty Control Forced Process Down Thresh: ENG* [ 0 to 5000 / 0 /
004 No Duty Control 1page ]
2-990- Print Duty Control Down-time BW: No Duty ENG* [ 0 to 120 / 0 / 1sec ]
005 Control
2-990- Print Duty Control Down-time FC: No Duty ENG* [ 0 to 120 / 0 / 1sec ]
006 Control
2-990- Print Duty Control Forced Process Down Thresh: ENG* [ 0 to 5000 / 3 /
007 Duty Control 1page ]
2-990- Print Duty Control Down-time BW: Duty Control ENG* [ 0 to 120 / 0 / 1sec ]
008
2-990- Print Duty Control Down-time FC: Duty Control ENG* [ 0 to 120 / 64 / 1sec ]
009
2-990- Print Duty Control Correction Coefficient ENG* [ -1 to 1 / -0.5 / 0.1 ]
010
2-990- Print Duty Control Execution Temperature ENG* [ 20 to 70 / 42 /
011 0.1deg ]
139
3.SP Mode Tables
2-990- Print Duty Control Cancellation Temp. Threshold ENG* [ 0 to 20 / 1 / 0.1deg ]

012
2-990- Print Duty Control ON/OFF Setting ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 1 / 1 ]
013
2-990- Print Duty Control Duty Control: Down- ENG* [ 0 to 120 / 0 / 1sec ]
014 time_BW
2-990- Print Duty Control Duty Control: Down-time_FC ENG* [ 0 to 120 / 0 / 1sec ]
015
2-990- Print Duty Control Execution Temp. Upper ENG* [ 0 to 99 / 42 /
016 Threshold 0.1deg ]
2-990- Print Duty Control Execution Temp. Lower ENG* [ 0 to 99 / 38 /
017 Threshold 0.1deg ]
140
3.SP Mode Tables
SP Tables - SP3-XXX
SP3-XXX (Process)
SP Large Category Small Category ENG or [Min to Max/Init./Step]

No. CTL
3-011- Manual ProCon :Exe Normal ProCon ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
001
3-011- Manual ProCon :Exe Toner Density Adjustment ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
002
3-011- Manual ProCon :Exe ACC RunTime ProCon ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
003
3-011- Manual ProCon :Exe Full MUSIC ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
004
3-011- Manual ProCon :Exe Normal MUSIC ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
005
3-011- Manual ProCon :Exe Normal ProCon BW ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
011
3-012- ProCon Execute Result: History: Last ENG* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
001 Display
3-012- ProCon Execute Result: History: Last 2 ENG* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
002 Display
003 Display
004 Display
005 Display
006 Display
007 Display
008 Display
009 Display
010 Display
3-030- TD Sensor Initial Set: Execute: ALL ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
141
3.SP Mode Tables
001 Execute
3-030- TD Sensor Initial Set: Execute: Color ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
002 Execute
3-030- TD Sensor Initial Set: Execute: Bk ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
003 Execute
3-030- TD Sensor Initial Set: Execute: C ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
004 Execute
3-030- TD Sensor Initial Set: Execute: M ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
005 Execute
3-030- TD Sensor Initial Set: Execute: Y ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
006 Execute
3-031- TD Sen. Ini. Set: Result: From Left:Y,M,C,Bk ENG* [ 0 to 9999 / 0 / 1 ]
001 Disp
3-050- Forced Toner Supply: Exe Execute: ALL ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
001
3-050- Forced Toner Supply: Exe Execute: Color ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
002
3-050- Forced Toner Supply: Exe Execute: Bk ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
003
3-050- Forced Toner Supply: Exe Execute: C ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
004
3-050- Forced Toner Supply: Exe Execute: M ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
005
3-050- Forced Toner Supply: Exe Execute: Y ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
006
3-050- Forced Toner Supply: Exe Supply Quantity: Bk ENG* [ 0 to 5 / 0.5 / 0.1wt% ]
021
3-050- Forced Toner Supply: Exe Supply Quantity: C ENG* [ 0 to 5 / 0.5 / 0.1wt% ]
022
3-050- Forced Toner Supply: Exe Supply Quantity: M ENG* [ 0 to 5 / 0.5 / 0.1wt% ]
023
3-050- Forced Toner Supply: Exe Supply Quantity: Y ENG* [ 0 to 5 / 0.5 / 0.1wt% ]
024
3-050- Forced Toner Supply: Exe Repeat Count ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 8 / 1times ]
033
3-072- TD Sensor Check Exe All Colors ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
001
3-073- TD Sensor Check: Display mu Count:Bk ENG* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 1 ]
142
3.SP Mode Tables
001
3-073- TD Sensor Check: Display mu Count:C ENG* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 1 ]
002
3-073- TD Sensor Check: Display mu Count:M ENG* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 1 ]
003
3-073- TD Sensor Check: Display mu Count:Y ENG* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 1 ]
004
3-074- ID Sensor Check: Exe All Sensors ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
001
3-075- ID Sensor Check: Display Vsg reg(front) ENG* [ 0 to 5.5 / 0 / 0.01V ]
001
3-075- ID Sensor Check: Display Vsg reg(center) ENG* [ 0 to 5.5 / 0 / 0.01V ]
002
3-075- ID Sensor Check: Display Vsg reg(rear) ENG* [ 0 to 5.5 / 0 / 0.01V ]
003
3-075- ID Sensor Check: Display Voffset(front) ENG* [ 0 to 5.5 / 0 / 0.01V ]
011
3-075- ID Sensor Check: Display Voffset(center) ENG* [ 0 to 5.5 / 0 / 0.01V ]
012
3-075- ID Sensor Check: Display Voffset(rear) ENG* [ 0 to 5.5 / 0 / 0.01V ]
013
3-100- Toner End Detection: Set ON/OFF ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
001 0: Detect
1: Not Detect
3-100- Toner End Detection: Set NE Detection Select ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
002 0: ALL
1: TE Sensor
3-101- Toner Status: Display Bk ENG* [ 0 to 2 / 2 / 1 ]
001
3-101- Toner Status: Display C ENG* [ 0 to 2 / 2 / 1 ]
002
3-101- Toner Status: Display M ENG* [ 0 to 2 / 2 / 1 ]
003
3-101- Toner Status: Display Y ENG* [ 0 to 2 / 2 / 1 ]
004
3-102- Toner Remaining: Display Toner Supply Motor Drive ENG* [ 0 to 500 / 0 / 0.001g ]
001 Time: Bk
143
3.SP Mode Tables
002 Time: C
003 Time: M
004 Time: Y
3-102- Toner Remaining: Display Pixel: Bk ENG* [ 0 to 500 / 0 / 0.001g ]
011
3-102- Toner Remaining: Display Pixel: C ENG* [ 0 to 500 / 0 / 0.001g ]
012
3-102- Toner Remaining: Display Pixel: M ENG* [ 0 to 500 / 0 / 0.001g ]
013
3-102- Toner Remaining: Display Pixel: Y ENG* [ 0 to 500 / 0 / 0.001g ]
014
3-102- Toner Remaining: Display Replenishment Amount: ENG* [ 0 to 500 / 0 / 1g ]
021 Bk
3-102- Toner Remaining: Display Replenishment Amount: C ENG* [ 0 to 500 / 0 / 1g ]
022
3-102- Toner Remaining: Display Replenishment Amount: ENG* [ 0 to 500 / 0 / 1g ]
023 M
3-102- Toner Remaining: Display Replenishment Amount: Y ENG* [ 0 to 500 / 0 / 1g ]
024
3-110- NE Detect: Toner Remain Bk ENG* [ 0 to 500 / 23 / 1g ]
001 Thresh
3-110- NE Detect: Toner Remain C ENG* [ 0 to 500 / 10 / 1g ]
002 Thresh
3-110- NE Detect: Toner Remain M ENG* [ 0 to 500 / 10 / 1g ]
003 Thresh
3-110- NE Detect: Toner Remain Y ENG* [ 0 to 500 / 10 / 1g ]
004 Thresh
3-121- TE Counter: Display Bk ENG* [ 0 to 99 / 0 / 1time ]
001
3-121- TE Counter: Display C ENG* [ 0 to 99 / 0 / 1time ]
002
3-121- TE Counter: Display M ENG* [ 0 to 99 / 0 / 1time ]
003
3-121- TE Counter: Display Y ENG* [ 0 to 99 / 0 / 1time ]
004
3-123- Toner End Sen Status: Latest Output: Bk ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
144
3.SP Mode Tables
021 Display
3-123- Toner End Sen Status: Latest Output: C ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
022 Display
3-123- Toner End Sen Status: Latest Output: M ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
023 Display
3-123- Toner End Sen Status: Latest Output: Y ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
024 Display
3-131- Vt TE Thresh Delta Vt Thresh ENG* [ 0 to 5 / 0.5 / 0.01V ]
001
3-131- Vt TE Thresh Delta Vt Sum Thresh ENG* [ 0 to 99 / 10 / 1V ]
002
3-131- Vt TE Thresh Delta Vt Thresh Before ENG* [ 0 to 5 / 0.5 / 0.01V ]
011 NE
3-131- Vt TE Thresh Delta Vt Sum Thresh ENG* [ 0 to 99 / 10 / 1V ]
012 Before NE
3-131- Vt TE Thresh High TC Delta Vt Thresh ENG* [ 0 to 5 / 0.3 / 0.01V ]
021
3-131- Vt TE Thresh High TC Delta Vt Sum ENG* [ 0 to 99 / 3 / 1V ]
022 Thresh
3-131- Vt TE Thresh High TC Delta Vt Thresh ENG* [ 0 to 5 / 0.7 / 0.01V ]
023 Before NE
3-131- Vt TE Thresh High TC Delta Vt Sum ENG* [ 0 to 99 / 10 / 1V ]
024 Thresh Before NE
3-131- Vt TE Thresh Low TC Delta Vt Thresh ENG* [ 0 to 5 / 0.3 / 0.01V ]
031
3-131- Vt TE Thresh Low TC Delta Vt Sum ENG* [ 0 to 99 / 3 / 1V ]
032 Thresh
3-131- Vt TE Thresh Low TC Delta Vt Thresh ENG* [ 0 to 5 / 0.7 / 0.01V ]
033 Before NE
3-131- Vt TE Thresh Low TC Delta Vt Sum ENG* [ 0 to 99 / 10 / 1V ]
034 Thresh Before NE
3-131- Vt TE Thresh TC Thresh ENG* [ 0 to 25.5 / 4 / 0.1wt% ]
041
3-132- Delta Vt Sum: Display Bk ENG* [ 0 to 99 / 0 / 0.01V ]
001
3-132- Delta Vt Sum: Display C ENG* [ 0 to 99 / 0 / 0.01V ]
002
3-132- Delta Vt Sum: Display M ENG* [ 0 to 99 / 0 / 0.01V ]
145
3.SP Mode Tables
003
3-132- Delta Vt Sum: Display Y ENG* [ 0 to 99 / 0 / 0.01V ]
004
3-200- Toner Density: Display Bk ENG* [ 0 to 25.5 / 0 / 0.1wt% ]
001
3-200- Toner Density: Display C ENG* [ 0 to 25.5 / 0 / 0.1wt% ]
002
3-200- Toner Density: Display M ENG* [ 0 to 25.5 / 0 / 0.1wt% ]
003
3-200- Toner Density: Display Y ENG* [ 0 to 25.5 / 0 / 0.1wt% ]
004
3-201- Toner Density Limits: Set Upper TC ENG* [ 1 to 15 / 8.5 / 0.1wt% ]
001
3-201- Toner Density Limits: Set Lower TC ENG* [ 1 to 15 / 1 / 0.1wt% ]
002
3-206- TD Sensor Bulk Corr.: Set Abs. Humidity Cnver. ENG* [ 0 to 6.5535 / 0.4945 /
001 Coef.: Bk 0.0001g/cm3/g/m3 ]
002 Coef.: C 0.0001g/cm3/g/m3 ]
003 Coef.: M 0.0001g/cm3/g/m3 ]
004 Coef.: Y 0.0001g/cm3/g/m3 ]
3-206- TD Sensor Bulk Corr.: Set Color Conversion Coef.: ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 100 / 1% ]
011 Bk
3-206- TD Sensor Bulk Corr.: Set Color Conversion Coef.: C ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 100 / 1% ]
012
3-206- TD Sensor Bulk Corr.: Set Color Conversion Coef.: ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 100 / 1% ]
013 M
3-206- TD Sensor Bulk Corr.: Set Color Conversion Coef.: Y ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 100 / 1% ]
014
3-206- TD Sensor Bulk Corr.: Set Weight Coefficient ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 100 / 1% ]
021
3-206- TD Sensor Bulk Corr.: Set Offset: Bk ENG* [ -2 to 2 / 0 / 0.0001g/cm3 ]
031
3-206- TD Sensor Bulk Corr.: Set Offset: C ENG* [ -2 to 2 / 0 / 0.0001g/cm3 ]
032
3-206- TD Sensor Bulk Corr.: Set Offset: M ENG* [ -2 to 2 / 0 / 0.0001g/cm3 ]
146
3.SP Mode Tables
033
3-206- TD Sensor Bulk Corr.: Set Offset: Y ENG* [ -2 to 2 / 0 / 0.0001g/cm3 ]
034
3-206- TD Sensor Bulk Corr.: Set Conversion Coeff. Beta: ENG* [ -999 to 0 / -1 /
041 Bk 0.1count/g/cm3 ]
3-206- TD Sensor Bulk Corr.: Set Conversion Coeff. Beta: C ENG* [ -999 to 0 / -1 /
042 0.1count/g/cm3 ]
3-206- TD Sensor Bulk Corr.: Set Conversion Coeff. Beta: ENG* [ -999 to 0 / -1 /
043 M 0.1count/g/cm3 ]
3-206- TD Sensor Bulk Corr.: Set Conversion Coeff. Beta: Y ENG* [ -999 to 0 / -1 /
044 0.1count/g/cm3 ]
3-210- TD Sensor: Vt: Display Current: Bk ENG* [ 0 to 5.5 / 0 / 0.01V ]
001
3-210- TD Sensor: Vt: Display Current: C ENG* [ 0 to 5.5 / 0 / 0.01V ]
002
3-210- TD Sensor: Vt: Display Current: M ENG* [ 0 to 5.5 / 0 / 0.01V ]
003
3-210- TD Sensor: Vt: Display Current: Y ENG* [ 0 to 5.5 / 0 / 0.01V ]
004
3-212- Vt Shift: Set TC Cor.(ON/OFF) ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 1 / 1 ]
101 0: OFF
1: ON
3-213- Vt Shift: Set TC Cor.(ON/OFF) ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 1 / 1 ]
001 0: OFF
1: ON
3-213- Vt Shift: Set Low Speed TC ENG* [ -0.5 to 0.5 / 0 / 0.01V ]
021 Correction: Bk
022 Correction: C
023 Correction: M
3-213- Vt Shift: Set Low Speed: TC ENG* [ -0.5 to 0.5 / 0 / 0.01V ]
024 Correction: Y
3-213- Vt Shift: Set Std Speed 2 TC ENG* [ -0.5 to 0.5 / 0 / 0.01V ]
031 Correction: Bk
3-214- Vt Save: Set Dot Coverage Thresh ENG* [ 0 to 100 / 20 / 1% ]
001
3-230- Vtref: Display/Set Current: Bk ENG* [ 0 to 5 / 1.5 / 0.01V ]
147
3.SP Mode Tables
001
3-230- Vtref: Display/Set Current: C ENG* [ 0 to 5 / 1.5 / 0.01V ]
002
3-230- Vtref: Display/Set Current: M ENG* [ 0 to 5 / 1.5 / 0.01V ]
003
3-230- Vtref: Display/Set Current: Y ENG* [ 0 to 5 / 1.5 / 0.01V ]
004
3-232- Vtref Correct: Pixel: Set ON/OFF ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 1 / 1 ]
001 0: OFF
1: ON
3-232- Vtref Correct: Pixel: Set Low Coverage ENG* [ 0 to 5 / 0.3 / 0.1 ]
011 Coefficient: Bk
012 Coefficient: C
013 Coefficient: M
014 Coefficient: Y
3-232- Vtref Correct: Pixel: Set High Coverage ENG* [ 0 to 5 / 0.4 / 0.1 ]
021 Coefficient: Bk
022 Coefficient: C
023 Coefficient: M
024 Coefficient: Y
3-232- Vtref Correct: Pixel: Set Initial ProCon Interval ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 6 / 1time ]
040
3-232- Vtref Correct: Pixel: Set High Coverage Thresh ENG* [ 0 to 100 / 60 / 1% ]
041
3-232- Vtref Correct: Pixel: Set ProCon Interval ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 14 / 1time ]
050
3-232- Vtref Correct: Pixel: Set Low Coverage Thresh ENG* [ 0 to 20 / 3 / 0.1% ]
060
3-232- Vtref Correct: Pixel: Set TC Upper Limit ENG* [ 0 to 5 / 0.5 / 0.1wt% ]
070 Correction
3-232- Vtref Correct: Pixel: Set TC Upper Limit: Display: ENG* [ 1 to 15 / 8.5 / 0.1wt% ]
071 Bk
148
3.SP Mode Tables
072 C
073 M
074 Y
3-234- Vtref Correction.: Set ON/OFF ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 1 / 1 ]
001 0: OFF
1: ON
3-234- Vtref Correction.: Set Correction Amount (+): ENG* [ 0 to 1 / 0.05 / 0.01V ]
011 Bk
3-234- Vtref Correction.: Set Correction Amount (+): C ENG* [ 0 to 1 / 0.05 / 0.01V ]
012
3-234- Vtref Correction.: Set Correction Amount (+): M ENG* [ 0 to 1 / 0.05 / 0.01V ]
013
3-234- Vtref Correction.: Set Correction Amount (+): Y ENG* [ 0 to 1 / 0.05 / 0.01V ]
014
3-234- Vtref Correction.: Set Correction Amount (-): Bk ENG* [ 0 to 1 / 0.05 / 0.01V ]
021
3-234- Vtref Correction.: Set Correction Amount (-): C ENG* [ 0 to 1 / 0.05 / 0.01V ]
022
3-234- Vtref Correction.: Set Correction Amount (-): M ENG* [ 0 to 1 / 0.05 / 0.01V ]
023
3-234- Vtref Correction.: Set Correction Amount (-): Y ENG* [ 0 to 1 / 0.05 / 0.01V ]
024
3-234- Vtref Correction.: Set P Rank 1 Threshold ENG* [ 0 to 2 / 0.15 / 0.01 ]
031
3-234- Vtref Correction.: Set P Rank 2 Threshold ENG* [ 0 to 2 / 0.05 / 0.01 ]
032
3-234- Vtref Correction.: Set P Rank 3 Threshold ENG* [ -2 to 0 / -0.05 / 0.01 ]
033
3-234- Vtref Correction.: Set P Rank 4 Threshold ENG* [ -2 to 0 / -0.15 / 0.01 ]
034
3-234- Vtref Correction.: Set T Rank 1 Threshold ENG* [ -1 to 0 / -0.2 / 0.01V ]
041
3-234- Vtref Correction.: Set T Rank 2 Threshold ENG* [ 0 to 1 / 0.2 / 0.01V ]
042
3-234- Vtref Correction.: Set Correction Coefficient ENG* [ 1 to 5 / 2 / 0.1 ]
149
3.SP Mode Tables
050
3-250- Image Area: Display Latest: Bk ENG* [ 0 to 9999 / 0 / 1cm2 ]
001
3-250- Image Area: Display Latest: C ENG* [ 0 to 9999 / 0 / 1cm2 ]
002
3-250- Image Area: Display Latest: M ENG* [ 0 to 9999 / 0 / 1cm2 ]
003
3-250- Image Area: Display Latest: Y ENG* [ 0 to 9999 / 0 / 1cm2 ]
004
3-251- Dot Coverage: Display Latest: Bk ENG* [ 0 to 100 / 0 / 0.01% ]
001
3-251- Dot Coverage: Display Latest: C ENG* [ 0 to 100 / 0 / 0.01% ]
002
3-251- Dot Coverage: Display Latest: M ENG* [ 0 to 100 / 0 / 0.01% ]
003
3-251- Dot Coverage: Display Latest: Y ENG* [ 0 to 100 / 0 / 0.01% ]
004
3-251- Dot Coverage: Display Accumulate: Average: S: ENG* [ 0 to 100 / 5 / 0.01% ]
011 Bk
012 C
013 M
014 Y
3-251- Dot Coverage: Display Accumulate: Average: M: ENG* [ 0 to 100 / 5 / 0.01% ]
021 Bk
022 C
023 M
024 Y
3-251- Dot Coverage: Display Accumulate: Average: L: ENG* [ 0 to 100 / 5 / 0.01% ]
031 Bk
032 C
150
3.SP Mode Tables
033 M
034 Y
3-251- Dot Coverage: Display Accumulate Page: Set: S ENG* [ 1 to 255 / 5 / 1sheet ]
041
3-251- Dot Coverage: Display Accumulate Page: Set: M ENG* [ 1 to 500 / 10 / 1sheet ]
042
3-251- Dot Coverage: Display Accumulate Page: Set: L ENG* [ 1 to 999 / 50 / 1sheet ]
043
3-251- Dot Coverage: Display Accumulate Page: Set: S2 ENG* [ 1 to 255 / 40 / 1sheet ]
051
3-251- Dot Coverage: Display Accumulate Page: Set: M2 ENG* [ 1 to 500 / 10 / 1sheet ]
052
3-251- Dot Coverage: Display Accumulate Page: Set: L2 ENG* [ 1 to 999 / 50 / 1sheet ]
053
3-251- Dot Coverage: Display Accumulate: Average: Bk ENG* [ 0 to 100 / 0 / 0.01% ]
151
3-251- Dot Coverage: Display Accumulate: Average: C ENG* [ 0 to 100 / 0 / 0.01% ]
152
3-251- Dot Coverage: Display Accumulate: Average: M ENG* [ 0 to 100 / 0 / 0.01% ]
153
3-251- Dot Coverage: Display Accumulate: Average: Y ENG* [ 0 to 100 / 0 / 0.01% ]
154
3-252- Accumulate Image Area: Latest: Bk ENG* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 1cm2 ]
001 Display
3-252- Accumulate Image Area: Latest: C ENG* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 1cm2 ]
002 Display
3-252- Accumulate Image Area: Latest: M ENG* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 1cm2 ]
003 Display
3-252- Accumulate Image Area: Latest: Y ENG* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 1cm2 ]
004 Display
3-252- Accumulate Image Area: Developer: Bk ENG* [ 0 to 4294967295 / 0 /
011 Display 1cm2 ]
3-252- Accumulate Image Area: Developer: C ENG* [ 0 to 4294967295 / 0 /
012 Display 1cm2 ]
3-252- Accumulate Image Area: Developer: M ENG* [ 0 to 4294967295 / 0 /
013 Display 1cm2 ]
3-252- Accumulate Image Area: Developer: Y ENG* [ 0 to 4294967295 / 0 /
151
3.SP Mode Tables
014 Display 1cm2 ]

3-260- Temperature/Humidity: Temperature: Display ENG [ -5 to 45 / 0 / 0.1deg ]
001 Display
3-260- Temperature/Humidity: Relative Humidity: ENG [ 0 to 100 / 0 / 0.1%RH ]
002 Display Display
3-260- Temperature/Humidity: Absolute Humidity: ENG [ 0 to 100 / 0 / 0.01g/m3 ]
003 Display Display
3-310- ID.Sen. Detection: Voffset Voffset reg ENG* [ 0 to 5.5 / 0 / 0.01V ]
001
3-310- ID.Sen. Detection: Voffset Voffset dif ENG* [ 0 to 5.5 / 0 / 0.01V ]
011
3-310- ID.Sen. Detection: Voffset Voffset TM (Front) ENG* [ 0 to 5.5 / 0 / 0.01V ]
021
3-310- ID.Sen. Detection: Voffset Voffset TM (Center) ENG* [ 0 to 5.5 / 0 / 0.01V ]
022
3-310- ID.Sen. Detection: Voffset Voffset TM (Rear) ENG* [ 0 to 5.5 / 0 / 0.01V ]
023
3-311- ID.Sen. Detection :Vmin Vmin_K ENG* [ 0 to 5 / 0 / 0.001V ]
001
3-312- ID.Sen. Detection: Vct Vct_reg ENG* [ 0 to 5 / 0 / 0.001V ]
001
3-312- ID.Sen. Detection: Vct Vct_dif ENG* [ 0 to 5 / 0 / 0.001V ]
011
3-320- Vsg Adj.: Execute ID/TM Sensor ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
001
3-321- Vsg Adj. Result: Vsg Vsg reg ENG* [ 0 to 5.5 / 4 / 0.01V ]
001
3-321- Vsg Adj. Result: Vsg Vsg dif ENG* [ 0 to 5.5 / 0 / 0.01V ]
011
3-321- Vsg Adj. Result: Vsg Vsg reg (BW) ENG* [ 0 to 5.5 / 4 / 0.01V ]
021
3-321- Vsg Adj. Result: Vsg Vsg dif (BW) ENG* [ 0 to 5.5 / 0 / 0.01V ]
031
3-321- Vsg Adj. Result: Vsg Vsg TM (Front) ENG* [ 0 to 5.5 / 4 / 0.01V ]
041
3-321- Vsg Adj. Result: Vsg Vsg TM (Center) ENG* [ 0 to 5.5 / 4 / 0.01V ]
042
3-321- Vsg Adj. Result: Vsg Vsg TM (Rear) ENG* [ 0 to 5.5 / 4 / 0.01V ]
152
3.SP Mode Tables
043
3-322- Vsg Adj. Result: Ifsg Ifsg ENG* [ 0 to 50 / 27 / 0.001mA ]
001
3-322- Vsg Adj. Result: Ifsg Ifsg (minimum) ENG* [ 0 to 50 / 27 / 0.001mA ]
011
3-322- Vsg Adj. Result: Ifsg Ifsg: TM (Front) ENG* [ 0 to 50 / 27 / 0.001mA ]
021
3-322- Vsg Adj. Result: Ifsg Ifsg: TM (Center) ENG* [ 0 to 50 / 27 / 0.001mA ]
022
3-322- Vsg Adj. Result: Ifsg Ifsg: TM (Rear) ENG* [ 0 to 50 / 27 / 0.001mA ]
023
3-323- Vsg Adj. Result: Display Latest ENG* [ 0 to 999 / 0 / 1 ]
001
3-323- Vsg Adj. Result: Display Latest 1 ENG* [ 0 to 999 / 0 / 1 ]
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
3-330- ID Sen. Sensitivity Coef.: K2(Latest) ENG* [ 0 to 5 / 0.528 / 0.0001 ]
001 Set
3-330- ID Sen. Sensitivity Coef.: K5(Latest) ENG* [ 0 to 10 / 2 / 0.0001 ]
011 Set
3-331- ID Sen. Sensitivity Coef.: K2: Check ENG* [ 0 to 1 / 0.528 / 0.001 ]
021 Set
3-331- ID Sen. Sensitivity Coef.: Diffuse Ratio Correction ENG* [ 0.75 to 1.35 / 1 / 0.01 ]
153
3.SP Mode Tables
031 Set Coef.

3-331- ID Sen. Sensitivity Coef.: Vct_reg Check:Slope ENG* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 0.0001V/mA ]
041 Set
3-331- ID Sen. Sensitivity Coef.: Vct_reg Check:Xint ENG* [ 0 to 25.5 / 0 / 0.1mA ]
046 Set
3-331- ID Sen. Sensitivity Coef.: Vct_dif Check:Slope ENG* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 0.0001V/mA ]
051 Set
3-331- ID Sen. Sensitivity Coef.: Vct_dif Check:Xint ENG* [ 0 to 25.5 / 0 / 0.1mA ]
056 Set
3-400- Toner Supply Type Select Bk ENG* [ 0 to 4 / 4 / 1 ]
001 0: FIXED
2: PID
4: DANC
3-400- Toner Supply Type Select C ENG* [ 0 to 4 / 4 / 1 ]
002 0: FIXED
2: PID
4: DANC
3-400- Toner Supply Type Select M ENG* [ 0 to 4 / 4 / 1 ]
003 0: FIXED
2: PID
4: DANC
3-400- Toner Supply Type Select Y ENG* [ 0 to 4 / 4 / 1 ]
004 0: FIXED
2: PID
4: DANC
3-411- Toner Supply Qty: Display Bk ENG [ 0 to 40000 / 0 / 0.1mg ]
001
3-411- Toner Supply Qty: Display C ENG [ 0 to 40000 / 0 / 0.1mg ]
002
3-411- Toner Supply Qty: Display M ENG [ 0 to 40000 / 0 / 0.1mg ]
003
3-411- Toner Supply Qty: Display Y ENG [ 0 to 40000 / 0 / 0.1mg ]
004
3-420- Developer Weight: Set Developer Weight: Bk ENG* [ 50 to 2000 / 120 / 1g ]
001
3-421- Toner Supply Ability: Set Bk ENG* [ 0.001 to 2 / 0.469 /
001 0.001g/sec ]
3-421- Toner Supply Ability: Set C ENG* [ 0.001 to 2 / 0.469 /
154
3.SP Mode Tables
002 0.001g/sec ]
3-421- Toner Supply Ability: Set M ENG* [ 0.001 to 2 / 0.469 /
003 0.001g/sec ]
3-421- Toner Supply Ability: Set Y ENG* [ 0.001 to 2 / 0.469 /
004 0.001g/sec ]
3-421- Toner Supply Ability: Set Coefficient 1 ENG* [ 0.5 to 2 / 1 / 0.01 ]
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020
3-421- Toner Supply Ability: Set Unit Time ENG* [ 0 to 60000 / 3000 / 1msec ]
021
3-421- Toner Supply Ability: Set Environment Threshold: 1 ENG* [ 0 to 65 / 17 / 0.1g/m3 ]
031
032
033
3-421- Toner Supply Ability: Set Environment Coefficient 1 ENG* [ 0.5 to 2 / 1.04 / 0.01 ]
041
3-421- Toner Supply Ability: Set Environment Coefficient 2 ENG* [ 0.5 to 2 / 1 / 0.01 ]
042
3-421- Toner Supply Ability: Set Environment Coefficient 3 ENG* [ 0.5 to 2 / 1 / 0.01 ]
155
3.SP Mode Tables
043
3-421- Toner Supply Ability: Set Environment Coefficient 4 ENG* [ 0.5 to 2 / 0.96 / 0.01 ]
044
3-422- Toner Supply Limits: Set Max Supply Rate: Bk ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 100 / 1% ]
001
3-422- Toner Supply Limits: Set Max Supply Rate: C ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 100 / 1% ]
002
3-422- Toner Supply Limits: Set Max Supply Rate: M ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 100 / 1% ]
003
3-422- Toner Supply Limits: Set Max Supply Rate: Y ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 100 / 1% ]
004
3-422- Toner Supply Limits: Set Min Supply Time: Bk ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 100 / 1msec ]
011
3-422- Toner Supply Limits: Set Min Supply Time: C ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 100 / 1msec ]
012
3-422- Toner Supply Limits: Set Min Supply Time: M ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 100 / 1msec ]
013
3-422- Toner Supply Limits: Set Min Supply Time: Y ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 100 / 1msec ]
014
3-432- Supply Drive Time: Setting Drive Time (Maximum) ENG* [ 0 to 1500 / 800 / 1msec ]
001
3-440- Fixed Supply Mode Fixed Rate: Bk ENG* [ 0 to 100 / 10 / 1% ]
001
3-440- Fixed Supply Mode Fixed Rate: C ENG* [ 0 to 100 / 10 / 1% ]
002
3-440- Fixed Supply Mode Fixed Rate: M ENG* [ 0 to 100 / 10 / 1% ]
003
3-440- Fixed Supply Mode Fixed Rate: Y ENG* [ 0 to 100 / 10 / 1% ]
004
3-450- Toner Supply PID: Setting Vt Proportion Coef.: Bk ENG* [ 0 to 2550 / 40 / 1 ]
001
3-450- Toner Supply PID: Setting Vt Proportion Coef.: C ENG* [ 0 to 2550 / 40 / 1 ]
002
3-450- Toner Supply PID: Setting Vt Proportion Coef.: M ENG* [ 0 to 2550 / 40 / 1 ]
003
3-450- Toner Supply PID: Setting Vt Proportion Coef.: Y ENG* [ 0 to 2550 / 40 / 1 ]
004
3-450- Toner Supply PID: Setting Pixel Proportion Coef. 1: ENG* [ 0 to 2.55 / 0.6 / 0.01 ]
156
3.SP Mode Tables
011 Bk
012 C
013 M
014 Y
3-450- Toner Supply PID: Setting Pixel Proportion Coef. 2: ENG* [ 0 to 2.55 / 1 / 0.01 ]
021 Bk
022 C
023 M
024 Y
3-450- Toner Supply PID: Setting Correction Coefficient: 1 ENG* [ 0 to 2.55 / 1 / 0.01 ]
031
3-450- Toner Supply PID: Setting Correction Coefficient: 2 ENG* [ 0 to 2.55 / 0.5 / 0.01 ]
032
3-450- Toner Supply PID: Setting Correction Coefficient: 3 ENG* [ 0 to 2.55 / 0 / 0.01 ]
033
034
035
3-450- Toner Supply PID: Setting Pixel Proportion Coef. 3: ENG* [ 0.7 to 1.3 / 1 / 0.01 ]
041 Bk
042 C
043 M
044 Y
3-450- Toner Supply PID: Setting Correction Value 1 ENG* [ -0.1 to 0 / -0.01 / 0.01 ]
051
3-450- Toner Supply PID: Setting Correction Value 2 ENG* [ 0 to 0.1 / 0.01 / 0.01 ]
052
3-450- Toner Supply PID: Setting Pixel Proportion Coef. Err ENG* [ 0 to 1 / 0.35 / 0.01 ]
157
3.SP Mode Tables
061
3-450- Toner Supply PID: Setting I_Vt_Coef: Bk ENG* [ 0 to 2550 / 500 / 1 ]
071
3-450- Toner Supply PID: Setting I_Vt_Coef: C ENG* [ 0 to 2550 / 500 / 1 ]
072
3-450- Toner Supply PID: Setting I_Vt_Coef: M ENG* [ 0 to 2550 / 500 / 1 ]
073
3-450- Toner Supply PID: Setting I_Vt_Coef: Y ENG* [ 0 to 2550 / 500 / 1 ]
074
3-450- Toner Supply PID: Setting Si:Bk ENG* [ -255 to 255 / 0 / 0.01 ]
081
3-450- Toner Supply PID: Setting Si:C ENG* [ -255 to 255 / 0 / 0.01 ]
082
3-450- Toner Supply PID: Setting Si:M ENG* [ -255 to 255 / 0 / 0.01 ]
083
3-450- Toner Supply PID: Setting Si:Y ENG* [ -255 to 255 / 0 / 0.01 ]
084
3-450- Toner Supply PID: Setting Vt Sum Times: Bk ENG* [ 1 to 255 / 20 / 1times ]
091
3-450- Toner Supply PID: Setting Vt Sum Times: C ENG* [ 1 to 255 / 20 / 1times ]
092
3-450- Toner Supply PID: Setting Vt Sum Times: M ENG* [ 1 to 255 / 20 / 1times ]
093
3-450- Toner Supply PID: Setting Vt Sum Times: Y ENG* [ 1 to 255 / 20 / 1times ]
094
3-460- Toner Supply Ctrl: DANC: Minimum Supply Time ENG* [ 0 to 250 / 100 / 1msec ]
011 Set
3-460- Toner Supply Ctrl: DANC: Maximum Supply Time ENG* [ 0 to 1000 / 200 / 1msec ]
012 Set
3-460- Toner Supply Ctrl: DANC: SMITH: Supply Amount: ENG* [ 1 to 500 / 129 / 1mg ]
022 Set Bk
3-460- Toner Supply Ctrl: DANC: Transfer Rate: Bk ENG* [ 1 to 1.5 / 1 / 0.01 ]
111 Set
3-460- Toner Supply Ctrl: DANC: Transfer Rate: C ENG* [ 1 to 1.5 / 1 / 0.01 ]
112 Set
3-460- Toner Supply Ctrl: DANC: Transfer Rate: M ENG* [ 1 to 1.5 / 1 / 0.01 ]
113 Set
3-460- Toner Supply Ctrl: DANC: Transfer Rate: Y ENG* [ 1 to 1.5 / 1 / 0.01 ]
158
3.SP Mode Tables
114 Set
3-461- Toner Supply Ctrl: DANC: PI Rate ENG* [ 5 to 200 / 100 / 1% ]
001 Set
3-461- Toner Supply Ctrl: DANC: PI: P Gain: Bk ENG* [ 0 to 1 / 0.01 / 0.0001 ]
011 Set
3-461- Toner Supply Ctrl: DANC: P Limits: Ratio: Up: Bk ENG* [ 0 to 1 / 0.05 / 0.01 ]
012 Set
3-461- Toner Supply Ctrl: DANC: P Limits: Ratio: Low: Bk ENG* [ 0 to 1 / 0.2 / 0.01 ]
013 Set
3-461- Toner Supply Ctrl: DANC: PI: I Gain: Bk ENG* [ 0 to 0.1 / 0.01 / 0.0001 ]
021 Set
3-461- Toner Supply Ctrl: DANC: I Limits: Ratio: Up: Bk ENG* [ 0 to 1 / 0.05 / 0.01 ]
022 Set
3-461- Toner Supply Ctrl: DANC: I Limits: Ratio: Low: Bk ENG* [ 0 to 1 / 0.3 / 0.01 ]
023 Set
3-461- Toner Supply Ctrl: DANC: AW:AWIpni:Bk ENG* [ 0 to 2000 / 100 / 1 ]
052 Set
3-461- Toner Supply Ctrl: DANC: PI: Line Spd Corr.: ENG* [ 0.05 to 1 / * / 0.01 ]
102 Set StdSpd1: Bk *MP C307: 1
*MP C407: 0.84
103 Set StdSpd2: Bk *MP C307: 1
*MP C407: 0.71
104 Set LowSpd: Bk *MP C307: 0.5
*MP C407: 0.35
3-461- Toner Supply Ctrl: DANC: SMITH: Gain: Bk ENG* [ 0 to 2 / 1 / 0.01 ]
121 Set
3-461- Toner Supply Ctrl: DANC: SMITH: Ratio: Std Speed ENG* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 0.01 ]
122 Set 1: Bk
3-461- Toner Supply Ctrl: DANC: SMITH: Ratio: Std Speed ENG* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 0.01 ]
123 Set 2: Bk
3-461- Toner Supply Ctrl: DANC: SMITH: Ratio: Low ENG* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 0.01 ]
124 Set Speed: Bk
3-462- Toner Supply Ctrl: DANC: ANC: Rate ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 100 / 1% ]
001 Set
3-462- Toner Supply Ctrl: DANC: ANC: Gain: Bk ENG* [ 0 to 2 / 1 / 0.01 ]
101 Set
159
3.SP Mode Tables
3-462- Toner Supply Ctrl: DANC: ANC: Ratio: Std Speed 1: ENG* [ 0.05 to 1 / 1 / 0.01 ]
102 Set Bk
3-462- Toner Supply Ctrl: DANC: ANC: Ratio: Std Speed 2: ENG* [ 0.05 to 1 / 1 / 0.01 ]
103 Set Bk
3-462- Toner Supply Ctrl: DANC: ANC: Ratio: Low Speed: ENG* [ 0.05 to 1 / 1 / 0.01 ]
104 Set Bk
3-463- Toner Supply Ctrl: DANC: Integral: I: Save: Bk ENG* [ -1000 to 1000 / 0 / 0.0001 ]
101 Set
3-463- Toner Supply Ctrl: DANC: Integral: I: Save: C ENG* [ -1000 to 1000 / 0 / 0.0001 ]
102 Set
3-463- Toner Supply Ctrl: DANC: Integral: I: Save: M ENG* [ -1000 to 1000 / 0 / 0.0001 ]
103 Set
3-463- Toner Supply Ctrl: DANC: Integral: I: Save: Y ENG* [ -1000 to 1000 / 0 / 0.0001 ]
104 Set
3-463- Toner Supply Ctrl: DANC: ANC:Ref Save: Bk ENG* [ -1000 to 1000 / 0 / 0.0001 ]
111 Set
3-463- Toner Supply Ctrl: DANC: ANC:Ref Save: C ENG* [ -1000 to 1000 / 0 / 0.0001 ]
112 Set
3-463- Toner Supply Ctrl: DANC: ANC:Ref Save: M ENG* [ -1000 to 1000 / 0 / 0.0001 ]
113 Set
3-463- Toner Supply Ctrl: DANC: ANC:Ref Save: Y ENG* [ -1000 to 1000 / 0 / 0.0001 ]
114 Set
3-463- Toner Supply Ctrl: DANC: Save_DANC: Bk ENG* [ 0 to 9999 / 0 / 1cm2 ]
201 Set
3-463- Toner Supply Ctrl: DANC: Save_DANC: C ENG* [ 0 to 9999 / 0 / 1cm2 ]
202 Set
3-463- Toner Supply Ctrl: DANC: Save_DANC: M ENG* [ 0 to 9999 / 0 / 1cm2 ]
203 Set
3-463- Toner Supply Ctrl: DANC: Save_DANC: Y ENG* [ 0 to 9999 / 0 / 1cm2 ]
204 Set
3-500- Image Quality Adj.: ALL ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 1 / 1 ]
001 ON/OFF 0: OFF
1: ON
3-500- Image Quality Adj.: Process Control ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 1 / 1 ]
002 ON/OFF 0: OFF
1: ON
3-500- Image Quality Adj.: MUSIC ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 1 / 1 ]
003 ON/OFF
160
3.SP Mode Tables
3-500- Image Quality Adj.: TD Sensor Initial Set ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 1 / 1 ]

004 ON/OFF 0: OFF
1: ON
3-501- Toner End Prohibition Process Control ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 1 / 1 ]
001 Setting 0: Permit
1: Forbid
3-501- Toner End Prohibition MUSIC ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 1 / 1 ]
1: Forbid
3-501- Toner End Prohibition TC Adjustment ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 1 / 1 ]
1: Forbid
3-509- ImgQltyAdj :ModeSelect FC/BW Mode Priority ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
011 Setting 0: FC Priority
1: BW Priority
3-510- Image Quality Adj.: Exec MUSIC ENG* [ 0 to 2 / 0 / 1 ]
024 Flag
3-510- Image Quality Adj.: Exec Init Toner Replenishment: ENG* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
031 Flag Bk
032 Flag C
033 Flag M
034 Flag Y
3-520- Image Quality Adj.: Interval During Job ENG* [ 0 to 100 / 5 / 1pages ]
001
3-520- Image Quality Adj.: Interval During Stand-by ENG* [ 0 to 100 / 10 / 1minute ]
002
3-521- Drum Stop: Time: Display Year ENG* [ 0 to 99 / 0 / 1year ]
001
3-521- Drum Stop: Time: Display Month ENG* [ 1 to 12 / 1 / 1month ]
002
3-521- Drum Stop: Time: Display Day ENG* [ 1 to 31 / 1 / 1day ]
003
3-521- Drum Stop: Time: Display Hour ENG* [ 0 to 23 / 0 / 1hour ]
004
3-521- Drum Stop: Time: Display Minute ENG* [ 0 to 59 / 0 / 1minute ]
161
3.SP Mode Tables
005
3-521- Drum Stop Time :Disp Year:Col ENG* [ 0 to 99 / 0 / 1year ]
011
3-521- Drum Stop Time :Disp Month:Col ENG* [ 1 to 12 / 1 / 1month ]
012
3-521- Drum Stop Time :Disp Day:Col ENG* [ 1 to 31 / 1 / 1day ]
013
3-521- Drum Stop Time :Disp Hour:Col ENG* [ 0 to 23 / 0 / 1hour ]
014
3-521- Drum Stop Time :Disp Minute:Col ENG* [ 0 to 59 / 0 / 1minute ]
015
3-522- Drum Temperature ENG* [ -1280 to 1270 / 0 / 0.1deg ]
001 Stop:Environment:Display
3-522- Drum Relative Humidity ENG* [ 0 to 1000 / 0 / 0.1%RH ]
3-522- Drum Absolute Humidity ENG* [ 0 to 1000 / 0 / 0.1g/m3 ]
3-522- Drum Stop Environ :Disp Temperature:Col ENG* [ -1280 to 1270 / 0 / 0.1deg ]
011
3-522- Drum Stop Environ :Disp Rel Humidity:Col ENG* [ 0 to 1000 / 0 / 0.1%RH ]
012
3-522- Drum Stop Environ :Disp Abs Humidity:Col ENG* [ 0 to 1000 / 0 / 0.1g/m3 ]
013
3-522- Rapi_timer Time Setting ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 30 / 1sec ]
100
3-529- ProCon Auto Exe Interval: Development Gamma ENG* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
001 Set Correction 0: OFF
1: ON
3-529- ProCon Auto Exe Interval: Environment Correction ENG* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
002 Set 0: OFF
1: ON
3-529- ProCon Auto Exe Interval: Absolute Humidity ENG* [ 0 to 99 / 4.3 / 0.1g/m3 ]
003 Set Threshold
3-529- ProCon Auto Exe Interval: Maximum Correction ENG* [ 0 to 99 / 4 / 1counts ]
004 Set Times
3-529- ProCon Auto Exe Interval: Execution Counter ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1counts ]
005 Set
3-529- ProCon Auto Exe Interval: Page Counter: BW ENG* [ 0 to 5000 / 0 / 1sheet ]
162
3.SP Mode Tables
006 Set
3-529- ProCon Auto Exe Interval: Page Counter: FC ENG* [ 0 to 5000 / 0 / 1sheet ]
007 Set
3-530- Power ON ProCon: Set Non-use Time Setting ENG* [ 0 to 1440 / 360 / 1minute ]
001
3-530- Power ON ProCon: Set Temperature Range ENG* [ 0 to 99 / 10 / 1deg ]
002 Threshold
3-530- Power ON ProCon: Set Relative Humidity Range ENG* [ 0 to 99 / 50 / 1%RH ]
003 Thresh
3-530- Power ON ProCon: Set Absolute Humidity Range ENG* [ 0 to 99 / 6 / 1g/m3 ]
004 Thresh
3-530- Power ON ProCon: Set Interval: BW ENG* [ 0 to 5000 / 250 / 1sheet ]
005
3-530- Power ON ProCon: Set Interval: FC ENG* [ 0 to 5000 / 100 / 1sheet ]
006
3-530- Power ON ProCon: Set Page Counter: BW ENG* [ 0 to 5000 / 0 / 1sheet ]
007
3-530- Power ON ProCon: Set Page Counter: FC ENG* [ 0 to 5000 / 0 / 1sheet ]
008
3-530- Power ON ProCon: Set Non-use Time Setting ENG* [ 0 to 65535 / 2880 / 1min ]
009 (Long)
3-531- Non-useTime Procon: Set Non-use Time Setting ENG* [ 0 to 1440 / 360 / 1minute ]
001
3-531- Non-useTime Procon: Set Temperature Range ENG* [ 0 to 99 / 10 / 1deg ]
002 Threshold
3-531- Non-useTime Procon: Set Relative Humidity Range ENG* [ 0 to 99 / 50 / 1%RH ]
003 Thresh
3-531- Non-useTime Procon: Set Absolute Humidity Range ENG* [ 0 to 99 / 6 / 1g/m3 ]
004 Thresh
3-531- Non-useTime Procon: Set Maximum Execution ENG* [ 0 to 99 / 14 / 1times ]
005 Times
3-533- Interrupt ProCon: Set Interval: Set: BW ENG* [ 0 to 5000 / 500 / 1sheet ]
001
3-533- Interrupt ProCon: Set Interval: Display: BW ENG* [ 0 to 5000 / 500 / 1sheet ]
002
3-533- Interrupt ProCon: Set Correction (Short): BW ENG* [ 0 to 1 / 0.1 / 0.01 ]
003
3-533- Interrupt ProCon: Set Correction (Mid.): BW ENG* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 0.01 ]
163
3.SP Mode Tables
004
3-533- Interrupt ProCon: Set Interval: Set: FC ENG* [ 0 to 5000 / 200 / 1sheet ]
011
3-533- Interrupt ProCon: Set Interval: Display: FC ENG* [ 0 to 5000 / 200 / 1sheet ]
012
3-533- Interrupt ProCon: Set Correction (Short): FC ENG* [ 0 to 1 / 0.25 / 0.01 ]
013
3-533- Interrupt ProCon: Set Correction (Mid.): FC ENG* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 0.01 ]
014
3-534- JobEnd ProCon: Set Interval: Set: BW ENG* [ 0 to 5000 / 250 / 1sheet ]
001
3-534- JobEnd ProCon: Set Interval: Display: BW ENG* [ 0 to 5000 / 250 / 1sheet ]
002
3-534- JobEnd ProCon: Set Correction (Short): BW ENG* [ 0 to 1 / 0.2 / 0.01 ]
003
3-534- JobEnd ProCon: Set Correction (Mid.): BW ENG* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 0.01 ]
004
3-534- JobEnd ProCon: Set Interval: Set: FC ENG* [ 0 to 1000 / 100 / 1sheet ]
011
3-534- JobEnd ProCon: Set Interval: Display: FC ENG* [ 0 to 5000 / 100 / 1sheet ]
012
3-534- JobEnd ProCon: Set Correction (Short): FC ENG* [ 0 to 1 / 0.5 / 0.01 ]
013
3-534- JobEnd ProCon: Set Correction (Mid.): FC ENG* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 0.01 ]
014
3-539- Dev Agitating Time: Set Agitating Time ENG* [ 0 to 3000 / 10 / 1sec ]
001
3-539- Dev Agitating Time: Set ON/OFF(Abs Humidity ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 1 / 1 ]
010 Reference) 0: OFF
1: ON
3-539- Dev Agitating Time: Set Absolute Humidity ENG* [ 0 to 3000 / 0 / 1sec ]
011 Reference: 1
012 Reference: 2
013 Reference: 3
014 Reference: 4
164
3.SP Mode Tables
015 Reference: 5
016 Reference: 6
3-539- Dev Agitating Time: Set Absolute Humidity ENG* [ 0 to 65 / 4 / 0.1g/m3 ]
021 Threshold: 1
022 Threshold: 2
023 Threshold: 3
024 Threshold: 4
025 Threshold: 5
3-539- Dev Agitating Time: Set ON/OFF(Non-use Time ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 1 / 1 ]
1: ON
3-539- Dev Agitating Time: Set Non-use Time Reference: ENG* [ 0 to 3000 / 0 / 1sec ]
031 1
032 2
033 3
034 4
035 5
036 6
037 7
038 8
039 9
040 10
3-539- Dev Agitating Time: Set Non-use Time Threshold: ENG* [ 0 to 30000 / 15 / 1min ]
165
3.SP Mode Tables
041 1
042 2
043 3
044 4
045 5
046 6
047 7
048 8
049 9
3-539- Dev Agitating Time: Set ON/OFF(Dot Coverage ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 1 / 1 ]
1: ON
3-539- Dev Agitating Time: Set Dot Coverage Reference: ENG* [ 0 to 3000 / 0 / 1sec ]
051 1
052 2
053 3
054 4
055 5
056 6
3-539- Dev Agitating Time: Set Dot Coverage Threshold: ENG* [ 0 to 100 / 10 / 1% ]
061 1
062 2
063 3
166
3.SP Mode Tables
064 4
065 5
3-539- Dev Agitating Time: Set Upper Limit ENG* [ 0 to 3600 / 30 / 1sec ]
099
3-541- Music Interval :Set Page Counter: BW ENG* [ 0 to 5000 / 0 / 1sheet ]
001
3-541- Music Interval :Set Page Counter: FC ENG* [ 0 to 5000 / 0 / 1sheet ]
002
3-550- Refresh Mode Required Area: Bk ENG* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 1cm2 ]
001
3-550- Refresh Mode Required Area: C ENG* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 1cm2 ]
002
3-550- Refresh Mode Required Area: M ENG* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 1cm2 ]
003
3-550- Refresh Mode Required Area: Y ENG* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 1cm2 ]
004
3-550- Refresh Mode Dev. Motor Rotation: ENG* [ 0 to 1000 / 0 / 0.1m ]
011 Display: Bk
012 Display: C
013 Display: M
014 Display: Y
3-550- Refresh Mode Rotation Threshold ENG* [ 0 to 1000 / 0.1 / 0.1m ]
021
3-550- Refresh Mode Refresh Threshold: Bk ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 25 / 1cm2/m ]
031
3-550- Refresh Mode Refresh Threshold: C ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 25 / 1cm2/m ]
032
3-550- Refresh Mode Refresh Threshold: M ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 25 / 1cm2/m ]
033
3-550- Refresh Mode Refresh Threshold: Y ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 25 / 1cm2/m ]
034
3-550- Refresh Mode Job End Area Coefficient ENG* [ 0.1 to 25.5 / 1 / 0.1 ]
041
167
3.SP Mode Tables
3-550- Refresh Mode Job End Vb Coefficient ENG* [ 0 to 100 / 34 / 1% ]

042
3-550- Refresh Mode Job End Length ENG* [ 0 to 99 / 77 / 1mm ]
043
3-550- Refresh Mode Job End Supply ENG* [ 0 to 1 / 0.45 /
044 0.001mg/cm2 ]
3-550- Refresh Mode Consumption Counts ENG* [ 0 to 50 / 0 / 1 ]
081 (Max)
3-550- Refresh Mode Refresh Page Threshold: ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 100 / 1page ]
121 Bk
3-550- Refresh Mode Refresh Page Threshold: ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 100 / 1page ]
122 Col
3-550- Refresh Mode Refresh Page Counter Bk ENG* [ 0 to 999999 / 0 / 1page ]
131
3-550- Refresh Mode Refresh Page Counter C ENG* [ 0 to 999999 / 0 / 1page ]
132
3-550- Refresh Mode Refresh Page Counter M ENG* [ 0 to 999999 / 0 / 1page ]
133
3-550- Refresh Mode Refresh Page Counter Y ENG* [ 0 to 999999 / 0 / 1page ]
134
3-553- Transfer Belt Cleaning Transfer Idle Time Temp.: ENG* [ 0 to 3 / 0 / 0.1revolution ]
001 H
002 M
003 L
004 L: ON
3-553- Transfer Belt Cleaning Temperature Threshold:T2 ENG* [ 20 to 30 / 25 / 1deg ]
005
006
007
3-555- Execution Interval: Set Charge AC Control ENG* [ 0 to 2000 / 500 / 1page ]
001 Counter: FC
3-555- Execution Interval: Set Charge AC Control ENG* [ 0 to 2000 / 500 / 1page ]
002 Counter: Bk
168
3.SP Mode Tables
3-600- Select ProCon Potential Control ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 1 / 1 ]

001 0: FIXED
1: CONTROL
3-600- Select ProCon LD Control ENG* [ 0 to 3 / 1 / 1 ]
002 0: OFF
1: ON
3-600- Select ProCon TC Adj. Mode ENG* [ 0 to 3 / 3 / 1 ]
003 0: Do Not Execute
1: 1st Power On
2: 1st Power On & Job End
3: Dev gamma judgment
3-600- Select ProCon ACC Before ProCon ENG* [ 0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]
004 0: Not Execute
1: Process Control
2: TC Control
3-600- Select ProCon Vsg ITB Prev Pattern ENG* [ 0 to 2 / 2 / 1 ]
060 Corr. 0: OFF
1: All Time
2: Non-use Time (Long)
3-610- Charging AC Control: Standard Speed: Bk ENG* [ 0 to 3 / 2.1 / 0.01kV ]
001 Display
3-610- Charging AC Control: Standard Speed: C ENG* [ 0 to 3 / 2.1 / 0.01kV ]
002 Display
3-610- Charging AC Control: Standard Speed: M ENG* [ 0 to 3 / 2.1 / 0.01kV ]
003 Display
3-610- Charging AC Control: Standard Speed: Y ENG* [ 0 to 3 / 2.1 / 0.01kV ]
004 Display
3-611- Charging DC Control: Standard Speed: Bk ENG* [ 300 to 1000 / 700 / 1-V ]
001 Display
3-611- Charging DC Control: Standard Speed: C ENG* [ 300 to 1000 / 690 / 1-V ]
002 Display
3-611- Charging DC Control: Standard Speed: M ENG* [ 300 to 1000 / 690 / 1-V ]
003 Display
3-611- Charging DC Control: Standard Speed: Y ENG* [ 300 to 1000 / 690 / 1-V ]
004 Display
3-611- Charging DC Control: Mid Speed: Bk ENG* [ 300 to 1000 / 700 / 1-V ]
011 Display
3-611- Charging DC Control: Mid Speed: C ENG* [ 300 to 1000 / 690 / 1-V ]
169
3.SP Mode Tables
012 Display
3-611- Charging DC Control: Mid Speed: M ENG* [ 300 to 1000 / 690 / 1-V ]
013 Display
3-611- Charging DC Control: Mid Speed: Y ENG* [ 300 to 1000 / 690 / 1-V ]
014 Display
3-611- Charging DC Control: Low Speed: Bk ENG* [ 300 to 1000 / 700 / 1-V ]
021 Display
3-611- Charging DC Control: Low Speed: C ENG* [ 300 to 1000 / 690 / 1-V ]
022 Display
3-611- Charging DC Control: Low Speed: M ENG* [ 300 to 1000 / 690 / 1-V ]
023 Display
3-611- Charging DC Control: Low Speed: Y ENG* [ 300 to 1000 / 690 / 1-V ]
024 Display
3-611- Charging DC Control: Std Speed: BW ENG* [ 300 to 1000 / 700 / 1-V ]
051 Display
3-611- Charging DC Control: Mid Speed: BW ENG* [ 300 to 1000 / 700 / 1-V ]
061 Display
3-611- Charging DC Control: Low Speed: BW ENG* [ 300 to 1000 / 700 / 1-V ]
071 Display
3-611- Charging DC Control: Std Speed2: BW ENG* [ 300 to 1000 / 700 / 1-V ]
081 Display
3-612- Dev DC Control: Display Std Speed: Bk ENG* [ 200 to 800 / 550 / 1-V ]
001
3-612- Dev DC Control: Display Std Speed: C ENG* [ 200 to 800 / 550 / 1-V ]
002
3-612- Dev DC Control: Display Std Speed: M ENG* [ 200 to 800 / 550 / 1-V ]
003
3-612- Dev DC Control: Display Std Speed: Y ENG* [ 200 to 800 / 550 / 1-V ]
004
3-612- Dev DC Control: Display Mid Speed: Bk ENG* [ 200 to 800 / 550 / 1-V ]
011
3-612- Dev DC Control: Display Mid Speed: C ENG* [ 200 to 800 / 550 / 1-V ]
012
3-612- Dev DC Control: Display Mid Speed: M ENG* [ 200 to 800 / 550 / 1-V ]
013
3-612- Dev DC Control: Display Mid Speed: Y ENG* [ 200 to 800 / 550 / 1-V ]
014
3-612- Dev DC Control: Display Low Speed: Bk ENG* [ 200 to 800 / 550 / 1-V ]
170
3.SP Mode Tables
021
3-612- Dev DC Control: Display Low Speed: C ENG* [ 200 to 800 / 550 / 1-V ]
022
3-612- Dev DC Control: Display Low Speed: M ENG* [ 200 to 800 / 550 / 1-V ]
023
3-612- Dev DC Control: Display Low Speed: Y ENG* [ 200 to 800 / 550 / 1-V ]
024
3-612- Dev DC Control: Display Vb Limit ENG* [ 0 to 500 / 50 / 1V ]
041
3-612- Dev DC Control: Display Std Speed: BW ENG* [ 200 to 800 / 550 / 1-V ]
051
3-612- Dev DC Control: Display Mid Speed: BW ENG* [ 200 to 800 / 550 / 1-V ]
061
3-612- Dev DC Control: Display Low Speed: BW ENG* [ 200 to 800 / 550 / 1-V ]
071
3-612- Dev DC Control: Display Std Speed2: BW ENG* [ 200 to 800 / 550 / 1-V ]
081
3-612- Dev DC Control: Display Set:PCU Distance ENG* [ 0 to 999999999 / 23968496
124 Thresh:K / 1mm ]
3-612- Dev DC Control: Display Set:PCU Distance ENG* [ 0 to 999999999 / 17451292
125 Thresh:Col / 1mm ]
3-612- Dev DC Control: Display Set:Temperature Thresh ENG* [ 0 to 100 / 15 / 1deg ]
126
3-612- Dev DC Control: Display Set:Upper Vb Current:K ENG* [ 0 to 800 / 560 / 1V ]
131
3-612- Dev DC Control: Display Set:Upper Vb Current:C ENG* [ 0 to 800 / 560 / 1V ]
132
3-612- Dev DC Control: Display Set:Upper Vb Current:M ENG* [ 0 to 800 / 560 / 1V ]
133
3-612- Dev DC Control: Display Set:Upper Vb Current:Y ENG* [ 0 to 800 / 560 / 1V ]
134
3-613- LD Power Control: Display Std Speed: Bk ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 100 / 1% ]
001
3-613- LD Power Control: Display Std Speed: C ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 100 / 1% ]
002
3-613- LD Power Control: Display Std Speed: M ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 100 / 1% ]
003
3-613- LD Power Control: Display Std Speed: Y ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 100 / 1% ]
171
3.SP Mode Tables
004
3-613- LD Power Control: Display Mid Speed: Bk ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 100 / 1% ]
011
3-613- LD Power Control: Display Mid Speed: C ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 100 / 1% ]
012
3-613- LD Power Control: Display Mid Speed: M ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 100 / 1% ]
013
3-613- LD Power Control: Display Mid Speed: Y ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 100 / 1% ]
014
3-613- LD Power Control: Display Low Speed: Bk ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 100 / 1% ]
021
3-613- LD Power Control: Display Low Speed: C ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 100 / 1% ]
022
3-613- LD Power Control: Display Low Speed: M ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 100 / 1% ]
023
3-613- LD Power Control: Display Low Speed: Y ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 100 / 1% ]
024
3-613- LD Power Control: Display Std Speed: BW ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 100 / 1% ]
051
3-613- LD Power Control: Display Mid Speed: BW ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 100 / 1% ]
061
3-613- LD Power Control: Display Low Speed: BW ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 100 / 1% ]
071
3-613- LD Power Control: Display Std Speed2: BW ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 100 / 1% ]
081
3-613- LD Power Control: Display ProCon Corr: Bk ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 160 / 1% ]
101
3-613- LD Power Control: Display ProCon Corr: C ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 160 / 1% ]
102
3-613- LD Power Control: Display ProCon Corr: M ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 160 / 1% ]
103
3-613- LD Power Control: Display ProCon Corr: Y ENG* [ 0 to 200 / 160 / 1% ]
104
3-619- Img Bias: Line Spd Corr: Set Vb Coef: Std Speed: Bk ENG* [ 0 to 2.55 / * / 0.01 ]
001 *MP C307: 0.65
*MP C407: 0.52
3-619- Img Bias: Line Spd Corr: Set Vb Coef: Std Speed: C ENG* [ 0 to 2.55 / 1 / 0.01 ]
002
172
3.SP Mode Tables
3-619- Img Bias: Line Spd Corr: Set Vb Coef: Std Speed: M ENG* [ 0 to 2.55 / 1 / 0.01 ]
003
3-619- Img Bias: Line Spd Corr: Set Vb Coef: Std Speed: Y ENG* [ 0 to 2.55 / 1 / 0.01 ]
004
3-619- Img Bias: Line Spd Corr: Set Vb Coef: Low Speed: Bk ENG* [ 0 to 2.55 / * / 0.01 ]
005 *MP C307: 0.41
*MP C407: 0.48
3-619- Img Bias: Line Spd Corr: Set Vb Coef: Low Speed: C ENG* [ 0 to 2.55 / 1 / 0.01 ]
006
3-619- Img Bias: Line Spd Corr: Set Vb Coef: Low Speed: M ENG* [ 0 to 2.55 / 1 / 0.01 ]
007
3-619- Img Bias: Line Spd Corr: Set Vb Coef: Low Speed: Y ENG* [ 0 to 2.55 / 1 / 0.01 ]
008
3-619- Img Bias: Line Spd Corr: Set Vb Offset: Std Speed: Bk ENG* [ -1000 to 1000 / * / 1V ]
011 *MP C307: 163
*MP C407: 264
3-619- Img Bias: Line Spd Corr: Set Vb Offset: Std Speed: C ENG* [ -1000 to 1000 / * / 1V ]
012 *MP C307: 44
*MP C407: 45
3-619- Img Bias: Line Spd Corr: Set Vb Offset: Std Speed: M ENG* [ -1000 to 1000 / * / 1V ]
013 *MP C307: 44
*MP C407: 45
3-619- Img Bias: Line Spd Corr: Set Vb Offset: Std Speed: Y ENG* [ -1000 to 1000 / * / 1V ]
014 *MP C307: 44
*MP C407: 45
3-619- Img Bias: Line Spd Corr: Set Vb Offset: Low Speed: Bk ENG* [ -1000 to 1000 / * / 1V ]
015 *MP C307: 215
*MP C407: 200
3-619- Img Bias: Line Spd Corr: Set Vb Offset: Low Speed: C ENG* [ -1000 to 1000 / * / 1V ]
016 *MP C307: -37
*MP C407: -44
3-619- Img Bias: Line Spd Corr: Set Vb Offset: Low Speed: M ENG* [ -1000 to 1000 / * / 1V ]
017 *MP C307: -37
*MP C407: -44
3-619- Img Bias: Line Spd Corr: Set Vb Offset: Low Speed: Y ENG* [ -1000 to 1000 / * / 1V ]
018 *MP C307: -37
*MP C407: -44
3-619- Img Bias: Line Spd Corr: Set Vb Coef: Standard Speed ENG* [ 0 to 2.55 / 0.51 / 0.01 ]
173
3.SP Mode Tables
021 2: Bk
3-619- Img Bias: Line Spd Corr: Set Vb Coef: Mid Speed: Std ENG* [ 0 to 2.55 / 0.69 / 0.01 ]
024 Speed 2
3-619- Img Bias: Line Spd Corr: Set Vb Coef: Low Speed: Std ENG* [ 0 to 2.55 / 0.55 / 0.01 ]
025 Speed 2
3-619- Img Bias: Line Spd Corr: Set Vb Coef: Std Speed 2: Std ENG* [ 0 to 2.55 / 0.85 / 0.01 ]
026 Speed 2
3-619- Img Bias: Line Spd Corr: Set Vb Offset: Std Speed 2: ENG* [ -1000 to 1000 / 234 / 1V ]
031 Bk
3-619- Img Bias: Line Spd Corr: Set Vb Offset: Mid Speed: Std ENG* [ -1000 to 1000 / 112 / 1V ]
034 Speed 2
3-619- Img Bias: Line Spd Corr: Set Vb Offset: Low Speed: ENG* [ -1000 to 1000 / 107 / 1V ]
035 Std Speed 2
3-619- Img Bias: Line Spd Corr: Set Vb Offset: Std Speed 2: ENG* [ -1000 to 1000 / 68 / 1V ]
036 Std Speed 2
3-619- Img Bias: Line Spd Corr: Set Vb Coef: Mid Speed: Bk ENG* [ 0 to 2.55 / 0.47 / 0.01 ]
041
3-619- Img Bias: Line Spd Corr: Set Vb Coef: Mid Speed: C ENG* [ 0 to 2.55 / 1 / 0.01 ]
042
3-619- Img Bias: Line Spd Corr: Set Vb Coef: Mid Speed: M ENG* [ 0 to 2.55 / 1 / 0.01 ]
043
3-619- Img Bias: Line Spd Corr: Set Vb Coef: Mid Speed: Y ENG* [ 0 to 2.55 / 1 / 0.01 ]
044
3-619- Img Bias: Line Spd Corr: Set Vb Offset: Mid Speed: Bk ENG* [ -1000 to 1000 / 265 / 1V ]
045
3-619- Img Bias: Line Spd Corr: Set Vb Offset: Mid Speed: C ENG* [ -1000 to 1000 / 15 / 1V ]
046
3-619- Img Bias: Line Spd Corr: Set Vb Offset: Mid Speed: M ENG* [ -1000 to 1000 / 15 / 1V ]
047
3-619- Img Bias: Line Spd Corr: Set Vb Offset: Mid Speed: Y ENG* [ -1000 to 1000 / 15 / 1V ]
048
3-620- ProCon Target M/A Maximum M/A: Bk ENG* [ 0.25 to 0.75 / 0.436 /
001 0.001mg/cm2 ]
3-620- ProCon Target M/A Maximum M/A: C ENG* [ 0.25 to 0.75 / 0.412 /
002 0.001mg/cm2 ]
3-620- ProCon Target M/A Maximum M/A: M ENG* [ 0.25 to 0.75 / 0.471 /
003 0.001mg/cm2 ]
3-620- ProCon Target M/A Maximum M/A: Y ENG* [ 0.25 to 0.75 / 0.464 /
174
3.SP Mode Tables
004 0.001mg/cm2 ]
3-620- ProCon Target M/A Maximum M/A: BW ENG* [ 0.25 to 0.75 / 0.383 /
051 0.001mg/cm2 ]
3-622- Development Potential: Bk ENG* [ 0 to 800 / 0 / 1V ]
001 Display
3-622- Development Potential: C ENG* [ 0 to 800 / 0 / 1V ]
002 Display
3-622- Development Potential: M ENG* [ 0 to 800 / 0 / 1V ]
003 Display
3-622- Development Potential: Y ENG* [ 0 to 800 / 0 / 1V ]
004 Display
3-622- Development Potential: Bk: BW ENG* [ 0 to 800 / 0 / 1V ]
021 Display
3-622- Development Potential: Upper Limit: Bk ENG* [ 400 to 800 / 738 / 1V ]
051 Display
3-622- Development Potential: Upper Limit: C ENG* [ 400 to 800 / 650 / 1V ]
052 Display
3-622- Development Potential: Upper Limit: M ENG* [ 400 to 800 / 650 / 1V ]
053 Display
3-622- Development Potential: Upper Limit: Y ENG* [ 400 to 800 / 650 / 1V ]
054 Display
3-622- Development Potential: Lower Limit: Bk ENG* [ 0 to 400 / 250 / 1V ]
061 Display
3-622- Development Potential: Lower Limit: C ENG* [ 0 to 400 / 300 / 1V ]
062 Display
3-622- Development Potential: Lower Limit: M ENG* [ 0 to 400 / 300 / 1V ]
063 Display
3-622- Development Potential: Lower Limit: Y ENG* [ 0 to 400 / 300 / 1V ]
064 Display
3-623- LD Power: Set Standard Speed Slope: Bk ENG* [ -1000 to 1000 / * / 1V ]
001 *MP C307: 186
*MP C407: 228
3-623- LD Power: Set Standard Speed Slope: C ENG* [ -1000 to 1000 / * / 1V ]
002 *MP C307: 186
*MP C407: 228
3-623- LD Power: Set Standard Speed Slope: M ENG* [ -1000 to 1000 / * / 1V ]
003 *MP C307: 186
*MP C407: 228
175
3.SP Mode Tables
3-623- LD Power: Set Standard Speed Slope: Y ENG* [ -1000 to 1000 / * / 1V ]

004 *MP C307: 186
*MP C407: 228
3-623- LD Power: Set Standard Speed Offset: Bk ENG* [ -1000 to 1000 / * / 1 ]
011 *MP C307: 6
*MP C407: -8
3-623- LD Power: Set Standard Speed Offset: C ENG* [ -1000 to 1000 / * / 1 ]
012 *MP C307: 8
*MP C407: -8
3-623- LD Power: Set Standard Speed Offset: M ENG* [ -1000 to 1000 / * / 1 ]
013 *MP C307: 8
*MP C407: -8
3-623- LD Power: Set Standard Speed Offset: Y ENG* [ -1000 to 1000 / * / 1 ]
014 *MP C307: 8
*MP C407: -8
3-623- LD Power: Set Mid. Speed Slope: Bk ENG* [ -1000 to 1000 / 231 / 1 ]
021
3-623- LD Power: Set Mid. Speed Slope: C ENG* [ -1000 to 1000 / 231 / 1 ]
022
3-623- LD Power: Set Mid. Speed Slope: M ENG* [ -1000 to 1000 / 231 / 1 ]
023
3-623- LD Power: Set Mid. Speed Slope: Y ENG* [ -1000 to 1000 / 231 / 1 ]
024
3-623- LD Power: Set Mid. Speed Offset: Bk ENG* [ -1000 to 1000 / -14 / 1 ]
031
3-623- LD Power: Set Mid. Speed Offset: C ENG* [ -1000 to 1000 / -14 / 1 ]
032
3-623- LD Power: Set Mid. Speed Offset: M ENG* [ -1000 to 1000 / -14 / 1 ]
033
3-623- LD Power: Set Mid. Speed Offset: Y ENG* [ -1000 to 1000 / -14 / 1 ]
034
3-623- LD Power: Set Low Speed Slope: Bk ENG* [ -1000 to 1000 / * / 1 ]
041 *MP C307: 144
*MP C407: 154
3-623- LD Power: Set Low Speed Slope: C ENG* [ -1000 to 1000 / * / 1 ]
042 *MP C307: 144
*MP C407: 154
3-623- LD Power: Set Low Speed Slope: M ENG* [ -1000 to 1000 / * / 1 ]
176
3.SP Mode Tables
043 *MP C307: 144

*MP C407: 154
3-623- LD Power: Set Low Speed Slope: Y ENG* [ -1000 to 1000 / * / 1 ]
044 *MP C307: 144
*MP C407: 154
3-623- LD Power: Set Low Speed Offset: Bk ENG* [ -1000 to 1000 / * / 1 ]
051 *MP C307: 26
*MP C407: 12
3-623- LD Power: Set Low Speed Offset: C ENG* [ -1000 to 1000 / * / 1 ]
052 *MP C307: 28
*MP C407: 12
3-623- LD Power: Set Low Speed Offset: M ENG* [ -1000 to 1000 / * / 1 ]
053 *MP C307: 28
*MP C407: 12
3-623- LD Power: Set Low Speed Offset: Y ENG* [ -1000 to 1000 / * / 1 ]
054 *MP C307: 28
*MP C407: 12
3-623- LD Power: Set Standard Speed 2 Slope: ENG* [ -1000 to 1000 / 249 / 1 ]
061 Bk
3-623- LD Power: Set Standard Speed 2 Offset: ENG* [ -1000 to 1000 / -22 / 1 ]
071 Bk
3-624- TC Adj. Mode: Set Target (Upper Limit) ENG* [ 0 to 1 / 0.15 /
001 0.01mg/cm2/-kV ]
3-624- TC Adj. Mode: Set Target (Lower Limit) ENG* [ -1 to 0 / -0.15 /
002 0.01mg/cm2/-kV ]
3-624- TC Adj. Mode: Set Consump Pattern Duty:Bk ENG* [ 0 to 15 / 15 / 1 ]
021
3-624- TC Adj. Mode: Set Consump Pattern Duty:C ENG* [ 0 to 15 / 15 / 1 ]
022
3-624- TC Adj. Mode: Set Consump Pattern Duty:M ENG* [ 0 to 15 / 15 / 1 ]
023
3-624- TC Adj. Mode: Set Consump Pattern Duty:Y ENG* [ 0 to 15 / 15 / 1 ]
024
3-624- TC Adj. Mode: Set Max Adj. ENG* [ 0 to 10 / 1 / 1 ]
031 Counts:PowerON
3-624- TC Adj. Mode Max Counts:Job In ENG* [ 0 to 10 / 0 / 1 ]
032
3-624- TC Adj. Mode Max Counts:Printing ENG* [ 0 to 10 / 0 / 1 ]
177
3.SP Mode Tables
033
3-624- TC Adj. Mode: Set Max Adj. Counts:Jobend ENG* [ 0 to 10 / 0 / 1 ]
034
3-624- TC Adj. Mode: Set Max Adj. Counts:ACC ENG* [ 0 to 10 / 3 / 1 ]
035
3-624- TC Adj. Mode: Set Max Adj. ENG* [ 0 to 10 / 3 / 1 ]
036 Counts:Initialized
3-624- TC Adj. Mode: Set Max Adj. Counts:TE ENG* [ 0 to 10 / 1 / 1 ]
040 Check
3-624- TC Adj. Mode: Set Supply Gain(Bk) ENG* [ 0 to 1 / 0.5 / 0.1 ]
051
3-624- TC Adj. Mode: Set Supply Gain(C) ENG* [ 0 to 1 / 0.5 / 0.1 ]
052
3-624- TC Adj. Mode: Set Supply Gain(M) ENG* [ 0 to 1 / 0.5 / 0.1 ]
053
3-624- TC Adj. Mode: Set Supply Gain(Y) ENG* [ 0 to 1 / 0.5 / 0.1 ]
054
3-624- TC Adj. Mode: Set Consump Gain(Bk) ENG* [ 0 to 1 / 0.5 / 0.1 ]
061
3-624- TC Adj. Mode: Set Consump Gain(C) ENG* [ 0 to 1 / 0.5 / 0.1 ]
062
3-624- TC Adj. Mode: Set Consump Gain(M) ENG* [ 0 to 1 / 0.5 / 0.1 ]
063
3-624- TC Adj. Mode: Set Consump Gain(Y) ENG* [ 0 to 1 / 0.5 / 0.1 ]
064
3-627- ID Pattern Extraction: Set Edge Detection Threshold: ENG* [ 0 to 5 / 2.5 / 0.1V ]
001 Bk
002 C
003 M
004 Y
3-627- ID Pattern Extraction: Set Edge Upper Limit ENG* [ 0 to 255 / * / 1point ]
011 *MP C307: 34
*MP C407: 28
3-627- ID Pattern Extraction: Set Edge Upper Limit: Std ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 24 / 1point ]
012 Speed 2
178
3.SP Mode Tables
3-627- ID Pattern Extraction: Set Edge Lower Limit ENG* [ 0 to 255 / * / 1point ]
021 *MP C307: 14
*MP C407: 12
3-627- ID Pattern Extraction: Set Edge Lower Limit: Std ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 10 / 1point ]
022 Speed 2
3-627- ID Pattern Extraction: Set Vsg Upper Threshold ENG* [ 0 to 5 / 4.8 / 0.001V ]
031
3-627- ID Pattern Extraction: Set Vsg Lower Threshold ENG* [ 0 to 5 / 3 / 0.001V ]
041
3-628- ID Pattern Timing: Set Scan: YMCK ENG* [ -500 to 500 / 0 / 0.1mm ]
001
3-628- ID Pattern Timing: Set Detection Delay Time ENG* [ 0 to 2500 / 0 / 1msec ]
002
3-628- ID Pattern Timing: Set Delay Time ENG* [ 0 to 2500 / * / 1msec ]
003 *MP C307: 701
*MP C407: 641
3-628- ID Pattern Timing: Set MUSIC Delay Time ENG* [ -2500 to 2500 / 150 /
004 1msec ]
3-628- ID Pattern Timing: Set Delay Time: Std Speed 2 ENG* [ 0 to 2500 / 592 / 1msec ]
005
3-630- Dev gamma: Disp/Set Current:Bk ENG* [ 0.1 to 6 / 0.9 /
001 0.01mg/cm2/-kV ]
3-630- Dev gamma: Disp/Set Current:C ENG* [ 0.1 to 6 / 0.9 /
002 0.01mg/cm2/-kV ]
3-630- Dev gamma: Disp/Set Current:M ENG* [ 0.1 to 6 / 0.9 /
003 0.01mg/cm2/-kV ]
3-630- Dev gamma: Disp/Set Current:Y ENG* [ 0.1 to 6 / 0.9 /
004 0.01mg/cm2/-kV ]
3-630- Dev gamma: Disp/Set Target:Bk ENG* [ 0.5 to 2.55 / 0.9 /
011 0.01mg/cm2/-kV ]
3-630- Dev gamma: Disp/Set Target:C ENG* [ 0.5 to 2.55 / 0.9 /
012 0.01mg/cm2/-kV ]
3-630- Dev gamma: Disp/Set Target:M ENG* [ 0.5 to 2.55 / 0.9 /
013 0.01mg/cm2/-kV ]
3-630- Dev gamma: Disp/Set Target:Y ENG* [ 0.5 to 2.55 / 0.9 /
014 0.01mg/cm2/-kV ]
3-630- Dev gamma: Disp/Set Toner Density: Bk ENG* [ 0 to 25.5 / 0 / 0.1wt% ]
061
179
3.SP Mode Tables
3-630- Dev gamma: Disp/Set Toner Density: C ENG* [ 0 to 25.5 / 0 / 0.1wt% ]

062
3-630- Dev gamma: Disp/Set Toner Density: M ENG* [ 0 to 25.5 / 0 / 0.1wt% ]
063
3-630- Dev gamma: Disp/Set Toner Density: Y ENG* [ 0 to 25.5 / 0 / 0.1wt% ]
064
3-631- Development Start Bk ENG* [ -300 to 300 / 0 / 1-V ]
001 Vk :Display
3-631- Development Start C ENG* [ -300 to 300 / 0 / 1-V ]
002 Vk :Display
3-631- Development Start M ENG* [ -300 to 300 / 0 / 1-V ]
003 Vk :Display
3-631- Development Start Y ENG* [ -300 to 300 / 0 / 1-V ]
004 Vk :Display
3-700- New Unit Detection ON/OFF Setting ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 1 / 1 ]
001
3-701- Manual New Unit Set # PCU:Bk ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
002
3-701- Manual New Unit Set # Dev Unit:Bk ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
003
3-701- Manual New Unit Set # PCU:C ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
025
3-701- Manual New Unit Set # Dev Unit:C ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
026
3-701- Manual New Unit Set # PCU:M ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
048
3-701- Manual New Unit Set # Dev Unit:M ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
049
3-701- Manual New Unit Set # PCU:Y ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
071
3-701- Manual New Unit Set # Dev Unit:Y ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
072
3-701- Manual New Unit Set # ITB Unit ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
093
3-701- Manual New Unit Set # ITB Cleaning Unit ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
102
3-701- Manual New Unit Set # PTR Unit ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
109
180
3.SP Mode Tables
3-701- Manual New Unit Set # Fusing Unit ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]

115
3-701- Manual New Unit Set Fusing Sleeve ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
116
3-701- Manual New Unit Set Pressure Roller ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
118
3-701- Manual New Unit Set #Waste Toner Bottle ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
142
3-701- Manual New Unit Set Tray1 Roller Assembly ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
145
3-701- Manual New Unit Set #Paper Feed Roller:Tray1 ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
147
3-701- Manual New Unit Set #Friction Pad:Tray1 ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
148
3-701- Manual New Unit Set #Feed Roller:Bypass ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
169
3-701- Manual New Unit Set DF Friction Pad ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
206
3-701- Manual New Unit Set DF Pickup Roller ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
207
3-701- Manual New Unit Set DF Feed Roller ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
208
3-701- Manual New Unit Set Toner Sub Hopper:Bk ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
220
3-701- Manual New Unit Set Toner Sub Hopper:C ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
221
3-701- Manual New Unit Set Toner Sub Hopper:M ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
222
3-701- Manual New Unit Set Toner Sub Hopper:Y ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
223
3-710- mu Concentration Control: Control Method: Selection ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 1 / 1 ]
001 Set 0: Not Use
1: Use
3-800- Waste Toner Full Detection Condition ENG* [ 0 to 4 / 0 / 1 ]
001
3-800- Waste Toner Full Detection Print Page After Near Full ENG* [ 0 to 10000 / 0 / 1sheet ]
002
3-800- Waste Toner Full Detection Volume Count 1 After ENG* [ 0 to 100000 / 0 / 0.1 ]
181
3.SP Mode Tables
003 Near Full

3-800- Waste Toner Full Detection Volume Count 2 After ENG* [ 0 to 1000000 / 0 / 0.1 ]
005 Near Full
3-800- Waste Toner Full Detection Volume Count After ENG* [ 0 to 1000000 / 0 / 0.1 ]
007 Replacement
3-800- Waste Toner Full Detection Remaining days ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 15 / 1 ]
012 Threshold
3-800- Waste Toner Full Detection Mechanical Full Detection ENG* [-/-/-]
020 Date
3-810- Paper Interval Ext.: Low Spd Formula: Slope ENG* [ 0 to 100 / 10 / 1% ]
001
3-810- Paper Interval Ext.: Low Spd Formula: Intercept ENG* [ -2000 to 2000 / 0 / 1% ]
002
3-810- Paper Interval Ext.: Low Spd Formula: Upper Limit ENG* [ 100 to 2000 / 100 / 1% ]
003
182
3.SP Mode Tables
SP Tables - SP4-XXX
SP4-XXX (Scanner)

CTL Max/Init./Step]
4-008- Sub Scan Magnification ENG* [ -1 to 1 / 0 / 0.1% ]
001 Adj.
4-010- Sub Scan Registration ENG* [ -1 to 1 / 0 / 0.1mm ]
001 Adj.
4-011- Main Scan Registration ENG* [ -2 to 2 / 0 / 0.1mm ]
001 Adj.
4-012- Scanner Erase Margin: Book: Sub Scan Leading Edge ENG* [ 0 to 3 / 1 / 0.1mm ]
001 Scale (Left)
4-012- Scanner Erase Margin: Book: Sub Scan Trailing Edge ENG* [ 0 to 3 / 1 / 0.1mm ]
002 Scale (Right)
4-012- Scanner Erase Margin: Book: Main Scan Leading Edge ENG* [ 0 to 3 / 1 / 0.1mm ]
003 Scale (Rear)
4-012- Scanner Erase Margin: Book: Main Scan Trailing Edge ENG* [ 0 to 3 / 1 / 0.1mm ]
004 Scale (Front)
4-013- Scanner Free Run Lamp OFF ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
001
4-013- Scanner Free Run Lamp ON ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
002
4-014- Scan HP Detection Enable ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
001
4-014- Scan HP Detection Disable ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
002
4-014- Scan HP Detec. On (FC 600dpi LG) ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
003
4-014- Scan HP Detec. On (BW 600dpi LG) ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
004
4-014- Scan HP Detec. On (FC 1200dpi LG) ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
005
4-016- DF Scan FC 600 x 300dpi Duplex Mode ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1STEP ]
001
4-016- DF Scan Bk 600 x 300dpi Duplex Mode ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1STEP ]
002
4-016- DF Scan FC 600 x 600dpi Duplex Mode ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1STEP ]
183
3.SP Mode Tables
003
004
005
4-016- DF Scan FC 600 x 300dpi Simplex Mode ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1STEP ]
006
4-016- DF Scan Bk 600 x 300dpi Simplex Mode ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1STEP ]
007
4-016- DF Scan FC 600 x 600dpi Simplex Mode ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1STEP ]
008
009
010
4-020- Dust Check Dust Detect:On/Off ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
001
4-020- Dust Check Dust Detect:Lvl ENG [ 0 to 8 / 4 / 1 ]
002
4-020- Dust Check Lvl Dust Reject:Lvl ENG [ 0 to 4 / 0 / 1 ]
003
4-020- DF Dust Check Dust Detect Level:Rear ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
011
4-020- DF Dust Check Correction Level:Rear ENG [ 0 to 8 / 4 / 1 ]
012
4-400- Scanner Erase Margin Book: Sub Scan Leading Edge ENG* [ 0 to 3 / 1 / 0.1mm ]
001 (Left)
4-400- Scanner Erase Margin Book: Sub Scan Leading Edge ENG* [ 0 to 3 / 1 / 0.1mm ]
002 (Right)
4-400- Scanner Erase Margin Book: Main Scan Leading Edge ENG* [ 0 to 3 / 1 / 0.1mm ]
003 (Rear)
4-400- Scanner Erase Margin Book: Main Scan Trailing Edge ENG* [ 0 to 3 / 1 / 0.1mm ]
004 (Front)
4-400- Original Erase Margin ADF:Sub:L-Edge ENG* [ 0 to 3 / 1.6 / 0.1mm ]
005
4-400- Original Erase Margin ADF:Main:Edge ENG* [ 0 to 3 / 1.6 / 0.1mm ]
007
4-400- Original Erase Margin ADF:Main:T-Edge ENG* [ 0 to 3 / 1.6 / 0.1mm ]
184
3.SP Mode Tables
008
4-417- IPU Test Pattern Test Pattern ENG [ 0 to 8 / 0 / 1 ]
001 0: Scanned image
1: Gradation main scan
A
2: Patch 16C
3: Grid pattern A
4: Slant grid pattern B
5: Slant grid pattern C
6: Slant grid pattern D
7: Scanned+Slant Grid
C
8: Scanned+Slant Grid
D
4-429- Select Copy Data Copying ENG [ 0 to 3 / 3 / 1 ]
001 Security
4-429- Select Copy Data Scanning ENG [ 0 to 3 / 3 / 1 ]
002 Security
4-429- Select Copy Data Fax Operation ENG [ 0 to 3 / 3 / 1 ]
003 Security
4-460- Digital AE Low Limit Value ENG [ 0 to 1023 / 364 / 1 ]
001
4-460- Digital AE Background level ENG* [ 512 to 1535 / 932 / 1 ]
002
4-501- ACC Target Den Copy:K:Text ENG* [ 0 to 10 / 5 / 1 ]
001
4-501- ACC Target Den Copy:C:Text ENG* [ 0 to 10 / 5 / 1 ]
002
4-501- ACC Target Den Copy:M:Text ENG* [ 0 to 10 / 5 / 1 ]
003
4-501- ACC Target Den Copy:Y:Text ENG* [ 0 to 10 / 5 / 1 ]
004
4-501- ACC Target Den Copy:K:Photo ENG* [ 0 to 10 / 5 / 1 ]
005
4-501- ACC Target Den Copy:C:Photo ENG* [ 0 to 10 / 5 / 1 ]
006
4-501- ACC Target Den Copy:M:Photo ENG* [ 0 to 10 / 5 / 1 ]
007
185
3.SP Mode Tables
4-501- ACC Target Den Copy:Y:Photo ENG* [ 0 to 10 / 5 / 1 ]

008
4-505- ACC Cor:Bright Master:K ENG* [ -128 to 127 / 0 / 1 ]
001
4-505- ACC Cor:Bright Master:C ENG* [ -128 to 127 / 0 / 1 ]
002
4-505- ACC Cor:Bright Master:M ENG* [ -128 to 127 / 0 / 1 ]
003
4-505- ACC Cor:Bright Master:Y ENG* [ -128 to 127 / 0 / 1 ]
004
4-505- ACC Cor:Bright Slave:K ENG* [ -128 to 127 / 0 / 1 ]
005
4-505- ACC Cor:Bright Slave:C ENG* [ -128 to 127 / 0 / 1 ]
006
4-505- ACC Cor:Bright Slave:M ENG* [ -128 to 127 / 0 / 1 ]
007
4-505- ACC Cor:Bright Slave:Y ENG* [ -128 to 127 / 0 / 1 ]
008
4-506- ACC Cor:Dark Master:K ENG* [ -128 to 127 / 0 / 1 ]
001
4-506- ACC Cor:Dark Master:C ENG* [ -128 to 127 / 0 / 1 ]
002
4-506- ACC Cor:Dark Master:M ENG* [ -128 to 127 / 0 / 1 ]
003
4-506- ACC Cor:Dark Master:Y ENG* [ -128 to 127 / 0 / 1 ]
004
4-506- ACC Cor:Dark Slave:K ENG* [ -128 to 127 / 0 / 1 ]
005
4-506- ACC Cor:Dark Slave:C ENG* [ -128 to 127 / 0 / 1 ]
006
4-506- ACC Cor:Dark Slave:M ENG* [ -128 to 127 / 0 / 1 ]
007
4-506- ACC Cor:Dark Slave:Y ENG* [ -128 to 127 / 0 / 1 ]
008
4-540- Print Coverage RY Phase: Option ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
001
4-540- Print Coverage RY Phase: R ENG [ -256 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
002
186
3.SP Mode Tables
4-540- Print Coverage RY Phase: G ENG [ -256 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]

003
4-540- Print Coverage RY Phase: B ENG [ -256 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
004
4-540- Print Coverage YR Phase: Option ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
005
4-540- Print Coverage YR Phase: R ENG [ -256 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
006
4-540- Print Coverage YR Phase: G ENG [ -256 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
007
4-540- Print Coverage YR Phase: B ENG [ -256 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
008
4-540- Print Coverage YG Phase: Option ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
009
4-540- Print Coverage YG Phase: R ENG [ -256 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
010
4-540- Print Coverage YG Phase: G ENG [ -256 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
011
4-540- Print Coverage YG Phase: B ENG [ -256 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
012
4-540- Print Coverage GY Phase: Option ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
013
4-540- Print Coverage GY Phase: R ENG [ -256 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
014
4-540- Print Coverage GY Phase: G ENG [ -256 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
015
4-540- Print Coverage GY Phase: B ENG [ -256 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
016
4-540- Print Coverage GC Phase: Option ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
017
4-540- Print Coverage GC Phase: R ENG [ -256 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
018
4-540- Print Coverage GC Phase: G ENG [ -256 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
019
4-540- Print Coverage GC Phase: B ENG [ -256 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
020
4-540- Print Coverage CG Phase: Option ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
021
187
3.SP Mode Tables
4-540- Print Coverage CG Phase: R ENG [ -256 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]

022
4-540- Print Coverage CG Phase: G ENG [ -256 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
023
4-540- Print Coverage CG Phase: B ENG [ -256 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
024
4-540- Print Coverage CB Phase: Option ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
025
4-540- Print Coverage CB Phase: R ENG [ -256 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
026
4-540- Print Coverage CB Phase: G ENG [ -256 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
027
4-540- Print Coverage CB Phase: B ENG [ -256 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
028
4-540- Print Coverage BC Phase: Option ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
029
4-540- Print Coverage BC Phase: R ENG [ -256 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
030
4-540- Print Coverage BC Phase: G ENG [ -256 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
031
4-540- Print Coverage BC Phase: B ENG [ -256 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
032
4-540- Print Coverage BM Phase: Option ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
033
4-540- Print Coverage BM Phase: R ENG [ -256 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
034
4-540- Print Coverage BM Phase: G ENG [ -256 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
035
4-540- Print Coverage BM Phase: B ENG [ -256 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
036
4-540- Print Coverage MB Phase: Option ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
037
4-540- Print Coverage MB Phase: R ENG [ -256 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
038
4-540- Print Coverage MB Phase: G ENG [ -256 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
039
4-540- Print Coverage MB Phase: B ENG [ -256 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
040
188
3.SP Mode Tables
4-540- Print Coverage MR Phase: Option ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]

041
4-540- Print Coverage MR Phase: R ENG [ -256 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
042
4-540- Print Coverage MR Phase: G ENG [ -256 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
043
4-540- Print Coverage MR Phase: B ENG [ -256 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
044
4-540- Print Coverage RM Phase: Option ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
045
4-540- Print Coverage RM Phase: R ENG [ -256 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
046
4-540- Print Coverage RM Phase: G ENG [ -256 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
047
4-540- Print Coverage RM Phase: B ENG [ -256 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
048
4-540- Print Coverage WHITE: Option ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
049
4-540- Print Coverage WHITE:R ENG [ -256 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
050
4-540- Print Coverage WHITE:G ENG [ -256 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
051
4-540- Print Coverage WHITE:B ENG [ -256 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
052
4-540- Print Coverage BLACK: Option ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
053
4-540- Print Coverage BLACK:R ENG [ -256 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
054
4-540- Print Coverage BLACK:G ENG [ -256 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
055
4-540- Print Coverage BLACK:B ENG [ -256 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
056
4-541- Photo Correction Copied Photo ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
001
4-550- Scan Apli:Txt/Print MTF: 0(Off) 1-15 (Weak- ENG [ 0 to 15 / 8 / 1 ]
005 Strong)
4-550- Scan Apli:Txt/Print Smoothing: 0(x1) 1-7 (Weak- ENG [ 0 to 7 / 4 / 1 ]
006 Strong)
189
3.SP Mode Tables
4-550- Scan Apli:Txt/Print Brightness: 1-255 ENG [ 1 to 255 / 128 / 1 ]

007
4-550- Scan Apli:Txt/Print Contrast: 1-255 ENG [ 1 to 255 / 128 / 1 ]
008
4-550- Scan Apli:Txt/Print Ind Dot Erase: 0(Off) 1-7 ENG [ 0 to 7 / 0 / 1 ]
009 (Weak-Strong)
4-551- Scan Apli:Txt MTF: 0(Off) 1-15 (Weak- ENG [ 0 to 15 / 8 / 1 ]
005 Strong)
4-551- Scan Apli:Txt Smoothing: 0(x1) 1-7 (Weak- ENG [ 0 to 7 / 4 / 1 ]
006 Strong)
4-551- Scan Apli:Txt Brightness: 1-255 ENG [ 1 to 255 / 128 / 1 ]
007
4-551- Scan Apli:Txt Contrast: 1-255 ENG [ 1 to 255 / 128 / 1 ]
008
4-551- Scan Apli:Txt Ind Dot Erase: 0(Off) 1-7 ENG [ 0 to 7 / 0 / 1 ]
009 (Weak-Strong)
4-552- Scan Apli:Txt Dropout MTF: 0(Off) 1-15 (Weak- ENG [ 0 to 15 / 8 / 1 ]
005 Strong)
4-552- Scan Apli:Txt Dropout Smoothing: 0(x1) 1-7 (Weak- ENG [ 0 to 7 / 4 / 1 ]
006 Strong)
4-552- Scan Apli:Txt Dropout Brightness: 1-255 ENG [ 1 to 255 / 128 / 1 ]
007
4-552- Scan Apli:Txt Dropout Contrast: 1-255 ENG [ 1 to 255 / 128 / 1 ]
008
4-552- Scan Apli:Txt Dropout Ind Dot Erase: 0(Off) 1-7 ENG [ 0 to 7 / 0 / 1 ]
009 (Weak-Strong)
4-553- Scan Apli:Txt/Photo MTF: 0(Off) 1-15 (Weak- ENG [ 0 to 15 / 8 / 1 ]
005 Strong)
4-553- Scan Apli:Txt/Photo Smoothing: 0(x1) 1-7 (Weak- ENG [ 0 to 7 / 4 / 1 ]
006 Strong)
4-553- Scan Apli:Txt/Photo Brightness: 1-255 ENG [ 1 to 255 / 128 / 1 ]
007
4-553- Scan Apli:Txt/Photo Contrast: 1-255 ENG [ 1 to 255 / 128 / 1 ]
008
4-553- Scan Apli:Txt/Photo Ind Dot Erase: 0(Off) 1-7 ENG [ 0 to 7 / 0 / 1 ]
009 (Weak-Strong)
4-554- Scan Apli:Photo MTF: 0(Off) 1-15 (Weak- ENG [ 0 to 15 / 8 / 1 ]
005 Strong)
190
3.SP Mode Tables
4-554- Scan Apli:Photo Smoothing: 0(x1) 1-7 (Weak- ENG [ 0 to 7 / 4 / 1 ]

006 Strong)
4-554- Scan Apli:Photo Brightness: 1-255 ENG [ 1 to 255 / 128 / 1 ]
007
4-554- Scan Apli:Photo Contrast: 1-255 ENG [ 1 to 255 / 128 / 1 ]
008
4-554- Scan Apli:Photo Ind Dot Erase: 0(Off) 1-7 ENG [ 0 to 7 / 0 / 1 ]
009 (Weak-Strong)
4-565- Scan Apli:GrayScale MTF: 0(Off) 1-15 (Weak- ENG [ 0 to 15 / 8 / 1 ]
005 Strong)
4-565- Scan Apli:GrayScale Smoothing: 0(x1) 1-7 (Weak- ENG [ 0 to 7 / 4 / 1 ]
006 Strong)
4-565- Scan Apli:GrayScale Brightness: 1-255 ENG [ 1 to 255 / 128 / 1 ]
007
4-565- Scan Apli:GrayScale Contrast: 1-255 ENG [ 1 to 255 / 128 / 1 ]
008
4-565- Scan Apli:GrayScale Ind Dot Erase: 0(Off) 1-7 ENG [ 0 to 7 / 0 / 1 ]
009 (Weak-Strong)
4-570- Scan Apli:Col Txt/Photo MTF: 0(Off) 1-15 (Weak- ENG [ 0 to 15 / 8 / 1 ]
005 Strong)
4-570- Scan Apli:Col Txt/Photo Smoothing: 0(x1) 1-7 (Weak- ENG [ 0 to 7 / 4 / 1 ]
006 Strong)
4-570- Scan Apli:Col Txt/Photo Brightness: 1-255 ENG [ 1 to 255 / 128 / 1 ]
007
4-570- Scan Apli:Col Txt/Photo Contrast: 1-255 ENG [ 1 to 255 / 128 / 1 ]
008
4-570- Scan Apli:Col Txt/Photo Ind Dot Erase: 0(Off) 1-7 ENG [ 0 to 7 / 0 / 1 ]
009 (Weak-Strong)
4-571- Scan Apli:Col Gloss MTF: 0(Off) 1-15 (Weak- ENG [ 0 to 15 / 8 / 1 ]
005 Photo Strong)
4-571- Scan Apli:Col Gloss Smoothing: 0(x1) 1-7 (Weak- ENG [ 0 to 7 / 4 / 1 ]
006 Photo Strong)
4-571- Scan Apli:Col Gloss Brightness: 1-255 ENG [ 1 to 255 / 128 / 1 ]
007 Photo
4-571- Scan Apli:Col Gloss Contrast: 1-255 ENG [ 1 to 255 / 128 / 1 ]
008 Photo
4-571- Scan Apli:Col Gloss Ind Dot Erase: 0(Off) 1-7 ENG [ 0 to 7 / 0 / 1 ]
009 Photo (Weak-Strong)
191
3.SP Mode Tables
4-572- Scan Apli:AutoCol MTF: 0(Off) 1-15 (Weak- ENG [ 0 to 15 / 8 / 1 ]

005 Strong)
4-572- Scan Apli:AutoCol Smoothing: 0(x1) 1-7 (Weak- ENG [ 0 to 7 / 4 / 1 ]
006 Strong)
4-572- Scan Apli:AutoCol Brightness: 1-255 ENG [ 1 to 255 / 128 / 1 ]
007
4-572- Scan Apli:AutoCol Contrast: 1-255 ENG [ 1 to 255 / 128 / 1 ]
008
4-572- Scan Apli:AutoCol Ind Dot Erase: 0(Off) 1-7 ENG [ 0 to 7 / 0 / 1 ]
009 (Weak-Strong)
4-580- Fax Apli:Txt/Chart MTF: 0(Off) 1-15 (Weak- ENG [ 0 to 15 / 8 / 1 ]
005 Strong)
4-580- Fax Apli:Txt/Chart Smoothing: 0(x1) 1-7 (Weak- ENG [ 0 to 7 / 4 / 1 ]
006 Strong)
4-580- Fax Apli:Txt/Chart Brightness: 1-255 ENG [ 1 to 255 / 128 / 1 ]
007
4-580- Fax Apli:Txt/Chart Contrast: 1-255 ENG [ 1 to 255 / 128 / 1 ]
008
4-580- Fax Apli:Txt/Chart Ind Dot Erase: 0(Off) 1-7 ENG [ 0 to 7 / 0 / 1 ]
009 (Weak-Strong)
4-580- Fax Apli:Txt/Chart Texture Erase: 0 ENG [ 0 to 2 / 0 / 1 ]
010
4-581- Fax Apli:Txt MTF: 0(Off) 1-15 (Weak- ENG [ 0 to 15 / 8 / 1 ]
005 Strong)
4-581- Fax Apli:Txt Smoothing: 0(x1) 1-7 (Weak- ENG [ 0 to 7 / 4 / 1 ]
006 Strong)
4-581- Fax Apli:Txt Brightness: 1-255 ENG [ 1 to 255 / 128 / 1 ]
007
4-581- Fax Apli:Txt Contrast: 1-255 ENG [ 1 to 255 / 128 / 1 ]
008
4-581- Fax Apli:Txt Ind Dot Erase: 0(Off) 1-7 ENG [ 0 to 7 / 0 / 1 ]
009 (Weak-Strong)
4-582- Fax Apli:Txt/Photo MTF: 0(Off) 1-15 (Weak- ENG [ 0 to 15 / 8 / 1 ]
005 Strong)
4-582- Fax Apli:Txt/Photo Smoothing: 0(x1) 1-7 (Weak- ENG [ 0 to 7 / 4 / 1 ]
006 Strong)
4-582- Fax Apli:Txt/Photo Brightness: 1-255 ENG [ 1 to 255 / 128 / 1 ]
007
192
3.SP Mode Tables
4-582- Fax Apli:Txt/Photo Contrast: 1-255 ENG [ 1 to 255 / 128 / 1 ]

008
4-582- Fax Apli:Txt/Photo Ind Dot Erase: 0(Off) 1-7 ENG [ 0 to 7 / 0 / 1 ]
009 (Weak-Strong)
4-582- Fax Apli:Txt/Photo Texture Erase: 0 ENG [ 0 to 2 / 0 / 1 ]
010
4-583- Fax Apli:Photo MTF: 0(Off) 1-15 (Weak- ENG [ 0 to 15 / 8 / 1 ]
005 Strong)
4-583- Fax Apli:Photo Smoothing: 0(x1) 1-7 (Weak- ENG [ 0 to 7 / 4 / 1 ]
006 Strong)
4-583- Fax Apli:Photo Brightness: 1-255 ENG [ 1 to 255 / 128 / 1 ]
007
4-583- Fax Apli:Photo Contrast: 1-255 ENG [ 1 to 255 / 128 / 1 ]
008
4-583- Fax Apli:Photo Ind Dot Erase: 0(Off) 1-7 ENG [ 0 to 7 / 0 / 1 ]
009 (Weak-Strong)
4-583- Fax Apli:Photo Texture Erase: 0 ENG [ 0 to 2 / 0 / 1 ]
010
4-584- Fax Apli:Original 1 MTF: 0(Off) 1-15 (Weak- ENG [ 0 to 15 / 8 / 1 ]
005 Strong)
4-584- Fax Apli:Original 1 Smoothing: 0(x1) 1-7 (Weak- ENG [ 0 to 7 / 4 / 1 ]
006 Strong)
4-584- Fax Apli:Original 1 Brightness: 1-255 ENG [ 1 to 255 / 128 / 1 ]
007
4-584- Fax Apli:Original 1 Contrast: 1-255 ENG [ 1 to 255 / 128 / 1 ]
008
4-584- Fax Apli:Original 1 Ind Dot Erase: 0(Off) 1-7 ENG [ 0 to 7 / 0 / 1 ]
009 (Weak-Strong)
4-585- Fax Apli:Original 2 MTF: 0(Off) 1-15 (Weak- ENG [ 0 to 15 / 8 / 1 ]
005 Strong)
4-585- Fax Apli:Original 2 Smoothing: 0(x1) 1-7 (Weak- ENG [ 0 to 7 / 4 / 1 ]
006 Strong)
4-585- Fax Apli:Original 2 Brightness: 1-255 ENG [ 1 to 255 / 128 / 1 ]
007
4-585- Fax Apli:Original 2 Contrast: 1-255 ENG [ 1 to 255 / 128 / 1 ]
008
4-585- Fax Apli:Original 2 Independent Dot Erase (0)/ 1-7 ENG [ 0 to 7 / 0 / 1 ]
009 (Strong)
193
3.SP Mode Tables
4-600- SCN Version Display SCN ID ENG [ 0x00 to 0xFF / 0 / 1 ]

001
4-609- Gray Balance Set: R Book Scan ENG* [ -384 to 255 / -100 /
001 1digit ]
4-609- Gray Balance Set: R DF Scan ENG* [ -384 to 255 / -100 /
002 1digit ]
4-610- Gray Balance Set: G Book Scan ENG* [ -384 to 255 / -100 /
001 1digit ]
4-610- Gray Balance Set: G DF Scan ENG* [ -384 to 255 / -100 /
002 1digit ]
4-611- Gray Balance Set: B Book Scan ENG* [ -384 to 255 / -100 /
001 1digit ]
4-611- Gray Balance Set: B DF Scan ENG* [ -384 to 255 / -100 /
002 1digit ]
4-646- Scan Adjust Error White level ENG* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 1 ]
001
4-646- Scan Adjust Error Black level ENG* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 1 ]
002
4-647- Scanner Hard Error Power-ON ENG [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 1 ]
001
4-688- DF Density Adjustment ARDF ENG* [ 80 to 120 / 100 / 1% ]
001
4-688- DF Density Adjustment 1-Pass ENG* [ 80 to 120 / 100 / 1% ]
002
4-703- Scan Mode Selection Copying ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
001
4-703- Scan Mode Selection Scanning ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
002
4-712- CIS GB Adj. Value: R ENG* [ -384 to 255 / -89 /
001 1digit ]
4-713- CIS GB Adj. Value: G ENG* [ -384 to 255 / -76 /
001 1digit ]
4-714- CIS GB Adj. Value: B ENG* [ -384 to 255 / -85 /
001 1digit ]
4-723- OUTPUT Check Scanner Lamp: Color ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
001
4-745- CIS Scan Adjust Error White level ENG [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 1 ]
001
194
3.SP Mode Tables
4-745- CIS Scan Adjust Error Black level ENG [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 1 ]

002
4-746- CIS GB Adj Error Flag ENG [ 0 to 7 / 0 / 1 ]
001
4-747- CIS Scanner Hard Error Power-ON ENG [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 1 ]
001
4-785- CIS White Level Peak Color ENG* [ 0 to 1024 / 707 /
001 Target 1digit ]
4-796- Low Density Color Front Side ENG* [ 0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]
001 Correction 0: OFF
1: WEAK
2: MEDIUM
3: STRONG
4-796- Low Density Color Rear Side ENG* [ 0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]
002 Correction 0: OFF
1: WEAK
2: MEDIUM
3: STRONG
4-797- Rear Side: Digital AE Low Limit Setting ENG [ 0 to 1023 / 364 / 1 ]
001
4-797- Rear Side: Digital AE Background Erase Level ENG* [ 512 to 1535 / 932 / 1 ]
002
4-799- CIS Test Pattern Change ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
001
4-802- DF Shading FreeRun Lamp OFF ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
001
4-802- DF Shading FreeRun Lamp ON ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
002
4-803- Home Position Adj. ENG* [ -1.5 to 1 / 0 / 0.1mm ]
001
4-804- Home Position ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
001 Operation
4-806- Carriage Retract ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
001 Operation
4-902- Disp ACC Data R_DATA1 ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
001
4-902- Disp ACC Data G_DATA1 ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
002
195
3.SP Mode Tables
4-902- Disp ACC Data B_DATA1 ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]

003
4-902- Disp ACC Data R_DATA2 ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
004
4-902- Disp ACC Data G_DATA2 ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
005
4-902- Disp ACC Data B_DATA2 ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
006
4-903- Filter Setting Ind Dot Erase: Text ENG* [ 0 to 7 / 0 / 1 ]
001
4-903- Filter Setting Ind Dot Erase: Generation Copy ENG* [ 0 to 7 / 0 / 1 ]
002
4-905- Select Gradation Level ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
001
4-907- Gamma Correction Stamp Entry ENG [ 0 to 2 / 1 / 1 ]
001
4-918- Man Gamma Adj ENG [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
009
4-930- Coverage Ctrl: Text Copy: Full Color 1 ENG [ 0 to 400 / 200 / 1 ]
001
4-930- Coverage Ctrl: Text Copy: Full Color 2 ENG [ 0 to 400 / 200 / 1 ]
002
4-930- Coverage Ctrl: Text Copy: Single Color ENG [ 0 to 400 / 100 / 1 ]
003
4-930- Coverage Ctrl: Text Copy: Color Conversion ENG [ 0 to 400 / 180 / 1 ]
004
4-930- Coverage Ctrl: Text Coverage Ctrl OFF ENG [ 0 to 400 / 400 / 1 ]
005
4-931- Coverage Ctrl: Photo Copy: Full Color 1 ENG [ 0 to 400 / 240 / 1 ]
001
4-931- Coverage Ctrl: Photo Copy: Full Color 2 ENG [ 0 to 400 / 260 / 1 ]
002
4-931- Coverage Ctrl: Photo Copy: Single Color ENG [ 0 to 400 / 100 / 1 ]
003
4-931- Coverage Ctrl: Photo Copy: Color Conversion ENG [ 0 to 400 / 200 / 1 ]
004
4-931- Coverage Ctrl: Photo Coverage Ctrl OFF ENG [ 0 to 400 / 400 / 1 ]
005
196
3.SP Mode Tables
4-938- ACS:Edge Mask Copy:Sub LEdge ENG* [ 0 to 31 / 10 / 1mm ]

001
4-938- ACS:Edge Mask Copy:Sub TEdge ENG* [ 0 to 31 / 10 / 1mm ]
002
4-938- ACS:Edge Mask Copy:Main LEdge ENG* [ 0 to 31 / 10 / 1mm ]
003
4-938- ACS:Edge Mask Copy:Main TEdge ENG* [ 0 to 31 / 10 / 1mm ]
004
4-938- ACS:Edge Mask Scan:Sub LEdge ENG* [ 0 to 31 / 15 / 1mm ]
005
4-938- ACS:Edge Mask Scan:Sub TEdge ENG* [ 0 to 31 / 15 / 1mm ]
006
4-938- ACS:Edge Mask Scan:Main LEdge ENG* [ 0 to 31 / 15 / 1mm ]
007
4-938- ACS:Edge Mask Scan:Main TEdge ENG* [ 0 to 31 / 15 / 1mm ]
008
4-939- ACS:Color Range ENG* [ -2 to 2 / 0 / 1 ]
001
4-954- Restore Test Chart Chromaticity Rank ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
005
4-958- Read/Restore Std: Rear Read New Chart ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
001
4-958- Read/Restore Std: Rear Recall Prev Chart ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
002
4-958- Read/Restore Std: Rear Set Std Chart ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
004
4-958- Restore Test Chart: Rear Chromaticity Rank ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
005
4-993- High Light Correction Sensitivity Selection ENG [ 0 to 9 / 4 / 1 ]
001
4-993- High Light Correction Range Selection ENG [ 0 to 9 / 4 / 1 ]
002
4-994- Adj Txt/Photo Recog High Compression PDF ENG [ 0 to 2 / 1 / 1 ]
001 Level
4-996- White Paper Detection ENG [ 0 to 6 / 3 / 1 ]
001 Level
197
3.SP Mode Tables
SP Tables - SP5-XXX
SP5-XXX (Engine: Mode)
SP No. Large Category Small Category ENG or [Min to Max/Init./Step]

CTL
5-131- Paper Size Type ENG* [ 0 to 2 / * / 1 ]
001 Selection *NA: 1
*EU, AA, CHN, TWN,
KOR: 2
0: JP
1: NA
2: EU/ASIA
5-186- RK4 Pulling ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
001
5-610- Base Gamma Ctrl Get Factory Default ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
004 Pt:Execute
5-610- Base Gamma Ctrl Set Factory Default ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
005 Pt:Execute
5-610- Base Gamma Ctrl Restore Orginal Value ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
006 Pt:Execute
5-611- Toner Color in 2C B-C ENG [ 0 to 128 / 100 / 1 ]
001
5-611- Toner Color in 2C B-M ENG [ 0 to 128 / 100 / 1 ]
002
5-611- Toner Color in 2C G-C ENG [ 0 to 128 / 100 / 1 ]
003
5-611- Toner Color in 2C G-Y ENG [ 0 to 128 / 100 / 1 ]
004
5-611- Toner Color in 2C R-M ENG [ 0 to 128 / 100 / 1 ]
005
5-611- Tonner Color in 2C R-Y ENG [ 0 to 128 / 100 / 1 ]
006
5-801- Memory Clear Engine ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
002
5-807- Area Selection ENG* [ 1 to 7 / 2 / 1 ]
001 1: Japan
2: NA
3: EU
198
3.SP Mode Tables
4: Taiwan
5: Asia
6: China
7: Korea
5-810- Fusing SC Reset Fusing SC Reset ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
001
5-810- Fusing SC Reset Hard High Temp. ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
002 Detection
5-811- Machine Serial Display ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
002
5-894- External Counter Option Counter Mode Switch ENG* [ 0 to 2 / 0 / 1 ]
001 Set Setting
5-900- Engine Log Upload Pattern ENG* [ 0 to 4 / 0 / 1 ]
001
5-900- Engine Log Upload Trigger ENG* [ 0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]
002
5-987- Mech. Counter Protection 0:OFF / 1:ON ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
001
5-998- Fusing Precedence Warm On/Off ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 1 / 1 ]
001 Up 0: OFF
1: ON
SP5-XXX (Controller: Mode)
SP Large Category Small Category ENG [Min to Max/Init./Step]

No. or
CTL
5- Add display language 1-8 CTL* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
009-
201
009-
202
009-
203
009-
204
199
3.SP Mode Tables

009-
205
009-
206
009-
207
5- mm/inch Display Selection 0:mm 1:inch CTL* [ 0 to 1 / * / 1 ]
024- *NA: 1
001 *Others: 0
5- Accounting counter Counter Method CTL* [ 0 to 7 / 0 / 1 ]
045- 0: Developments
001 1: Prints
2: Coverage
7: Coverage (YMC)
5- Paper Display Backing Paper CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
047- 0: OFF, 1:ON
001
5- TonerRefillDetectionDisplay CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
051-
001
5- Display IP address CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
055-
001
5- Part Replacement Alert #PCU:Bk CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
062- Display
002
5- Part Replacement Alert #PCU:C CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
062- Display
025
5- Part Replacement Alert #PCU:M CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
062- Display
048
5- Part Replacement Alert #PCU:Y CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
062- Display
071
5- Part Replacement Alert #Image Transfer Belt Unit CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
200
3.SP Mode Tables
062- Display
093
5- Part Replacement Alert #Paper Transfer Roller Unit CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
062- Display
109
5- Part Replacement Alert #Fusing Unit CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
062- Display
115
5- Part Replacement Alert Fusing Sleeve CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
062- Display
116
5- Part Replacement Alert Pressure Roller CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
062- Display
118
5- Part Replacement Alert #Wast Toner bottle CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
062- Display
142
5- Part Replacement Alert #Paper Feed Roller:Tray1 CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
062- Display
147
5- Part Replacement Alert #Friction Pad:Tray1 CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
062- Display
148
5- Part Replacement Alert #Feed Roller:Bypass CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
062- Display
169
5- PM Parts Display CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
066-
001
5- Part Replacement Operation #PCU:Bk CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
067- Type
002
5- Part Replacement Operation #PCU:C CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
067- Type
025
5- Part Replacement Operation #PCU:M CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
067- Type
048
201
3.SP Mode Tables
5- Part Replacement Operation #PCU:Y CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

067- Type
071
5- Part Replacement Operation #Image Transfer Belt Unit CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
067- Type
093
5- Part Replacement Operation #Paper Transfer Roller Unit CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
067- Type
109
5- Part Replacement Operation #Fusing Unit CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
067- Type
115
5- Part Replacement Operation Fusing Sleeve CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
067- Type
116
5- Part Replacement Operation Pressure Roller CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
067- Type
118
5- Part Replacement Operation #Wast Toner bottle CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
067- Type
142
5- Part Replacement Operation #Paper Feed Roller:Tray1 CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
067- Type
147
5- Part Replacement Operation #Friction Pad:Tray1 CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
067- Type
148
5- Part Replacement Operation #Feed Roller:Bypass CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
067- Type
169
5- Set Bypass Paper Size Display CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
071- 0: Disable, 1: Enable
001
5- Home Key Customization Login Setting CTL* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
074-
002
5- Home Key Customization Show Home Edit Menu CTL* [ 0 to 2 / 0 / 1 ]
074-
050
202
3.SP Mode Tables
5- Home Key Customization Function Setting CTL* [ 0 to 2 / 0 / 1 ]

074-
091
5- Home Key Customization Product ID CTL* [ 0 to 0xffffffff / 0 / 1 ]
074-
092
5- Home Key Customization Application Screen ID CTL* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
074-
093
5- USB Keyboard Display setting CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
075-
003
5- Copy:LT/LG Mixed Sizes 0:OFF 1:ON CTL* [ 0 to 1 / * / 1 ]
076- Setting *NA: 1
001 *Others: 0
5- ServiceSP Entry Code Setting CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
081- DFU
001
5- LED Light Switch Setting Toner Near End CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
083-
001
5- LED Light Switch Setting Waste Toner Near End CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
083-
002
5- Copy Auto Clear Setting Auto Clear Timer Setting (0:ON CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
101- 1:OFF)
202
5- Optional Counter Type Default Optional Counter Type CTL* [ 0 to 8 / 0 / 1 ]
113- 0: None, 1: Key card (RK
001 3, 4)
2: Key card (down), 3:
Prepaid card
4: Coin lock, 5: MF key
card
8: Key counter + Vendor
9: Bar-code Printer
5- Optional Counter Type External Optional Counter Type CTL* [ 0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]
113- 0: None
002 1: Expansion Device 1
203
3.SP Mode Tables
2: Expansion Device 2
3: Expansion Device 3
5- Optional Counter I/F MF Key Card Extension CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
114- 0: Not installed / 1:
001 Installed (scanning
accounting)
5- Disable Copying CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
118- 0: Enabled, 1: Disabled
001
5- Mode Clear Opt. Counter 0:Yes 1:StandBy 2:No CTL* [ 0 to 2 / 0 / 1 ]
120- Removal
001
5- Counter Up Timing 0:Feed 1:Exit CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
121-
001
5- APS OFF Mode CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
127- 0: Not disabled 1:
001 Disabled
5- Code Mode With Key/Card CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
128- Option 0: not used in
001 combination
1: used in combination
5- Fax Printing Mode at Optional CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
167- Counter Off 0: Automatic printing
001 1: No automatic printing
5- CE Login CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
169- 0: Disabled
001 1: Enabled
5- Copy Nv Version CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
188-
001
5- Mode Set Power Str Set CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
191-
001
5- Limitless SW CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
195- 0: Productivity Precede
001 1: Use paper up
5- Page Numbering Duplex Printout Left/Right CTL* [ -10 to 10 / 0 / 0.01mm ]
212- Position of Left/Right Facing
204
3.SP Mode Tables
003
5- Page Numbering Duplex Printout Top/Bottom CTL* [ -10 to 10 / 0 / 0.01mm ]
212- Position of Left/Right Facing
004
5- Page Numbering Duplex Printout Left/Right CTL* [ -10 to 10 / 0 / 0.01mm ]
212- Position of Top/Bottom Facing
018
5- Page Numbering Duplex Printout Top/Bottom CTL* [ -10 to 10 / 0 / 0.01mm ]
212- Position of Top/Bottom Facing
019
5- Page Numbering Allow Page No. Entry CTL* [ 2 to 9 / 9 / 1 ]
227-
201
5- Page Numbering Zero Surplus Setting CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
227-
202
5- Set Time Time Difference CTL* [ -1440 to 1440 / * / 1 ]
302- *NA: -300
002 *EU: 60
*AA, CHN, TWN: 480
5- Auto Off Set Auto Off Limit Set CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
305-
101
5- Daylight Saving Time Setting CTL* [ 0 to 1 / * / 1 ]
307- *NA, EU: 1
001 *AA, CHN, TWN: 0
5- Daylight Saving Time Rule Set(Start) CTL* [ 0 to 0xffffffff / * / 1 ]
307- *NA: 0x03200210
003 *EU: 0x03500010
*AA: 0x10500010
*CHN, TWN: 0
5- Daylight Saving Time Rule Set(End) CTL* [ 0 to 0xffffffff / 0 / 1 ]
307- *NA: 0x11100200
004 *EU: 0x10500100
*AA: 0x03100000
*CHN, TWN: 0
5- Access Control Default Document ACL CTL* [ 0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]
401-
103
205
3.SP Mode Tables
5- Access Control Authentication Time CTL* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1sec ]

401-
104
5- Access Control Extend Certification Detail CTL* [ 0 to 0xff / 0 / 1 ]
401-
162
5- Access Control SDK1 UniqueID CTL* [ 0 to 0xFFFFFFFF / 0 /
401- 1]
200
5- Access Control SDK1 Certification Method CTL* [ 0 to 0xFF / 0 / 1 ]
401-
201
401- 1]
210
401-
211
401- 1]
220
401-
221
5- Access Control SDK Certification Device CTL* [ 0 to 0xff / 0 / 1 ]
401-
230
5- Access Control Detail Option CTL* [ 0 to 0xff / 0 / 1 ]
401-
240
5- Access Control SDKJ1 Limit Setting CTL* [ 0 to 0xFF / 0 / 1 ]
402-
101
402-
102
402-
103
206
3.SP Mode Tables

402-
104
402-
105
402-
106
402-
107
402-
108
402-
109
402-
110
402-
111
402-
112
402-
113
402-
114
402-
115
402-
116
207
3.SP Mode Tables

402-
117
402-
118
402-
119
402-
120
402-
121
402-
122
402-
123
402-
124
402-
125
402-
126
402-
127
402-
128
402-
129
208
3.SP Mode Tables

402-
130
5- Access Control SDKJ1 ProductID CTL* [ 0 to 0xffffffff / 0 / 1 ]
402-
141
402-
142
402-
143
402-
144
402-
145
402-
146
402-
147
402-
148
402-
149
402-
150
402-
151
402-
152
209
3.SP Mode Tables

402-
153
402-
154
402-
155
402-
156
402-
157
402-
158
402-
159
402-
160
402-
161
402-
162
402-
163
402-
164
402-
165
210
3.SP Mode Tables

402-
166
402-
167
402-
168
402-
169
402-
170
5- User Code Count Clear User Code Count Clear CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
404-
001
5- User Code Count Clear User Code Count Clear Permit CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
404- Setting
101
5- LDAP-Certification Simplified Authentication CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
411- 1: On, 0: Off
004
5- LDAP-Certification Password Null Not Permit CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
411- 0: Password NULL not
005 permitted.
1: Password NULL
permitted.
5- LDAP-Certification Detail Option CTL* [ 0 to 0xff / 0 / 1 ]
411-
006
5- Krb-Certification Encrypt Mode CTL* [ 0 to 0xFF / 0x1F / 1 ]
412-
100
5- Lockout Setting Lockout On/Off CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
413- 0: Off, 1: On
001
5- Lockout Setting Lockout Threshold CTL* [ 1 to 10 / 5 / 1 ]
211
3.SP Mode Tables
413-
002
5- Lockout Setting Cancelation On/Off CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
413- 0: Off, 1: On
003
5- Lockout Setting Cancelation Time CTL* [ 1 to 9999 / 60 / 1min ]
413-
004
5- Access Mitigation Mitigation On/Off CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
414- 0: Off, 1: On
001
5- Access Mitigation Mitigation Time CTL* [ 0 to 60 / 15 / 1min ]
414-
002
5- Password Attack Permissible Number CTL* [ 0 to 100 / 30 / 1 ]
415-
001
5- Password Attack Detect Time CTL* [ 1 to 10 / 5 / 1 ]
415-
002
5- Access Information Access User Max Num CTL* [ 50 to 200 / 200 / 1 ]
416-
001
5- Access Information Access Password Max Num CTL* [ 50 to 200 / 200 / 1 ]
416-
002
5- Access Information Monitor Interval CTL* [ 1 to 10 / 3 / 1 ]
416-
003
5- Access Attack Access Permissible Number CTL* [ 0 to 500 / 100 / 1 ]
417-
001
5- Access Attack Attack Detect Time CTL* [ 10 to 30 / 10 / 1sec ]
417-
002
5- Access Attack Productivity Fall Waite CTL* [ 0 to 9 / 3 / 1sec ]
417-
003
212
3.SP Mode Tables
5- Access Attack Attack Max Num CTL* [ 50 to 200 / 200 / 1 ]

417-
004
5- User Authentication Copy CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
420- 0: On, 1: Off
001
5- User Authentication Color Security Setting CTL* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
420-
002
5- User Authentication DocumentServer CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
420- 0: On, 1: Off
011
5- User Authentication Fax CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
420- 0: On, 1: Off
021
5- User Authentication Scanner CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
420- 0: On, 1: Off
031
5- User Authentication Printer CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
420- 0: On, 1: Off
041
5- User Authentication SDK1 CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
420- 0: On, 1: Off
051
420- 0: On, 1: Off
061
420- 0: On, 1: Off
071
5- User Authentication Browser CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
420-
081
5- Auth Dialog Message Change Message Change On/Off CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
430- 0: Off, 1: On
001
5- Auth Dialog Message Change Message Text Download CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
430-
002
213
3.SP Mode Tables
5- Auth Dialog Message Change Message Text ID CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]

430-
003
5- External Auth User Preset Tag CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
431-
010
5- External Auth User Preset Entry CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
431-
011
5- External Auth User Preset Group CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
431-
012
5- External Auth User Preset Mail CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
431-
020
5- External Auth User Preset Fax CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
431-
030
5- External Auth User Preset FaxSub CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
431-
031
5- External Auth User Preset Folder CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
431-
032
5- External Auth User Preset ProtectCode CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
431-
033
5- External Auth User Preset SmtpAuth CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
431-
034
5- External Auth User Preset LdapAuth CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
431-
035
5- External Auth User Preset Smb Ftp Fldr Auth CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
431-
036
5- External Auth User Preset AcntAcl CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
431-
037
214
3.SP Mode Tables
5- External Auth User Preset DocumentAcl CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]

431-
038
5- External Auth User Preset CertCrypt CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
431-
040
5- External Auth User Preset UserLimitCount CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
431-
050
5- Authentication Error Code System Log Disp CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
481- 0: Off, 1: On
001
5- Authentication Error Code Panel Disp CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
481- 1: On, 0: Off
002
5- MF KeyCard Job Permit Setting CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
490- 0: Disabled
001 1: Enabled
5- MF KeyCard Count Mode Setting CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
490-
002
5- Optional Counter Detail Option CTL* [ 0 to 0xff / 0 / 1 ]
491-
001
5- PM Alarm PM Alarm Level CTL* [ 0 to 9999 / 0 / 1 ]
501-
001
5- PM Alarm Original Count Alarm CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
501-
002
5- Jam Alarm CTL* [ 0 to 3 / 3 / 1 ]
504- 0: Zero (Off)
001 1: Low (2.5K jams)
2: Medium (3K jams)
3: High (6K jams)
5- Jam Alarm Threshold CTL* [ 1 to 99 / 10 / 1 ]
504-
002
5- Error Alarm CTL* [ 0 to 255 / 19 / 1 ]
215
3.SP Mode Tables
505-
001
5- Error Alarm Threshold CTL* [ 1 to 99 / 5 / 1 ]
505-
002
5- Supply/CC Alarm Paper Supply Alarm CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
507- 0: Off, 1: On
001
5- Supply/CC Alarm Toner Supply Alarm CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
507- 0: Off, 1: On
003
5- Supply/CC Alarm Toner Call Timing CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
507- 0: At replacement
080 1: AtLessThanThresh
5- Supply/CC Alarm Toner Call Threshold CTL* [ 10 to 90 / 10 / 10% ]
507-
081
5- Supply/CC Alarm Interval: Others CTL* [ 250 to 10000 / 1000 /
507- 1]
128
5- Supply/CC Alarm Interval: A4 CTL* [ 250 to 10000 / 1000 /
507- 1]
133
5- Supply/CC Alarm Interval: A5 CTL* [ 250 to 10000 / 1000 /
507- 1]
134
5- Supply/CC Alarm Interval: B5 CTL* [ 250 to 10000 / 1000 /
507- 1]
142
5- Supply/CC Alarm Interval: LG CTL* [ 250 to 10000 / 1000 /
507- 1]
164
5- Supply/CC Alarm Interval: LT CTL* [ 250 to 10000 / 1000 /
507- 1]
166
5- Supply/CC Alarm Interval: HLT CTL* [ 250 to 10000 / 1000 /
507- 1]
172
216
3.SP Mode Tables
5- CC Call Jam Remains CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]

001
5- CC Call Continuous Jams CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
002
5- CC Call Continuous Door Open CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
003
5- CC Call Jam Detection: Time Length CTL* [ 3 to 30 / 10 / 1 ]
508-
011
5- CC Call Jam Detection: Continuous CTL* [ 2 to 10 / 5 / 1 ]
508- Count
012
5- CC Call Door Open: Time Length CTL* [ 3 to 30 / 10 / 1 ]
508-
013
5- SC/Alarm Setting SC Call CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
515- 0: Off, 1: On
001
5- SC/Alarm Setting Service Parts Near End Call CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
515-
002
5- SC/Alarm Setting Service Parts End Call CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
515-
003
5- SC/Alarm Setting User Call CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
515-
004
5- SC/Alarm Setting Communication Test Call CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
515-
006
5- SC/Alarm Setting Machine Information Notice CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
515-
007
5- SC/Alarm Setting Alarm Notice CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
515-
008
217
3.SP Mode Tables
5- SC/Alarm Setting Non Genuine Tonner Ararm CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]

515-
009
5- SC/Alarm Setting Supply Automatic Ordering Call CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
515-
010
5- SC/Alarm Setting Supply Management Report CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
515- Call
011
5- SC/Alarm Setting Jam/Door Open Call CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
515-
012
5- SC/Alarm Setting Timeout:Manual Call CTL* [ 1 to 255 / 5 / 1min ]
515-
050
5- SC/Alarm Setting Timeout:Other Call CTL* [ 1 to 255 / 10 / 1min ]
515-
051
5- Get Machine Information AutoDiscovery Execution CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
517- Setting
061
517- Interval
062
517- Weekday
063
5- Get Machine Information AutoDiscovery Execution Hour CTL* [ 0 to 23 / 0 / 1 ]
517-
064
517- Minute
065
5- Get Machine Information AutoDiscovery SNMP CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
517- Community Name
066
5- Color Mode Display Selection CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
618-
001
218
3.SP Mode Tables
5- Network Setting NAT Machine Port1 CTL* [ 1 to 65535 / 49101 / 1 ]

728-
001
5- Network Setting NAT UI Port1 CTL* [ 1 to 65535 / 55101 / 1 ]
728-
002
728-
003
728-
004
728-
005
728-
006
728-
007
728-
008
728-
009
728-
010
728-
011
728-
012
728-
013
219
3.SP Mode Tables

728-
014
728-
015
728-
016
728-
017
728-
018
728-
019
728-
020
5- Network Setting PacketCapture CTL [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
728-
101
5- Network Setting PacketCapture:mode CTL [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
728-
102
5- Network Setting PacketCapture:interface CTL [ 0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]
728-
103
5- Network Setting PacketCapture:length CTL [ 54 to 65535 / 128 / 1 ]
728-
104
5- Network Setting PacketCapture:broadcast CTL [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
728-
105
5- Network Setting PacketCapture:specify port CTL [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
728-
106
220
3.SP Mode Tables
5- Network Setting PacketCapture:portnumber CTL [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 1 ]

728-
107
5- Network Setting PacketCapture:time CTL [ 0 to 0xffffffff / 0 / 1 ]
728-
108
5- Extended Function Setting JavaTM Platform setting CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
730- 0: Disable 1: Enable
001
5- Extended Function Setting Expiration Prior Alarm Set CTL* [ 0 to 999 / 20 / 1days ]
730-
010
5- Counter Effect Change Mk1 Cnt(Paper- CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
731- >Combine) 0: Disable 1: Enable
001
5- PDF Setting PDF/A Fixed CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
734-
001
5- Node Authentication Timuout CTL* [ 1 to 255 / 60 / 1sec ]
741-
001
5- DeemedPowerConsumption Controller Standby CTL* [ 0 to 9999 / 0 / 1 ]
745-
211
5- DeemedPowerConsumption STR CTL* [ 0 to 9999 / 0 / 1 ]
745-
212
5- DeemedPowerConsumption Main Power Off CTL* [ 0 to 9999 / 0 / 1 ]
745-
213
5- DeemedPowerConsumption Scanning and Printing CTL* [ 0 to 9999 / 0 / 1 ]
745-
214
5- DeemedPowerConsumption Printing CTL* [ 0 to 9999 / 0 / 1 ]
745-
215
5- DeemedPowerConsumption Scanning CTL* [ 0 to 9999 / 0 / 1 ]
745-
216
221
3.SP Mode Tables
5- DeemedPowerConsumption Engine Standby CTL* [ 0 to 9999 / 0 / 1 ]

745-
217
5- DeemedPowerConsumption Low Power Consumption CTL* [ 0 to 9999 / 0 / 1 ]
745-
218
5- DeemedPowerConsumption Silent condition CTL* [ 0 to 9999 / 0 / 1 ]
745-
219
5- DeemedPowerConsumption Heater Off CTL* [ 0 to 9999 / 0 / 1 ]
745-
220
5- OpePanel Setting Op Type Action Setting CTL* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
748-
101
5- OpePanel Setting Cheetah Panel Connect Setting CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
748-
201
5- Import/Export Export CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
749-
001
5- Import/Export Import CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
749-
101
5- Key Event Encryption Setting Password CTL* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
751-
001
5- Copy:WebAPI Setting Copy:FlairAPI Setting CTL* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
752-
001
5- Display Setting Disp Administrator Password CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
755- Change Scrn
001
5- Display Setting Hide Administrator Password CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
755- Change Scrn
002
5- RemoteUI Setting Authentication CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
758-
001
222
3.SP Mode Tables
5- Machine Limit Count Machine Limit Count Setting CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

RTB 21
5-759
759-
Not used 001
5- Machine Limit Count Full Color Limit Count CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
759-
061
5- Machine Limit Count Mono Color Limit Count CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
759-
062
5- SmartOperationPanel Setting Restore the default Home screen CTL* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
761-
001
5- Memory Clear All Clear CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
801-
001
5- Memory Clear SCS CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
801-
003
5- Memory Clear IMH Memory Clr CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
801-
004
5- Memory Clear MCS CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
801-
005
5- Memory Clear Copier application CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
801-
006
5- Memory Clear Fax Application CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
801-
007
5- Memory Clear Printer Application CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
801-
008
5- Memory Clear Scanner Application CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
801-
009
5- Memory Clear Web Service CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
801-
010
223
3.SP Mode Tables
5- Memory Clear NCS CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]

801-
011
5- Memory Clear R-FAX CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
801-
012
5- Memory Clear Clear DCS Setting CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
801-
014
5- Memory Clear Clear UCS Setting CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
801-
015
5- Memory Clear MIRS Setting CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
801-
016
5- Memory Clear CCS CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
801-
017
5- Memory Clear SRM Memory Clr CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
801-
018
5- Memory Clear LCS CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
801-
019
5- Cleae Memory Web Uapli CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
801-
020
5- Memory Clear ECS CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
801-
021
5- Memory Clear AICS CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
801-
023
5- Cleae Memory websys CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
801-
025
5- Memory Clear PLN CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
801-
026
224
3.SP Mode Tables
5- Memory Clear SAS CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]

801-
027
5- Memory Clear Rest WebService CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
801-
028
5- Service Tel. No. Setting Service CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
812-
001
5- Service Tel. No. Setting Facsimile CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
812-
002
5- Service Tel. No. Setting Supply CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
812-
003
5- Service Tel. No. Setting Operation CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
812-
004
5- Remote Service I/F Setting CTL* [ 0 to 2 / 2 / 1 ]
816-
001
5- Remote Service CE Call CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
816-
002
5- Remote Service Function Flag CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
816-
003
5- Remote Service SSL Disable CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
816-
007
5- Remote Service RCG Connect Timeout CTL* [ 1 to 90 / 30 / 1sec ]
816-
008
5- Remote Service RCG Write Timeout CTL* [ 0 to 100 / 60 / 1sec ]
816-
009
5- Remote Service RCG Read Timeout CTL* [ 0 to 100 / 60 / 1sec ]
816-
010
225
3.SP Mode Tables
5- Remote Service Port 80 Enable CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

816-
011
5- Remote Service RFU Timing CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
816-
013
5- Remote Service RCG Error Cause CTL* [ 0 to 2 / 0 / 1 ]
816-
014
5- Remote Service RCG-C Registed CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
816-
021
5- Remote Service Connect Type(N/M/3G) CTL* [ 0 to 2 / 0 / 1 ]
816-
023
5- Remote Service Cert Expire Timing CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 1 ]
816-
061
5- Remote Service Use Proxy CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
816-
062
5- Remote Service Proxy Host CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
816-
063
5- Remote Service Proxy PortNumber CTL* [ 0 to 0xffff / 0 / 1 ]
816-
064
5- Remote Service Proxy User Name CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
816-
065
5- Remote Service Proxy Password CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
816-
066
5- Remote Service CERT:Up State CTL* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
816-
067
5- Remote Service CERT:Error CTL* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
816-
068
226
3.SP Mode Tables
5- Remote Service CERT:Up ID CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]

816-
069
5- Remote Service Firm Up Status CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
816-
083
5- Remote Service Firm Up User Check CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
816-
085
5- Remote Service Firmware Size CTL* [ 0 to 0xffffffff / 0 / 1 ]
816-
086
5- Remote Service CERT:Macro Ver. CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
816-
087
5- Remote Service CERT:PAC Ver. CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
816-
088
5- Remote Service CERT:ID2Code CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
816-
089
5- Remote Service CERT:Subject CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
816-
090
5- Remote Service CERT:SerialNo. CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
816-
091
5- Remote Service CERT:Issuer CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
816-
092
5- Remote Service CERT:Valid Start CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
816-
093
5- Remote Service CERT:Valid End CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
816-
094
5- Remote Service CERT:Encrypt Level CTL* [ 1 to 2 / 1 / 1 ]
816- 1: 512 bit
102 2: 2048 bit
227
3.SP Mode Tables
5- Remote Service Client Communication Method CTL* [ 0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

816- 1: IPv4
103 2: IPv6
3: Hostname
5- Remote Service Client Communication Limit CTL* [ 1 to 7 / 7 / 1 ]
816-
104
5- Remote Service Network Information Waiting CTL* [ 5 to 255 / 5 / 1sec ]
816- timer
115
5- Remote Service Selection Country CTL* [ 0 to 10 / * / 1 ]
816- *NA: 1
150 *EU: 3
*AA, CHN, TWN, KOR:
0
5- Remote Service Line Type Automatic Judgement CTL [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
816-
151
5- Remote Service Line Type Judgement Result CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
816-
152
5- Remote Service Selection Dial / Push CTL* NA, EU:
816- [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 0 ]
153 AA, CHN, TWN, KOR:
[ 0 to 2 / 0 / 0 ]
5- Remote Service Outside Line Outgoing Number CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
816-
154
5- Remote Service Dial Up User Name CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
816-
156
5- Remote Service Dial Up Password CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
816-
157
5- Remote Service Local Phone Number CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
816-
161
5- Remote Service Connection Timing Adjustment CTL* [ 0 to 24 / 1 / 1 ]
816- Incoming
228
3.SP Mode Tables
162
5- Remote Service Access Point CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
816-
163
5- Remote Service Line Connecting CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
816-
164
5- Remote Service Modem Serial No. CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
816-
173
5- Remote Service Retransmission Limit CTL [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
816-
174
5- Remote Service FAX TX Priority CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
187
5- Remote Service 3G DongleID CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
816-
190
5- Remote Service ppp Connect Timer CTL* [ 15 to 30 / 15 / 1min ]
816-
199
5- Remote Service Manual Polling CTL [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
816-
200
5- Remote Service Regist Status CTL [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
816-
201
5- Remote Service Letter Number CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
816-
202
5- Remote Service Confirm Execute CTL [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
816-
203
5- Remote Service Confirm Result CTL [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
816-
204
5- Remote Service Confirm Place CTL [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
229
3.SP Mode Tables
816-
205
5- Remote Service Register Execute CTL [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
816-
206
5- Remote Service Register Result CTL [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
816-
207
5- Remote Service Error Code CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
816-
208
5- Remote Service Instl Clear CTL [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
816-
209
5- Remote Service CommErrorTime CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 1 ]
816-
240
5- Remote Service CommErrorCode 1 CTL* [ 0 to 0xffffffff /
816- 0x00000000 / 1 ]
241
816- 0x00000000 / 1 ]
242
816- 0x00000000 / 1 ]
243
5- Remote Service CommErrorState 1 CTL* [ 0 to 0xffff / 0x0000 / 1 ]
816-
244
816-
245
816-
246
5- Remote Service SSL Error Count CTL* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
816-
247
230
3.SP Mode Tables
5- Remote Service Other Err Count CTL* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]

816-
248
5- Remote Service CommLog Print CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
816-
250
5- Remote Service RCG Setting RCG IPv4 Address CTL* [ 0 to 0xffffffff / 0 / 1 ]
821-
002
5- Remote Service RCG Setting RCG Port CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 443 / 1 ]
821-
003
5- Remote Service RCG Setting RCG IPv4 URL Path CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
821-
004
5- Remote Service RCG Setting RCG IPv6 Address CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
821-
005
5- Remote Service RCG Setting RCG IPv6 URL Path CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
821-
006
5- Remote Service RCG Setting RCG Host Name CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
821-
007
5- Remote Service RCG Setting RCG Host URL Path CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
821-
008
5- NV-RAM Data Upload CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
824-
001
5- NV-RAM Data Download CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
825-
001
5- Network Setting User Class CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
828-
039
5- Network Setting Class Id CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
828-
040
231
3.SP Mode Tables
5- Network Setting 1284 Compatiblity (Centro) CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]

828-
050
5- Network Setting ECP (Centro) CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
828-
052
5- Network Setting Job Spooling CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
828- 0: Disabled, 1: Enabled
065
5- Network Setting Job Spooling Clear: Start Time CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
828- 0: ON (Data is cleared),
066 1: OFF (Automatically
printed)
5- Network Setting Job Spooling (Protocol) CTL* [ 0x00 to 0xff / 0x7f / 0 ]
828-
069
5- Network Setting Protocol usage CTL* [ 0x00000000 to
828- 0xffffffff / 0x00000000 /
087 1]
5- Network Setting TELNET(0:OFF 1:ON) CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
828-
090
5- Network Setting Web(0:OFF 1:ON) CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
828-
091
5- Network Setting Active IPv6 Link Local Address CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
828-
145
5- Network Setting Active IPv6 Stateless Address 1 CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
828-
147
828-
149
828-
151
828-
232
3.SP Mode Tables
153
828-
155
5- Network Setting IPv6 Manual Address CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
828-
156
5- Network Setting IPv6 Gateway Address CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
828-
158
5- Network Setting IPv6 Stateless Auto Setting CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
828-
161
5- Network Setting IPsec Aggressive Mode Setting CTL [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
828-
219
5- Network Setting Web Item visible CTL* [ 0x0000 to 0xffff / 0xffff
828- /1]
236
5- Network Setting Web shopping link visible CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
828-
237
5- Network Setting Web Supplies Link visible CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
828-
238
5- Network Setting Web Link1 Name CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
828-
239
5- Network Setting Web Link1 URL CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
828-
240
5- Network Setting Web Link1 visible CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
828-
241
5- Network Setting Web Link2 Name CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
828-
242
5- Network Setting Web Link2 URL CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
233
3.SP Mode Tables
828-
243
5- Network Setting Web Link2 visible CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
828-
244
5- Network Setting DHCPv6 DUID CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
828-
249
5- HDD HDD Formatting (ALL) CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
832-
001
5- HDD HDD Formatting (IMH) CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
832-
002
5- HDD HDD Formatting CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
832- (Thumbnail/OCR)
003
5- HDD HDD Formatting (Job Log) CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
832-
004
5- HDD HDD Formatting (Printer Fonts) CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
832-
005
5- HDD HDD Formatting (User Info) CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
832-
006
5- HDD Mail RX Data CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
832-
007
5- HDD Mail TX Data CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
832-
008
5- HDD HDD Formatting (Data for a CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
832- Design)
009
5- HDD HDD Formatting (Log) CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
832-
010
234
3.SP Mode Tables
5- HDD HDD Formatting (Ridoc I/F) CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]

832-
011
5- HDD HDD Formatting (Thumbnail) CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
832-
012
5- Capture Setting Capture Function (0:Off 1:On) CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
836-
001
5- Capture Setting Capture Setting: Copy CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
836-
011
5- Capture Setting Capture Setting: Doc. Svr. CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
836-
012
5- Capture Setting Capture Setting: Fax RX Printer CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
836-
013
5- Capture Setting Capture Setting: Fax TX CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
836-
014
5- Capture Setting Capture Setting: Printer CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
836-
015
5- Capture Setting Capture Setting: Scanner CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
836-
016
5- Capture Setting Capture Setting: SDK CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
836-
017
5- Capture Setting Captured File Resend (0:Off CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
836- 1:On)
061
5- Capture Setting Reduction for Copy Color CTL* [ 0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]
836- 0: 1to-1, 1: 1/2, 2: 1/3, 3:
071 1/4
5- Capture Setting Reduction for Copy B&W Text CTL* [ 0 to 6 / 0 / 1 ]
836- 0: 1to-1, 1: 1/2, 2: 1/3, 3:
072 1/4, 6: 2/3
235
3.SP Mode Tables
5- Capture Setting Reduction for Copy B&W CTL* [ 0 to 6 / 0 / 1 ]

836- Other 0: 1to-1, 1: 1/2, 2: 1/3, 3:
073 1/4, 6: 2/3
5- Capture Setting Reduction for Printer Color CTL* [ 0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]
836- 0: 1to-1, 1: 1/2, 2: 1/3, 3:
074 1/4
5- Capture Setting Reduction for Printer B&W CTL* [ 0 to 6 / 0 / 1 ]
836- 0: 1to-1, 1: 1/2, 2: 1/3, 3:
075 1/4, 6: 2/3
5- Capture Setting Reduction for Printer Color CTL* [ 1 to 5 / 4 / 1 ]
836- 1200dpi 1: 1/2, 3: 1/4, 4: 1/6, 5:
077 1/8, 6: 2/3
5- Capture Setting Reduction for Printer B&W CTL* [ 1 to 5 / 1 / 1 ]
836- 1200dpi 1: 1/2, 3: 1/4, 4: 1/6, 5:
078 1/8, 6: 2/3
5- Capture Setting Format for Copy Color CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 1 ]
836-
081
5- Capture Setting Format for Copy B&W Text CTL* [ 0 to 3 / 1 / 1 ]
836- 0: JFIF/JPEG, 1:
082 TIFF/MMR, 2:
TIFF/MH, 3: TIFF/MR
5- Capture Setting Format for Copy B&W Other CTL* [ 0 to 3 / 1 / 1 ]
836- 0: JFIF/JPEG, 1:
083 TIFF/MMR, 2:
TIFF/MH, 3: TIFF/MR
5- Capture Setting Format for Printer Color CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 1 ]
836-
084
5- Capture Setting Format for Printer B&W CTL* [ 0 to 3 / 1 / 1 ]
836- 0: JFIF/JPEG, 1:
085 TIFF/MMR, 2:
TIFF/MH, 3: TIFF/MR
5- Capture Setting Default for JPEG CTL* [ 5 to 95 / 50 / 1 ]
836-
091
5- Capture Setting Primary srv IP address CTL* [ 0 to 0xffffffff / 0x00 /
836- 0]
101
236
3.SP Mode Tables
5- Capture Setting Primary srv scheme CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]

836-
102
5- Capture Setting Primary srv port number CTL* [ 1 to 65535 / 80 / 1 ]
836-
103
5- Capture Setting Primary srv URL path CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
836-
104
5- Capture Setting Secondary srv IP address CTL* [ 0 to 0xffffffff / 0x00 /
836- 0]
111
5- Capture Setting Secondary srv scheme CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
836-
112
5- Capture Setting Secondary srv port number CTL* [ 1 to 65535 / 80 / 1 ]
836-
113
5- Capture Setting Secondary srv URL path CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
836-
114
5- Capture Setting Default Reso Rate Switch CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
836-
120
5- Capture Setting Reso: Copy(Color) CTL* [ 0 to 255 / 2 / 1 ]
836- 0: 600dpi/ 1: 300dpi/ 2:
121 150dpi/ 3: 75dpi
5- Capture Setting Reso: Copy(Mono) CTL* [ 0 to 255 / 3 / 1 ]
836- 0: 600dpi/ 1: 400dpi/ 2:
122 300dpi/ 3: 200dpi/ 4:
150dpi/ 5: 100dpi
5- Capture Setting Reso: Print(Color) CTL* [ 0 to 255 / 2 / 1 ]
836- 0: 600dpi/ 1: 300dpi/ 2:
123 150dpi/ 3: 75dpi
5- Capture Setting Reso: Print(Mono) CTL* [ 0 to 255 / 3 / 1 ]
836- 0: 600dpi/ 1: 400dpi/ 2:
124 300dpi/ 3: 200dpi/ 4:
150dpi/ 5: 100dpi
5- Capture Setting Reso: Fax(Color) CTL* [ 0 to 255 / 4 / 1 ]
237
3.SP Mode Tables
836-
125
5- Capture Setting Reso: Fax(Mono) CTL* [ 0 to 255 / 3 / 1 ]
836- 0: 600dpi/ 1: 400dpi/ 2:
126 300dpi/ 3: 200dpi/ 4:
150dpi/ 5: 100dpi/ 6:
75dpi
5- Capture Setting Reso: Scan(Color) CTL* [ 0 to 255 / 4 / 1 ]
836- 0: 600dpi/ 1: 400dpi/ 2:
127 300dpi/ 3: 200dpi/ 4:
150dpi/ 5: 100dpi/ 6:
75dpi
5- Capture Setting Reso: Scan(Mono) CTL* [ 0 to 255 / 3 / 1 ]
836- 0: 600dpi/ 1: 400dpi/ 2:
128 300dpi/ 3: 200dpi/ 4:
150dpi/ 5: 100dpi/ 6:
75dpi
5- Capture Setting Reso: SDK(Color) CTL* [ 0 to 255 / 4 / 1 ]
836-
129
5- Capture Setting Reso: SDK(Mono) CTL* [ 0 to 255 / 3 / 1 ]
836-
130
5- Capture Setting All Addr Info Switch CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
836-
141
5- Capture Setting Stand-by Doc Max Number CTL* [ 10 to 10000 / 2000 / 1 ]
836-
142
5- Capture Setting ClearLightPDF Switch CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
836-
143
5- IEEE 802.11 Channel MAX CTL* [ 1 to 14 / 14 / 1 ]
840-
006
5- IEEE 802.11 Channel MIN CTL* [ 1 to 14 / 1 / 1 ]
840-
007
5- IEEE 802.11 WEP Key Select CTL* [ 0x00 to 0x11 / 0x00 /
238
3.SP Mode Tables
840- 0]
011
5- IEEE 802.11 WPA Debug Lvl CTL* [ 1 to 3 / 3 / 1 ]
840- 1: Info, 2: warning, 3:
045 error
5- IEEE 802.11 11w CTL* [ 0 to 2 / 0 / 1 ]
840-
046
5- IEEE 802.11 PSK Set Type CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
840-
047
5- Supply Name Setting Toner Name Setting: Black CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
841-
001
5- Supply Name Setting Toner Name Setting: Cyan CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
841-
002
5- Supply Name Setting Toner Name Setting: Yellow CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
841-
003
5- Supply Name Setting Toner Name Setting: Magenta CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
841-
004
5- GWWS Analysis Setting 1 CTL* [ 0x00 to 0xFF / 0 / 1 ]
842-
001
5- GWWS Analysis Setting 2 CTL* [ 0x00 to 0xFF / 0 / 1 ]
842-
002
5- USB Transfer Rate CTL* [ 1 to 4 / 4 / 0 ]
844- 0001: Full speed, 0004:
001 Auto Change
5- USB Vendor ID CTL* [ 0x0000 to 0xffff /
844- 0x05ca / 0 ]
002
5- USB Product ID CTL* [ 0x0000 to 0xffff /
844- 0x0403 / 0 ]
003
239
3.SP Mode Tables
5- USB Device Release Number CTL* [ 0 to 9999 / 100 / 1 ]

844-
004
5- USB Fixed USB Port CTL* [ 0 to 2 / 0 / 1 ]
844-
005
5- USB PnP Model Name CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
844-
006
5- USB PnP Serial Number CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
844-
007
5- USB Mac Supply Level CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
844-
008
5- USB USB Toggle Clear Mode CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
844-
009
5- USB Notify Unsupport CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
844-
100
5- Delivery Server Setting FTP Port No. CTL* [ 1 to 65535 / 3670 / 1 ]
845-
001
5- Delivery Server Setting IP Address (Primary) CTL* [ 0 to 0xffffffff / 0x00 /
845- 0]
002
5- Delivery Server Setting Delivery Error Display Time CTL* [ 0 to 999 / 300 / 1sec ]
845-
006
5- Delivery Server Setting IP Address (Secondary) CTL* [ 0 to 0xffffffff / 0x00 /
845- 0]
008
5- Delivery Server Setting Delivery Server Model CTL* [ 0 to 4 / 0 / 1 ]
845- 0: Unknown
009 1: SG1 Provided
2: SG1 Package
3: SG2 Provided
4: SG2 Package
240
3.SP Mode Tables
5- Delivery Server Setting Delivery Svr. Capability CTL* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]

845-
010
5- Delivery Server Setting Delivery Svr. Capability (Ext) CTL* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
845-
011
5- Delivery Server Setting Server Scheme(Primary) CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
845-
013
5- Delivery Server Setting Server Port Number(Primary) CTL* [ 1 to 65535 / 80 / 1 ]
845-
014
5- Delivery Server Setting Server URL Path(Primary) CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
845-
015
5- Delivery Server Setting Server Scheme(Secondary) CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
845-
016
5- Delivery Server Setting Server Port CTL* [ 1 to 65535 / 80 / 1 ]
845- Number(Secondary)
017
5- Delivery Server Setting Server URL Path(Secondary) CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
845-
018
5- Delivery Server Setting Rapid Sending Control CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
022
5- UCS Setting Machine ID (for Delivery CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
846- Server)
001
5- UCS Setting Machine ID Clear (for Delivery CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
846- Server)
002
5- UCS Setting Maximum Entries CTL* [ 2000 to 20000 / 2000 /
846- 1]
003
5- UCS Setting Delivery Server Retry Timer CTL* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
846-
006
241
3.SP Mode Tables
5- UCS Setting Delivery Server Retry Times CTL* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]

846-
007
5- UCS Setting Delivery Server Maximum CTL* [ 2000 to 20000 / 2000 /
846- Entries 1]
008
5- UCS Setting LDAP Search Timeout CTL* [ 1 to 255 / 60 / 1 ]
846-
010
5- UCS Setting WSD Maximum Entries CTL* [ 50 to 250 / 250 / 1 ]
846-
020
5- UCS Setting Folder Auth Change CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
846-
021
5- UCS Setting Addr Book Migration(USB- CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
846- >HDD)
040
5- UCS Setting Fill Addr Acl Info CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
846-
041
5- UCS Setting Addr Book Media CTL* [ 0 to 30 / 0 / 1 ]
846- 0: Unconfirmed
043 1: SD Slot 1
2: SD Slot 2
4: USB Flash ROM
10: SD Slot 10
20: HDD
30: Nothing
5- UCS Setting Initialize Local Addr Book CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
846-
047
5- UCS Setting Initialize Delivery Addr Book CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
846-
048
5- UCS Setting Initialize LDAP Addr Book CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
846-
049
5- UCS Setting Initialize All Addr Book CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
242
3.SP Mode Tables
846-
050
5- UCS Setting Backup All Addr Book CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
846-
051
5- UCS Setting Restore All Addr Book CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
846-
052
5- UCS Setting Clear Backup Info CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
846-
053
5- UCS Setting Search option CTL* [ 0x00 to 0xff / 0x0f / 1 ]
846-
060
5- UCS Setting Complexity option 1 CTL* [ 0 to 32 / 0 / 1 ]
846-
062
846-
063
846-
064
846-
065
5- UCS Setting FTP Auth Port Setting CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 3671 / 1 ]
846-
091
5- UCS Setting Encryption Stat CTL* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 0 ]
846-
094
5- Rep Resolution Reduction Rate for Copy Color CTL* [ 0 to 5 / 2 / 1 ]
847- 0: 1x 1: 1/2x 2:
001 1/3x 3: 1/4x 4:
1/6x 5: 1/8x
5- Rep Resolution Reduction Rate for Copy B&W Text CTL* [ 0 to 6 / 0 / 1 ]
847- 0: 1x 1: 1/2x 2:
002 1/3x 3: 1/4x 4:
243
3.SP Mode Tables
1/6x 5: 1/8x 6: 2/3x

5- Rep Resolution Reduction Rate for Copy B&W Other CTL* [ 0 to 6 / 0 / 1 ]
847- 0: 1x 1: 1/2x 2:
003 1/3x 3: 1/4x 4:
1/6x 5: 1/8x 6: 2/3x
5- Rep Resolution Reduction Rate for Printer Color CTL* [ 0 to 5 / 2 / 1 ]
847- 0: 1x 1: 1/2x 2:
004 1/3x 3: 1/4x 4:
1/6x 5: 1/8x
5- Rep Resolution Reduction Rate for Printer B&W CTL* [ 0 to 6 / 0 / 1 ]
847- 0: 1x 1: 1/2x 2:
005 1/3x 3: 1/4x 4:
1/6x 5: 1/8x 6: 2/3x
5- Rep Resolution Reduction Rate for Printer Color 1200dpi CTL* [ 0 to 5 / 4 / 1 ]
847- 0: 1x 1: 1/2x 2:
006 1/3x 3: 1/4x 4:
1/6x 5: 1/8x
5- Rep Resolution Reduction Rate for Printer B&W 1200dpi CTL* [ 0 to 6 / 1 / 1 ]
847- 0: 1x 1: 1/2x 2:
007 1/3x 3: 1/4x 4:
1/6x 5: 1/8x 6: 2/3x
5- Rep Resolution Reduction Network Quality Default for CTL* [ 5 to 95 / 50 / 1 ]
847- JPEG
021
5- Web Service Access Ctrl: CTL* [ 0x00 to 0xFF / 0x02 /
848- Repository(onlyLower4bits) 0]
002
5- Web Service Access Ctrl: Doc.Svr.Print CTL* [ 0x00 to 0xFF / 0x00 /
848- (Lower 4bits) 0]
003
5- Web Service Access Ctrl: udirectory (Lower CTL* [ 0x00 to 0xFF / 0x00 /
848- 4bits) 0]
004
5- Web Service Access Ctrl: Comm. Log CTL* [ 0x00 to 0xFF / 0x00 /
848- Fax(Lower 4bits) 0]
007
5- Web Service Access Ctrl: Job Ctrl (Lower CTL* [ 0x00 to 0xFF / 0x00 /
848- 4bits) 0]
009
244
3.SP Mode Tables
5- Web Service Access Ctrl: CTL* [ 0x00 to 0xFF / 0x00 /

848- Devicemanagement(Lower 0]
011 4bits)
5- Web Service Access Ctrl: Delivery (Lower CTL* [ 0x00 to 0xFF / 0x00 /
848- 4bits) 0]
021
5- Web Service Access Ctrl: uadministration CTL* [ 0x00 to 0xFF / 0x00 /
022
5- Web Service Access Ctrl: Log Service CTL* [ 0x00 to 0xFF / 0x00 /
024
5- Web Service Access Ctrl: Rest WebService CTL* [ 0x00 to 0xFF / 0x00 /
025
5- Web Service Repository: Download Image CTL* [ 0x00 to 0xFF / 0x00 /
848- Setting 1]
099
5- Web Service Repository: Download Image CTL* [ 1 to 2048 / 2048 / 1 ]
848- Max. Size
100
5- Web Service Log Operation Mode CTL* [ 0 to 9 / 0 / 1 ]
848-
150
5- LogTrans Setting: Timing CTL* [ 0 to 2 / 0 / 1 ]
848-
217
5- Installation Date Display CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
849-
001
5- Installation Date Switch to Print CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
849- 0: OFF, 1: ON
002
5- Installation Date Total Counter CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
849-
003
5- Bluetooth Mode CTL* [ 0x00 to 0x01 / 0x00 /
851- 1]
001
245
3.SP Mode Tables
5- Stamp Data Download CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]

853-
001
5- Remote ROM Update Local Port CTL [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
002
5- Collect Machine Info 0:OFF 1:ON CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
858-
001
5- Collect Machine Info Save To (0:HDD 1:SD) CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
858-
002
5- Collect Machine Info Make Log Trace Dir CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 0 ]
858-
003
5- Collect Machine Info Failure Occuring Date CTL* [ 0 to 20371212 / 0 / 1 ]
858-
101
5- Collect Machine Info Tracing Days CTL* [ 1 to 180 / 2 / 1day ]
858-
102
5- Collect Machine Info Acquire Fax Address(0:OFF CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
858- 1:ON)
103
5- Collect Machine Info Acquire All Info & Logs CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 0 ]
858-
111
5- Collect Machine Info Acquire Configuration Page CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 0 ]
858-
121
5- Collect Machine Info Acquire Font Page CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 0 ]
858-
122
5- Collect Machine Info Acquire Print Setting List CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 0 ]
858-
123
5- Collect Machine Info Acquire Error Log CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 0 ]
858-
124
246
3.SP Mode Tables
5- Collect Machine Info Acquire Fax Info CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 0 ]

858-
131
5- Collect Machine Info Acquire All Debug Logs CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 0 ]
858-
141
5- Collect Machine Info Acquire Controller Debug Logs CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 0 ]
858- Only
142
5- Collect Machine Info Acquire Engine Debug Logs CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 0 ]
858- Only
143
5- Collect Machine Info Acquire Opepanel Debug Logs CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 0 ]
858- Only
144
5- Collect Machine Info Acquire FCU Debug Logs Only CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 0 ]
858-
145
5- Collect Machine Info Acquire Only Network Packets CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 0 ]
858-
146
5- SMTP/POP3/IMAP4 Partial Mail Receive Timeout CTL* [ 1 to 168 / 72 / 1hour ]
860-
020
5- SMTP/POP3/IMAP4 MDN Response RFC2298 CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
860- Compliance 0: No, 1: Yes
021
5- SMTP/POP3/IMAP4 SMTP Auth. From Field CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
860- Replacement 0: No, 1: Yes
022
5- SMTP/POP3/IMAP4 SMTP Auth. Direct Setting CTL* [ 0 to 0xff / 0x0 / 1 ]
860-
025
5- SMTP/POP3/IMAP4 S/MIME:MIME Header Setting CTL* [ 0 to 2 / 0 / 1 ]
860- 0: Microsoft Outlook
026 Express standard
1: Internet Draft standard
2: RFC standard
5- SMTP/POP3/IMAP4 S/MIME: Authentication Check CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
247
3.SP Mode Tables
860- 0: Check, 1: No check

028
5- E-Mail Report Report Validity CTL [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
866-
001
5- E-Mail Report Add Date Field CTL [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
866-
005
5- E-Mail Report CounterE-Mail:Validity CTL [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
866-
110
5- E-Mail Report CounterE-Mail:Destination CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
866- Registration
111
5- E-Mail Report CounterE-Mail:Send Test CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
866-
112
5- E-Mail Report CounterE-Mail:Next Send Date CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
866-
113
5- E-Mail Report CounterE-Mail:Send Date CTL [ 0 to 31 / 0 / 1 ]
866- Setting
114
5- E-Mail Report CounterE-Mail:Send Time CTL [ 0 to 2359 / 0 / 1 ]
866- Setting
115
5- E-Mail Report CounterE-Mail:Destination1 CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
866-
121
866-
122
866-
123
5- Common KeyInfo Writing Writing CTL [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
870-
001
248
3.SP Mode Tables
5- Common KeyInfo Writing Initialize CTL [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

870-
003
5- Common Key Info Writing Writing: 2048bit CTL [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
870-
004
5- SDCardAppliMove MoveExec CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 1 ]
873-
001
5- SDCardAppliMove UndoExec CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 1 ]
873-
002
5- SC Auto Reboot Reboot Setting CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
875-
001
5- SC Auto Reboot Reboot Type CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
875- 0: Manual reboot, 1:
002 Automatic reboot
5- Option Setup Data Overwrite Security CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
878-
001
5- Option Setup HDD Encryption CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
878-
002
5- Option Setup OCR Dictionary CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
878-
004
5- Fixed Phrase Block Erasing CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
881-
001
5- Set WIM Function DocSvr Acc Ctrl CTL [ 0x00 to 0xFF / 0x00 /
885- 0]
020
5- Set WIM Function DocSvr Format CTL [ 0 to 2 / 0 / 1 ]
885-
050
5- Set WIM Function DocSvr Trans CTL* [ 5 to 20 / 10 / 1 ]
885-
051
249
3.SP Mode Tables
5- Set WIM Function Set Signature CTL* [ 0 to 2 / 0 / 1 ]

885-
100
5- Set WIM Function Set Encrypsion CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
885-
101
5- Set WIM Function Detect Mem Leak CTL* [ 0x00 to 0xFF / 0x00 /
885- 0]
200
5- Set WIM Function DocSvr Timeout CTL* [ 1 to 30 / 30 / 1 ]
885-
201
5- Farm Update Setting Skip Version Check CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
886-
100
5- Farm Update Setting Skip LR Check CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
886-
101
5- Farm Update Setting Auto Update Setting CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
886-
111
5- Farm Update Setting Auto Update Prohibit Term CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
886- Setting
112
5- Farm Update Setting Auto Update Prohibit Start hour CTL* [ 0 to 23 / 9 / 1hour ]
886-
113
5- Farm Update Setting Auto Update Prohibit End hour CTL* [ 0 to 23 / 17 / 1hour ]
886-
114
5- Farm Update Setting SFU Auto Download Setting CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
886-
115
5- Farm Update Setting Auto Update Next Date CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
886-
116
5- Farm Update Setting Auto Update Retry Interval CTL* [ 1 to 24 / 1 / 1hour ]
886- Hour
117
250
3.SP Mode Tables
5- Farm Update Setting Auto Update @Remote Using CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

886- Setting
119
5- Farm Update Setting Auto Update Prohibit Day of CTL* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
886- Week Setting
120
5- Farm Update Setting Restore Date CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
886-
201
5- Farm Update Setting Save Old Version List CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
886-
202
5- SD GetCounter CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
887-
001
5- Personal Information Protect CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
888-
001
5- SDK Application Counter SDK-1 CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
893-
001
893-
002
893-
003
893-
004
893-
005
893-
006
893-
007
251
3.SP Mode Tables

893-
008
893-
009
893-
010
893-
011
893-
012
5- Application invalidation Printer CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 0 ]
895-
001
5- Application invalidation Scanner CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 0 ]
895-
002
5- Plug & Play Maker/Model CTL* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
907- Name
001
5- Switchover Permission Time Print Application Timer CTL* [ 0 to 30 / 3 / 1 ]
913-
002
5- Copy Server : Set Function (0:ON 1:OFF) CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
967-
001
5- User Stamp Registration Frame deletion setting CTL* [ 0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]
973-
101
5- Device Setting On Board NIC CTL [ 0 to 2 / 0 / 1 ]
985-
001
5- Device Setting On Board USB CTL [ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
985-
002
252
3.SP Mode Tables
5- SP Print Mode All (Data List) CTL [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 0 ]

990-
001
5- SP Print Mode SP (Mode Data List) CTL [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 0 ]
990-
002
5- SP Print Mode User Program CTL [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 0 ]
990-
003
5- SP Print Mode Logging Data CTL [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 0 ]
990-
004
5- SP Print Mode Diagnostic Report CTL [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 0 ]
990-
005
5- SP Print Mode Non-Default CTL [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 0 ]
990-
006
5- SP Print Mode NIB Summary CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
990-
007
5- SP Print Mode Capture Log CTL [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
990-
008
5- SMC Print Copier User Program CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
990-
021
5- SP Print Mode Scanner SP CTL [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 0 ]
990-
022
5- SP Print Mode Scanner User Program CTL [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 0 ]
990-
023
5- SP Print Mode SDK/J Summary CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
990-
024
5- SP Print Mode SDK/J Application Info CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
990-
025
253
3.SP Mode Tables
5- SP Print Mode Printer SP CTL [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 0 ]

990-
026
5- SP Print Mode SmartOperationPanel SP CTL [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 0 ]
990-
027
5- SP Print Mode SmartOperationPanel UP CTL [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 0 ]
990-
028
5- SP Text Mode All (Data List) CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
992-
001
5- SP Text Mode SP (Mode Data List) CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
992-
002
5- SP Text Mode User Program CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
992-
003
5- SP Text Mode Logging Data CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
992-
004
5- SP Text Mode Diagnostic Report CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
992-
005
5- SP Text Mode Non-Default CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
992-
006
5- SP Text Mode NIB Summary CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
992-
007
5- SP Text Mode Capture Log CTL [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
992-
008
5- SP Text Mode Copier User Program CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
992-
021
5- SP Text Mode Scanner SP CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
992-
022
254
3.SP Mode Tables
5- SP Text Mode Scanner User Program CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]

992-
023
5- SP Text Mode SDK/J Summary CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
992-
024
5- SP Text Mode SDK/J Application Info CTL [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
992-
025
5- SP Text Mode Printer SP CTL [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 0 ]
992-
026
5- SP Text Mode SmartOperationPanel SP CTL [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 0 ]
992-
027
5- SP Text Mode SmartOperationPanel UP CTL [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 0 ]
992-
028
255
3.SP Mode Tables
SP Tables - SP6-XXX
SP6-XXX (Peripherals)
Engine

CTL Max/Init./Step]
6-006- ADF Adjustment Side-to-Side Regist:Face ENG* [ -3 to 3 / 0 / 0.1mm ]
001
6-006- ADF Adjustment Side-to-Side Regist (1- ENG* [ -2 to 2 / 0 / 0.1mm ]
002 Pass):Back
6-006- ADF Adjustment L-Edge Regist (ARDF):Face ENG* [ -5 to 5 / 0 / 0.1mm ]
003
6-006- ADF Adjustment L-Edge Regist (ARDF):Back ENG* [ -5 to 5 / 0 / 0.1mm ]
004
6-006- ADF Adjustment Side-to-Side Regist ENG* [ -3 to 3 / 0 / 0.1mm ]
005 (ARDF):Back
6-006- ADF Adjustment T-Edge Erase (ARDF) ENG* [ -5 to 5 / -1.6 /
007 0.1mm ]
6-006- ADF Adjustment L-Edge Regist (1-Pass):Face ENG* [ -5 to 5 / 0 / 0.1mm ]
010
6-006- ADF Adjustment L-Edge Regist (1-Pass):Back ENG* [ -5 to 5 / 0 / 0.1mm ]
011
6-006- ADF Adjustment T-Edge Erase Width (1- ENG* [ -5 to 5 / -1.6 /
014 Pass):Face 0.1mm ]
6-006- ADF Adjustment T-Edge Erase Width (1- ENG* [ -5 to 5 / -1.6 /
015 Pass):Back 0.1mm ]
6-009- ADF Free Run Simplex Mode ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1STEP ]
001
6-009- ADF Free Run Duplex Mode ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1STEP ]
002
6-017- ADF Adjustment L-Edge ENG* [ -5 to 5 / 0 / 0.1% ]
001 Mag
6-021- ARDF Motor Gain Selection ENG* [ 0 to 2 / 0 / 1 ]
001
6-040- Page Keeper Mount Select ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
001
6-040- Page Keeper Clear Select ENG* [ 0 or 1 / 1 / 1 ]
005
256
3.SP Mode Tables
Controller
6800 [Sheet Conversion (Thick Paper)]

Not used
6-800-001 1 to 3 (Initial: 3 Sheets) CTL [1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
6810 [Ring Bind Sheet Conversion (Thick Paper)]

Not used
6-810-001 - CTL [1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
6830 [Extra]
Not used
6-830-001 Staples 0 to 50 (Initial: 0) *CTL [0 to 50 / 0 / 1/step]
6-830-002 Saddles 0 to 50 (Initial: 0) *CTL [0 to 50 / 0 / 1/step]
6-830-003 Half-Fold 0 to 50 (Initial: 0) *CTL [0 to 50 / 0 / 1/step]
6-830-004 Ring Binding 0 to 50 (Initial: 0) *CTL [0 to 50 / 0 / 1/step]
6890 [Function Enabled]

Not used
6-890-001 Z-Fold *CTL [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
0: No Punch 1: Punching OK
6-890-002 Staple *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0: No Shift 1: Shift OK
257
3.SP Mode Tables
SP Tables - SP7-XXX
SP7-XXX (Engine: Data Log)

CTL
7-621- PM Counter Display: # PCU:Bk ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
002 Pages 1page ]
7-621- PM Counter Display: # Dev Unit:Bk ENG* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
003 Pages 1page ]
7-621- PM Counter Display: # PCU:C ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
025 Pages 1page ]
7-621- PM Counter Display: # Dev Unit:C ENG* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
026 Pages 1page ]
7-621- PM Counter Display: # PCU:M ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
048 Pages 1page ]
7-621- PM Counter Display: # Dev Unit:M ENG* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
049 Pages 1page ]
7-621- PM Counter Display: # PCU:Y ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
071 Pages 1page ]
7-621- PM Counter Display: # Dev Unit:Y ENG* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
072 Pages 1page ]
7-621- PM Counter Display: # ITB Unit ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
093 Pages 1page ]
7-621- PM Counter Display: # ITB Cleaning Unit ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
102 Pages 1page ]
7-621- PM Counter Display: # PTR Unit ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
109 Pages 1page ]
7-621- PM Counter Display: # Fusing Unit ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
115 Pages 1page ]
7-621- PM Counter Display: Fusing Sleeve ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
116 Pages 1page ]
7-621- PM Counter Display: Pressure Roller ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
118 Pages 1page ]
7-621- PM Counter Display: #Waste Toner bottle ENG [ 0 to 999999999 / 0 /
142 Pages 1mg ]
7-621- PM Counter Display: Tray1 Roller Assembly ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
145 Pages 1page ]
7-621- PM Counter Display: #Paper Feed Roller:Tray1 ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
258
3.SP Mode Tables
147 Pages 1page ]

7-621- PM Counter Display: #Friction Pad:Tray1 ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
148 Pages 1page ]
7-621- PM Counter Display: #Feed Roller:Bypass ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
169 Pages 1page ]
7-621- PM Counter Display: DF Friction Pad ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
206 Pages 1page ]
7-621- PM Counter Display: DF Pickup Roller ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
207 Pages 1page ]
7-621- PM Counter Display: DF Feed Roller ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
208 Pages 1page ]
7-622- PM Counter Clear # PCU:Bk ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
002
7-622- PM Counter Clear # Dev Unit:Bk ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
003
7-622- PM Counter Clear # PCU:C ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
025
7-622- PM Counter Clear # Dev Unit:C ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
026
7-622- PM Counter Clear # PCU:M ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
048
7-622- PM Counter Clear # Dev Unit:M ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
049
7-622- PM Counter Clear # PCU:Y ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
071
7-622- PM Counter Clear # Dev Unit:Y ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
072
7-622- PM Counter Clear # ITB Unit ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
093
7-622- PM Counter Clear # ITB Cleaning Unit ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
102
7-622- PM Counter Clear # PTR Unit ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
109
7-622- PM Counter Clear # Fusing Unit ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
115
7-622- PM Counter Clear Fusing Sleeve ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
116
7-622- PM Counter Clear Pressure Roller ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
259
3.SP Mode Tables
118
7-622- PM Counter Clear Tray1 Roller Assembly ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
145
7-622- PM Counter Clear #Paper Feed Roller:Tray1 ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
147
7-622- PM Counter Clear #Friction Pad:Tray1 ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
148
7-622- PM Counter Clear #Feed Roller:Bypass ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
169
7-622- PM Counter Clear DF Friction Pad ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
206
7-622- PM Counter Clear DF Pickup Roller ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
207
7-622- PM Counter Clear DF Feed Roller ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
208
7-622- PM Counter Clear Toner Sub Hopper:Bk ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
220
7-622- PM Counter Clear Toner Sub Hopper:C ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
221
7-622- PM Counter Clear Toner Sub Hopper:M ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
222
7-622- PM Counter Clear Toner Sub Hopper:Y ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
223
7-622- PM Counter Clear PCU:All Colors ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
245
7-622- PM Counter Clear Development Unit:All Colors ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
246
7-622- PM Counter Clear Toner Sub Hopper:All Colors ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
249
7-622- PM Counter Clear All Clear ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
250
7-623- PM Value Setting: Life # PCU:Bk ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
002 Pages 1page ]
7-623- PM Value Setting: Life # Dev Unit:Bk ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
003 Pages 1page ]
7-623- PM Value Setting: Life # PCU:C ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
025 Pages 1page ]
7-623- PM Value Setting: Life # Dev Unit:C ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
260
3.SP Mode Tables
026 Pages 1page ]

7-623- PM Value Setting: Life # PCU:M ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
048 Pages 1page ]
7-623- PM Value Setting: Life # Dev Unit:M ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
049 Pages 1page ]
7-623- PM Value Setting: Life # PCU:Y ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
071 Pages 1page ]
7-623- PM Value Setting: Life # Dev Unit:Y ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
072 Pages 1page ]
7-623- PM Value Setting: Life # ITB Unit ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 120000
093 Pages / 1page ]
7-623- PM Value Setting: Life # ITB Cleaning Unit ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 120000
102 Pages / 1page ]
7-623- PM Value Setting: Life # PTR Unit ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 120000
109 Pages / 1page ]
7-623- PM Value Setting: Life # Fusing Unit ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 120000
115 Pages / 1page ]
7-623- PM Value Setting: Life Fusing Sleeve ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 120000
116 Pages / 1page ]
7-623- PM Value Setting: Life Pressure Roller ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 120000
118 Pages / 1page ]
7-623- PM Value Setting: Life #Waste Toner bottle ENG [ 0 to 999999999 /
142 Pages 800000 / 1mg ]
7-623- PM Value Setting Life Tray1 Roller Assembly ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 120000
145 Pages / 1page ]
7-623- PM Value Setting Life #Paper Feed Roller:Tray1 ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 120000
147 Pages / 1page ]
7-623- PM Value Setting Life #Friction Pad:Tray1 ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 120000
148 Pages / 1page ]
7-623- PM Value Setting Life #Feed Roller:Bypass ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 120000
169 Pages / 1page ]
7-625- Previous Unit Counter: # PCU:Bk ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
002 Pages 1page ]
7-625- Previous Unit Counter: # Dev Unit:Bk ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
003 Pages 1page ]
7-625- Previous Unit Counter: # PCU:C ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
025 Pages 1page ]
7-625- Previous Unit Counter: # Dev Unit:C ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
261
3.SP Mode Tables
026 Pages 1page ]

7-625- Previous Unit Counter: # PCU:M ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
048 Pages 1page ]
7-625- Previous Unit Counter: # Dev Unit:M ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
049 Pages 1page ]
7-625- Previous Unit Counter: # PCU:Y ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
071 Pages 1page ]
7-625- Previous Unit Counter: # Dev Unit:Y ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
072 Pages 1page ]
7-625- Previous Unit Counter: # ITB Unit ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
093 Pages 1page ]
7-625- Previous Unit Counter: # ITB Cleaning Unit ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
102 Pages 1page ]
7-625- Previous Unit Counter: # PTR Unit ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
109 Pages 1page ]
7-625- Previous Unit Counter: # Fusing Unit ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
115 Pages 1page ]
7-625- Previous Unit Counter: Fusing Sleeve ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
116 Pages 1page ]
7-625- Previous Unit Counter: Pressure Roller ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
118 Pages 1page ]
7-625- Previous Unit Counter: #Waste Toner bottle ENG [ 0 to 999999999 / 0 /
142 Pages 1mg ]
7-625- Previous Unit Counter: Tray1 Roller Assembly ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
145 Pages 1page ]
7-625- Previous Unit Counter: #Paper Feed Roller:Tray1 ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
147 Pages 1page ]
7-625- Previous Unit Counter: #Friction Pad:Tray1 ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
148 Pages 1page ]
7-625- Previous Unit Counter: #Feed Roller:Bypass ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
169 Pages 1page ]
7-625- Previous Unit Counter: DF Friction Pad ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
206 Pages 1page ]
7-625- Previous Unit Counter: DF Pickup Roller ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
207 Pages 1page ]
7-625- Previous Unit Counter: DF Feed Roller ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
208 Pages 1page ]
7-626- Previous Unit Counter2: # PCU:Bk ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
262
3.SP Mode Tables
002 Pages 1page ]

7-626- Previous Unit Counter2: # Dev Unit:Bk ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
003 Pages 1page ]
7-626- Previous Unit Counter2: # PCU:C ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
025 Pages 1page ]
7-626- Previous Unit Counter2: # Dev Unit:C ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
026 Pages 1page ]
7-626- Previous Unit Counter2: # PCU:M ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
048 Pages 1page ]
7-626- Previous Unit Counter2: # Dev Unit:M ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
049 Pages 1page ]
7-626- Previous Unit Counter2: # PCU:Y ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
071 Pages 1page ]
7-626- Previous Unit Counter2: # Dev Unit:Y ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
072 Pages 1page ]
7-626- Previous Unit Counter2: # ITB Unit ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
093 Pages 1page ]
7-626- Previous Unit Counter2: # ITB Cleaning Unit ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
102 Pages 1page ]
7-626- Previous Unit Counter2: # PTR Unit ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
109 Pages 1page ]
7-626- Previous Unit Counter2: # Fusing Unit ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
115 Pages 1page ]
7-626- Previous Unit Counter2: Fusing Sleeve ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
116 Pages 1page ]
7-626- Previous Unit Counter2: Pressure Roller ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
118 Pages 1page ]
7-626- Previous Unit Counter2: #Waste Toner bottle ENG [ 0 to 999999999 / 0 /
142 Pages 1mg ]
7-626- Previous Unit Counter2: Tray1 Roller Assembly ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
145 Pages 1page ]
7-626- Previous Unit Counter2: #Paper Feed Roller:Tray1 ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
147 Pages 1page ]
7-626- Previous Unit Counter2: #Friction Pad:Tray1 ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
148 Pages 1page ]
7-626- Previous Unit Counter2: #Feed Roller:Bypass ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
169 Pages 1page ]
7-628- PM Counter Clear All Clear ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
263
3.SP Mode Tables
002
7-700- Accum Cvrg 1 img Bk ENG* [ 0 to 400000000 / 0 /
001 Process.:Disp 0.1% ]
7-700- Accum Cvrg 1 img C ENG* [ 0 to 400000000 / 0 /
7-700- Accum Cvrg 1 img M ENG* [ 0 to 400000000 / 0 /
7-700- Accum Cvrg 1 img Y ENG* [ 0 to 400000000 / 0 /
7-701- Accum Cvrg 2 img Bk ENG* [ 0 to 400000000 / 0 /
7-701- Accum Cvrg 2 img C ENG* [ 0 to 400000000 / 0 /
7-701- Accum Cvrg 2 img M ENG* [ 0 to 400000000 / 0 /
7-701- Accum Cvrg 2 img Y ENG* [ 0 to 400000000 / 0 /
7-710- Print Pages: Display Bk ENG* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
001 1page ]
7-710- Print Pages: Display C ENG* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
002 1page ]
7-710- Print Pages: Display M ENG* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
003 1page ]
7-710- Print Pages: Display Y ENG* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
004 1page ]
7-720- Avg. Cvrg for img.: Bk ENG* [ 0 to 100 / 0 / 0.01% ]
001 Display
7-720- Avg. Cvrg for img.: C ENG* [ 0 to 100 / 0 / 0.01% ]
002 Display
7-720- Avg. Cvrg for img.: M ENG* [ 0 to 100 / 0 / 0.01% ]
003 Display
7-720- Avg. Cvrg for img.: Y ENG* [ 0 to 100 / 0 / 0.01% ]
004 Display
7-801- ROM No. Engine ENG [-/-/-]
002
7-801- ROM No. PFU ENG [-/-/-]
009
7-801- ROM No. PFU2 ENG [-/-/-]
264
3.SP Mode Tables
019
7-801- Firmware Version Engine ENG [-/-/-]
102
7-801- Firmware Version PFU ENG [-/-/-]
109
7-801- Firmware Version PFU2 ENG [-/-/-]
119
7-852- DF Glass Dust Check Dust Detection Counter ENG* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 1 ]
001
7-852- DF Glass Dust Check Dust Detection Clear Counter ENG* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 1 ]
002
7-852- DF Glass Dust Check (1-Pass) Dust Detection ENG* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 1 ]
003 Counter: Back
7-853- Replace Counter # PCU:Bk ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
002
7-853- Replace Counter # Dev Unit:Bk ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
003
7-853- Replace Counter # PCU:C ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
025
7-853- Replace Counter # Dev Unit:C ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
026
7-853- Replace Counter # PCU:M ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
048
7-853- Replace Counter # Dev Unit:M ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
049
7-853- Replace Counter # PCU:Y ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
071
7-853- Replace Counter # Dev Unit:Y ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
072
7-853- Replace Counter # ITB Unit ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
093
7-853- Replace Counter # ITB Cleaning Unit ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
102
7-853- Replace Counter # PTR Unit ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
109
7-853- Replace Counter # Fusing Unit ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
115
7-853- Replace Counter Fusing Sleeve ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
265
3.SP Mode Tables
116
7-853- Replace Counter Pressure Roller ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
118
7-853- Replace Counter #Waste Toner bottle ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
142
7-906- Previous Unit # PCU:Bk ENG [ 0 to 4294967295 / 0 /
002 Counter:Distance 1mm ]
7-906- Previous Unit # Dev Unit:Bk ENG [ 0 to 4294967295 / 0 /
7-906- Previous Unit # PCU:C ENG [ 0 to 4294967295 / 0 /
7-906- Previous Unit # Dev Unit:C ENG [ 0 to 4294967295 / 0 /
7-906- Previous Unit # PCU:M ENG [ 0 to 4294967295 / 0 /
7-906- Previous Unit # Dev Unit:M ENG [ 0 to 4294967295 / 0 /
7-906- Previous Unit # PCU:Y ENG [ 0 to 4294967295 / 0 /
7-906- Previous Unit # Dev Unit:Y ENG [ 0 to 4294967295 / 0 /
7-906- Previous Unit # ITB Unit ENG [ 0 to 4294967295 / 0 /
7-906- Previous Unit # ITB Cleaning Unit ENG [ 0 to 4294967295 / 0 /
7-906- Previous Unit # PTR Unit ENG [ 0 to 4294967295 / 0 /
7-906- Previous Unit # Fusing Unit ENG [ 0 to 4294967295 / 0 /
7-906- Previous Unit Fusing Sleeve ENG [ 0 to 4294967295 / 0 /
7-906- Previous Unit Pressure Roller ENG [ 0 to 4294967295 / 0 /
7-906- Previous Unit Toner Sub Hopper:Bk ENG [ 0 to 999999999 / 0 / 1 ]
220 Counter:Distance
7-906- Previous Unit Toner Sub Hopper:C ENG [ 0 to 999999999 / 0 / 1 ]
7-906- Previous Unit Toner Sub Hopper:M ENG [ 0 to 999999999 / 0 / 1 ]
266
3.SP Mode Tables
7-906- Previous Unit Toner Sub Hopper:Y ENG [ 0 to 999999999 / 0 / 1 ]
7-906- Previous Unit Low Speed: # PCU:Bk ENG [ 0 to 4294967295 / 0 /
7-906- Previous Unit Low Speed: # PCU:C ENG [ 0 to 4294967295 / 0 /
7-906- Previous Unit Low Speed: # PCU:M ENG [ 0 to 4294967295 / 0 /
7-906- Previous Unit Low Speed: # PCU:Y ENG [ 0 to 4294967295 / 0 /
7-906- Previous Unit Middle Speed: # PCU:Bk ENG [ 0 to 4294967295 / 0 /
7-906- Previous Unit Middle Speed: # PCU:C ENG [ 0 to 4294967295 / 0 /
7-906- Previous Unit Middle Speed: # PCU:M ENG [ 0 to 4294967295 / 0 /
7-906- Previous Unit Middle Speed: # PCU:Y ENG [ 0 to 4294967295 / 0 /
7-906- Previous Unit Standard Speed2: # PCU:Bk ENG [ 0 to 4294967295 / 0 /
7-907- Previous Unit # PCU:Bk ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
002 Cntr:Distance(%)
7-907- Previous Unit # Dev Unit:Bk ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
7-907- Previous Unit # PCU:C ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
7-907- Previous Unit # Dev Unit:C ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
7-907- Previous Unit # PCU:M ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
7-907- Previous Unit # Dev Unit:M ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
7-907- Previous Unit # PCU:Y ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
7-907- Previous Unit # Dev Unit:Y ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
7-907- Previous Unit # ITB Unit ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
267
3.SP Mode Tables
7-907- Previous Unit # ITB Cleaning Unit ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
7-907- Previous Unit # PTR Unit ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
7-907- Previous Unit # Fusing Unit ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
7-907- Previous Unit Fusing Sleeve ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
7-907- Previous Unit Pressure Roller ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
7-908- Previous Unit # PCU:Bk ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
002 Counter:Pages(%)
7-908- Previous Unit # Dev Unit:Bk ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
7-908- Previous Unit # PCU:C ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
7-908- Previous Unit # Dev Unit:C ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
7-908- Previous Unit # PCU:M ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
7-908- Previous Unit # Dev Unit:M ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
7-908- Previous Unit # PCU:Y ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
7-908- Previous Unit # Dev Unit:Y ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
7-908- Previous Unit # ITB Unit ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
7-908- Previous Unit # ITB Cleaning Unit ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
7-908- Previous Unit # PTR Unit ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
7-908- Previous Unit # Fusing Unit ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
7-908- Previous Unit Fusing Sleeve ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
7-908- Previous Unit Pressure Roller ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
268
3.SP Mode Tables
7-908- Previous Unit #Waste Toner bottle ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
7-908- Previous Unit Tray1 Roller Assembly ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
7-908- Previous Unit #Paper Feed Roller:Tray1 ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
7-908- Previous Unit #Friction Pad:Tray1 ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
7-908- Previous Unit #Feed Roller:Bypass ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
7-931- Toner Bottle Bk Machine Serial ID ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
001
7-931- Toner Bottle Bk Cartridge Ver ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
002
7-931- Toner Bottle Bk Brand ID ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
003
7-931- Toner Bottle Bk Area ID ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
004
7-931- Toner Bottle Bk Product ID ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
005
7-931- Toner Bottle Bk Color ID ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
006
7-931- Toner Bottle Bk Maintenance ID ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
007
7-931- Toner Bottle Bk New Product Information ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
008
7-931- Toner Bottle Bk Recycle Counter ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
009
7-931- Toner Bottle Bk Date ENG* [-/-/-]
010
7-931- Toner Bottle Bk SerialNo. ENG* [-/-/-]
011
7-931- Toner Bottle Bk Toner Remaining ENG* [ 0 to 100 / 100 / 1% ]
012
7-931- Toner Bottle Bk EDP Code ENG* [-/-/-]
013
7-931- Toner Bottle Bk End History ENG* [-/-/-]
269
3.SP Mode Tables
014
7-931- Toner Bottle Bk Refill Information ENG* [-/-/-]
015
7-931- Toner Bottle Bk Attachment: Total Counter ENG* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
016
7-931- Toner Bottle Bk Attachment: Color Counter ENG* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
017
7-931- Toner Bottle Bk End: Total Counter ENG* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
018
7-931- Toner Bottle Bk End: Color Counter ENG* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
019
7-931- Toner Bottle Bk Attachment Date ENG* [-/-/-]
020
7-931- Toner Bottle Bk End Date ENG* [-/-/-]
021
7-932- Toner Bottle M Machine Serial ID ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
001
7-932- Toner Bottle M Cartridge Ver ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
002
7-932- Toner Bottle M Brand ID ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
003
7-932- Toner Bottle M Area ID ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
004
7-932- Toner Bottle M Product ID ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
005
7-932- Toner Bottle M Color ID ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
006
7-932- Toner Bottle M Maintenance ID ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
007
7-932- Toner Bottle M New Product Information ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
008
7-932- Toner Bottle M Recycle Counter ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
009
7-932- Toner Bottle M Date ENG* [-/-/-]
010
7-932- Toner Bottle M SerialNo. ENG* [-/-/-]
011
7-932- Toner Bottle M Toner Remaining ENG* [ 0 to 100 / 100 / 1% ]
270
3.SP Mode Tables
012
7-932- Toner Bottle M EDP Code ENG* [-/-/-]
013
7-932- Toner Bottle M End History ENG* [-/-/-]
014
7-932- Toner Bottle M Refill Information ENG* [-/-/-]
015
7-932- Toner Bottle M Attachment: Total Counter ENG* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
016
7-932- Toner Bottle M Attachment: Color Counter ENG* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
017
7-932- Toner Bottle M End: Total Counter ENG* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
018
7-932- Toner Bottle M End: Color Counter ENG* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
019
7-932- Toner Bottle M Attachment Date ENG* [-/-/-]
020
7-932- Toner Bottle M End Date ENG* [-/-/-]
021
7-933- Toner Bottle C Machine Serial ID ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
001
7-933- Toner Bottle C Cartridge Ver ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
002
7-933- Toner Bottle C Brand ID ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
003
7-933- Toner Bottle C Area ID ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
004
7-933- Toner Bottle C Product ID ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
005
7-933- Toner Bottle C Color ID ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
006
7-933- Toner Bottle C Maintenance ID ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
007
7-933- Toner Bottle C New Product Information ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
008
7-933- Toner Bottle C Recycle Counter ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
009
7-933- Toner Bottle C Date ENG* [-/-/-]
271
3.SP Mode Tables
010
7-933- Toner Bottle C SerialNo. ENG* [-/-/-]
011
7-933- Toner Bottle C Toner Remaining ENG* [ 0 to 100 / 100 / 1% ]
012
7-933- Toner Bottle C EDP Code ENG* [-/-/-]
013
7-933- Toner Bottle C End History ENG* [-/-/-]
014
7-933- Toner Bottle C Refill Information ENG* [-/-/-]
015
7-933- Toner Bottle C Attachment: Total Counter ENG* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
016
7-933- Toner Bottle C Attachment: Color Counter ENG* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
017
7-933- Toner Bottle C End: Total Counter ENG* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
018
7-933- Toner Bottle C End: Color Counter ENG* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
019
7-933- Toner Bottle C Attachment Date ENG* [-/-/-]
020
7-933- Toner Bottle C End Date ENG* [-/-/-]
021
7-934- Toner Bottle Y Machine Serial ID ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
001
7-934- Toner Bottle Y Cartridge Ver ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
002
7-934- Toner Bottle Y Brand ID ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
003
7-934- Toner Bottle Y Area ID ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
004
7-934- Toner Bottle Y Product ID ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
005
7-934- Toner Bottle Y Color ID ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
006
7-934- Toner Bottle Y Maintenance ID ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
007
7-934- Toner Bottle Y New Product Information ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
272
3.SP Mode Tables
008
7-934- Toner Bottle Y Recycle Counter ENG* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
009
7-934- Toner Bottle Y Date ENG* [-/-/-]
010
7-934- Toner Bottle Y SerialNo. ENG* [-/-/-]
011
7-934- Toner Bottle Y Toner Remaining ENG* [ 0 to 100 / 100 / 1% ]
012
7-934- Toner Bottle Y EDP Code ENG* [-/-/-]
013
7-934- Toner Bottle Y End History ENG* [-/-/-]
014
7-934- Toner Bottle Y Refill Information ENG* [-/-/-]
015
7-934- Toner Bottle Y Attachment: Total Counter ENG* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
016
7-934- Toner Bottle Y Attachment: Color Counter ENG* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
017
7-934- Toner Bottle Y End: Total Counter ENG* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
018
7-934- Toner Bottle Y End: Color Counter ENG* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
019
7-934- Toner Bottle Y Attachment Date ENG* [-/-/-]
020
7-934- Toner Bottle Y End Date ENG* [-/-/-]
021
7-935- Toner Bottle Log 1: Bk SerialNo. ENG [-/-/-]
001
7-935- Toner Bottle Log 1: Bk Attachment Date ENG [-/-/-]
002
7-935- Toner Bottle Log 1: Bk Attachment: Total Counter ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
003
7-935- Toner Bottle Log 1: Bk Refill Information ENG* [-/-/-]
004
011
273
3.SP Mode Tables
012
013
014
021
022
023
024
031
032
033
034
041
042
043
044
7-936- Toner Bottle Log 1: M SerialNo. ENG [-/-/-]
001
7-936- Toner Bottle Log 1: M Attachment Date ENG [-/-/-]
002
7-936- Toner Bottle Log 1: M Attachment: Total Counter ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
003
7-936- Toner Bottle Log 1: M Refill Information ENG* [-/-/-]
004
274
3.SP Mode Tables
011
012
013
014
021
022
023
024
031
032
033
034
041
042
043
044
7-937- Toner Bottle Log 1: C SerialNo. ENG [-/-/-]
001
7-937- Toner Bottle Log 1: C Attachment Date ENG [-/-/-]
002
7-937- Toner Bottle Log 1: C Attachment: Total Counter ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
003
7-937- Toner Bottle Log 1: C Refill Information ENG* [-/-/-]
275
3.SP Mode Tables
004
011
012
013
014
021
022
023
024
031
032
033
034
041
042
043
044
7-938- Toner Bottle Log 1: Y SerialNo. ENG [-/-/-]
001
7-938- Toner Bottle Log 1: Y Attachment Date ENG [-/-/-]
002
7-938- Toner Bottle Log 1: Y Attachment: Total Counter ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
276
3.SP Mode Tables
003
7-938- Toner Bottle Log 1: Y Refill Information ENG* [-/-/-]
004
011
012
013
014
021
022
023
024
031
032
033
034
041
042
043
044
7-940- PM Value Setting:Life # PCU:Bk ENG [ 0 to 999999999 / 0 /
002 Distance 1mm ]
7-940- PM Value Setting:Life # Dev Unit:Bk ENG [ 0 to 999999999 / 0 /
277
3.SP Mode Tables
003 Distance 1mm ]

7-940- PM Value Setting:Life # PCU:C ENG [ 0 to 999999999 / 0 /
025 Distance 1mm ]
7-940- PM Value Setting:Life # Dev Unit:C ENG [ 0 to 999999999 / 0 /
026 Distance 1mm ]
7-940- PM Value Setting:Life # PCU:M ENG [ 0 to 999999999 / 0 /
048 Distance 1mm ]
7-940- PM Value Setting:Life # Dev Unit:M ENG [ 0 to 999999999 / 0 /
049 Distance 1mm ]
7-940- PM Value Setting:Life # PCU:Y ENG [ 0 to 999999999 / 0 /
071 Distance 1mm ]
7-940- PM Value Setting:Life # Dev Unit:Y ENG [ 0 to 999999999 / 0 /
072 Distance 1mm ]
7-940- PM Value Setting:Life # ITB Unit ENG [ 0 to 999999999 /
093 Distance 95873985 / 1mm ]
7-940- PM Value Setting:Life # ITB Cleaning Unit ENG [ 0 to 999999999 /
102 Distance 95873985 / 1mm ]
7-940- PM Value Setting:Life # PTR Unit ENG [ 0 to 999999999 /
109 Distance 95873985 / 1mm ]
7-940- PM Value Setting:Life # Fusing Unit ENG [ 0 to 999999999 /
115 Distance 168978600 / 1mm ]
7-940- PM Value Setting:Life Fusing Sleeve ENG [ 0 to 999999999 /
116 Distance 168978600 / 1mm ]
7-940- PM Value Setting:Life Pressure Roller ENG [ 0 to 999999999 /
118 Distance 168978600 / 1mm ]
7-942- PM Counter # PCU:Bk ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
002 Display:Distance(%)
7-942- PM Counter # Dev Unit:Bk ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
7-942- PM Counter # PCU:C ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
7-942- PM Counter # Dev Unit:C ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
7-942- PM Counter # PCU:M ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
7-942- PM Counter # Dev Unit:M ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
7-942- PM Counter # PCU:Y ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
278
3.SP Mode Tables
7-942- PM Counter # Dev Unit:Y ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
7-942- PM Counter # ITB Unit ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
7-942- PM Counter # ITB Cleaning Unit ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
7-942- PM Counter # PTR Unit ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
7-942- PM Counter # Fusing Unit ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
7-942- PM Counter Fusing Sleeve ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
7-942- PM Counter Pressure Roller ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
7-944- PM Counter Display: # PCU:Bk ENG* [ 0 to 4294967295 / 0 /
002 Distance 1mm ]
7-944- PM Counter Display: # Dev Unit:Bk ENG* [ 0 to 4294967295 / 0 /
003 Distance 1mm ]
7-944- PM Counter Display: # PCU:C ENG* [ 0 to 4294967295 / 0 /
025 Distance 1mm ]
7-944- PM Counter Display: # Dev Unit:C ENG* [ 0 to 4294967295 / 0 /
026 Distance 1mm ]
7-944- PM Counter Display: # PCU:M ENG* [ 0 to 4294967295 / 0 /
048 Distance 1mm ]
7-944- PM Counter Display: # Dev Unit:M ENG* [ 0 to 4294967295 / 0 /
049 Distance 1mm ]
7-944- PM Counter Display: # PCU:Y ENG* [ 0 to 4294967295 / 0 /
071 Distance 1mm ]
7-944- PM Counter Display: # Dev Unit:Y ENG* [ 0 to 4294967295 / 0 /
072 Distance 1mm ]
7-944- PM Counter Display: # ITB Unit ENG [ 0 to 4294967295 / 0 /
093 Distance 1mm ]
7-944- PM Counter Display: # ITB Cleaning Unit ENG [ 0 to 4294967295 / 0 /
102 Distance 1mm ]
7-944- PM Counter Display: # PTR Unit ENG [ 0 to 4294967295 / 0 /
109 Distance 1mm ]
7-944- PM Counter Display: # Fusing Unit ENG [ 0 to 4294967295 / 0 /
279
3.SP Mode Tables
115 Distance 1mm ]

7-944- PM Counter Display: Fusing Sleeve ENG [ 0 to 4294967295 / 0 /
116 Distance 1mm ]
7-944- PM Counter Display: Pressure Roller ENG [ 0 to 4294967295 / 0 /
118 Distance 1mm ]
7-944- PM Counter Display: Toner Sub Hopper:Bk ENG [ 0 to 999999999 / 0 / 1 ]
220 Distance
7-944- PM Counter Display: Toner Sub Hopper:C ENG [ 0 to 999999999 / 0 / 1 ]
221 Distance
7-944- PM Counter Display: Toner Sub Hopper:M ENG [ 0 to 999999999 / 0 / 1 ]
222 Distance
7-944- PM Counter Display: Toner Sub Hopper:Y ENG [ 0 to 999999999 / 0 / 1 ]
223 Distance
7-944- PM Counter Display: Low Speed: # PCU:Bk ENG [ 0 to 4294967295 / 0 /
230 Distance 1mm ]
7-944- PM Counter Display: Low Speed: # PCU:C ENG [ 0 to 4294967295 / 0 /
231 Distance 1mm ]
7-944- PM Counter Display: Low Speed: # PCU:M ENG [ 0 to 4294967295 / 0 /
232 Distance 1mm ]
7-944- PM Counter Display: Low Speed: # PCU:Y ENG [ 0 to 4294967295 / 0 /
233 Distance 1mm ]
7-944- PM Counter Display: Middle Speed: # PCU:Bk ENG [ 0 to 4294967295 / 0 /
234 Distance 1mm ]
7-944- PM Counter Display: Middle Speed: # PCU:C ENG [ 0 to 4294967295 / 0 /
235 Distance 1mm ]
7-944- PM Counter Display: Middle Speed: # PCU:M ENG [ 0 to 4294967295 / 0 /
236 Distance 1mm ]
7-944- PM Counter Display: Middle Speed: # PCU:Y ENG [ 0 to 4294967295 / 0 /
237 Distance 1mm ]
7-944- PM Counter Display: Standard Speed2: # PCU:Bk ENG [ 0 to 4294967295 / 0 /
238 Distance 1mm ]
7-944- PM Counter Display: ITB Unit:FC ENG [ 0 to 4294967295 / 0 /
240 Distance 1mm ]
7-950- Unit Replacement Date # PCU:Bk ENG* [-/-/-]
002
7-950- Unit Replacement Date # Dev Unit:Bk ENG* [-/-/-]
003
7-950- Unit Replacement Date # PCU:C ENG* [-/-/-]
280
3.SP Mode Tables
025
7-950- Unit Replacement Date # Dev Unit:C ENG* [-/-/-]
026
7-950- Unit Replacement Date # PCU:M ENG* [-/-/-]
048
7-950- Unit Replacement Date # Dev Unit:M ENG* [-/-/-]
049
7-950- Unit Replacement Date # PCU:Y ENG* [-/-/-]
071
7-950- Unit Replacement Date # Dev Unit:Y ENG* [-/-/-]
072
7-950- Unit Replacement Date # ITB Unit ENG* [-/-/-]
093
7-950- Unit Replacement Date # ITB Cleaning Unit ENG* [-/-/-]
102
7-950- Unit Replacement Date # PTR Unit ENG* [-/-/-]
109
7-950- Unit Replacement Date # Fusing Unit ENG* [-/-/-]
115
7-950- Unit Replacement Date Fusing Sleeve ENG* [-/-/-]
116
7-950- Unit Replacement Date Pressure Roller ENG* [-/-/-]
118
7-950- Unit Replacement Date #Waste Toner bottle ENG* [-/-/-]
142
7-950- Unit Replacement Date Tray1 Roller Assembly ENG [-/-/-]
145
7-950- Unit Replacement Date #Paper Feed Roller:Tray1 ENG [-/-/-]
147
7-950- Unit Replacement Date #Friction Pad:Tray1 ENG [-/-/-]
148
7-950- Unit Replacement Date #Feed Roller:Bypass ENG [-/-/-]
169
7-951- Remain Day Counter: # PCU:Bk ENG [ 0 to 255 / 255 / 1day ]
002 Pages
7-951- Remain Day Counter: # Dev Unit:Bk ENG [ 0 to 255 / 255 / 1day ]
003 Pages
7-951- Remain Day Counter: # PCU:C ENG [ 0 to 255 / 255 / 1day ]
281
3.SP Mode Tables
025 Pages
7-951- Remain Day Counter: # Dev Unit:C ENG [ 0 to 255 / 255 / 1day ]
026 Pages
7-951- Remain Day Counter: # PCU:M ENG [ 0 to 255 / 255 / 1day ]
048 Pages
7-951- Remain Day Counter: # Dev Unit:M ENG [ 0 to 255 / 255 / 1day ]
049 Pages
7-951- Remain Day Counter: # PCU:Y ENG [ 0 to 255 / 255 / 1day ]
071 Pages
7-951- Remain Day Counter: # Dev Unit:Y ENG [ 0 to 255 / 255 / 1day ]
072 Pages
7-951- Remain Day Counter: # ITB Unit ENG [ 0 to 255 / 255 / 1day ]
093 Pages
7-951- Remain Day Counter: # ITB Cleaning Unit ENG [ 0 to 255 / 255 / 1day ]
102 Pages
7-951- Remain Day Counter: # PTR Unit ENG [ 0 to 255 / 255 / 1day ]
109 Pages
7-951- Remain Day Counter: # Fusing Unit ENG [ 0 to 255 / 255 / 1day ]
115 Pages
7-951- Remain Day Counter: Fusing Sleeve ENG [ 0 to 255 / 255 / 1day ]
116 Pages
7-951- Remain Day Counter: Pressure Roller ENG [ 0 to 255 / 255 / 1day ]
118 Pages
7-951- Remain Day Counter: #Waste Toner bottle ENG [ 0 to 255 / 255 / 1day ]
142 Pages
7-951- Remain Day Counter: Tray1 Roller Assembly ENG [ 0 to 255 / 255 / 1day ]
145 Pages
7-951- Remain Day Counter: #Paper Feed Roller:Tray1 ENG [ 0 to 255 / 255 / 1day ]
147 Pages
7-951- Remain Day Counter: #Friction Pad:Tray1 ENG [ 0 to 255 / 255 / 1day ]
148 Pages
7-951- Remain Day Counter: #Feed Roller:Bypass ENG [ 0 to 255 / 255 / 1day ]
169 Pages
7-952- Remain Day Counter: # PCU:Bk ENG [ 0 to 255 / 255 / 1day ]
002 Distance
7-952- Remain Day Counter: # Dev Unit:Bk ENG [ 0 to 255 / 255 / 1day ]
003 Distance
7-952- Remain Day Counter: # PCU:C ENG [ 0 to 255 / 255 / 1day ]
282
3.SP Mode Tables
025 Distance
7-952- Remain Day Counter: # Dev Unit:C ENG [ 0 to 255 / 255 / 1day ]
026 Distance
7-952- Remain Day Counter: # PCU:M ENG [ 0 to 255 / 255 / 1day ]
048 Distance
7-952- Remain Day Counter: # Dev Unit:M ENG [ 0 to 255 / 255 / 1day ]
049 Distance
7-952- Remain Day Counter: # PCU:Y ENG [ 0 to 255 / 255 / 1day ]
071 Distance
7-952- Remain Day Counter: # Dev Unit:Y ENG [ 0 to 255 / 255 / 1day ]
072 Distance
7-952- Remain Day Counter: # ITB Unit ENG [ 0 to 255 / 255 / 1day ]
093 Distance
7-952- Remain Day Counter: # ITB Cleaning Unit ENG [ 0 to 255 / 255 / 1day ]
102 Distance
7-952- Remain Day Counter: # PTR Unit ENG [ 0 to 255 / 255 / 1day ]
109 Distance
7-952- Remain Day Counter: # Fusing Unit ENG [ 0 to 255 / 255 / 1day ]
115 Distance
7-952- Remain Day Counter: Fusing Sleeve ENG [ 0 to 255 / 255 / 1day ]
116 Distance
7-952- Remain Day Counter: Pressure Roller ENG [ 0 to 255 / 255 / 1day ]
118 Distance
7-953- Operation Env. Log: PCU: T<=0 ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
001 Bk 1mm ]
7-953- Operation Env. Log: PCU: 0<T<=5:0<=H<30 ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
002 Bk 1mm ]
7-953- Operation Env. Log: PCU: 0<T<=5:30<=H<70 ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
003 Bk 1mm ]
7-953- Operation Env. Log: PCU: 0<T<=5:70<=H<=100 ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
004 Bk 1mm ]
7-953- Operation Env. Log: PCU: 5<T<15:0<=H<30 ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
005 Bk 1mm ]
006 Bk 1mm ]
007 Bk 1mm ]
7-953- Operation Env. Log: PCU: 5<T<15:80<=H<=100 ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
283
3.SP Mode Tables
008 Bk 1mm ]
7-953- Operation Env. Log: PCU: 15<=T<25:0<=H<30 ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
009 Bk 1mm ]
010 Bk 1mm ]
011 Bk 1mm ]
7-953- Operation Env. Log: PCU: 15<=T<25:80<=H<=100 ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
012 Bk 1mm ]
013 Bk 1mm ]
014 Bk 1mm ]
015 Bk 1mm ]
016 Bk 1mm ]
017 Bk 1mm ]
018 Bk 1mm ]
019 Bk 1mm ]
020 Bk 1mm ]
7-953- Operation Env. Log: PCU: 35<=T ENG [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 /
021 Bk 1mm ]
7-953- Operation Env. Log Clear ENG [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]
100
7-954- PM Counter Display: # PCU:Bk ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
002 Pages (%)
7-954- PM Counter Display: # Dev Unit:Bk ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
003 Pages (%)
7-954- PM Counter Display: # PCU:C ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
025 Pages (%)
7-954- PM Counter Display: # Dev Unit:C ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
026 Pages (%)
7-954- PM Counter Display: # PCU:M ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
284
3.SP Mode Tables
048 Pages (%)

7-954- PM Counter Display: # Dev Unit:M ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
049 Pages (%)
7-954- PM Counter Display: # PCU:Y ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
071 Pages (%)
7-954- PM Counter Display: # Dev Unit:Y ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
072 Pages (%)
7-954- PM Counter Display: # ITB Unit ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
093 Pages (%)
7-954- PM Counter Display: # ITB Cleaning Unit ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
102 Pages (%)
7-954- PM Counter Display: # PTR Unit ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
109 Pages (%)
7-954- PM Counter Display: # Fusing Unit ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
115 Pages (%)
7-954- PM Counter Display: Fusing Sleeve ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
116 Pages (%)
7-954- PM Counter Display: Pressure Roller ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
118 Pages (%)
7-954- PM Counter Display: #Waste Toner bottle ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
142 Pages (%)
7-954- PM Counter Display: Tray1 Roller Assembly ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
145 Pages (%)
7-954- PM Counter Display: #Paper Feed Roller:Tray1 ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
147 Pages (%)
7-954- PM Counter Display: #Friction Pad:Tray1 ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
148 Pages (%)
7-954- PM Counter Display: #Feed Roller:Bypass ENG [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1% ]
169 Pages (%)
7-958- PM Value # PCU:Bk ENG [ 1 to 30 / 15 / 1day ]
002 Setting:DaysThreshold
7-958- PM Value # Dev Unit:Bk ENG [ 1 to 30 / 15 / 1day ]
7-958- PM Value # PCU:C ENG [ 1 to 30 / 15 / 1day ]
7-958- PM Value # Dev Unit:C ENG [ 1 to 30 / 15 / 1day ]
7-958- PM Value # PCU:M ENG [ 1 to 30 / 15 / 1day ]
285
3.SP Mode Tables
7-958- PM Value # Dev Unit:M ENG [ 1 to 30 / 15 / 1day ]
7-958- PM Value # PCU:Y ENG [ 1 to 30 / 15 / 1day ]
7-958- PM Value # Dev Unit:Y ENG [ 1 to 30 / 15 / 1day ]
7-958- PM Value # ITB Unit ENG [ 1 to 30 / 15 / 1day ]
7-958- PM Value # ITB Cleaning Unit ENG [ 1 to 30 / 15 / 1day ]
7-958- PM Value # PTR Unit ENG [ 1 to 30 / 15 / 1day ]
7-958- PM Value # Fusing Unit ENG [ 1 to 30 / 15 / 1day ]
7-958- PM Value Fusing Sleeve ENG [ 1 to 30 / 15 / 1day ]
7-958- PM Value Pressure Roller ENG [ 1 to 30 / 15 / 1day ]
7-958- PM Value #Waste Toner bottle ENG [ 1 to 30 / 15 / 1day ]
7-958- PM Value Tray1 Roller Assembly ENG [ 1 to 30 / 15 / 1day ]
7-958- PM Value #Paper Feed Roller:Tray1 ENG [ 1 to 30 / 15 / 1day ]
7-958- PM Value #Friction Pad:Tray1 ENG [ 1 to 30 / 15 / 1day ]
7-958- PM Value #Feed Roller:Bypass ENG [ 1 to 30 / 15 / 1day ]
7-979- CPU Reset Log Data1 ENG* [ 0x00 to 0xFF / 0x00 /
001 1]
7-979- CPU Reset Log Data2 ENG* [ 0x0000 to 0xFFFF /
002 0x0000 / 1 ]
003 0x0000 / 1 ]
004 0x0000 / 1 ]
286
3.SP Mode Tables
005 0x0000 / 1 ]
006 0x0000 / 1 ]
007 0x0000 / 1 ]
008 0x0000 / 1 ]
009 0x0000 / 1 ]
010 0x0000 / 1 ]
011 0x0000 / 1 ]
012 0x0000 / 1 ]
013 0x0000 / 1 ]
014 0x0000 / 1 ]
015 0x0000 / 1 ]
016 0x0000 / 1 ]
017 0x0000 / 1 ]
018 0x0000 / 1 ]
019 0x0000 / 1 ]
020 0x0000 / 1 ]
021 0x0000 / 1 ]
287
3.SP Mode Tables
SP7-XXX (Controller: Data Log)

CTL Max/Init./Step]
7-401- Total SC SC Counter CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
001
7-401- Total SC Total SC Counter CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
002
7-403- SC History Latest CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
001
7-403- SC History Latest 1 CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
7-404- Software Error History Latest CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
001
7-404- Software Error History Latest 1 CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
002
003
004
005
288
3.SP Mode Tables
006
007
008
009
010
7-502- Total Paper Jam Jam Counter CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
001
7-502- Total Paper Jam Total Jam Counter CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
002
7-503- Total Original Jam Original Jam Counter CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
001
7-503- Total Original Jam Total Original Jam CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
002 Counter
7-504- Paper Jam Location At Power On CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
001
7-504- Paper Jam Location Tray1: On CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
003
004
005
7-504- Paper Jam Location Registration: CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
008 On(Bypass)
7-504- Paper Jam Location Registration: CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
009 On(Duplex)
7-504- Paper Jam Location Bank Transport Sn 1: On CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
012
7-504- Paper Jam Location Registration Sn: CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
017 On(Tray)
7-504- Paper Jam Location Fusing Entrance: On CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
018
7-504- Paper Jam Location Fusing Exit: On CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
019
7-504- Paper Jam Location Paper Exit: On CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
289
3.SP Mode Tables
020
7-504- Paper Jam Location 1bin: Exit Sensor: On CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
021
7-504- Paper Jam Location Duplex Exit : On CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
025
7-504- Paper Jam Location Duplex Entrance: On CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
026
7-504- Paper Jam Location Bank Transport1: Off CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
052
7-504- Paper Jam Location Bank Transport2: Off CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
053
7-504- Paper Jam Location Registration Sensor: Off CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
057
7-504- Paper Jam Location Paper Exit: Off CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
060
7-504- Paper Jam Location 1bin: Exit Sensor: Off CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
061
7-504- Paper Jam Location Duplex Exit: Off CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
065
7-504- Paper Jam Location Duplex Entrance: Off CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
066
7-505- Original Jam Detection At Power On CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
001
7-505- Original Jam Detection Registration Sensor: On CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
004
7-505- Original Jam Detection DF Feed Sensor: On CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
013
7-505- Original Jam Detection Registration Sensor: Off CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
054
7-505- Original Jam Detection DF Feed Sensor: Off CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
063
7-505- Original Jam Detection Motor Error CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
100
7-506- Jam Count by Paper Size A5 LEF CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
006
7-506- Jam Count by Paper Size HLT LEF CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
044
7-506- Jam Count by Paper Size A4 SEF CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
290
3.SP Mode Tables
133
7-506- Jam Count by Paper Size A5 SEF CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
134
7-506- Jam Count by Paper Size B5 SEF CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
142
7-506- Jam Count by Paper Size LG SEF CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
164
7-506- Jam Count by Paper Size LT SEF CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
166
7-506- Jam Count by Paper Size HLT SEF CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
172
7-506- Jam Count by Paper Size Others CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
255
7-507- Plotter Jam History Latest CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
001
7-507- Plotter Jam History Latest 1 CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
7-508- Original Jam History Latest CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
001
7-508- Original Jam History Latest 1 CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
002
291
3.SP Mode Tables
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
7-514- Paper Jam Count by Location At Power On CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
001
7-514- Paper Jam Count by Location Tray1: On CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
003
004
005
7-514- Paper Jam Count by Location Registration: CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
008 On(Bypass)
7-514- Paper Jam Count by Location Registration: CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
009 On(Duplex)
7-514- Paper Jam Count by Location Bank Transport Sn 1: On CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
012
7-514- Paper Jam Count by Location Registration Sn: CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
017 On(Tray)
7-514- Paper Jam Count by Location Fusing Entrance: On CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
018
7-514- Paper Jam Count by Location Fusing Exit: On CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
019
7-514- Paper Jam Count by Location Paper Exit: On CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
020
7-514- Paper Jam Count by Location 1bin: Exit Sensor: On CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
292
3.SP Mode Tables
021
7-514- Paper Jam Count by Location Duplex Exit : On CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
025
7-514- Paper Jam Count by Location Duplex Entrance: On CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
026
7-514- Paper Jam Count by Location Bank Transport1: Off CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
052
7-514- Paper Jam Count by Location Bank Transport2: Off CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
053
7-514- Paper Jam Count by Location Registration Sensor: Off CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
057
7-514- Paper Jam Count by Location Paper Exit: Off CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
060
7-514- Paper Jam Count by Location 1bin: Exit Sensor: Off CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
061
7-514- Paper Jam Count by Location Duplex Exit: Off CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
065
7-514- Paper Jam Count by Location Duplex Entrance: Off CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
066
7-515- Original Jam Count by At Power On CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
001 Detection
7-515- Original Jam Count by Registration Sensor: On CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
004 Detection
7-515- Original Jam Count by DF Feed Sensor: On CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
013 Detection
7-515- Original Jam Count by Registration Sensor: Off CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
054 Detection
7-515- Original Jam Count by DF Feed Sensor: Off CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
063 Detection
7-515- Original Jam Count by Motor Error CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
100 Detection
7-516- Paper Size Jam Count A5 LEF CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
006
7-516- Paper Size Jam Count HLT LEF CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
044
7-516- Paper Size Jam Count A4 SEF CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
133
7-516- Paper Size Jam Count A5 SEF CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
293
3.SP Mode Tables
134
7-516- Paper Size Jam Count B5 SEF CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
142
7-516- Paper Size Jam Count LG SEF CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
164
7-516- Paper Size Jam Count LT SEF CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
166
7-516- Paper Size Jam Count HLT SEF CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
172
7-516- Paper Size Jam Count Others CTL* [ 0 to 65535 / 0 / 0 ]
255
7-520- Update Log ErrorRecord1 CTL* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
001
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
7-520- Update Log Auto:StartDate1 CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
011
012
013
294
3.SP Mode Tables
014
015
7-520- Update Log Auto:EndDate1 CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
021
022
023
024
025
7-520- Update Log Auto:Piecemark1 CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
031
032
033
034
035
7-520- Update Log Auto:Version1 CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
041
042
043
044
045
7-520- Update Log Auto:Result1 CTL* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
051
052
295
3.SP Mode Tables
053
054
055
056
057
058
059
060
7-617- PM Parts Counter Display Normal CTL* [ 0 to 9999999 / 0 / 0 ]
001
7-617- PM Parts Counter Display Df CTL* [ 0 to 9999999 / 0 / 0 ]
002
7-618- PM Parts Counter Reset Normal CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
001
7-618- PM Parts Counter Reset Df CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
002
7-624- Part Replacement Operation #PCU:Bk CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
002 ON/OFF
7-624- Part Replacement Operation #PCU:C CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
025 ON/OFF
7-624- Part Replacement Operation #PCU:M CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
048 ON/OFF
7-624- Part Replacement Operation #PCU:Y CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
071 ON/OFF
7-624- Part Replacement Operation #Image Transfer Belt CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
093 ON/OFF Unit
7-624- Part Replacement Operation #Paper Transfer Roller CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
109 ON/OFF Unit
7-624- Part Replacement Operation #Fusing Unit CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
115 ON/OFF
7-624- Part Replacement Operation Fusing Sleeve CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
296
3.SP Mode Tables
116 ON/OFF
7-624- Part Replacement Operation Pressure Roller CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
118 ON/OFF
7-624- Part Replacement Operation #Wast Toner bottle CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
142 ON/OFF
7-624- Part Replacement Operation #Paper Feed CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
147 ON/OFF Roller:Tray1
7-624- Part Replacement Operation #Friction Pad:Tray1 CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
148 ON/OFF
7-624- Part Replacement Operation #Feed Roller:Bypass CTL* [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
169 ON/OFF
7-801- ROM No./ Firmware Version CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
255
7-803- PM Counter Display Paper CTL* [ 0 to 9999999 / 0 / 0 ]
001
7-804- PM Counter Reset Paper CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
001
7-807- SC/Jam Counter Reset CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
001
7-826- MF Error Counter Error Total CTL* [ 0 to 9999999 / 0 / 0 ]
001
7-826- MF Error Counter Error Staple CTL* [ 0 to 9999999 / 0 / 0 ]
002
7-827- MF Error Counter Clear CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
001
7-832- Self-Diagnose Result Display CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
001
7-835- ACC Counter Copy ACC CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
001
7-835- ACC Counter Printer ACC CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
002
7-836- Total Memory Size CTL* [ 0 to 0xffffffff / 0 /
001 0MB ]
7-840- ServiceSP Entry Code Chg Change Time :Latest CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
001 Hist
7-840- ServiceSP Entry Code Chg Change Time :Last1 CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
002 Hist
7-840- ServiceSP Entry Code Chg Initialize Time :Latest CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
297
3.SP Mode Tables
101 Hist
7-840- ServiceSP Entry Code Chg Initialize Time :Last1 CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
102 Hist
7-855- Coverage Range Coverage Range 1 CTL* [ 1 to 200 / 5 / 1% ]
001
7-855- Coverage Range Coverage Range 2 CTL* [ 1 to 200 / 20 / 1% ]
002
7-901- Assert Info. File Name CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
001
7-901- Assert Info. Number of Lines CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
002
7-901- Assert Info. Location CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
003
7-910- ROM No System/Copy CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
001
7-910- ROM No Engine CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
002
7-910- ROM No Bank CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
009
7-910- ROM No FCU CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
012
7-910- ROM No NetworkSupport CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
018
7-910- ROM No Bank2 CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
019
7-910- ROM No BIOS CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
022
7-910- ROM No HDD Format Option CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
023
7-910- ROM No RPCS CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
150
7-910- ROM No PS CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
151
7-910- ROM No RPDL CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
152
7-910- ROM No R98 CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
153
7-910- ROM No R16 CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
298
3.SP Mode Tables
154
7-910- ROM No R55 CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
156
7-910- ROM No RTIFF CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
157
7-910- ROM No PCL CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
158
7-910- ROM No PCLXL CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
159
7-910- ROM No MSIS CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
160
7-910- ROM No PDF CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
162
7-910- ROM No PictBridge CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
164
7-910- ROM No PJL CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
165
7-910- ROM No MediaPrint:JPEG CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
167
7-910- ROM No MediaPrint:TIFF CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
168
7-910- ROM No XPS CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
169
7-910- ROM No FONT CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
180
7-910- ROM No FONT1 CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
181
7-910- ROM No FONT2 CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
182
7-910- ROM No FONT3 CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
183
7-910- ROM No FONT4 CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
184
7-910- ROM No FONT5 CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
185
7-910- ROM No FONT6 CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
186
7-910- ROM No FONT7 CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
299
3.SP Mode Tables
187
7-910- ROM No Factory CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
200
7-910- ROM No Copy CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
201
7-910- ROM No NetworkDocBox CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
202
7-910- ROM No Fax CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
203
7-910- ROM No Printer CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
204
7-910- ROM No Scanner CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
205
7-910- ROM No RFax CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
206
7-910- ROM No MIB CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
210
7-910- ROM No Websupport CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
211
7-910- ROM No WebUapl CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
212
7-910- ROM No SDK1 CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
213
7-910- ROM No SDK2 CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
214
7-910- ROM No SDK3 CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
215
7-910- ROM No Package CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
250
7-911- Firmware Version System/Copy CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
001
7-911- Firmware Version Engine CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
002
7-911- Firmware Version Bank CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
009
7-911- Firmware Version FCU CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
012
7-911- Firmware Version NetworkSupport CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
300
3.SP Mode Tables
018
7-911- Firmware Version Bank2 CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
019
7-911- Firmware Version BIOS CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
022
7-911- Firmware Version HDD Format Option CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
023
7-911- Firmware Version RPCS CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
150
7-911- Firmware Version PS CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
151
7-911- Firmware Version RPDL CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
152
7-911- Firmware Version R98 CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
153
154
156
7-911- Firmware Version RTIFF CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
157
7-911- Firmware Version PCL CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
158
7-911- Firmware Version PCLXL CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
159
7-911- Firmware Version MSIS CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
160
7-911- Firmware Version PDF CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
162
7-911- Firmware Version PictBridge CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
164
7-911- Firmware Version PJL CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
165
7-911- Firmware Version MediaPrint:JPEG CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
167
7-911- Firmware Version MediaPrint:TIFF CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
168
7-911- Firmware Version XPS CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
301
3.SP Mode Tables
169
7-911- Firmware Version FONT CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
180
7-911- Firmware Version FONT1 CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
7-911- Firmware Version Factory CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
200
7-911- Firmware Version Copy CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
201
7-911- Firmware Version NetworkDocBox CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
202
7-911- Firmware Version Fax CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
203
7-911- Firmware Version Printer CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
204
7-911- Firmware Version Scanner CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
205
7-911- Firmware Version RFax CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
206
7-911- Firmware Version MIB CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
210
7-911- Firmware Version Websupport CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
211
7-911- Firmware Version WebUapl CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
212
7-911- Firmware Version SDK1 CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
302
3.SP Mode Tables
213
214
215
7-911- Firmware Version Package CTL* [ 0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]
250
303
3.SP Mode Tables
Remarks
Many of these counters are provided for features that are currently not available, such as sending color faxes, and
so on. However, here are some Group 8 codes that when used in combination with others, can provide useful
information.
SP8-211 to SP8-216 The number of pages scanned to the document server.
SP8-401 to SP8-406 The number of pages printed from the document server.
SP8-691 to SP8-696 The number of pages sent from the document server.
SP Numbers What They Do
Specifically, the following questions can be answered:
• How is the document server actually being used?
• What application is using the document server most frequently?
• What data in the document server is being reused?
Most of the SPs in this group are prefixed with a letter that indicates the mode of operation (the mode of operation
is referred to as an "application"). Before reading the Group 8 Service Table, make sure that you understand what
these prefixes mean.
Prefixes What it means
T: Total: (Grand Total). Grand total of the items counted for all applications (C, F, P, etc.).
C: Copy application. Totals (pages, jobs, etc.) executed for each application when the job was not
F: Fax application. stored on the document server.
P: Print application.
S: Scan application.
L: Local storage Totals (jobs, pages, etc.) for the document server. The L: counters work
(document server) differently case by case. Sometimes, they count jobs/pages stored on the
document server; this can be in document server mode (from the document
server window), or from another mode, such as from a printer driver or by
pressing the Store File button in the Copy mode window. Sometimes, they
include occasions when the user uses a file that is already on the document
server. Each counter will be discussed case by case.
O: Other applications Refers to network applications such as Web Image Monitor. Utilities
(external network developed with the SDK (Software Development Kit) will also be counted
applications, for with this group in the future.
example)
The Group 8 SP codes are limited to 17 characters, forced by the necessity of displaying them on the small LCDs
of printers and faxes that also use these SPs. Read over the list of abbreviations below and refer to it again if you
see the name of an SP that you do not understand.
304
3.SP Mode Tables
Key for Abbreviations
/ "By", e.g. "T:Jobs/Apl" = Total Jobs "by" Application

> More (2> "2 or more", 4> "4 or more"
AddBook Address Book
Apl Application
B/W Black & White
Bk Black
C Cyan
ColCr Color Create
ColMode Color Mode
Comb Combine
Comp Compression
Deliv Delivery
DesApl Designated Application. The application (Copy, Fax, Scan, Print) used to store the job on the
document server, for example.
Dev Counter Development Count, no. of pages developed.
Dup, Duplex Duplex, printing on both sides
Emul Emulation
FC Full Color
FIN Post-print processing, i.e. finishing (punching, stapling, etc.)
Full Bleed No Margins
GenCopy Generation Copy Mode
GPC Get Print Counter. For jobs 10 pages or less, this counter does not count up. For jobs larger than
10 pages, this counter counts up by the number that is in excess of 10 (e.g., for an 11-page job,
the counter counts up 11-10 =1)
IFax Internet Fax
ImgEdt Image Edit performed on the original with the copier GUI, e.g. border removal, adding stamps,
page numbers, etc.
K Black (YMCK)
LS Local Storage. Refers to the document server.
LSize Large (paper) Size
Mag Magnification
MC One color (monochrome)
NRS New Remote Service, which allows a service center to monitor machines remotely. "NRS" is
used overseas, "CSS" is used in Japan.
Org Original for scanning
OrgJam Original Jam
Palm 2 Print Job Manager/Desk Top Editor: A pair of utilities that allows print jobs to be distributed
305
3.SP Mode Tables
evenly among the printers on the network, and allows files to moved around, combined, and
converted to different formats.
PC Personal Computer
PGS Pages. A page is the total scanned surface of the original. Duplex pages count as two pages, and
A3 simplex count as two pages if the A3/DLT counter SP is switched ON.
PJob Print Jobs
Ppr Paper
PrtJam Printer (plotter) Jam
PrtPGS Print Pages
R Red (Toner Remaining). Applies to the wide format model A2 only. This machine is under
development and currently not available.
Rez Resolution
SC Service Code (Error SC code displayed)
Scn Scan
Sim, Simplex, printing on 1 side.
Simplex
S-to-Email Scan-to-E-mail
SMC SMC report printed with SP5-990. All of the Group 8 counters are recorded in the SMC report.
Svr Server
TonEnd Toner End
TonSave Toner Save
TXJob Send, Transmission
YMC Yellow, Magenta, Cyan
YMCK Yellow, Magenta, Cyan, Black
Abbreviation What it means
• All of the Group 8 SPs are reset with SP5-801-001 (Memory All Clear).
SP8-XXX (Data Log2) -1
SP No. Large Category Small Category ENG or CTL [Min to Max/Init./Step]

8-001-001 T:Total Jobs CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-002-001 C:Total Jobs CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-003-001 F:Total Jobs CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-004-001 P:Total Jobs CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-005-001 S:Total Jobs CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-006-001 L:Total Jobs CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
306
3.SP Mode Tables
8-011-001 T:Jobs/LS CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]

8-012-001 C:Jobs/LS CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-013-001 F:Jobs/LS CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-014-001 P:Jobs/LS CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-015-001 S:Jobs/LS CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-016-001 L:Jobs/LS CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-017-001 O:Jobs/LS CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-021-001 T:Pjob/LS CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-022-001 C:Pjob/LS CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-023-001 F:Pjob/LS CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-024-001 P:Pjob/LS CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-025-001 S:Pjob/LS CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-026-001 L:Pjob/LS CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-027-001 O:Pjob/LS CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-031-001 T:Pjob/DesApl CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-032-001 C:Pjob/DesApl CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-033-001 F:Pjob/DesApl CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-034-001 P:Pjob/DesApl CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-035-001 S:Pjob/DesApl CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-036-001 L:Pjob/DesApl CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-037-001 O:Pjob/DesApl CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-041-001 T:TX Jobs/LS CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-042-001 C:TX Jobs/LS CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-043-001 F:TX Jobs/LS CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-044-001 P:TX Jobs/LS CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-045-001 S:TX Jobs/LS CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-046-001 L:TX Jobs/LS CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-047-001 O:TX Jobs/LS CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-051-001 T:TX Jobs/DesApl CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-052-001 C:TX Jobs/DesApl CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-053-001 F:TX Jobs/DesApl CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-054-001 P:TX Jobs/DesApl CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-055-001 S:TX Jobs/DesApl CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-056-001 L:TX Jobs/DesApl CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-057-001 O:TX Jobs/DesApl CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-061-001 T:FIN Jobs Sort CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-061-002 T:FIN Jobs Stack CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-061-003 T:FIN Jobs Staple CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
307
3.SP Mode Tables
8-061-004 T:FIN Jobs Booklet CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]

8-061-005 T:FIN Jobs Z-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-061-006 T:FIN Jobs Punch CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-061-007 T:FIN Jobs Other CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-061-008 T:FIN Jobs Inside-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-061-009 T:FIN Jobs Three-IN-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-061-010 T:FIN Jobs Three-OUT-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-061-011 T:FIN Jobs Four-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-061-012 T:FIN Jobs KANNON-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-061-013 T:FIN Jobs Perfect-Bind CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-061-014 T:FIN Jobs Ring-Bind CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-061-015 T:FIN Jobs 3rd Vendor CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-061-016 T:FIN Jobs TwinLoop-Bind CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-062-001 C:FIN Jobs Sort CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-062-002 C:FIN Jobs Stack CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-062-003 C:FIN Jobs Staple CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-062-004 C:FIN Jobs Booklet CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-062-005 C:FIN Jobs Z-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-062-006 C:FIN Jobs Punch CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-062-007 C:FIN Jobs Other CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-062-008 C:FIN Jobs Inside-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-062-009 C:FIN Jobs Three-IN-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-062-010 C:FIN Jobs Three-OUT-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-062-011 C:FIN Jobs Four-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-062-012 C:FIN Jobs KANNON-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-062-013 C:FIN Jobs Perfect-Bind CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-062-014 C:FIN Jobs Ring-Bind CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-062-015 C:FIN Jobs 3rd Vendor CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-062-016 C:FIN Jobs TwinLoop-Bind CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-063-001 F:FIN Jobs Sort CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-063-002 F:FIN Jobs Stack CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-063-003 F:FIN Jobs Staple CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-063-004 F:FIN Jobs Booklet CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-063-005 F:FIN Jobs Z-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-063-006 F:FIN Jobs Punch CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-063-007 F:FIN Jobs Other CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-063-008 F:FIN Jobs Inside-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-063-009 F:FIN Jobs Three-IN-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
308
3.SP Mode Tables
8-063-010 F:FIN Jobs Three-OUT-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]

8-063-011 F:FIN Jobs Four-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-063-012 F:FIN Jobs KANNON-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-063-013 F:FIN Jobs Perfect-Bind CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-063-014 F:FIN Jobs Ring-Bind CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-063-015 F:FIN Jobs 3rd Vendor CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-063-016 F:FIN Jobs TwinLoop-Bind CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-064-001 P:FIN Jobs Sort CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-064-002 P:FIN Jobs Stack CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-064-003 P:FIN Jobs Staple CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-064-004 P:FIN Jobs Booklet CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-064-005 P:FIN Jobs Z-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-064-006 P:FIN Jobs Punch CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-064-007 P:FIN Jobs Other CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-064-008 P:FIN Jobs Inside-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-064-009 P:FIN Jobs Three-IN-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-064-010 P:FIN Jobs Three-OUT-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-064-011 P:FIN Jobs Four-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-064-012 P:FIN Jobs KANNON-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-064-013 P:FIN Jobs Perfect-Bind CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-064-014 P:FIN Jobs Ring-Bind CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-064-015 P:FIN Jobs 3rd Vendor CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-064-016 P:FIN Jobs TwinLoop-Bind CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-065-001 S:FIN Jobs Sort CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-065-002 S:FIN Jobs Stack CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-065-003 S:FIN Jobs Staple CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-065-004 S:FIN Jobs Booklet CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-065-005 S:FIN Jobs Z-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-065-006 S:FIN Jobs Punch CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-065-007 S:FIN Jobs Other CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-065-008 S:FIN Jobs Inside-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-065-009 S:FIN Jobs Three-IN-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-065-010 S:FIN Jobs Three-OUT-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-065-011 S:FIN Jobs Four-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-065-012 S:FIN Jobs KANNON-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-065-013 S:FIN Jobs Perfect-Bind CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-065-014 S:FIN Jobs Ring-Bind CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-065-015 S:FIN Jobs 3rd Vendor CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
309
3.SP Mode Tables
8-065-016 S:FIN Jobs TwinLoop-Bind CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]

8-066-001 L:FIN Jobs Sort CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-066-002 L:FIN Jobs Stack CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-066-003 L:FIN Jobs Staple CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-066-004 L:FIN Jobs Booklet CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-066-005 L:FIN Jobs Z-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-066-006 L:FIN Jobs Punch CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-066-007 L:FIN Jobs Other CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-066-008 L:FIN Jobs Inside-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-066-009 L:FIN Jobs Three-IN-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-066-010 L:FIN Jobs Three-OUT-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-066-011 L:FIN Jobs Four-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-066-012 L:FIN Jobs KANNON-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-066-013 L:FIN Jobs Perfect-Bind CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-066-014 L:FIN Jobs Ring-Bind CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-066-015 L:FIN Jobs 3rd Vendor CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-066-016 L:FIN Jobs TwinLoop-Bind CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-067-001 O:FIN Jobs Sort CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-067-002 O:FIN Jobs Stack CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-067-003 O:FIN Jobs Staple CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-067-004 O:FIN Jobs Booklet CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-067-005 O:FIN Jobs Z-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-067-006 O:FIN Jobs Punch CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-067-007 O:FIN Jobs Other CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-067-008 O:FIN Jobs Inside-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-067-009 O:FIN Jobs Three-IN-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-067-010 O:FIN Jobs Three-OUT-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-067-011 O:FIN Jobs Four-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-067-012 O:FIN Jobs KANNON-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-067-013 O:FIN Jobs Perfect-Bind CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-067-014 O:FIN Jobs Ring-Bind CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-067-015 O:FIN Jobs 3rd Vendor CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-067-016 O:FIN Jobs TwinLoop-Bind CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-071-001 T:Jobs/PGS 1 Page CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-071-002 T:Jobs/PGS 2 Pages CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
310
3.SP Mode Tables
8-071-006 T:Jobs/PGS 6~10 Pages CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]

8-071-014 T:Jobs/PGS 1001~ Pages CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-072-001 C:Jobs/PGS 1 Page CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-072-002 C:Jobs/PGS 2 Pages CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-072-006 C:Jobs/PGS 6~10 Pages CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-072-014 C:Jobs/PGS 1001~ Pages CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-073-001 F:Jobs/PGS 1 Page CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-073-002 F:Jobs/PGS 2 Pages CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-073-006 F:Jobs/PGS 6~10 Pages CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-073-014 F:Jobs/PGS 1001~ Pages CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-074-001 P:Jobs/PGS 1 Page CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
311
3.SP Mode Tables
8-074-002 P:Jobs/PGS 2 Pages CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]

8-074-006 P:Jobs/PGS 6~10 Pages CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-074-014 P:Jobs/PGS 1001~ Pages CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-075-001 S:Jobs/PGS 1 Page CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-075-002 S:Jobs/PGS 2 Pages CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-075-006 S:Jobs/PGS 6~10 Pages CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-075-014 S:Jobs/PGS 1001~ Pages CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-076-001 L:Jobs/PGS 1 Page CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-076-002 L:Jobs/PGS 2 Pages CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-076-006 L:Jobs/PGS 6~10 Pages CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
312
3.SP Mode Tables

8-076-014 L:Jobs/PGS 1001~ Pages CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-077-001 O:Jobs/PGS 1 Page CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-077-002 O:Jobs/PGS 2 Pages CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-077-006 O:Jobs/PGS 6~10 Pages CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-077-014 O:Jobs/PGS 1001~ Pages CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-081-001 T:Smart Device Smart Device CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-082-001 C:Smart Device Smart Device CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-083-001 F:Smart Device Smart Device CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-084-001 P:Smart Device Smart Device CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-085-001 S:Smart Device Smart Device CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-111-001 T:FAX TX Jobs B/W(Tel) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-111-002 T:FAX TX Jobs Color(Tel) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-111-101 T:FAX TX Jobs B/W(Cloud) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-111-102 T:FAX TX Jobs Color(Cloud) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-113-001 F:FAX TX Jobs B/W(Tel) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-113-002 F:FAX TX Jobs Color(Tel) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-113-101 F:FAX TX Jobs B/W(Cloud) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-113-102 F:FAX TX Jobs Color(Cloud) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-121-001 T:IFAX TX Jobs B/W CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-121-002 T:IFAX TX Jobs Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-123-001 F:IFAX TX Jobs B/W CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-123-002 F:IFAX TX Jobs Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-131-001 T:S-to-Email Jobs B/W CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-131-002 T:S-to-Email Jobs Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-131-003 T:S-to-Email Jobs ACS CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-135-001 S:S-to-Email Jobs B/W CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
313
3.SP Mode Tables
8-135-002 S:S-to-Email Jobs Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]

8-135-003 S:S-to-Email Jobs ACS CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-141-001 T:Deliv Jobs/Svr B/W CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-141-002 T:Deliv Jobs/Svr Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-141-003 T:Deliv Jobs/Svr ACS CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-145-001 S:Deliv Jobs/Svr B/W CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-145-002 S:Deliv Jobs/Svr Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-145-003 S:Deliv Jobs/Svr ACS CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-151-001 T:Deliv Jobs/PC B/W CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-151-002 T:Deliv Jobs/PC Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-151-003 T:Deliv Jobs/PC ACS CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-155-001 S:Deliv Jobs/PC B/W CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-155-002 S:Deliv Jobs/PC Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-155-003 S:Deliv Jobs/PC ACS CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-161-001 T:PCFAX TX Jobs CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-163-001 F:PCFAX TX Jobs CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-171-001 T:Deliv Jobs/WSD/DSM B/W CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-171-002 T:Deliv Jobs/WSD/DSM Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-171-003 T:Deliv Jobs/WSD/DSM ACS CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-175-001 S:Deliv Jobs/WSD/DSM B/W CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-175-002 S:Deliv Jobs/WSD/DSM Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-175-003 S:Deliv Jobs/WSD/DSM ACS CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-181-001 T:Scan to Media Jobs B/W CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-181-002 T:Scan to Media Jobs Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-181-003 T:Scan to Media Jobs ACS CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-185-001 S:Scan to Media Jobs B/W CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-185-002 S:Scan to Media Jobs Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-185-003 S:Scan to Media Jobs ACS CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-191-001 T:Total Scan PGS CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-192-001 C:Total Scan PGS CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-193-001 F:Total Scan PGS CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-195-001 S:Total Scan PGS CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-196-001 L:Total Scan PGS CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-201-001 T:LSize Scan PGS A3/DLT, Larger CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-203-001 F:LSize Scan PGS A3/DLT, Larger CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-205-001 S:LSize Scan PGS A3/DLT, Larger CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-211-001 T:Scan PGS/LS CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-212-001 C:Scan PGS/LS CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
314
3.SP Mode Tables
8-213-001 F:Scan PGS/LS CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]

8-215-001 S:Scan PGS/LS CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-216-001 L:Scan PGS/LS CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-221-001 ADF Org Feeds Front CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-221-002 ADF Org Feeds Back CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-231-001 Scan PGS/Mode Large Volume CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-231-002 Scan PGS/Mode SADF CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-231-003 Scan PGS/Mode Mixed Size CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-231-004 Scan PGS/Mode Custom Size CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-231-005 Scan PGS/Mode Platen CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-231-006 Scan PGS/Mode Mixed 1side/2side CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-241-001 T:Scan PGS/Org Text CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-241-002 T:Scan PGS/Org Text/Photo CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-241-003 T:Scan PGS/Org Photo CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-241-004 T:Scan PGS/Org GenCopy, Pale CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-241-005 T:Scan PGS/Org Map CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-241-006 T:Scan PGS/Org Normal/Detail CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-241-007 T:Scan PGS/Org Fine/Super Fine CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-241-008 T:Scan PGS/Org Binary CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-241-009 T:Scan PGS/Org Grayscale CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-241-010 T:Scan PGS/Org Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-241-011 T:Scan PGS/Org Other CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-242-001 C:Scan PGS/Org Text CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-242-002 C:Scan PGS/Org Text/Photo CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-242-003 C:Scan PGS/Org Photo CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-242-004 C:Scan PGS/Org GenCopy, Pale CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-242-005 C:Scan PGS/Org Map CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-242-011 C:Scan PGS/Org Other CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-243-001 F:Scan PGS/Org Text CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-243-002 F:Scan PGS/Org Text/Photo CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-243-003 F:Scan PGS/Org Photo CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-243-006 F:Scan PGS/Org Normal/Detail CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-243-007 F:Scan PGS/Org Fine/Super Fine CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-243-011 F:Scan PGS/Org Other CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-245-001 S:Scan PGS/Org Text CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-245-002 S:Scan PGS/Org Text/Photo CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-245-003 S:Scan PGS/Org Photo CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-245-004 S:Scan PGS/Org GenCopy, Pale CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
315
3.SP Mode Tables
8-245-008 S:Scan PGS/Org Binary CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]

8-245-009 S:Scan PGS/Org Grayscale CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-245-010 S:Scan PGS/Org Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-245-011 S:Scan PGS/Org Other CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-246-001 L:Scan PGS/Org Text CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-246-002 L:Scan PGS/Org Text/Photo CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-246-003 L:Scan PGS/Org Photo CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-246-004 L:Scan PGS/Org GenCopy, Pale CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-246-005 L:Scan PGS/Org Map CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-246-011 L:Scan PGS/Org Other CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-251-001 T:Scan PGS/ImgEdt CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-252-001 C:Scan PGS/ImgEdt CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-255-001 S:Scan PGS/ImgEdt CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-256-001 L:Scan PGS/ImgEdt CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-257-001 O:Scan PGS/ImgEdt CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-261-001 T:Scn PGS/ColCr Color Conversion CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-261-002 T:Scn PGS/ColCr Color Erase CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-261-003 T:Scn PGS/ColCr Background CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-261-004 T:Scn PGS/ColCr Other CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-262-001 C:Scn PGS/ColCr Color Conversion CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-262-002 C:Scn PGS/ColCr Color Erase CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-262-003 C:Scn PGS/ColCr Background CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-262-004 C:Scn PGS/ColCr Other CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-265-001 S:Scn PGS/ColCr Color Conversion CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-265-002 S:Scn PGS/ColCr Color Erase CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-265-003 S:Scn PGS/ColCr Background CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-265-004 S:Scn PGS/ColCr Other CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-266-001 L:Scn PGS/ColCr Color Conversion CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-266-002 L:Scn PGS/ColCr Color Erase CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-266-003 L:Scn PGS/ColCr Background CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-266-004 L:Scn PGS/ColCr Other CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-281-001 T:Scan PGS/TWAIN CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-285-001 S:Scan PGS/TWAIN CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-291-001 T:Scan PGS/Stamp CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-293-001 F:Scan PGS/Stamp CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-295-001 S:Scan PGS/Stamp CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-301-001 T:Scan PGS/Size A3 CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
316
3.SP Mode Tables

8-301-004 T:Scan PGS/Size B4 CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-301-005 T:Scan PGS/Size B5 CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-301-006 T:Scan PGS/Size DLT CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-301-007 T:Scan PGS/Size LG CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-301-008 T:Scan PGS/Size LT CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-301-009 T:Scan PGS/Size HLT CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-301-010 T:Scan PGS/Size Full Bleed CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-301-254 T:Scan PGS/Size Other (Standard) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-301-255 T:Scan PGS/Size Other (Custom) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-302-001 C:Scan PGS/Size A3 CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-302-004 C:Scan PGS/Size B4 CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-302-005 C:Scan PGS/Size B5 CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-302-006 C:Scan PGS/Size DLT CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-302-007 C:Scan PGS/Size LG CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-302-008 C:Scan PGS/Size LT CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-302-009 C:Scan PGS/Size HLT CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-302-010 C:Scan PGS/Size Full Bleed CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-302-254 C:Scan PGS/Size Other (Standard) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-302-255 C:Scan PGS/Size Other (Custom) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-303-001 F:Scan PGS/Size A3 CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-303-004 F:Scan PGS/Size B4 CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-303-005 F:Scan PGS/Size B5 CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-303-006 F:Scan PGS/Size DLT CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-303-007 F:Scan PGS/Size LG CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-303-008 F:Scan PGS/Size LT CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-303-009 F:Scan PGS/Size HLT CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-303-010 F:Scan PGS/Size Full Bleed CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-303-254 F:Scan PGS/Size Other (Standard) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-303-255 F:Scan PGS/Size Other (Custom) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-305-001 S:Scan PGS/Size A3 CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-305-004 S:Scan PGS/Size B4 CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
317
3.SP Mode Tables
8-305-005 S:Scan PGS/Size B5 CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]

8-305-006 S:Scan PGS/Size DLT CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-305-007 S:Scan PGS/Size LG CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-305-008 S:Scan PGS/Size LT CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-305-009 S:Scan PGS/Size HLT CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-305-010 S:Scan PGS/Size Full Bleed CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-305-254 S:Scan PGS/Size Other (Standard) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-305-255 S:Scan PGS/Size Other (Custom) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-306-001 L:Scan PGS/Size A3 CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-306-004 L:Scan PGS/Size B4 CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-306-005 L:Scan PGS/Size B5 CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-306-006 L:Scan PGS/Size DLT CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-306-007 L:Scan PGS/Size LG CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-306-008 L:Scan PGS/Size LT CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-306-009 L:Scan PGS/Size HLT CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-306-010 L:Scan PGS/Size Full Bleed CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-306-254 L:Scan PGS/Size Other (Standard) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-306-255 L:Scan PGS/Size Other (Custom) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-311-001 T:Scan PGS/Rez 1200dpi ~ CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-311-002 T:Scan PGS/Rez 600dpi~1199dpi CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-311-005 T:Scan PGS/Rez ~199dpi CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-315-001 S:Scan PGS/Rez 1200dpi ~ CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-315-002 S:Scan PGS/Rez 600dpi~1199dpi CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-315-005 S:Scan PGS/Rez ~199dpi CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-321-001 T:Sacn Poster 2 Sheet CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-322-001 C:Sacn Poster 2 Sheet CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-326-001 L:Sacn Poster 2 Sheet CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
318
3.SP Mode Tables

8-381-001 T:Total PrtPGS Field Number CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-382-001 C:Total PrtPGS Field Number CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-383-001 F:Total PrtPGS Field Number CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-384-001 P:Total PrtPGS Field Number CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-385-001 S:Total PrtPGS Field Number CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-386-001 L:Total PrtPGS Field Number CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-387-001 O:Total PrtPGS Field Number CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-391-001 LSize PrtPGS A3/DLT, Larger CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-391-003 LSize PrtPGS BannerPaper CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-401-001 T:PrtPGS/LS CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-402-001 C:PrtPGS/LS CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-403-001 F:PrtPGS/LS CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-404-001 P:PrtPGS/LS CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-405-001 S:PrtPGS/LS CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-406-001 L:PrtPGS/LS CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-411-001 Prints/Duplex CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-421-001 T:PrtPGS/Dup Comb Simplex> Duplex CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-421-002 T:PrtPGS/Dup Comb Duplex> Duplex CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-421-003 T:PrtPGS/Dup Comb Book> Duplex CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-421-004 T:PrtPGS/Dup Comb Simplex Combine CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-421-005 T:PrtPGS/Dup Comb Duplex Combine CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-421-006 T:PrtPGS/Dup Comb 2in1 CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-421-012 T:PrtPGS/Dup Comb Booklet CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-421-013 T:PrtPGS/Dup Comb Magazine CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-421-014 T:PrtPGS/Dup Comb 2in1 + Booklet CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-421-019 T:PrtPGS/Dup Comb 2in1 + Magazine CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
319
3.SP Mode Tables

8-422-001 C:PrtPGS/Dup Comb Simplex> Duplex CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-422-002 C:PrtPGS/Dup Comb Duplex> Duplex CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-422-003 C:PrtPGS/Dup Comb Book> Duplex CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-422-004 C:PrtPGS/Dup Comb Simplex Combine CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-422-005 C:PrtPGS/Dup Comb Duplex Combine CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-422-006 C:PrtPGS/Dup Comb 2in1 CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-422-012 C:PrtPGS/Dup Comb Booklet CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-422-013 C:PrtPGS/Dup Comb Magazine CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-422-014 C:PrtPGS/Dup Comb 2in1 + Booklet CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-422-019 C:PrtPGS/Dup Comb 2in1 + Magazine CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-423-001 F:PrtPGS/Dup Comb Simplex> Duplex CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-423-004 F:PrtPGS/Dup Comb Simplex Combine CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-423-005 F:PrtPGS/Dup Comb Duplex Combine CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-423-006 F:PrtPGS/Dup Comb 2in1 CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-423-012 F:PrtPGS/Dup Comb Booklet CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-423-013 F:PrtPGS/Dup Comb Magazine CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-423-014 F:PrtPGS/Dup Comb 2in1 + Booklet CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-423-019 F:PrtPGS/Dup Comb 2in1 + Magazine CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-424-001 P:PrtPGS/Dup Comb Simplex> Duplex CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-424-004 P:PrtPGS/Dup Comb Simplex Combine CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-424-005 P:PrtPGS/Dup Comb Duplex Combine CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
320
3.SP Mode Tables
8-424-006 P:PrtPGS/Dup Comb 2in1 CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]

8-424-012 P:PrtPGS/Dup Comb Booklet CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-424-013 P:PrtPGS/Dup Comb Magazine CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-424-014 P:PrtPGS/Dup Comb 2in1 + Booklet CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-424-019 P:PrtPGS/Dup Comb 2in1 + Magazine CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-425-001 S:PrtPGS/Dup Comb Simplex> Duplex CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-425-004 S:PrtPGS/Dup Comb Simplex Combine CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-425-005 S:PrtPGS/Dup Comb Duplex Combine CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-425-006 S:PrtPGS/Dup Comb 2in1 CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-425-012 S:PrtPGS/Dup Comb Booklet CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-425-013 S:PrtPGS/Dup Comb Magazine CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-425-014 S:PrtPGS/Dup Comb 2in1 + Booklet CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-425-019 S:PrtPGS/Dup Comb 2in1 + Magazine CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
321
3.SP Mode Tables
8-426-001 L:PrtPGS/Dup Comb Simplex> Duplex CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]

8-426-004 L:PrtPGS/Dup Comb Simplex Combine CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-426-005 L:PrtPGS/Dup Comb Duplex Combine CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-426-006 L:PrtPGS/Dup Comb 2in1 CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-426-012 L:PrtPGS/Dup Comb Booklet CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-426-013 L:PrtPGS/Dup Comb Magazine CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-426-014 L:PrtPGS/Dup Comb 2in1 + Booklet CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-426-019 L:PrtPGS/Dup Comb 2in1 + Magazine CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-427-001 O:PrtPGS/Dup Comb Simplex> Duplex CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-427-002 O:PrtPGS/Dup Comb Duplex> Duplex CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-427-003 O:PrtPGS/Dup Comb Book> Duplex CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-427-004 O:PrtPGS/Dup Comb Simplex Combine CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-427-005 O:PrtPGS/Dup Comb Duplex Combine CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-427-006 O:PrtPGS/Dup Comb 2in1 CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-427-012 O:PrtPGS/Dup Comb Booklet CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-427-013 O:PrtPGS/Dup Comb Magazine CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-427-014 O:PrtPGS/Dup Comb 2in1 + Booklet CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-427-019 O:PrtPGS/Dup Comb 2in1 + Magazine CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
322
3.SP Mode Tables

8-431-001 T:PrtPGS/ImgEdt Cover/Slip Sheet CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-431-002 T:PrtPGS/ImgEdt Series/Book CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-431-003 T:PrtPGS/ImgEdt User Stamp CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-432-001 C:PrtPGS/ImgEdt Cover/Slip Sheet CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-432-002 C:PrtPGS/ImgEdt Series/Book CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-432-003 C:PrtPGS/ImgEdt User Stamp CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-434-001 P:PrtPGS/ImgEdt Cover/Slip Sheet CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-434-002 P:PrtPGS/ImgEdt Series/Book CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-434-003 P:PrtPGS/ImgEdt User Stamp CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-436-001 L:PrtPGS/ImgEdt Cover/Slip Sheet CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-436-002 L:PrtPGS/ImgEdt Series/Book CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-436-003 L:PrtPGS/ImgEdt User Stamp CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-437-001 O:PrtPGS/ImgEdt Cover/Slip Sheet CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-437-002 O:PrtPGS/ImgEdt Series/Book CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-437-003 O:PrtPGS/ImgEdt User Stamp CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-441-001 T:PrtPGS/Ppr Size A3 CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-441-004 T:PrtPGS/Ppr Size B4 CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-441-005 T:PrtPGS/Ppr Size B5 CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-441-006 T:PrtPGS/Ppr Size DLT CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-441-007 T:PrtPGS/Ppr Size LG CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-441-008 T:PrtPGS/Ppr Size LT CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-441-009 T:PrtPGS/Ppr Size HLT CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-441-010 T:PrtPGS/Ppr Size Full Bleed CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-441-254 T:PrtPGS/Ppr Size Other (Standard) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-441-255 T:PrtPGS/Ppr Size Other (Custom) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-442-001 C:PrtPGS/Ppr Size A3 CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-442-004 C:PrtPGS/Ppr Size B4 CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-442-005 C:PrtPGS/Ppr Size B5 CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-442-006 C:PrtPGS/Ppr Size DLT CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-442-007 C:PrtPGS/Ppr Size LG CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-442-008 C:PrtPGS/Ppr Size LT CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-442-009 C:PrtPGS/Ppr Size HLT CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
323
3.SP Mode Tables
8-442-010 C:PrtPGS/Ppr Size Full Bleed CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]

8-442-254 C:PrtPGS/Ppr Size Other (Standard) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-442-255 C:PrtPGS/Ppr Size Other (Custom) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-443-001 F:PrtPGS/Ppr Size A3 CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-443-004 F:PrtPGS/Ppr Size B4 CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-443-005 F:PrtPGS/Ppr Size B5 CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-443-006 F:PrtPGS/Ppr Size DLT CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-443-007 F:PrtPGS/Ppr Size LG CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-443-008 F:PrtPGS/Ppr Size LT CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-443-009 F:PrtPGS/Ppr Size HLT CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-443-010 F:PrtPGS/Ppr Size Full Bleed CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-443-254 F:PrtPGS/Ppr Size Other (Standard) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-443-255 F:PrtPGS/Ppr Size Other (Custom) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-444-001 P:PrtPGS/Ppr Size A3 CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-444-004 P:PrtPGS/Ppr Size B4 CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-444-005 P:PrtPGS/Ppr Size B5 CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-444-006 P:PrtPGS/Ppr Size DLT CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-444-007 P:PrtPGS/Ppr Size LG CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-444-008 P:PrtPGS/Ppr Size LT CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-444-009 P:PrtPGS/Ppr Size HLT CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-444-010 P:PrtPGS/Ppr Size Full Bleed CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-444-254 P:PrtPGS/Ppr Size Other (Standard) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-444-255 P:PrtPGS/Ppr Size Other (Custom) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-445-001 S:PrtPGS/Ppr Size A3 CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-445-004 S:PrtPGS/Ppr Size B4 CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-445-005 S:PrtPGS/Ppr Size B5 CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-445-006 S:PrtPGS/Ppr Size DLT CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-445-007 S:PrtPGS/Ppr Size LG CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-445-008 S:PrtPGS/Ppr Size LT CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-445-009 S:PrtPGS/Ppr Size HLT CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-445-010 S:PrtPGS/Ppr Size Full Bleed CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-445-254 S:PrtPGS/Ppr Size Other (Standard) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
324
3.SP Mode Tables
8-445-255 S:PrtPGS/Ppr Size Other (Custom) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]

8-446-001 L:PrtPGS/Ppr Size A3 CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-446-004 L:PrtPGS/Ppr Size B4 CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-446-005 L:PrtPGS/Ppr Size B5 CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-446-006 L:PrtPGS/Ppr Size DLT CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-446-007 L:PrtPGS/Ppr Size LG CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-446-008 L:PrtPGS/Ppr Size LT CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-446-009 L:PrtPGS/Ppr Size HLT CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-446-010 L:PrtPGS/Ppr Size Full Bleed CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-446-254 L:PrtPGS/Ppr Size Other (Standard) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-446-255 L:PrtPGS/Ppr Size Other (Custom) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-447-001 O:PrtPGS/Ppr Size A3 CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-447-004 O:PrtPGS/Ppr Size B4 CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-447-005 O:PrtPGS/Ppr Size B5 CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-447-006 O:PrtPGS/Ppr Size DLT CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-447-007 O:PrtPGS/Ppr Size LG CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-447-008 O:PrtPGS/Ppr Size LT CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-447-009 O:PrtPGS/Ppr Size HLT CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-447-010 O:PrtPGS/Ppr Size Full Bleed CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-447-254 O:PrtPGS/Ppr Size Other (Standard) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-447-255 O:PrtPGS/Ppr Size Other (Custom) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-451-001 PrtPGS/Ppr Tray Bypass Tray CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-451-002 PrtPGS/Ppr Tray Tray 1 CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
325
3.SP Mode Tables

8-451-101 PrtPGS/Ppr Tray LC Inserter CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-451-102 PrtPGS/Ppr Tray 3rd Vendor CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-461-001 T:PrtPGS/Ppr Type Normal CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-461-002 T:PrtPGS/Ppr Type Recycled CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-461-003 T:PrtPGS/Ppr Type Special CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-461-004 T:PrtPGS/Ppr Type Thick CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-461-005 T:PrtPGS/Ppr Type Normal (Back) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-461-006 T:PrtPGS/Ppr Type Thick (Back) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-461-007 T:PrtPGS/Ppr Type OHP CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-461-008 T:PrtPGS/Ppr Type Other CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-462-001 C:PrtPGS/Ppr Type Normal CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-462-002 C:PrtPGS/Ppr Type Recycled CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-462-003 C:PrtPGS/Ppr Type Special CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-462-004 C:PrtPGS/Ppr Type Thick CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-462-005 C:PrtPGS/Ppr Type Normal (Back) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-462-006 C:PrtPGS/Ppr Type Thick (Back) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-462-007 C:PrtPGS/Ppr Type OHP CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-462-008 C:PrtPGS/Ppr Type Other CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-463-001 F:PrtPGS/Ppr Type Normal CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-463-002 F:PrtPGS/Ppr Type Recycled CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-463-003 F:PrtPGS/Ppr Type Special CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-463-004 F:PrtPGS/Ppr Type Thick CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-463-005 F:PrtPGS/Ppr Type Normal (Back) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-463-006 F:PrtPGS/Ppr Type Thick (Back) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-463-007 F:PrtPGS/Ppr Type OHP CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-463-008 F:PrtPGS/Ppr Type Other CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-464-001 P:PrtPGS/Ppr Type Normal CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-464-002 P:PrtPGS/Ppr Type Recycled CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-464-003 P:PrtPGS/Ppr Type Special CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-464-004 P:PrtPGS/Ppr Type Thick CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-464-005 P:PrtPGS/Ppr Type Normal (Back) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-464-006 P:PrtPGS/Ppr Type Thick (Back) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-464-007 P:PrtPGS/Ppr Type OHP CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-464-008 P:PrtPGS/Ppr Type Other CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-466-001 L:PrtPGS/Ppr Type Normal CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
326
3.SP Mode Tables
8-466-002 L:PrtPGS/Ppr Type Recycled CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]

8-466-003 L:PrtPGS/Ppr Type Special CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-466-004 L:PrtPGS/Ppr Type Thick CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-466-005 L:PrtPGS/Ppr Type Normal (Back) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-466-006 L:PrtPGS/Ppr Type Thick (Back) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-466-007 L:PrtPGS/Ppr Type OHP CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-466-008 L:PrtPGS/Ppr Type Other CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-471-001 PrtPGS/Mag ~49% CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-471-002 PrtPGS/Mag 50%~99% CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-471-003 PrtPGS/Mag 100% CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-471-004 PrtPGS/Mag 101%~200% CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-471-005 PrtPGS/Mag 201% ~ CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-481-001 T:PrtPGS/TonSave CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-484-001 P:PrtPGS/TonSave CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-491-001 T:PrtPGS/Col Mode B/W CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-491-002 T:PrtPGS/Col Mode Single Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-491-003 T:PrtPGS/Col Mode Two Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-491-004 T:PrtPGS/Col Mode Full Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-491-051 T:PrtPGS/Col Mode B/W(Banner) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-491-052 T:PrtPGS/Col Mode Single Color(Banner) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-491-053 T:PrtPGS/Col Mode Two Color(Banner) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-491-054 T:PrtPGS/Col Mode Full Color(Banner) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-492-001 C:PrtPGS/Col Mode B/W CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-492-002 C:PrtPGS/Col Mode Single Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-492-003 C:PrtPGS/Col Mode Two Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-492-004 C:PrtPGS/Col Mode Full Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-492-051 C:PrtPGS/Col Mode B/W(Banner) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-492-052 C:PrtPGS/Col Mode Single Color(Banner) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-492-053 C:PrtPGS/Col Mode Two Color(Banner) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-492-054 C:PrtPGS/Col Mode Full Color(Banner) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-493-001 F:PrtPGS/Col Mode B/W CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-493-002 F:PrtPGS/Col Mode Single Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-493-003 F:PrtPGS/Col Mode Two Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-493-004 F:PrtPGS/Col Mode Full Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-493-051 F:PrtPGS/Col Mode B/W(Banner) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-493-052 F:PrtPGS/Col Mode Single Color(Banner) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-493-053 F:PrtPGS/Col Mode Two Color(Banner) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-493-054 F:PrtPGS/Col Mode Full Color(Banner) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
327
3.SP Mode Tables
8-496-001 L:PrtPGS/Col Mode B/W CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]

8-496-002 L:PrtPGS/Col Mode Single Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-496-003 L:PrtPGS/Col Mode Two Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-496-004 L:PrtPGS/Col Mode Full Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-496-051 L:PrtPGS/Col Mode B/W(Banner) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-496-052 L:PrtPGS/Col Mode Single Color(Banner) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-496-053 L:PrtPGS/Col Mode Two Color(Banner) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-496-054 L:PrtPGS/Col Mode Full Color(Banner) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-497-001 O:PrtPGS/Col Mode B/W CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-497-002 O:PrtPGS/Col Mode Single Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-497-003 O:PrtPGS/Col Mode Two Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-497-004 O:PrtPGS/Col Mode Full Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-497-051 O:PrtPGS/Col Mode B/W(Banner) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-497-052 O:PrtPGS/Col Mode Single Color(Banner) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-497-053 O:PrtPGS/Col Mode Two Color(Banner) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-497-054 O:PrtPGS/Col Mode Full Color(Banner) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-501-001 T:PrtPGS/Col Mode B/W CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-501-002 T:PrtPGS/Col Mode Mono Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-501-003 T:PrtPGS/Col Mode Full Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-501-004 T:PrtPGS/Col Mode Single Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-501-005 T:PrtPGS/Col Mode Two Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-501-051 T:PrtPGS/Col Mode B/W(Banner) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-501-052 T:PrtPGS/Col Mode Full Color(Banner) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-501-053 T:PrtPGS/Col Mode Single Color(Banner) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-501-054 T:PrtPGS/Col Mode Two Color(Banner) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-504-001 P:PrtPGS/Col Mode B/W CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-504-002 P:PrtPGS/Col Mode Mono Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-504-003 P:PrtPGS/Col Mode Full Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-504-004 P:PrtPGS/Col Mode Single Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-504-005 P:PrtPGS/Col Mode Two Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-504-051 P:PrtPGS/Col Mode B/W(Banner) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-504-052 P:PrtPGS/Col Mode Full Color(Banner) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-504-053 P:PrtPGS/Col Mode Single Color(Banner) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-504-054 P:PrtPGS/Col Mode Two Color(Banner) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-507-001 O:PrtPGS/Col Mode B/W CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-507-002 O:PrtPGS/Col Mode Mono Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-507-003 O:PrtPGS/Col Mode Full Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-507-004 O:PrtPGS/Col Mode Single Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
328
3.SP Mode Tables
8-507-005 O:PrtPGS/Col Mode Two Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]

8-507-051 O:PrtPGS/Col Mode B/W(Banner) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-507-052 O:PrtPGS/Col Mode Full Color(Banner) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-507-053 O:PrtPGS/Col Mode Single Color(Banner) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-507-054 O:PrtPGS/Col Mode Two Color(Banner) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-511-001 T:PrtPGS/Emul RPCS CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-511-002 T:PrtPGS/Emul RPDL CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-511-003 T:PrtPGS/Emul PS3 CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-511-004 T:PrtPGS/Emul R98 CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-511-006 T:PrtPGS/Emul GL/GL2 CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-511-008 T:PrtPGS/Emul RTIFF CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-511-009 T:PrtPGS/Emul PDF CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-511-010 T:PrtPGS/Emul PCL5e/5c CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-511-011 T:PrtPGS/Emul PCL XL CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-511-012 T:PrtPGS/Emul IPDL-C CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-511-013 T:PrtPGS/Emul BM-Links CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-511-014 T:PrtPGS/Emul Other CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-511-015 T:PrtPGS/Emul IPDS CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-511-016 T:PrtPGS/Emul XPS CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-514-001 P:PrtPGS/Emul RPCS CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-514-002 P:PrtPGS/Emul RPDL CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-514-003 P:PrtPGS/Emul PS3 CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-514-004 P:PrtPGS/Emul R98 CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-514-006 P:PrtPGS/Emul GL/GL2 CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-514-008 P:PrtPGS/Emul RTIFF CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-514-009 P:PrtPGS/Emul PDF CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-514-010 P:PrtPGS/Emul PCL5e/5c CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-514-011 P:PrtPGS/Emul PCL XL CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-514-012 P:PrtPGS/Emul IPDL-C CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-514-013 P:PrtPGS/Emul BM-Links CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-514-014 P:PrtPGS/Emul Other CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-514-015 P:PrtPGS/Emul IPDS CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-514-016 P:PrtPGS/Emul XPS CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-521-001 T:PrtPGS/FIN Sort CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
329
3.SP Mode Tables
8-521-002 T:PrtPGS/FIN Stack CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]

8-521-003 T:PrtPGS/FIN Staple CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-521-004 T:PrtPGS/FIN Booklet CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-521-005 T:PrtPGS/FIN Z-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-521-006 T:PrtPGS/FIN Punch CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-521-007 T:PrtPGS/FIN Other CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-521-008 T:PrtPGS/FIN Inside-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-521-009 T:PrtPGS/FIN Three-IN-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-521-010 T:PrtPGS/FIN Three-OUT-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-521-011 T:PrtPGS/FIN Four-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-521-012 T:PrtPGS/FIN KANNON-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-521-013 T:PrtPGS/FIN Perfect-Bind CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-521-014 T:PrtPGS/FIN Ring-Bind CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-521-015 T:PrtPGS/FIN 3rd Vendor CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-521-016 T:PrtPGS/FIN TwinLoop-Bind CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-522-001 C:PrtPGS/FIN Sort CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-522-002 C:PrtPGS/FIN Stack CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-522-003 C:PrtPGS/FIN Staple CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-522-004 C:PrtPGS/FIN Booklet CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-522-005 C:PrtPGS/FIN Z-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-522-006 C:PrtPGS/FIN Punch CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-522-007 C:PrtPGS/FIN Other CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-522-008 C:PrtPGS/FIN Inside-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-522-009 C:PrtPGS/FIN Three-IN-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-522-010 C:PrtPGS/FIN Three-OUT-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-522-011 C:PrtPGS/FIN Four-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-522-012 C:PrtPGS/FIN KANNON-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-522-013 C:PrtPGS/FIN Perfect-Bind CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-522-014 C:PrtPGS/FIN Ring-Bind CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-522-015 C:PrtPGS/FIN 3rd Vendor CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-522-016 C:PrtPGS/FIN TwinLoop-Bind CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-523-001 F:PrtPGS/FIN Sort CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-523-002 F:PrtPGS/FIN Stack CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-523-003 F:PrtPGS/FIN Staple CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-523-004 F:PrtPGS/FIN Booklet CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-523-005 F:PrtPGS/FIN Z-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-523-006 F:PrtPGS/FIN Punch CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-523-007 F:PrtPGS/FIN Other CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
330
3.SP Mode Tables
8-523-008 F:PrtPGS/FIN Inside-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]

8-523-009 F:PrtPGS/FIN Three-IN-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-523-010 F:PrtPGS/FIN Three-OUT-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-523-011 F:PrtPGS/FIN Four-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-523-012 F:PrtPGS/FIN KANNON-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-523-013 F:PrtPGS/FIN Perfect-Bind CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-523-014 F:PrtPGS/FIN Ring-Bind CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-523-015 F:PrtPGS/FIN 3rd Vendor CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-523-016 F:PrtPGS/FIN TwinLoop-Bind CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-524-001 P:PrtPGS/FIN Sort CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-524-002 P:PrtPGS/FIN Stack CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-524-003 P:PrtPGS/FIN Staple CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-524-004 P:PrtPGS/FIN Booklet CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-524-005 P:PrtPGS/FIN Z-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-524-006 P:PrtPGS/FIN Punch CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-524-007 P:PrtPGS/FIN Other CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-524-008 P:PrtPGS/FIN Inside-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-524-009 P:PrtPGS/FIN Three-IN-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-524-010 P:PrtPGS/FIN Three-OUT-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-524-011 P:PrtPGS/FIN Four-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-524-012 P:PrtPGS/FIN KANNON-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-524-013 P:PrtPGS/FIN Perfect-Bind CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-524-014 P:PrtPGS/FIN Ring-Bind CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-524-015 P:PrtPGS/FIN 3rd Vendor CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-524-016 P:PrtPGS/FIN TwinLoop-Bind CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-525-001 S:PrtPGS/FIN Sort CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-525-002 S:PrtPGS/FIN Stack CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-525-003 S:PrtPGS/FIN Staple CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-525-004 S:PrtPGS/FIN Booklet CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-525-005 S:PrtPGS/FIN Z-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-525-006 S:PrtPGS/FIN Punch CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-525-007 S:PrtPGS/FIN Other CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-525-008 S:PrtPGS/FIN Inside-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-525-009 S:PrtPGS/FIN Three-IN-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-525-010 S:PrtPGS/FIN Three-OUT-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-525-011 S:PrtPGS/FIN Four-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-525-012 S:PrtPGS/FIN KANNON-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-525-013 S:PrtPGS/FIN Perfect-Bind CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
331
3.SP Mode Tables
8-525-014 S:PrtPGS/FIN Ring-Bind CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]

8-525-015 S:PrtPGS/FIN 3rd Vendor CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-525-016 S:PrtPGS/FIN TwinLoop-Bind CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-526-001 L:PrtPGS/FIN Sort CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-526-002 L:PrtPGS/FIN Stack CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-526-003 L:PrtPGS/FIN Staple CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-526-004 L:PrtPGS/FIN Booklet CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-526-005 L:PrtPGS/FIN Z-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-526-006 L:PrtPGS/FIN Punch CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-526-007 L:PrtPGS/FIN Other CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-526-008 L:PrtPGS/FIN Inside-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-526-009 L:PrtPGS/FIN Three-IN-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-526-010 L:PrtPGS/FIN Three-OUT-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-526-011 L:PrtPGS/FIN Four-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-526-012 L:PrtPGS/FIN KANNON-Fold CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-526-013 L:PrtPGS/FIN Perfect-Bind CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-526-014 L:PrtPGS/FIN Ring-Bind CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-526-015 L:PrtPGS/FIN 3rd Vendor CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-526-016 L:PrtPGS/FIN TwinLoop-Bind CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-531-001 Staple Staples CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-531-002 Staple Stapless CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-551-001 T:PrtBooks/FIN Perfect-Bind CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-551-002 T:PrtBooks/FIN Ring-Bind CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-551-003 T:PrtBooks/FIN TwinLoop-Bind CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-552-001 C:PrtBooks/FIN Perfect-Bind CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-552-002 C:PrtBooks/FIN Ring-Bind CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-552-003 C:PrtBooks/FIN TwinLoop-Bind CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-554-001 P:PrtBooks/FIN Perfect-Bind CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-554-002 P:PrtBooks/FIN Ring-Bind CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-554-003 P:PrtBooks/FIN TwinLoop-Bind CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-556-001 L:PrtBooks/FIN Perfect-Bind CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-556-002 L:PrtBooks/FIN Ring-Bind CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
8-556-003 L:PrtBooks/FIN TwinLoop-Bind CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
332
3.SP Mode Tables
SP8-XXX (Data Log2) -2

CTL
8-561- T:A Sheet Of Paper Total: Over A3/DLT CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
001
8-561- T:A Sheet Of Paper Total: Under A3/DLT CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
002
8-561- T:A Sheet Of Paper Duplex: Over A3/DLT CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
003
8-561- T:A Sheet Of Paper Duplex: Under A3/DLT CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
004
8-562- C:A Sheet Of Paper Total: Over A3/DLT CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
001
8-562- C:A Sheet Of Paper Total: Under A3/DLT CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
002
8-562- C:A Sheet Of Paper Duplex: Over A3/DLT CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
003
8-562- C:A Sheet Of Paper Duplex: Under A3/DLT CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
004
8-563- F:A Sheet Of Paper Total: Over A3/DLT CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
001
8-563- F:A Sheet Of Paper Total: Under A3/DLT CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
002
8-563- F:A Sheet Of Paper Duplex: Over A3/DLT CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
003
8-563- F:A Sheet Of Paper Duplex: Under A3/DLT CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
004
8-564- P:A Sheet Of Paper Total: Over A3/DLT CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
001
8-564- P:A Sheet Of Paper Total: Under A3/DLT CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
002
8-564- P:A Sheet Of Paper Duplex: Over A3/DLT CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
003
8-564- P:A Sheet Of Paper Duplex: Under A3/DLT CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
004
8-566- L:A Sheet Of Paper Total: Over A3/DLT CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
333
3.SP Mode Tables
001
8-566- L:A Sheet Of Paper Total: Under A3/DLT CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
002
8-566- L:A Sheet Of Paper Duplex: Over A3/DLT CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
003
8-566- L:A Sheet Of Paper Duplex: Under A3/DLT CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
004
8-567- O:A Sheet Of Paper Total: Over A3/DLT CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
001
8-567- O:A Sheet Of Paper Total: Under A3/DLT CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
002
8-567- O:A Sheet Of Paper Duplex: Over A3/DLT CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
003
8-567- O:A Sheet Of Paper Duplex: Under A3/DLT CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
004
8-581- T:Counter Total CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
001
8-581- T:Counter Total: Full Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
002
8-581- T:Counter B&W/Single Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
003
8-581- T:Counter Development: CMY CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
004
8-581- T:Counter Development: K CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
005
8-581- T:Counter Copy: Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
006
8-581- T:Counter Copy: B/W CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
007
8-581- T:Counter Print: Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
008
8-581- T:Counter Print: B/W CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
009
8-581- T:Counter Total: Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
010
8-581- T:Counter Total: B/W CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
011
8-581- T:Counter Full Color: A3 CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
334
3.SP Mode Tables
012
8-581- T:Counter Full Color: B4 JIS or CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
013 Smaller
8-581- T:Counter Full Color Print CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
014
8-581- T:Counter Mono Color Print CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
015
8-581- T:Counter Full Color GPC CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
016
8-581- T:Counter Twin Color Mode Print CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
017
8-581- T:Counter Full Color Print(Twin) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
018
8-581- T:Counter Mono Color Print(Twin) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
019
8-581- T:Counter Full Color Total(CV) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
020
8-581- T:Counter Mono Color Total(CV) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
021
8-581- T:Counter Full Color Print(CV) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
022
8-581- T:Counter Development: CMY(A3) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
028
8-581- T:Counter Development: K(A3) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
029
8-581- T:Counter Total: Color(A3) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
030
8-581- T:Counter Total: B/W(A3) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
031
8-582- C:Counter B/W CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
001
8-582- C:Counter Single Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
002
8-582- C:Counter Two Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
003
8-582- C:Counter Full Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
004
8-583- F:Counter B/W CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
335
3.SP Mode Tables
001
8-583- F:Counter Single Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
002
8-584- P:Counter B/W CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
001
8-584- P:Counter Mono Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
002
8-584- P:Counter Full Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
003
8-584- P:Counter Single Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
004
8-584- P:Counter Two Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
005
8-586- L:Counter B/W CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
001
8-586- L:Counter Single Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
002
8-586- L:Counter Two Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
003
8-586- L:Counter Full Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
004
8-591- O:Counter A3/DLT CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
001
8-591- O:Counter Duplex CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
002
8-591- O:Counter Banner CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
005
8-601- T:Coverage Counter B/W CTL* [ 0 to 2147483647 / 0 /
001 1% ]
8-601- T:Coverage Counter Color CTL* [ 0 to 2147483647 / 0 /
002 1% ]
8-601- T:Coverage Counter B/W Printing Pages CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
011
8-601- T:Coverage Counter Color Printing Pages CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
012
8-601- T:Coverage Counter Coverage Counter 1 CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
021
336
3.SP Mode Tables
022
023
8-601- Coverage Counter Coverage Counter 1 (YMC) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
031
032
033
8-602- C:Coverage Counter B/W CTL* [ 0 to 2147483647 / 0 /
001 1% ]
8-602- C:Coverage Counter Single Color CTL* [ 0 to 2147483647 / 0 /
002 1% ]
8-602- C:Coverage Counter Two Color CTL* [ 0 to 2147483647 / 0 /
003 1% ]
8-602- C:Coverage Counter Full Color CTL* [ 0 to 2147483647 / 0 /
004 1% ]
8-603- F:Coverage Counter B/W CTL* [ 0 to 2147483647 / 0 /
001 1% ]
8-603- F:Coverage Counter Single Color CTL* [ 0 to 2147483647 / 0 /
002 1% ]
8-604- P:Coverage Counter B/W CTL* [ 0 to 2147483647 / 0 /
001 1% ]
8-604- P:Coverage Counter Single Color CTL* [ 0 to 2147483647 / 0 /
002 1% ]
8-604- P:Coverage Counter Two Color CTL* [ 0 to 2147483647 / 0 /
003 1% ]
8-604- P:Coverage Counter Full Color CTL* [ 0 to 2147483647 / 0 /
004 1% ]
8-606- L:Coverage Counter B/W CTL* [ 0 to 2147483647 / 0 /
001 1% ]
8-606- L:Coverage Counter Single Color CTL* [ 0 to 2147483647 / 0 /
002 1% ]
8-606- L:Coverage Counter Two Color CTL* [ 0 to 2147483647 / 0 /
003 1% ]
8-606- L:Coverage Counter Full Color CTL* [ 0 to 2147483647 / 0 /
004 1% ]
8-617- SDK Apli Counter SDK-1 CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
337
3.SP Mode Tables
001
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
011
012
8-621- Func Use Counter Function-001 CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
001
002
003
004
005
006
007
338
3.SP Mode Tables
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020
021
022
023
024
025
026
339
3.SP Mode Tables
027
028
029
030
031
032
033
034
035
036
037
038
039
040
041
042
043
044
045
340
3.SP Mode Tables
046
047
048
049
050
051
052
053
054
055
056
057
058
059
060
061
062
063
064
8-631- T:FAX TX PGS B/W(Tel) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
341
3.SP Mode Tables
001
8-631- T:FAX TX PGS Color(Tel) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
002
8-631- T:FAX TX PGS B/W(Cloud) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
101
8-631- T:FAX TX PGS Color(Cloud) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
102
8-633- F:FAX TX PGS B/W(Tel) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
001
8-633- F:FAX TX PGS Color(Tel) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
002
8-633- F:FAX TX PGS B/W(Cloud) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
101
8-633- F:FAX TX PGS Color(Cloud) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
102
8-641- T:IFAX TX PGS B/W CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
001
8-641- T:IFAX TX PGS Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
002
8-643- F:IFAX TX PGS B/W CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
001
8-643- F:IFAX TX PGS Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
002
8-651- T:S-to-Email PGS B/W CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
001
8-651- T:S-to-Email PGS Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
002
8-655- S:S-to-Email PGS B/W CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
001
8-655- S:S-to-Email PGS Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
002
8-661- T:Deliv PGS/Svr B/W CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
001
8-661- T:Deliv PGS/Svr Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
002
8-665- S:Deliv PGS/Svr B/W CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
001
8-665- S:Deliv PGS/Svr Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
342
3.SP Mode Tables
002
8-671- T:Deliv PGS/PC B/W CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
001
8-671- T:Deliv PGS/PC Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
002
8-675- S:Deliv PGS/PC B/W CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
001
8-675- S:Deliv PGS/PC Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
002
8-681- T:PCFAX TXPGS CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
001
8-683- F:PCFAX TXPGS CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
001
8-691- T:TX PGS/LS CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
001
8-692- C:TX PGS/LS CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
001
8-693- F:TX PGS/LS CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
001
8-694- P:TX PGS/LS CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
001
8-695- S:TX PGS/LS CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
001
8-696- L:TX PGS/LS CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
001
8-701- TX PGS/Port PSTN-1 CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
001
002
003
8-701- TX PGS/Port ISDN(G3,G4) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
004
8-701- TX PGS/Port Network CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
005
8-711- T:Scan PGS/Comp JPEG/JPEG2000 CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
001
8-711- T:Scan PGS/Comp TIFF(Multi/Single) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
343
3.SP Mode Tables
002
8-711- T:Scan PGS/Comp PDF CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
003
8-711- T:Scan PGS/Comp Other CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
004
8-711- T:Scan PGS/Comp PDF/Comp CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
005
8-711- T:Scan PGS/Comp PDF/A CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
006
8-711- T:Scan PGS/Comp PDF(OCR) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
007
8-711- T:Scan PGS/Comp PDF/Comp(OCR) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
008
8-711- T:Scan PGS/Comp PDF/A(OCR) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
009
8-715- S:Scan PGS/Comp JPEG/JPEG2000 CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
001
8-715- S:Scan PGS/Comp TIFF(Multi/Single) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
002
8-715- S:Scan PGS/Comp PDF CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
003
8-715- S:Scan PGS/Comp Other CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
004
8-715- S:Scan PGS/Comp PDF/Comp CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
005
8-715- S:Scan PGS/Comp PDF/A CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
006
8-715- S:Scan PGS/Comp PDF(OCR) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
007
8-715- S:Scan PGS/Comp PDF/Comp(OCR) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
008
8-715- S:Scan PGS/Comp PDF/A(OCR) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
009
8-721- T:Deliv B/W CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
001 PGS/WSD/DSM
8-721- T:Deliv Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
002 PGS/WSD/DSM
8-725- S:Deliv B/W CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
344
3.SP Mode Tables
001 PGS/WSD/DSM
8-725- S:Deliv Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
002 PGS/WSD/DSM
8-731- T:Scan PGS/Media B/W CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
001
8-731- T:Scan PGS/Media Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
002
8-735- S:Scan PGS/Media B/W CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
001
8-735- S:Scan PGS/Media Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
002
8-741- RX PGS/Port PSTN-1 CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
001
002
003
8-741- RX PGS/Port ISDN(G3,G4) CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
004
8-741- RX PGS/Port Network CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
005
8-771- Dev Counter Total CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
001
8-771- Dev Counter K CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
002
8-771- Dev Counter Y CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
003
8-771- Dev Counter M CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
004
8-771- Dev Counter C CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
005
8-781- Toner_Botol_Info. BK CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
001
8-781- Toner_Botol_Info. Y CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
002
8-781- Toner_Botol_Info. M CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
003
8-781- Toner_Botol_Info. C CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
345
3.SP Mode Tables
004
8-791- LS Memory Remain CTL* [ 0 to 100 / 0 / 1% ]
001
8-801- Toner Remain K CTL* [ 0 to 100 / 0 / 1% ]
001
8-801- Toner Remain Y CTL* [ 0 to 100 / 0 / 1% ]
002
8-801- Toner Remain M CTL* [ 0 to 100 / 0 / 1% ]
003
8-801- Toner Remain C CTL* [ 0 to 100 / 0 / 1% ]
004
8-811- Eco Counter Eco Total CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
001
8-811- Eco Counter Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
002
8-811- Eco Counter Full Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
003
8-811- Eco Counter Duplex CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
004
8-811- Eco Counter Combine CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
005
8-811- Eco Counter Color(%) CTL* [ 0 to 100 / 0 / 1% ]
006
8-811- Eco Counter Full Color(%) CTL* [ 0 to 100 / 0 / 1% ]
007
8-811- Eco Counter Duplex(%) CTL* [ 0 to 100 / 0 / 1% ]
008
8-811- Eco Counter Combine(%) CTL* [ 0 to 100 / 0 / 1% ]
009
8-811- Eco Counter Paper Cut(%) CTL* [ 0 to 100 / 0 / 1% ]
010
8-811- Eco Counter Sync Eco Total CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
051
8-811- Eco Counter Sync Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
052
8-811- Eco Counter Sync Full Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
053
8-811- Eco Counter Sync Duplex CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
346
3.SP Mode Tables
054
8-811- Eco Counter Sync Combine CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
055
8-811- Eco Counter Sync Color(%) CTL* [ 0 to 100 / 0 / 1% ]
056
8-811- Eco Counter Sync Full Color(%) CTL* [ 0 to 100 / 0 / 1% ]
057
8-811- Eco Counter Sync Duplex(%) CTL* [ 0 to 100 / 0 / 1% ]
058
8-811- Eco Counter Sync Combine(%) CTL* [ 0 to 100 / 0 / 1% ]
059
8-811- Eco Counter Sync Paper Cut(%) CTL* [ 0 to 100 / 0 / 1% ]
060
8-811- Eco Counter Eco Totalr:Last CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
101
8-811- Eco Counter Color:Last CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
102
8-811- Eco Counter Full Color:Last CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
103
8-811- Eco Counter Duplex:Last CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
104
8-811- Eco Counter Combine:Last CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
105
8-811- Eco Counter Color(%):Last CTL* [ 0 to 100 / 0 / 1% ]
106
8-811- Eco Counter Full Color(%):Last CTL* [ 0 to 100 / 0 / 1% ]
107
8-811- Eco Counter Duplex(%):Last CTL* [ 0 to 100 / 0 / 1% ]
108
8-811- Eco Counter Combine(%):Last CTL* [ 0 to 100 / 0 / 1% ]
109
8-811- Eco Counter Paper Cut(%):Last CTL* [ 0 to 100 / 0 / 1% ]
110
8-811- Eco Counter Sync Eco Totalr:Last CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
151
8-811- Eco Counter Sync Color:Last CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
152
8-811- Eco Counter Sync Full Color:Last CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
347
3.SP Mode Tables
153
8-811- Eco Counter Sync Duplex:Last CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
154
8-811- Eco Counter Sync Combine:Last CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
155
8-811- Eco Counter Sync Color(%):Last CTL* [ 0 to 100 / 0 / 1% ]
156
8-811- Eco Counter Sync Full Color(%):Last CTL* [ 0 to 100 / 0 / 1% ]
157
8-811- Eco Counter Sync Duplex(%):Last CTL* [ 0 to 100 / 0 / 1% ]
158
8-811- Eco Counter Sync Combine(%):Last CTL* [ 0 to 100 / 0 / 1% ]
159
8-811- Eco Counter Sync Paper Cut(%):Last CTL* [ 0 to 100 / 0 / 1% ]
160
8-851- Cvr Cnt:0-10% 0~2%:BK CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
011
8-851- Cvr Cnt:0-10% 0~2%:Y CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
012
8-851- Cvr Cnt:0-10% 0~2%:M CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
013
8-851- Cvr Cnt:0-10% 0~2%:C CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
014
8-851- Cvr Cnt:0-10% 3~4%:BK CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
021
8-851- Cvr Cnt:0-10% 3~4%:Y CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
022
8-851- Cvr Cnt:0-10% 3~4%:M CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
023
8-851- Cvr Cnt:0-10% 3~4%:C CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
024
8-851- Cvr Cnt:0-10% 5~7%:BK CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
031
8-851- Cvr Cnt:0-10% 5~7%:Y CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
032
8-851- Cvr Cnt:0-10% 5~7%:M CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
033
8-851- Cvr Cnt:0-10% 5~7%:C CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
348
3.SP Mode Tables
034
8-851- Cvr Cnt:0-10% 8~10%:BK CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
041
8-851- Cvr Cnt:0-10% 8~10%:Y CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
042
8-851- Cvr Cnt:0-10% 8~10%:M CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
043
8-851- Cvr Cnt:0-10% 8~10%:C CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
044
8-861- Cvr Cnt:11-20% BK CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
001
8-861- Cvr Cnt:11-20% Y CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
002
8-861- Cvr Cnt:11-20% M CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
003
8-861- Cvr Cnt:11-20% C CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
004
8-871- Cvr Cnt:21-30% BK CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
001
8-871- Cvr Cnt:21-30% Y CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
002
8-871- Cvr Cnt:21-30% M CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
003
8-871- Cvr Cnt:21-30% C CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
004
8-881- Cvr Cnt:31%- BK CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
001
8-881- Cvr Cnt:31%- Y CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
002
8-881- Cvr Cnt:31%- M CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
003
8-881- Cvr Cnt:31%- C CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
004
8-891- Page/Toner Bottle BK CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
001
8-891- Page/Toner Bottle Y CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
002
8-891- Page/Toner Bottle M CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
349
3.SP Mode Tables
003
8-891- Page/Toner Bottle C CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
004
8-901- Page/Toner_Prev1 BK CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
001
8-901- Page/Toner_Prev1 Y CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
002
8-901- Page/Toner_Prev1 M CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
003
8-901- Page/Toner_Prev1 C CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
004
8-911- Page/Toner_Prev2 BK CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
001
8-911- Page/Toner_Prev2 Y CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
002
8-911- Page/Toner_Prev2 M CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
003
8-911- Page/Toner_Prev2 C CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
004
8-921- Cvr Cnt/Total Coverage(%):BK CTL* [ 0 to 2147483647 / 0 /
001 1% ]
8-921- Cvr Cnt/Total Coverage(%):Y CTL* [ 0 to 2147483647 / 0 /
002 1% ]
8-921- Cvr Cnt/Total Coverage(%):M CTL* [ 0 to 2147483647 / 0 /
003 1% ]
8-921- Cvr Cnt/Total Coverage(%):C CTL* [ 0 to 2147483647 / 0 /
004 1% ]
8-921- Cvr Cnt/Total Coverage/P:BK CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
011
8-921- Cvr Cnt/Total Coverage/P:Y CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
012
8-921- Cvr Cnt/Total Coverage/P:M CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
013
8-921- Cvr Cnt/Total Coverage/P:C CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
014
8-941- Machine Status Operation Time CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
001
8-941- Machine Status Standby Time CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
350
3.SP Mode Tables
002
8-941- Machine Status Energy Save Time CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
003
8-941- Machine Status Low Power Time CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
004
8-941- Machine Status Off Mode Time CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
005
8-941- Machine Status SC CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
006
8-941- Machine Status PrtJam CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
007
8-941- Machine Status OrgJam CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
008
8-941- Machine Status Supply PM Unit End CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
009
8-951- AddBook Register User Code /User ID CTL* [ 0 to 99999 / 0 / 1 ]
001
8-951- AddBook Register Mail Address CTL* [ 0 to 99999 / 0 / 1 ]
002
8-951- AddBook Register Fax Destination CTL* [ 0 to 99999 / 0 / 1 ]
003
8-951- AddBook Register Group CTL* [ 0 to 99999 / 0 / 1 ]
004
8-951- AddBook Register Transfer Request CTL* [ 0 to 99999 / 0 / 1 ]
005
8-951- AddBook Register F-Code CTL* [ 0 to 99999 / 0 / 1 ]
006
8-951- AddBook Register Copy Program CTL* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
007
8-951- AddBook Register Fax Program CTL* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
008
8-951- AddBook Register Printer Program CTL* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
009
8-951- AddBook Register Scanner Program CTL* [ 0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
010
8-961- Electricity Status Ctrl Standby Time CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
001
8-961- Electricity Status STR Time CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
351
3.SP Mode Tables
002
8-961- Electricity Status Main Power Off Time CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
003
8-961- Electricity Status Reading and Printing Time CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
004
8-961- Electricity Status Printing Time CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
005
8-961- Electricity Status Reading Time CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
006
8-961- Electricity Status Eng Waiting Time CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
007
8-961- Electricity Status Low Pawer State Time CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
008
8-961- Electricity Status Silent State Time CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
009
8-961- Electricity Status Heater Off State Time CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
010
8-961- Electricity Status LCD on Time CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
011
8-961- Electricity Status Silent Print CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
101
8-971- Unit Control Engine Off Recovery Count CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
001
8-971- Unit Control Power Off Count CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
002
8-971- Unit Control Force Power Off Count CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
003
8-999- Admin. Counter List Total CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
001
8-999- Admin. Counter List Copy: Full Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
002
8-999- Admin. Counter List Copy: BW CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
003
8-999- Admin. Counter List Copy: Single Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
004
8-999- Admin. Counter List Copy: Two Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
005
8-999- Admin. Counter List Printer: Full Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
352
3.SP Mode Tables
006
8-999- Admin. Counter List Printer: BW CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
007
8-999- Admin. Counter List Printer: Single Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
008
8-999- Admin. Counter List Printer: Two Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
009
8-999- Admin. Counter List Fax Print: BW CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
010
8-999- Admin. Counter List Fax Print: Single Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
011
8-999- Admin. Counter List Duplex CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
013
8-999- Admin. Counter List Copy: Full Color(%) CTL* [ 0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1 ]
022
8-999- Admin. Counter List Copy: BW(%) CTL* [ 0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1 ]
023
8-999- Admin. Counter List Copy: Single Color(%) CTL* [ 0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1 ]
024
8-999- Admin. Counter List Copy: Two Color(%) CTL* [ 0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1 ]
025
8-999- Admin. Counter List Printer: Full Color(%) CTL* [ 0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1 ]
026
8-999- Admin. Counter List Printer: BW(%) CTL* [ 0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1 ]
027
8-999- Admin. Counter List Printer: Single Color(%) CTL* [ 0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1 ]
028
8-999- Admin. Counter List Printer: Two Color(%) CTL* [ 0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1 ]
029
8-999- Admin. Counter List Fax Print: BW(%) CTL* [ 0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1 ]
030
8-999- Admin. Counter List Fax Print: Single Color(%) CTL* [ 0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1 ]
031
8-999- Admin. Counter List Transmission Total: Color CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
101
8-999- Admin. Counter List Transmission Total: BW CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
102
8-999- Admin. Counter List FAX Transmission CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
353
3.SP Mode Tables
103
8-999- Admin. Counter List Scanner Transmission: CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
104 Color
8-999- Admin. Counter List Scanner Transmission: BW CTL* [ 0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]
105
354
3.SP Mode Tables
Printer Service Mode

1001 Bit Switch
001 Bit Switch 1 0 1
bit DFU - -
0
bit Responding with the hostname as the Model name (PnP name) Hostname
1 sysName
This BitSwitch can change the value of the sysName.
0 (default): Model name (PnP name) such as "MP C401SP"
1: Host name
bit DFU - -
2
bit No I/O Timeout Disabled Enabled
3 Enables/Disables MFP I/O Timeouts. If enabled, the MFP I/O Timeout setting will have no affect.
I/O Timeouts will never occur.
bit SD Card Save Mode Disabled Enabled
4 If this bit switch is enabled, print jobs will be saved to the GW SD slot and not output to paper.
bit [PS and PDF] Paper size error margin ±5pt ±10pt
5 When a PS job is printed by using a custom paper size, the job might not be printed because of a
paper size mismatch caused by a calculation error. By default, the error margin for matching to a
paper size is ±5 points. By enabling this BitSwitch, the error margin for matching to a paper size
can be extended to ±10 points.
bit Color balance switching Disabled Enabled
6 This BitSwitch can be used to restore the color balance to match that of previous models. If this
BitSwitch is set to "1" (Enabled), the color balance that is equivalent to Fuji-Xerox printers will be
used.
bit DFU - -
7
1001 Bit Switch

BitSwitch is set to "1" (Enabled), the color balance from 09S and earlier models will be used.
bit DFU - -
1
bit DFU - -
2
355
3.SP Mode Tables
1001 Bit Switch

bit [PCL5e/c.PS]: PDL Auto Switching Enable Disable
3 Enables/disable the MFPs ability to change the PDL processor mid-job.
Some host systems submit jobs that contain both PS and PCL5e/c. If Auto PDL switching is
disabled, these jobs will not be printed properly.
BitSwitch is set to "1" (Enabled), the color balance from 09A and Extended 09A models will be
used.
bit DFU - -
5
bit DFU - -
6
bit DFU - -
7
1001 Bit Switch

bit 0 DFU - -
bit 1 DFU - -
bit 2 [PCL5e/c]: Legacy HP compatibility Disabled Enabled
Uses the same left margin as older HP models such as HP4000/HP8000.
In other words, the left margin defined in the job (usually "<ESC>*r0A") will be changed to
"<ESC>*r1A".
bit 3 to DFU - -
7
1001 Bit Switch

bit 0 to 7 DFU - -
1001 Bit Switch

bit Show "Collate Type", "Staple Type" and "Punch Disabled Enabled
0 Type" buttons on the operation panel.
If enabled, users will be able to configure a Collate Type, Staple Type, and Punch Type from the
operation panel. The available Types will depend on the device and configured options.
After enabling this BitSwitch, the settings will appear under:
356
3.SP Mode Tables
1001 Bit Switch

User Tools > Printer Features > System
bit Multiple copies if a paper size or type mismatch Disabled (Single Enabled (Multiple
1 occurs copy) copy)
If a paper size or type mismatch occurs during the printing of multiple copies, only a single copy
is output by default. Using this bit switch, the device can be configured to print all copies even if a
paper mismatch occurs.
bit Prevent SDK applications from altering the contents Disabled Enabled
2 of a job.
Enable: SDK applications will not be able to alter print data. This is achieved by preventing SDK
applications from accessing a module called the "GPS Filter".
Note: The main purpose of this bit switch is for troubleshooting the effects of SDK applications
on data.
bit [PS] PS Criteria Pattern3 Pattern1
3 Change the number of PS criterion used by the PS interpereter to determine whether a job is PS
data or not.
Pattern3: The larger the pattern number, the greater the number of criterion used.
Pattern1: A small number of PS tags and headers
bit Increase max. number of stored jobs. Disabled (100) Enabled (750)
4 Changes the maximum number of jobs that can be stored on the HDD. The default (disabled) is
100. If this is enabled, the max. will be raised to 750 or 1000 depending on the model.
bit DFU - -
5
bit Method for determining the image rotation for the Disabled Enabled
6 edge to bind on.
Enable: The image rotation will be performed as they were in the specifications of older models
for the binding of pages of mixed orientation jobs.
The old models are below:
- PCL: Pre-04A models
- PS/PDF/RPCS: Pre-05S models
bit Letterhead mode printing Disabled Enabled (Duplex)
7 Routes all pages through the duplex unit.
If this is disabled, simplex pages or the last page of an odd-paged duplex job are not routed
through the duplex unit. This could result in problems with letterhead/pre-printed pages.
Only affects pages specified as Letterhead paper.
1001 Bit Switch

357
3.SP Mode Tables
1001 Bit Switch

bit 0 Forced printing Disabled Enabled
If enabled, the image will be printed regardless of whether the specified roller is of the correct
size paper or not. This is similar to "Form Feed" on a standard printer. The default is disabled.
bit 1 DFU - -
to 7
1001 Bit Switch

bit 0 to 7 DFU - -
1001 Bit Switch

bit 0 DFU - -
to 2
bit 3 [PCL.PS]: Allow BW jobs to print without Disabled Enabled
requiring User Code (allow BW jobs to print without
a user code)
BW jobs submitted without a user code will be printed even if usercode authentication is
enabled.
Note: Color jobs will not be printed without a valid user code.
bit 4 DFU - -
to 5
bit 6 PCL, RPCS, PS: Forced BW print Enabled Disabled
Switches whether to ignore PDL color command.
bit 7 [PDF]: Orientation Auto Detect Function Enabled Disabled
Automatically chooses page orientations of PDF jobs (Landscape or Portrait) based on the
content.
1001 Bit Switch

bit PDL Auto Detection timeout of jobs submitted Disabled Enabled
0 via USB or Parallel Port (IEEE 1284). (Immediately) (10 seconds)
To be used if PDL auto-detection fails. A failure of PDL autodetection does not necessarily mean
that the job can not be printed. This bit switch tells the device whether to time-out immediately
(default) upon failure or to wait 10 seconds.
bit DFU - -
358
3.SP Mode Tables
1001 Bit Switch

1
bit Job Cancel Disabled (Not Enabled
2 cancelled) (Cancelled)
Enable: All jobs will be cancelled after a jam occurs.
Note: If this bit switch is enabled, printing under the following conditions might result in
problems:
- Job submission via USB or parallel port
- Spool printing (WIM > Configuration > Device Settings > System)
bit DFU - -
3
bit Timing of the PJL Status ReadBack (JOB END) Disabled Enabled
4 when printing multiple collated copies.
This bit switch determines the timing of the PJL USTATUS JOB END sent when multiple collated
copies are being printed.
Disable (=0 (default)):
JOB END is sent by the device to the client after the first copy has completed printing. This
causes the page counter to be incremented after the first copy and then again at the end of the job.
Enable (=1):
JOB END is sent by the device to the client after the last copy has finished printing. This causes
the page counter to be incremented at the end of each job.
1001 Bit Switch

bit Display UTF-8 text in the operation panel Enabled Disabled
5 Enable (=0):
Text composed of UTF-8 characters can be displayed in the operation panel.
Disable (=1):
UTF-8 characters cannot be displayed in the operation panel.
For example, job names are sometimes stored in the MIB using UTF-8 encoded characters. When
these are displayed on the operation panel, they will be garbled unless this bit switch is enabled
(=0).
bit Disable super option Disabled Enabled
6 Switches super option disable on / off. It this is On, multiple jobs are grouped at LPR port. PJL
settings are enabled even jobs that are specified queue names are sent.
bit Enable/Disable Print from USB/SD's Preview function Enabled Disabled
7 Determines whether print from USB/SD will have the Preview function.
Enabled (=0): Print from USB/SD will have the Preview function.
359
3.SP Mode Tables
1001 Bit Switch

Disabled (=1): Print from USB/SD will not have the Preview function.
1001 Bit Switch

010 Bit Switch A 0 1
bit 0 DFU - -
to 3
bit 4 Not Used - -
bit 5 Store and Skip Errored Job locks the queue Queue is not Queue locked
locked after SSEJ after SSEJ
If this is 1, then after a job is stored using Store and Skip Errored Job (SSEJ), new jobs cannot
be added to the queue until the stored job has been completely printed.
bit 6 Allow use of Store and Skip Errored Job if connected Does not allow Allows SSEJ
to an external charge device. SSEJ with ECD with ECD
If this is 0, Store and Skip Errored Job (SSEJ) will be automatically disabled if an external
charge device is connected.
Note: We do not officially support enabling this bit switch (1). Use it at your own risk.
bit 7 Job cancels remaining pages when the paid-for pages Job does not Job cancels
have been printed on an external charge device cancel
When setting 1 is enabled, after printing the paid-for pages on an external charge device, the job
that includes any remaining pages will be canceled.
This setting will prevent the next user from printing the unnecessary pages from the previous
user's print job.
1001 Bit Switch

011 Bit Switch B 0 1
bit Show Menu List Hide Menu List Show Menu
0 List
If this is 0, the Menu List button will be removed from Printer Features.
bit Print job interruption Does not allow Allow
1 interruption interruption
0 (Default): Print jobs are not interrupted. If a job is promoted to the top of the print queue, it will
wait for the currently printing job to finish.
1: If a job is promoted to the top of the queue, it will interrupt the currently printing job and start
printing immediately.
bit Switch for enabling or disabling Limitless Paper Enable Disable
2 Feeding for the Bypass Tray
When the Bypass Tray is the target of the Auto Tray Select and Any Size/Type is configured for
360
3.SP Mode Tables
1001 Bit Switch

the Tray Setting Priority setting of the Bypass Tray, this BitSwitch can switch the behavior
whether or not Limitless Paper Feeding is applied to the Bypass Tray.* The default is Enabled
(=0).
*Limitless Paper Feeding will try a matching tray of the next highest priority if a job specified to
Auto Tray Select as the tray setting is submitted and the tray runs out of paper.
Enabled (=0: Default):
Limitless Paper Feeding is applied to the Bypass Tray.
If a tray other than the Bypass Tray matches the job's paper size and type but has run out of
paper, printing will occur from the Bypass Tray.
Disabled (=1):
Limitless Paper Feeding is not applied to the Bypass Tray.
If a tray other than the Bypass Tray matches the job's paper size and type but has run out of
paper, printing will stop and an alert will appear on the LCD screen, stating that the tray has run
out of paper. This prevents unexpected use of the Bypass Tray.
Limitations when this BitSwitch is set to "1":
- The "Paper Tray Priority: Printer" setting must be configured to a tray other than the Bypass
Tray.
- Jobs that contain more than one paper size cannot be printed.
bit DFU - -
3
bit Add "Apply Auto Paper Select" is the condition that Enabled Enabled
4 decides if the device's paper size or paper type should
be overwritten.
If this BitSwitch is set to "1" (enabled), the "Apply Auto Paper Select" setting will decide if the
paper size or paper type that is specified in the device settings should be overwritten by the job's
commands when "Tray Setting Priority" is set to "Driver/Command" or "Any Type".
- Apply Auto Paper Select = OFF: Overwritten (priority is given to the job’s commands)
- Apply Auto Paper Select = ON: Not overwritten (priority is given to the device settings)
bit Not Used - -
5 to
7
1001 Bit Switch

012 Bit Switch C 0 1
bit 0 DFU - -
bit 1 Not Used - -
to 4
bit 5 Change the user ID type displayed on the operation panel Disabled Enabled
361
3.SP Mode Tables
1001 Bit Switch

As of 15S models, the Login User Name can be displayed on the operation panel. The user ID
type displayed on the operation panel can be changed by configuring BitSwitch #12-5 as
follows:
- 0 (Default): Login User Name
- 1: User ID. If this is enabled, User ID will be displayed, which is equivalent to the behavior
exhibited in 14A and earlier models.
bit 6 AiｒPrint Enabled Disabled
For 15S and later models that support AirPrint, AirPrint can be disabled by changing this Bit
Switch from 0 (default) to 1.
bit 7 Not Used
1003 [Clear Setting]

001 Initialize System Initializes settings in the System menu of the user mode.
003 Delete Program DFU
1004 [Print Summary]

001 Service Summary Prints the service summary sheet (a summary of all the controller settings).
1005 [Display Version]

002 Printer Version Displays the version of the controller firmware.
1006 [Sample/Locked Print]

RTB 22
001 0:Link with Doc. Srv 1:Enable -
1101 [ToneCtlSet]
001 Tone (Factory) -
Recalls a set of gamma settings. This can be either a) the factory setting, b) the previous setting, or c)
the current setting.
1102 [Resolution Settings]

Sets the printing mode (resolution) for the printer gamma adjustment. The asterisk (*) shows which
mode is set.
• 00: *1200x1200Photo
• 01: 600x600Text
• 02: 1200x1200Text
• 03: 1200x600Text
• 04: 600x600Photo
362
3.SP Mode Tables
• 05: 1200x600Photo
• 06: 600x600Text
• 07: 600x600Text
1102- Tone Control Mode Selection [0 to 99 / 0 / 1/step]
001
1103 [PrnColorSheet]
1103- ToneCtlSheet Prints the test page to check the color balance before and after the gamma
001 adjustment.
1103- ColorChart
002
1104 [ToneCtlValue]
Adjusts the printer gamma for the mode selected in the Mode Selection menu.
1104-001 Black: Highlight [0 to 30 / 0 / 1/step]
1104-021 Cyan: Highlight
1104-041 Magenta: Highlight
1104-061 Yellow: Highlight
1104-002 Black: Shadow [0 to 30 / 0 / 1/step]
1104-022 Cyan: Shadow
1104-042 Magenta: Shadow
1104-062 Yellow: Shadow
1104-003 Black: Middle [0 to 30 / 0 / 1/step]
1104-023 Cyan: Middle
1104-043 Magenta: Middle
1104-063 Yellow: Middle
1104-004 Black: IDmax [0 to 30 / 0 / 1/step]
1104-024 Cyan: IDmax
1104-044 Magenta: IDmax
1104-064 Yellow: IDmax
1105 [Save Tone Cntrol Value]

Saves the print gamma (adjusted with the Gamma Adj.) as the new Current Setting. Before the
machine stores the new "current settingR", it moves the data stored as the "current setting" to the
"previous setting" memory-storage location.
1105- Save Tone Cntrol Value [EXECUTE]
001
363
3.SP Mode Tables
1106 [Toner Limit]

Adjusts the maximum toner amount for image development.
1106-001 Toner Limit Value [100 to 400 / 0 / 1/step]
1110 [Media Print Device Setting]

Enable or disable the media print support function.
0: Disable, 1:Enable
1110-002 0: Disable 1:Enable [0 to 1 / 1 / 1/step]
1111 [All Job Delete Mode]

-
0: Exclusive New Job, 1:Including New Job
1110-002 0: Exclusive New Job 1: Including New Job [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
364
3.SP Mode Tables
Scanner Service Mode
SP1-XXX (System and Others)
1001 [Scan Nv Version]

1-001- - *CTL -
005 Operates automatic initialization to ensure that scanner NV is initialized if necessary. To do this SP,
specify the version of scanner NV within 9 characters.
“Function name”_”Machine code”_”Serial number”
- Function name: Enter “3”.
- Machine code: Enter the machine code with three characters.
- Serial number: Enter the number (default: 001).
1005 [Erase margin(Remote scan)]

1-005- Range from 0 to 5 mm *CTL [0 to 5 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
001 Creates an erase margin for all edges of the scanned image.
If the machine has scanned the edge of the original, create a margin. This SP is activated only when
the machine uses TWAIN scanning.
1009 [Remote scan disable]

1-009-001 0:enable 1:desable *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / - /step]
Enable or disable remote scan.
1010 [Non Display ClearLight PDF]

1-010-001 0:Display 1:Nondisplay *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / - /step]
Display or nondislay ClearLight PDF function.
1011 [Org Count Disp]

1-011-001 0:ON 1:OFF *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / - /step]
Display or nondislay original counter.
0: Displays remaining memory.
1: Displays original counter.
1012 [UserInfo Release]

1-012-001 0:No 1:Yes *CTL [0 or 1 / 1 / - /step]
Set if the following user information is released or not.
- Destination of the mail, folder, CS
- Sender
- Message
365
3.SP Mode Tables
- Subject
- Fail name
1013 [Scan to Media Device Setting]

1-013-002 0:OFF 1:ON *CTL [0 or 1 / 1 / - /step]
Enable or disable ScanTo media device.
1014 [Scan to Folder Pass Input Set]

1-014-001 0:OFF 1:ON *CTL [ 0 or 1 / 0 / - /step]
Sets enable or disable the password setting when make a Scan to Folder job.
1040 [Scan: LT/LG Mixed Sized Sizes Setting]

1-040-001 0:OFF 1:ON *CTL [0 or 1/ 1 / -/step]
Enables or disables mixing LT/LG size documents for scanner.
0: Disable, 1: Enable
Default
For North America: 1
Others: 0
1041 [Scan:FlairAPI Setting]

1- 0x00 – 0xff *CTL * see BitSwitch below:
041- Sets Scanner FlairAPI Function enable / disable.
001 This SP is set by BitSwitch and needs to reboot the machine after making changes.
bit Setting meanings Description
0 1
bit 0 Start of FlairAPI Off On Sets whether to start exclusive FlairAPI http server.
Server (Do not (Start) If it is 0, scanning FlairAPI function and simple UI
Start) function will be disabled.
bit 1 Access permission Disabled Enabled If it is “0”, accessing is limited from the machine
of FlairAPI from only, such as operating panel, SDK/J, MFP
outside of the browsers etc… If it is “1”, accessing is allowed
machine from outside of FlairAPI such as PC, Remote UI,
IT-Box etc…
bit 2 IPv6 (Exclusive) / IPv6 IPv4 If this bit is “0”, only IPv6 accessing is permitted.
IPv4 (Priority) (Exclusive) (Priority) If this bit is “1” and IPv4 is enabled, the machine
Switching uses IPv4 accessing. If this bit is “1” and IPv4 is
disabled, the machine uses IPv6 accessing. In this
case, it is unable to access through Smart Operation
366
3.SP Mode Tables
Panel if IPv4 address is enabled.

bit 3 Remote UI Not Used Use Sets use of Remote UI for scanner function.
Function
bit 4 Reserved - - -
SP2-XXX (Scanning-image Quality)
2021 [Compression Level(Grayscale)]

Selects the compression ratio for grayscale processing mode (JPEG) for the five settings that can be
selected at the operation panel.
2-021- Comp1:5-95 *CTL [5 to 95 / 20 / 1 /step ]
001
2-021- Comp2:5-95 *CTL [5 to 95 / 40 / 1 /step ]
002
2-021- Comp3:5-95 *CTL [5 to 95 / 65 / 1 /step ]
003
2-021- Comp4:5-95 *CTL [5 to 95 / 80 / 1 /step ]
004
2-021- Comp5:5-95 *CTL [5 to 95 / 95 / 1 /step ]
005
2024 [Compression ratio of ClearLightPDF]

Selects the compression ratio for clearlight PDF for the two settings that can be selected at the
operation panel.
2-024- Compression Ratio(Normal) *CTL [5 to 95 / 25 / 1 /step ]
001
2-024- Compression Ratio(High) *CTL [5 to 95 / 20 / 1 /step ]
002
2025 [Compression ratio of ClearLightPDF JPEG2000]

Selects the compression ratio for clearlight PDF for the two settings that can be selected at the
operation panel.
2-025- Compression Ratio(Normal) JPEG2000 *CTL [5 to 95 / 25 / 1 /step ]
001
2-025- Compression Ratio(High) JPEG2000 *CTL [5 to 95 / 20 / 1 /step ]
002
367
3.SP Mode Tables
2030 [OCR PDF DetectSens]

2-030-001 White Lumi Value: 0 - 255 *CTL [0 to 255 / 250 / 1 / step]
2-030-002 White Pix Ratio: 0 - 100 *CTL [0 to 100 / 80 / 1 / step]
2-030-003 White Tile Ratio: 0 -100 *CTL [0 to 100 / 80 / 1 / step]
368
3.SP Mode Tables
Input and Output Check
ADF Unit
Input Check
No. Part Name SP Name SP No. Reading

0 1
1 Top cover set sensor Feed Cover Sensor 6-011- Close Open
015
2 Original set sensor Original Detection 6-011- Not set Set
009
4 ADF feed sensor DF Feed Sensor 6-011- Paper detected Paper not detected
010
5 ADF registration Registration 6-011- Paper detected Paper not detected
sensor Sensor 013
6 Double-feed sensor Page Keeper 6-011- Double feed not Double feed
Sensor 024 detected detected
Output check
No. Part Name SP Name SP No. Remark

3 ADF feed clutch Feed Clutch 6-012-014
7 CIS unit: scanner lamp Scanner Lamp: Color 4-723-001
9 ADF drive motor Motor Forward 6-012-003
Motor Reverse 6-012-004
369
3.SP Mode Tables
Scanner Unit/ Laser Unit
Input Check

0 1
2 Scanner HP sensor Scanner HP Sensor 5-803-200 Not HP HP
4 ADF set sensor Platen Cover Sensor 5-803-201 Close Open
6 Interlock switch 1 Interlock Release Detection 1 5-803-012 Door open Door close
7 Interlock switch 2 Interlock Release Detection 1 5-803-013 Door open Door close
- - LD Off Check 5-803-094 - -
Output check

1 Scanner lamp Scanner Lamp 5-804-202
Scanner Lamp: Color 1200 5-804-203 Not available
Scanner Lamp: Bk 5-804-204 Not available
3 Polygon motor (K/C) Polygon Motor1: Standard2 5-804-103
Polygon Moter1: Standard 5-804-104
Polygon Motor1: Low 5-804-105
5 Polygon motor (M/Y) Polygon Motor2: Standard2 5-804-107
Polygon Moter2: Standard 5-804-108
Polygon Motor2: Low 5-804-109
3, 5 Polygon motor (K/C), (M/Y) Polygon Motor1,2: Standard2 5-804-111
Polygon Moter1,2: Standard 5-804-112
Polygon Motor1,2: Low 5-804-113
370
3.SP Mode Tables
Paper Feed
Input Check

0 1
6 Scanner HP sensor Tray Set Detection 5-803- Set Not set
054
7 Bypass paper end Bypass Paper End Detection 5-803- Paper Paper not
sensor Sensor 003 detected detected
8 Registration sensor Registration Sensor 5-803- Paper Paper not
001 detected detected
9 Bypass paper width Bypass Paper Width Detection 5-803- Paper Paper not
10 Paper feed sensor Tray Exit Sensor 5-803- Paper Paper not
11 Bypass lift sensor By-pass Lift Position Sensor 5-803- Down Up
010
12 Tray paper end sensor Tray Paper End Detection 5-803- Paper Paper not
Sensor 002 detected detected
13 Tray lift sensor Tray Lift Sensor 5-803- Down Up
053
371
3.SP Mode Tables
Output Check
No. Part Name SP Name SP Remark

No.
1 Tray lift Tray Lift 5- Do not execute this SP when the paper feed tray is set.
motor Motor 804- If keeps the tray lift motor switched ON, the bottom plate can
007 lift up overmuch because the tray lift sensor does not work.
This will cause the sensor to damage.
2 Paper feed Paper Feed 5-
clutch Clutch 804-
002
3 Registration Registration 5-
clutch Clutch 804-
001
4 Bypass feed Bypass Feed 5-
clutch Clutch 804-
004
5 Bypass lift Bypass Lift 5-
clutch Clutch 804-
005
Paper Exit/ Duplex, Waste Toner Bottle
372
3.SP Mode Tables
Input Check

0 1
3 Duplex entrance sensor Duplex Entrance Sensor 5-803- Paper Paper not
4 Right cover switch Right Cover Sensor 5-803- Door close Door open
014
6 Paper exit sensor Exit Sensor 5-803- Paper Paper not
7 Duplex exit sensor Duplex Exit Sensor 5-803- Paper Paper not
8 Waste toner full sensor Toner Collection Full Sensor 5-803- Not full Full
019
10 Waste toner bottle set Toner Collection Bottle Set 5-803- Set Not set
switch Detection 020
Output Check

1 Paper exit clutch Exit Clutch 5-804-088
2 Reverse clutch Reverse Clutch 5-804-089
5 Duplex clutch Duplex Clutch 5-804-003
9 Exit junction gate solenoid Paper Exit Rotary Solenoid 5-804-008
373
3.SP Mode Tables
Fusing
Input Check

0 1
1 Fusing entrance Fusing Entrance Sensor 5-803- Paper Paper not
sensor 026 detected detected
2 Fusing exit sensor Fusing Exit Sensor 5-803- Paper Paper not
- - Set and Destination 5-803- - -
Detection 028
- - Fusing New Unit Detection 5-803- New Not new
029
- - Fusing High Temp Detection 5-803- Detected Not detected
030
374
3.SP Mode Tables
Toner Supply/ Transfer
Input Check

0 1
2 Toner end sensor (C) Toner End Sensor: C 5-803-024 Not end End
4 Toner end sensor (M) Toner End Sensor: M 5-803-023 Not end End
6 Toner end sensor (Y) Toner End Sensor: Y 5-803-022 Not end End
8 ITB contact HP sensor Image Transfer Contact HP Sensor 5-803-016 Contact Not contact
Output Check

No.
1 Toner supply Toner Supply 5- Operation : Run the toner supply motor for 1.5 sec..
motor (K) Motor: Bk 804- Notes :
038 • If you want to run again, do it after executing SP3-011-
3 Toner supply Toner Supply 5- 001 (Normal ProCon) or printing 1 or more sheet(s) in
motor (C) Motor: C 804- full color mode.
037 • If you run without obeying the above-mentioned
5 Toner supply Toner Supply 5- operations, following failures may occur.
motor (M) Motor: M 804- • The toner supply unit and PCDU are damaged,
036 and units replacing is required.
7 Toner supply Toner Supply 5- • Toner can scatter inside and outside the machine
motor (Y) Motor: Y 804- from the supply unit.
375
3.SP Mode Tables

No.
035
9 ITB Contact Image Transfer 5- If you execute this SP, the ITB roller halts at a position
Motor Contact Motor 804- which is not at the home position (separated from the ITB).
033 If you remove or install the PCDU or the ITB unit
immediately after the motor is switched ON/OFF with this
SP, the drums and ITB may be damaged.
Before you remove/install the PCDU or the ITB unit,
initialize the machine with turning the main power OFF/ON
or opening/closing the front door.
10 ID sensor TM/ID Sensor: 5-
Front 804-
071
TM/ID Sensor: 5-
Center 804-
072
TM/ID Sensor: 5-
Rear 804-
073
11 ID Sensor TM Sensor 5- After the motor is turned ON with this SP, it is turned OFF
Shutter Shutter 804- automatically in about 30 seconds.
Solenoid Solenoid 021 If you repeat turning OFF and ON continuously, the
temperature of the solenoid rises. It can wrinkle the ITB near
the solenoid.
- - Toner End 5-
Sensor Power 804-
039
- - ID Tag: Power 5-
Supply Control 804-
042
- - Toner Sensor 5-
Power 804-
043
376
3.SP Mode Tables
Drive Unit
Input Check

0 1
1 Fusing motor Fusing Motor: Lock 5-803-041 Lock Normal
2 Paper transport motor Transport Motor: Lock 5-803-042 Lock Normal
3 Development motor (CMY) FC Dev Motor: Lock 5-803-039 Lock Normal
4 Drum motor (CMY) FC Drum Motor: Lock 5-803-040 Lock Normal
5 Drum motor (K) Bk Drum Motor: Lock 5-803-038 Lock Normal
Output Check

No.
1 Fusing motor Fusing Motor: 5- Do not use these SPs, but use following SPs instead.
Standard Speed 804- • SP1-158-001 (Abnormal Noise Confirmation: Unit:
1 029 Execute)
Fusing Motor: 5- • SP1-158-002 (Abnormal Noise Confirmation: No Unit:
Low Speed 804- Execute)
030 A simple heater control is performed in these SPs, and
Fusing Motor: 5- temperature rises excessively. It can cause the fusing sleeve
Standard Speed 804- damaged.
2 091
377
3.SP Mode Tables

No.
Fusing Motor: 5-
Middle Speed 804-
096
2 Paper transport Transport 5-
motor Motor: Std 804-
Speed 1 031
Transport 5-
Motor: Low 804-
Speed 032
Transport 5-
Motor: Standard 804-
Speed 2 092
Transport 5-
Motor: Middle 804-
Speed 097
3 Development FC Dev Motor: 5-
motor (CMY) Std Speed 1 804-
024
FC Dev Motor: 5-
Low Speed 804-
025
FC Dev Motor: 5-
Middle Speed 804-
094
4 Drum motor FC Drum 5- When you turn ON the motor with these SPs, make sure to
(CMY) Motor: Std 804- separate the color drums and ITB.
Speed 1 027 Before the restoration operation of the machine after
FC Drum 5- abnormal stop, for example JAM, if the drum motor (CMY)
Motor: Low 804- is turned ON with these SPs, only the color drums drive. At
Speed 028 this time, the ITB has stopped but the ITB is in contact with
FC Drum 5- the color drums. Therefore the color drums and the ITB may
Motor: Middle 804- be damaged.
Speed 095
5 Drum motor Bk Drum 5- When you turn ON the motor with these SPs, make sure to
(K) Motor: Std 804- separate the color drums and ITB.
Speed 1 022 Before the restoration operation of the machine after
378
3.SP Mode Tables

No.
Bk Drum 5- abnormal stop, for example JAM, if the drum motor (K) is
Motor: Low 804- turned ON with these SPs, the K drum and ITB drive. At
Speed 023 this time, the color drums have stopped but the color drums
Bk Drum 5- are in contact with the ITB. Therefore the color drums and
Motor: Standard 804- the ITB may be damaged.
Speed 2 090 In addition, if keeps ON for a long time, the cleaning blade
Bk Drum 5- can be distorted. When you keeps ON with the ITB unit
Motor: Middle 804- installed, make sure to do it within 10 seconds.
Speed 093
6 Development Development 5-
Clutch (K) Clutch: Bk 804-
026
Fan/ Board
Input Check

0 1
1 Duplex entrance sensor Fusing Fan: Lock 5-803-032 Lock Normal
2 Right cover switch Laser Unit Fan: Lock 5-803-033 Lock Normal
3 Paper exit sensor PSU Fan: Lock 5-803-035 Lock Normal
4 Duplex exit sensor PCDU Cooling Fan: Lock 5-803-034 Lock Normal
379
3.SP Mode Tables

0 1
- - PP:T1T2:SC Detection 5-803-045 SC detected No SC
- - PP:CB:SC Detection 5-803-044 SC detected No SC
- - BiCU Version Detection 5-803-056 - -
- - Key Counter 1: Set Detection 5-803-047 Set Not set
- - Key Counter 2: Set Detection 5-803-048 Not set Set
- - Keycard: Set Detection 5-803-049 Set Not set
Output Check

No.
1 Fusing fan Fusing Fan: High 5-
Speed 804-
009
Fusing Fan: Low 5-
Speed 804-
010
2 LD unit fan Laser Unit Fan: High 5-
Speed 804-
011
Laser Unit Fan: Low 5-
Speed 804-
012
3 PCDU PCDU Cooling Fan: 5-
cooling High Speed 804-
duct fan 015
PCDU Cooling Fan: 5-
Low Speed 804-
016
4 PSU fan PSU Fan: High 5-
Speed 804-
013
PSU Fan: Low Speed 5-
804-
014
- - PP:Charge DC:Y 5- Do not turn ON these SPs with the PCDU installed.
804- If you turn ON with the PCDU installed, an electric
044 current continues to flow in a particular place of the
380
3.SP Mode Tables

No.
- - PP:Charge DC:M 5- drum. Therefore the drum may be damaged
804- electrostatically.
045 Note:
- - PP:Charge DC:C 5- If you turn ON these SPs multiple at the same time, and
804- turn OFF one of the SPs, all of the output will be stopped.
046 When you want to stop the outputs, turn OFF all of the
- - PP:Charge DC:Bk 5- SPs turned ON.
804-
047
- - PP:Development: Y 5-
804-
048
- - PP:Development: M 5-
804-
049
- - PP:Development: C 5-
804-
050
- - PP:Development: Bk 5-
804-
051
- - PP: Image Transfer: 5- Do not turn ON these SPs with the PCDU installed.
YMC 804- If you turn ON with the PCDU installed, an electric
053 current continues to flow in a particular place of the
- - PP: Image Transfer: 5- drum. Therefore the drum may be damaged
Bk 804- electrostatically.
056
- - PP: Paper Transfer: + 5-
804-
057
- - PP: Paper Transfer: - 5-
804-
058
- - PP:Charge AC:Y 5- Do not use these SPs, otherwise SC312 will occur.
804-
059
381
3.SP Mode Tables

No.
- - PP:Charge AC:M 5-
804-
061
- - PP:Charge AC:C 5-
804-
063
- - PP:Charge AC:Bk 5-
804-
065
Input Check

0 1
2 PFU door switch 1 PFU Door Sensor 1 5-803- Close Open
062
PFU door switch 2 PFU Door Sensor 2 5-803- Close Open
063
3 Vertical transport sensor PFU Vertical Transport Sen. 5-803- Paper not Paper
1 1 060 detected detected
Vertical transport sensor PFU Vertical Transport Sen. 5-803- Paper not Paper
2 2 061 detected detected
Output check

1 Vertical transport clutch 1 PFU Vertical Transport CL1 5-804-086
Vertical transport clutch 2 PFU Vertical Transport CL2 5-804-087
4 PFU transport motor 1 PFU Transport Motor 1: High 5-804-080
PFU Transport Motor 1: Low 5-804-081
PFU transport motor 2 PFU Transport Motor 2: High 5-804-082
PFU Transport Motor 2: Low 5-804-083
5 PFU paper feed clutch 1 PFU Paper Feed CL1 5-804-084
PFU paper feed clutch 2 PFU Paper Feed CL2 5-804-085
382
3.SP Mode Tables
1 Bin Tray Unit (Optional)
Input Check

0 1
1 1-bin tray exit sensor 1-Bin:Exit Sensor 5-803- Paper Paper not
2 1-bin tray paper remaining 1-Bin:Paper Remaining 5-803- Paper Paper not
- - 1-Bin: Set Detection 5-803- Set Not set
052
383
4.Software Configuration
4. Software Configuration
Management Features
How to Disable the Document Server Function
1. Enter 'Copy' SP mode.

2. Change SP5-967-001 to 1. (0:ON 1:OFF)
3. Reboot the machine.
• When the above SP mode (SP5-967-001) is OFF (=1), both the Document Server and Locked Print
functions will be disabled.
How to Use Locked Print When the Document Server Is Disabled RTB 22
1. Enter 'Printer' SP mode.

2. Set SP1-006-001 to 1.
0: Link with Doc. Srv (default)
Locked print will only be enabled if the document server is enabled.
1: Enable
Enable Locked
Print will be enabled no matter the status of the document server.
3. Turn OFF then ON the main power.
384
Printing Features
Behavior of USB Printer Detection
An MFP connected via USB sends its product name and unique serial number. With the data, the machine
determines whether requires a printer driver for the USB device to be installed.
SP5-844-005 allows you to change how to determine the MFP requires a printer driver installation:
• OFF
If SP5-844-005 is set to OFF, the unique serial number of the device is sent to the computer. As a result, if the
device is swapped out for a device of the same product, pop-up messages will appear, because the serial
numbers between the two are different.
• Level 1
If SP5-844-005 is set to Level 1, a common serial number for the product such as "MP 305+" series is sent to
the computer. As a result, if the device is swapped out for a device of the same product, pop-up messages will
not appear because the devices are recognized as having the same serial number.
• Level 2
If SP5-844-005 is set to Level 2, a common serial number for all GW/GW+ models is sent to the computer.
As a result, if a GW/GW+ device is swapped out for a different GW/GW+ device, pop-up messages will not
appear because the devices are both recognized as being based on GW/GW+.
Auto PDL Detection Function
Overview
The Auto PDL Detection function gives the MFP the ability to determine the PDL of a job or of specific parts of a
job. This can be especially useful in cases where the PDL is not specified or if the job contains multiple PDLs.
This is only possible if the job was not created using a driver.
Conditions for detection of the PDL
The MFP will only attempt to detect a job's PDL if all of the following conditions are met.
• No @PJL ENTER LANGUAGE command is contained in the job
• No submission protocol options (lpr, ftp, rcp, or rsh options) have been used to specify the PDL
• User Tools > Printer > System > Printer Language = Auto
• The printer is unable to detect PCL6 or RPCS. However these are almost always created using a driver
and therefore contain the PJL command specifying the PDL.
PDL detection by the printer system, PCL interpreter and PS interpreter
There are 3 components in the printer which can perform Auto PDL Detection:
1. Printer system:
Uses a set of triggers unique to PCL5, PS or PDF. Up to 2KB from the start of the job can be searched for
385
triggers.
2. PCL interpreter:
It can detect PS triggers in PCL data. If a PS trigger is detected, the PCL interpreter will abort processing and
return the unprocessed part of the job back to the printer system. Up to 256 bytes from the start of each page
can be searched for triggers.
3. PS interpreter:
It can detect PCL5 triggers in PS data. If a PCL trigger is detected, the PS interpreter will abort processing
and return the unprocessed part of the job back to the printer system. The entire page (regardless of the
number of bytes) is searched for triggers.
• 2. and 3. can be disabled using Printer Bit Switch 2-3=1.

• If the "Printer Language" is configured to anything other than Auto, all detection will be disabled.
• An interpreter submits a job page by page to the rasterizer. Therefore, when an interpreter detects a
trigger mid-job, the previous pages will have already been submitted and will be output using the
previously detected PDL.
• If the PDL cannot be detected by the printer system, then the PDL defaults to the one configured in
"Configuration > Printer Basic Settings > Default Printer Language".
The Printer Language setting and Default Printer Language setting in WIM:
PDL selection and switching
3 types of PDL selection/switching are performed:
386
1. PDL selection (PCL5 or PS (including PDF)) at the beginning of the job: performed by the printer system
2. PDL switching from PCL5 to PS: performed by the PCL interpreter and the printer system
3. PDL switching from PS to PCL5: performed by the PS interpreter and the printer system
Triggers
Printer system
PCL5 triggers [ESC]E

[FF]
PS triggers %!PS-Adobe-3.1
%!
dict begin
387
bind def
findfont
showpage
/statusdict
0 startjob
[EOT]
} + space character + "def"
userdict (*)
PDF triggers %PDF-
%!PS-Adobe-M.nPDF- (*M, n=numeric)
* "userdict" is excluded by configuring Printer Bit Switch 5-3=1.
• Up to 2KB from the start of the job can be searched for triggers.
• "%%" can be added to the PS triggers by configuring Printer Bit Switch 5-3=1
• If a job is identified as PDF, it will be sent to the PS interpreter to be processed as a regular PS job.
PS interpreter
PCL5 trigger [ESC]E and 2 or more continuous PCL commands
• Up to 256 bytes from the start of each page can be searched for triggers.
Some possible problems
Garbled output:
If a string of characters (or binary data) is mistaken as a trigger and an incorrect PDL is applied, the output will be
garbled.
Incorrect printer settings:
Printer settings, for example the paper size, is incorrectly applied. This can happen when the printer settings at the
beginning of the job are initialized before a PDL switch occurred and no settings were configured for the rest of
the job.
Printer Bit Switch description
Bit Switch 2-3

This controls Auto PDL Detection by the PCL interpreter and PS interpreter.
BitSW 2-3=0 (default):
If PDL switching is applied to the job, all of the printer system, PCL interpreter and PS interpreter will search for
switching criteria (triggers).
BitSW 2-3=1:
Only the printer system will search for switching criteria (triggers). PCL/PS interpreters will not.
Bit Switch 5-3
388
This affects the PDL switching criteria (triggers) used by the printer system.
"%%" is not used as a printer system PS trigger. "%%" will not call the PS interpreter.
BitSW 5-3=1:
"%%" is used as a printer system PS trigger.
The reason that "%%" is not included as a trigger by default, is that a string of text in the body of the job such as
the below, could result in a false positive. This would trigger a switch and result garbled output.
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
However some customers prefer that "%%" be included as a switching criteria. BitSW5-3=1 should be used in
such a case.
• A side effect of BitSW5-3=1 is that "userdict" will no longer be used as a PS trigger.

Bit Switch 9-0
These determine whether Auto PDL Detection for print jobs transmitted via USB/parallel will wait 10 seconds to
make sure the first 2KB of the job has been sent.
The Printer system portion of the Auto PDL Detection function is only performed on the first 2KB of a job and
can wait up to 10 seconds for that first 2KB to arrive. As the printer is unable to detect the end of jobs submitted
over a USB/Parallel connection, it might be preferable to not wait 10 seconds if jobs of less than 2KB are going to
be printed. Enabling/disabling this waiting time is the purpose of BitSw 9-0.
BitSw 9-0=0 (default):
The printer system will not wait 10 seconds for the first 2KB of data to arrive.
BitSw 9-0=1:
The printer system will wait up to 10 seconds for the first 2KB of data to arrive.
Print Images Rotation
Bit Switch 5-6

This change the way an MFP/LP rotates PCL, PS, PDF, or RPCS print images.
A uniform binding edge (short or long edge) will be applied to every page of every job. Pages will always be
rotated as if they were to be bound on that edge.
BitSW 5-6=1:
A uniform binding edge (short or long edge) will only be applied if the job is stapled, punched, or Z-folded.
Otherwise, the bound edge might differ from page to page.
Example:
A 3-page job. Page 1 has the PCL simplex command. Page 2 and 3 have the PCL duplex long-edge bind
commands.
No finishing options (staple, punch, z-fold) are used.
389
Bit Switch #5-6=0:
Bit Switch #5-6=1:
• Used in conjunction with Bit Switch #5-6, Orientation Auto Detect for PS/PDF jobs might cause
unexpected results.
PJL USTATUS
Bit Switch 9-4

These control the way PJL USTATUS returns page count totals in cases where multiple copies of a job are being
printed.
BitSw 9-4=0 (default):
This change the way an MFP/LP rotates PCL, PS, PDF, or RPCS print images.
1. The page count for a single copy is returned after the first copy is printed.
2. The page count for the rest of the copies, excluding the first copy, is returned after all copies have been
printed.
3. This emulates an older HP PCL firmware spec. It is only needed for compatibility with legacy software.
BitSw 9-4=1:
The page count for all copies is output after all copies have been printed.
390
This emulates more recent HP PCL firmware specs.

For example, consider 3 copies of a 3 page job:
9-4 = 0
@PJL USTATUS JOB
START
NAME="TEST_page1-3"
@PJL USTATUS PAGE
1
@PJL USTATUS PAGE
2
@PJL USTATUS PAGE
3
@PJL USTATUS JOB
END
NAME="TEST_page1-3"
PAGES=3
<comment> The page count of the first copy is returned.</comment>
@PJL USTATUS PAGE
1
@PJL USTATUS PAGE
2
@PJL USTATUS PAGE
3
@PJL USTATUS PAGE
4
@PJL USTATUS PAGE
5
@PJL USTATUS PAGE
6
<comment> The page count of the remaining two copies is returned.</comment>
9-4 = 1
@PJL USTATUS JOB
START
NAME="Microsoft Word - TEST_page1-3"
@PJL USTATUS PAGE
1
@PJL USTATUS PAGE
2
@PJL USTATUS PAGE
391
3
@PJL USTATUS PAGE
4
@PJL USTATUS PAGE
5
@PJL USTATUS PAGE
6@PJL USTATUS PAGE
7
@PJL USTATUS PAGE
8
@PJL USTATUS PAGE
9
@PJL USTATUS JOB
END
NAME="Microsoft Word - TEST_page1-3"
PAGES=9
<comment> The page count of all three copies is returned.</comment>
392
Scanner Features
Display settings of recently used scan destination
Configuring the scanner interface so that the most recently used scan destination is cleared.
Whether the MFP clears the most recently used scan destination, can be configured using Scanner SP 1-012-001.
By default, this is cleared to avoid subsequent users scanning to it by mistake.
Scanner SP 1-012-001
1 (default): Clear
0: Do not clear
This will cause all of the following to be cleared after the scanning is complete:
• Destination
• Sender
• Email subject
• Email message
• File name
The information in the list above will be cleared after scanning is finished.
Exceptions:
• User Auth.:
If SP 1-012-001 = 0 and if User Auth. (excluding User Code authentication) is enabled, the most recently
used scan destination will only be retained until the user logs out.
• Scanner Auto Reset timer:
Even if SP 1-012-001 = 0 the most recently used scan destination can still be cleared by the Scanner Auto
Reset timer. If the Scanner Auto Reset timer is shorter than the System Auto Reset timer, then the most
recently used scan destination will be cleared when the Scanner Auto Reset timer elapses.
The Setting of SMTP authentication in Scan to Email
Scan to Email fails with the error message "Transmission has failed ". The SMTP username and password are
correct. How can I make Scan to Email pass?
Change SP 5-860-022 "SMTP Auth. From Field Replacement" to On. By doing this, Scan to Email will pass the
SMTP authentication.
• Using this option to solve the above problem, the device email address will appear in the email's "From"
field. The email address of the user who sent the email will appear in the "Reply-to" field.
Explanation
This is an SMTP authentication issue that aborts transmission of an already started Scan to Email. Currently this
has only been reproduced using MS-Exchange server.
MS-Exchange requires that all of the following match:
1. The sender's address in the "MAIL FROM" field. This is also known as the "envelope sender" or "MIME
393
sender". It is an SMTP command sent at the beginning of the email transmission process.
2. The sender's address in the mail header "From:" field. This appears as "From" in email clients. It is a part of
the email itself.
3. The email address corresponding to the SMTP username used to login into the SMTP server.
When the MFP logins into the SMTP server, the email address of the username 3) will be compared to 1) and 2).
If these comparisons fail, authentication will also fail. Exchange server will stop the transmission procedure, and
the "Transmission has failed" message will be returned to the sender.
Typical example
NG case:
SP5-860-022 is Off:
1. The "MAIL FROM" field = device
2. The mail header "From:" field = use
3. The SMTP username = device
When the SMTP server compares 2) and 3) the Exchange Server will stop the transmission procedure.
OK case:
SP5-860 can be used to make the values in the above example, match.
In this example, if SP5-860-022 is On, the user's email address in the mail header '2)' will be replaced by the
Administrator's email address.
To solve the problem, the Administrator's address must be the same as the device's address.
If this is done:
1. The "Mail From: field = device
2. The mail header "From:" field = administrator
3. The SMTP username = device
1,2 and 3 must match and the authentication should be successful.
• The user's email address will still be inserted into the reply-to field.
The device SMTP user name, password, and email address are configurable in [User Tools] > [Machine Features]
> [System Settings] > [File Transfer] > [SMTP Authentication].
User email addresses are configurable in the user configuration of the Address Book.
The administrator email address is configurable in [User Tools] > [Machine Features] > [System Settings] > [File
Transfer] > [Administrator's Email Address].
The Qualification Switching of Scan to Folder
Determining which account Scan to Folder uses to access a scan destination and the effects of System SP 5-846-
021.
This method depends on how the destination is accessed, whether authentication is being used, and SP 5-846-021.
Cases:
394
Case Destination User auth. Account used to access the folder

selection
A Manual entry Either enabled or The user's account *
disabled
B Destination list disabled The recipient's account
(as configured in the Address Book's Folder
Authentication setting)
C enabled If SP 5-846-021 =
0 (default): The authenticated user's account
1: The recipient's account
(as configured in the Address Book's Folder
Authentication setting)
* The "user's account" will be either the one entered during scanning (see the Manual Entry screen capture) or if
User Auth. is enabled, the account configured in the user's Folder Authentication setting will be used.
The destination's access logs:
Case A or Case C with SP=0: The access logs can be used to determine which user sent the scan.
Case B or Case C with SP=1: All access will be logged as the same user.
395
Security Features
How to Restrict Access to the WIM Job Menu
1. Enter 'Printer' SP mode.

2. Set SP5-888-001
0: (default): "Job" menu is enabled.
1: "Job" menu is disabled.
• This setting takes effect only if user authentication (other than User Code auth.) is disabled.
How to Restrict Web Image Monitor Access to the Document Server
System (Copier) SP 5-885-020 bit 0, 1 and 7 restrict Web Image Monitor access to the DS. It disables the
following WIM settings:
• The entire Document Server menu (shown in blue in fig1)
• Job > Document Server (shown in red in fig1)
See the following for details:
Bit 0:
Bit 0 = 0 (default): Allows anyone (guests, users, admins) access to the DS via WIM.
Bit 0 = 1: Prevents everyone from accessing the DS via WIM.
Bit 1:
Bit 1 = 1: Only administrators can access the DS via WIM.
• Without admin privileges, even authenticated users will be unable to access the DS via WIM.
Bit 7:
Bit 7 = 1: Only administrators and authenticated users can access the DS via WIM.
The most restrictive result of combining these three configurations will take priority. So for example:
Bit 0 = 0
Bit 1 = 1
396
Bit 7 = 1
As Bit 1 = 1 is the most restrictive of the three, it will take presedence over the other two and only administrators
will be able to access the DS via WIM.
• In order for SP5-885-020 to have any effect, the Document Server must be enabled (SP5-967-001=0).
For information about SP5-967-001, refer to Disabling the Document Server using System SP5-967-001
RTB 22 and Printer SP1-006-001.
• Access to the entire "Job" menu can be restricted using SP 5-888-001. For details, refer to Use of SP 5-
888-001 to restrict access to the "Job" menu on WIM.
User Authentication for Specific MFP Applications
The SP5-420 settings enable/disable User Authentication for specific MFP applications.
SP 5-420 User Authentication Value (Default: 0)
SP 5-420 User Authentication Value (Default: 0)
SP5-420-001 Copy 0 (ON) 1 (OFF)
SP5-420-011 Document Server
SP5-420-021 Fax
SP5-420-031 Scanner
SP5-420-041 Printer
1. Enable User Authentication for the device as a whole:
User Tools > System Settings > Administrator Tools > User Authentication Management
2. Use the SP5-420 settings to specify the applications to which User authentication is to apply.
397

Ricoh mpc307 407 Service Manual

Uploaded by

Document Informationclick to expand document informationRicoh Service manual

Document Informationclick to expand document information

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ricoh mpc307 407 Service Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ricoh mpc307 407 Service Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

MP C307/C407

Machine Code: D296/D297/D298/D299

Latest Release: Nov, 2016

Warnings, Cautions, Notes

Switches and Symbols

Prevention of Physical Injury

Symbols and Abbreviations

[A] Short Edge Feed (SEF)

The proper names of Internet Explorer 9, 10, and 11 are as follows:

Item Machine Code Remarks New

Item Machine Code Remarks New

Callout Item Callout Item

Callout Item Callout Item

Callout Item Callout Item

1. Temperature Range: 10°C to 32°C (50°F to 89.6°F)

Front to back: Within 5 mm (0.2")

Machine Space Requirements

W×D×H: 498 × 585 × 510 mm (19.6" × 23.0" × 20.1")

Callout mm (inch) Callout mm (inch)

Callout mm (inch) Note

• Insert the plug firmly into the outlet.

NA: 108 V (120 V-10%) – 138 V (127 V+8.66 %)

This flowchart shows the best procedure for installation.

Check the quantity and condition of these accessories.

No. Description Remark Q’ty

No. Description Remark Q’ty

Check the quantity and condition of these accessories.

No. Description Remark Q’ty

No. Description Remark Q’ty

Tapes, Retainers and Toner Bottles

1. Remove the tapes and the retainers from the machine.

2. Do the following steps:

3. Remove the sheet [A] inside the ADF.

4. Remove the following items:

5. Open the front door [A].

• Do not remove the orange tape [B] at this time.

7. Remove the waste toner bottle [A].

8. Remove the orange tape [A] attached to the lever.

9. Set the lever [A] to the upright position.

10. Attach the waste toner bottle.

12. Install each toner bottle [A] in the machine.

13. Close the front door.

Important Notice on Security Issues

to set the password.

6. Confirm the Password.

8. Change the Administrator 1 login password.

9. Enter the password.

10. Press [OK].

11. Confirm the password.

12. Press [OK].

13. If necessary, set “Admin. Authentication” ON.

Checking the Image Quality

Checking Paper Setting

3. Release the side fence.

• Be sure to do this procedure when installing the mainframe.

Auto Remote Firmware Update (ARFU) Settings

Specify ARFU settings as required.